Researchers Are Already Leaving Meta’s New Superintelligence Lab

At least three artificial intelligence researchers have resigned from Meta’s new superintelligence lab, just two months after CEO Mark Zuckerberg first announced the initiative. Two of the staffers have returned to OpenAI, where they both previously worked, after less than one-month stints at Meta, WIRED has confirmed.

Avi Verma was previously a researcher at OpenAI. Ethan Knight worked at the ChatGPT maker earlier in his career but joined Meta from Elon Musk’s xAI. A third researcher, Rishabh Agarwal, announced publicly on Monday he was leaving Meta’s lab as well. He joined the tech giant in April to work on generative AI projects before switching to a role at Meta Superintelligence Labs (MSL), according to his LinkedIn profile. While the reasons for Agarwal’s departure are not known, he is based in Canada and Meta’s AI teams are predominantly based in Menlo Park, California.

“It was a tough decision not to continue with the new Superintelligence TBD lab, especially given the talent and compute density,” Agarwal wrote on X, referring to the team at MSL that is specifically pursuing frontier AI research. “But after 7.5 years across Google Brain, DeepMind, and Meta, I felt the pull to take on a different kind of risk.” It’s unclear where he may be going next. Agarwal did not respond to a request for comment from WIRED.

“During an intense recruiting process, some people will decide to stay in their current job rather than starting a new one,” said Meta spokesperson Dave Arnold. “That’s normal,”

Meta is also losing another leader who has worked at the tech giant for nearly a decade. Chaya Nayak, the director of generative AI product management at Meta, is joining OpenAI to work on special initiatives, according to two sources with direct knowledge of the hire.

Verma and Knight did not respond to a request for comment from WIRED. Nayak declined to comment in time for publication.

The departures are the strongest public signal yet that Meta Superintelligence Labs could be off to a rocky start. Zuckerberg lured people to join the lab with nine-figure pay packages associated more often with professional sports stars than tech workers, hoping the influx of talent would allow the social networking giant to rapidly catch up with its competitors in the race toward so-called artificial general intelligence.

But Meta executives have reportedly struggled to combat bureaucratic and recruitment issues related to its AI initiatives. Meta has repeatedly reorganized its AI teams in recent months, most recently splitting employees into four groups, per The Wall Street Journal.

In July, Zuckerberg announced that another former OpenAI researcher, Shengjia Zhao, who played a key role in the creation of ChatGPT, would become the chief scientist of MSL. The announcement came after Zhao tried to return to OpenAI—even going so far as to sign employment paperwork—according to multiple sources with direct knowledge of the events.

“Shengjia cofounded MSL and has been our scientific lead since day one,” Arnold said in a statement to WIRED. “We formalized his role once our recruiting had ramped and the team had taken shape.”

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-bitcoin-ethereum-price-today-ether-btc-eth-9168146” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756355053.b06586c

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756355053.b06586c

Two Super Mario Series Amiibo Return To Amazon 7 Years After Selling Out

Amazon has restocked a pair of Nintendo Amiibo figures that it hasn’t had in its inventory in more than seven years. Super Mario fans can add Koopa Troopa and Goomba Amiibo to their collections for $16 each. Both characters are shipped and sold by Amazon, so we wouldn’t expect Mario’s iconic punching bags to remain in stock for very long. Goomba and Koopa Troopa are part of the long-dormant Super Mario Amiibo series.

Both figures released in the US in October 2017 and were sold out at Amazon by time the calendar flipped to 2018. The regular price of Nintendo Switch Amiibo recently increased to $20, so you’re technically saving 20% on Koopa Troopa and Goomba. The same could be said about Sora from Kingdom Hearts, which launched in early 2024 and is in stock for $16.

Super Mario Amiibo series – Koopa Troopa and Goomba

Splatoon fans can get the Pearl & Marina 2-Pack for $25, but you’ll need to move fast; the combo pack is $10 below MSRP and almost out of stock. Randomly, the European edition of Robin from Fire Emblem is also in stock, though for the peculiar price of $20.90.

You can find many other Switch Amiibo figures on Amazon, but the five listed above are the only characters sold/shipped by Amazon at this time. Check out the Koopa Troopa and Goomba Amiibo below. Nintendo Switch 2 owners should also take a look at the deals on the new Zelda and Street Fighter Amiibo before they’re gone.

Goombas and Koopa Troopas have been franchise fixtures since the original Super Mario Bros. debuted in 1985 on the Nintendo Entertainment System.

In World 1-1, the first few obstacles Mario encounters are the ever-grumpy mushrooms with feet. After flattening a handful of Goombas by jumping on their heads, Mario meets the perpetually smiling tortoise for the first time. There’s only one Koopa in World 1-1, but that’s enough to introduce players to the more efficient method for eliminating Goombas. Over the past 40 years, Super Mario fans have hurled countless Koopa Shells at groups of Goombas.

Nintendo has iterated on Bowser’s original henchmen on many occasions, but you can still count on seeing regular Koopas and Goombas in the vast majority of Super Mario Bros platformers and spin-offs. When you encounter one, there’s a good chance the other is nearby, so it’s only fitting that Amazon has both of these Amiibo in stock at the same time.


Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo
Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo

Amazon has seven of the eight Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo figures in stock, and four characters are on sale for $20 each. Two of the four Legend of Zelda Sage Amiibo–Tulin and Sidon–are eligible for Amazon’s $10 discount. Amazon is offering $20 discounts on Luke and Jamie Amiibo from Street Fighter 6.

Amazon’s deals will likely end when GameStop’s Amiibo promotion expires this weekend. Unlike Amazon, GameStop has all seven Zelda and Street Fighter Amiibo for $20 each; GameStop is also offering a 50% discount on the retailer’s exclusive Street Fighter 6 Amiibo Card Starter Set.

The surprising reason x-rays can push arthritis patients toward surgery

Routine x-rays aren’t recommended to diagnose the condition. Instead, GPs can make a diagnosis based on symptoms and medical history.

Yet nearly half of new patients with knee osteoarthritis who visit a GP in Australia are referred for imaging. Osteoarthritis imaging costs the health system A$104.7 million each year.

Our new study shows using x-rays to diagnose knee osteoarthritis can affect how a person thinks about their knee pain – and can prompt them to consider potentially unnecessary knee replacement surgery.

What happens when you get osteoarthritis?

Osteoarthritis arises from joint changes and the joint working extra hard to repair itself. It affects the entire joint, including the bones, cartilage, ligaments and muscles.

It is most common in older adults, people with a high body weight and those with a history of knee injury.

Many people with knee osteoarthritis experience persistent pain and have difficulties with everyday activities such as walking and climbing stairs.

How is it treated?

In 2021–22, more than 53,000 Australians had knee replacement surgery for osteoarthritis.

Hospital services for osteoarthritis, primarily driven by joint replacement surgery, cost $3.7 billion in 2020–21.

While joint replacement surgery is often viewed as inevitable for osteoarthritis, it should only be considered for those with severe symptoms who have already tried appropriate non-surgical treatments. Surgery carries the risk of serious adverse events, such as blood clot or infection, and not everyone makes a full recovery.

Most people with knee osteoarthritis can manage it effectively with:

  • education and self-management
  • exercise and physical activity
  • weight management (if necessary)
  • medicines for pain relief (such as paracetamol and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs).

Debunking a common misconception

A common misconception is that osteoarthritis is caused by “wear and tear”.

However, research shows the extent of structural changes seen in a joint on an x-ray does not reflect the level of pain or disability a person experiences, nor does it predict how symptoms will change.

Some people with minimal joint changes have very bad symptoms, while others with more joint changes have only mild symptoms. This is why routine x-rays aren’t recommended for diagnosing knee osteoarthritis or guiding treatment decisions.

Instead, guidelines recommend a “clinical diagnosis” based on a person’s age (being 45 years or over) and symptoms: experiencing joint pain with activity and, in the morning, having no joint-stiffness or stiffness that lasts less than 30 minutes.

Despite this, many health professionals in Australia continue to use x-rays to diagnose knee osteoarthritis. And many people with osteoarthritis still expect or want them.

What did our study investigate?

Our study aimed to find out if using x-rays to diagnose knee osteoarthritis affects a person’s beliefs about osteoarthritis management, compared to a getting a clinical diagnosis without x-rays.

We recruited 617 people from across Australia and randomly assigned them to watch one of three videos. Each video showed a hypothetical consultation with a general practitioner about knee pain.

One group received a clinical diagnosis of knee osteoarthritis based on age and symptoms, without being sent for an x-ray.

The other two groups had x-rays to determine their diagnosis (the doctor showed one group their x-ray images and not the other).

After watching their assigned video, participants completed a survey about their beliefs about osteoarthritis management.

What did we find?

People who received an x-ray-based diagnosis and were shown their x-ray images had a 36% higher perceived need for knee replacement surgery than those who received a clinical diagnosis (without x-ray).

They also believed exercise and physical activity could be more harmful to their joint, were more worried about their condition worsening, and were more fearful of movement.

Interestingly, people were slightly more satisfied with an x-ray-based diagnosis than a clinical diagnosis.

This may reflect the common misconception that osteoarthritis is caused by “wear and tear” and an assumption that the “damage” inside the joint needs to be seen to guide treatment.

What does this mean for people with osteoarthritis?

Our findings show why it’s important to avoid unnecessary x-rays when diagnosing knee osteoarthritis.

While changing clinical practice can be challenging, reducing unnecessary x-rays could help ease patient anxiety, prevent unnecessary concern about joint damage, and reduce demand for costly and potentially unnecessary joint replacement surgery.

It could also help reduce exposure to medical radiation and lower health-care costs.

Previous research in osteoarthritis, as well as back and shoulder pain, similarly shows that when health professionals focus on joint “wear and tear” it can make patients more anxious about their condition and concerned about damaging their joints.

If you have knee osteoarthritis, know that routine x-rays aren’t needed for diagnosis or to determine the best treatment for you. Getting an x-ray can make you more concerned and more open to surgery. But there are a range of non-surgical options that could reduce pain, improve mobility and are less invasive.

Written by:

  • Belinda Lawford
    Senior Research Fellow in Physiotherapy, The University of Melbourne
  • Kim Bennell
    Professor of Physiotherapy, The University of Melbourne
  • Rana Hinman
    Professor in Physiotherapy, The University of Melbourne
  • Travis Haber
    Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Physiotherapy, The University of Melbourne 
Southern Coast Meets Delhi at this Coastal Food Festival

Sourcing fresh produce is another challenge. “We’ve been committed to sustainability—not as a trend, but as a responsibility,” Semwal says. “We’ve partnered with vendors who bring in crab and lobster from Thailand via Kolkata.” 

In a city as diverse as Delhi, where every neighbourhood brings a new flavour, Chef Semwal aims to introduce lesser-known coastal recipes with care and integrity. “We’re not saying we’re the best—but we’ll always serve food you can trust,” he says. 

At Four Points by Sheraton, National Highway 8, Samalka, till April 20. Dinner buffet from April 16–18, 7 to 11 pm; brunch on April 19–20, 12:30 to 3:30 pm. ₹1,999 per person (inclusive of taxes).

Cardiologist explains ‘you have 2 hearts and when 1 heart weakens, the other pays the price’: The second is in your… | Health

Cardiologist, Dr Dmitry Yaranov asked his Instagram followers to ‘keep their calf muscles strong for life’ in a post on August 27. Why? According to the cardiologist, by prioritising calf health, you can support your overall heart health and reduce the risk of cardiovascular issues. Also read | Here’s how much you should exercise for a healthy heart

Dr Dmitry Yaranov explained how the calf muscles act as a ‘second heart’. (Freepik)

He explained how the calf muscles are often referred to as the ‘second heart’ due to their crucial role in supporting blood circulation. In his post, Dr Yaranov said, “You don’t have one heart. You have two. The first is in your chest. The second is in your calves. Every step, every heel raise, every muscle squeeze pushes blood back to your real heart, keeps your circulation alive, and stops deadly clots from forming.”

What happens when calf muscles weaken

The cardiologist stressed on the need to engage in regular physical activity, such as walking, running, or calf raises, to strengthen calf muscles, and said, “But here’s the problem… our modern lifestyle is killing it. We sit for hours. We walk less than ever. We lose muscle as we age. When your ‘second heart’ fails, your first one is forced to work harder — circulation slows, swelling begins, blood pressure rises, and your risk of heart failure skyrockets. No medication can replace it.”

How to maintain calf health for a healthy heart

The only fix? Dr Yaranov said: “Move. Walk daily. Do heel raises at your desk. Take the stairs. Keep your calf muscles strong for life. Because when one heart weakens… the other pays the price. Don’t wait until it’s too late — start today. Your future self will thank you.”

Regular exercise is crucial for maintaining heart health, and a sedentary lifestyle can significantly increase the risk of heart disease. Click here to learn about the top five exercises that can help strengthen your heart, according to Dr Pranay Anil Jain, senior consultant, cardiology, Ramkrishna CARE Hospitals, Raipur.

Note to readers: This report is based on user-generated content from social media. HT.com has not independently verified the claims and does not endorse them.

This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice.

FDA approves updated COVID boosters, but narrows use

The Food and Drug Administration on Wednesday approved updated COVID-19 vaccines that target a commonly circulating coronavirus strain, but narrowed who in the U.S. can receive them.

In a post on the social media site X, Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. said the FDA cleared shots from Pfizer, Moderna and Novavax for use in people who are at higher risk for COVID-19.

“These vaccines are available for all patients who choose them after consulting with their doctors,” Kennedy wrote.

He added that the FDA also rescinded previously granted emergency use authorizations that were used to permit COVID vaccination in certain groups.

“I promised 4 things,” Kennedy wrote on X. “1. to end COVID vaccine mandates. 2. to keep vaccines available to people who want them, especially the vulnerable. 3. to demand placebo-controlled trials from companies. 4. to end the emergency.”

In a statement, Pfizer said its updated booster is now approved for people between the ages of 5 and 64 who are at high risk of disease due to at least one underlying condition, while Moderna said its booster is OK’d for similarly high-risk individuals between the ages of 6 months and 64 years.

Novavax’s vaccine, while unlike Pfizer’s and Moderna’s messenger RNA shots is protein-based, is approved in high-risk individuals aged 12 years through 64 years. French drugmaker Sanofi leads marketing of Novavax’s shot, called Nuvaxovid.

All three shots are cleared for broad use in adults 65 years and over.

In May, the FDA recommended updated shots target a specific coronavirus subvariant known as LP.8.1 for the 2025 and 2026 fall and winter seasons. This subvariant is part of a larger viral subgroup known as JN.1.

Booster accessibility, however, might be more limited than it has been in previous seasons, given the FDA’s clearance only applies to most adults if they’re considered to be at higher risk. The agency’s decisions, as relayed by Kennedy, would also leave Moderna’s vaccine as the only option for children between 6 months and 5 years of age.

“The scientific evidence continues to strongly support broad vaccination far beyond the limited populations outlined in the Food and Drug Administration’s new label,” the Infectious Diseases Society of America said in a statement. 

IDSA added that the FDA’s narrowed approval “completely contradicts the evidence base, severely undermines trust in science-driven policy and dangerously limits vaccine access.” IDSA has been critical of other previous moves by Kennedy.

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention currently recommends COVID vaccines for most adults 18 and older. The agency recommends that parents of children should discuss benefits of vaccination with their doctors.

In May, Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. said the CDC had removed COVID shots from the recommended immunization schedule for healthy children and pregnant women. The agency did not entirely withdraw the shots from its schedule, but instead adopted what’s known as a shared clinical decision-making recommendation for healthy children. The CDC recommends pregnant women get vaccinated against COVID, but the website says the page will be updated to reflect the “updated immunization schedule.”

Several medical organizations have pushed back on Kennedy’s efforts to restrict access to COVID shots. The 17 members of a CDC advisory panel who Kennedy fired earlier this year have also called for an alternative to their committee, which is now made up of seven individuals hand-picked by Kennedy, including several who have been critical of vaccines.

At their first meeting, the new committee members sharply questioned the evidence supporting COVID vaccines’ safety and efficacy.

Their actions, and Kennedy’s policies, have driven a wedge between some physician groups and federal health agencies. Last week, the American Academy of Pediatrics released its own updated vaccination guidelines for children, breaking from the CDC. In a statement, AAP said it recommends a COVID vaccine for all children aged 6 through 23 months.

It Starts with Where We Live, with Ross Elliott

Today I’m joined by Ross Elliott, a respected urban thinker and commentator, and we discuss something most politicians and planners are ignoring: the danger of concentrating 70% of Australia’s population into just eight capital cities, and doing it without a real plan.

We explore the challenges of infrastructure, the concept of the missing middle in housing, and the need for a national settlement strategy to address the growing population and its impact on quality of life. 

Whether you’re a property investor, policymaker, or simply someone sitting in bumper-to-bumper traffic wondering where it all went wrong, this episode of the Michael Yardney Podcast is going to challenge the way you think about growth, planning, and the future of our cities. 

Takeaways 

  • Australia’s population growth is concentrated in a few major cities. 
  • High-density living does not necessarily reduce traffic congestion. 
  • There is a significant gap in housing supply and demand. 
  • The concept of the ‘missing middle’ in housing is contentious. 
  • Infrastructure development has not kept pace with population growth. 
  • Regional centers can offer a better quality of life than major cities. 
  • Government policies need to address urban planning holistically. 
  • Decentralization strategies have not been effectively implemented in Australia. 
  • Community opposition often hinders new housing developments. 
  • A national settlement strategy is essential for sustainable growth. 

 

Links and Resources: 

 Answer this week’s trivia question here- www.PropertyTrivia.com.au  

  • Win a hard copy of Michael Yardney’s Guide to Investing. Everyone wins a copy of a fully updated property report – What’s ahead for property for 2026 and beyond. 

 Get the team at Metropole to help build your personal Strategic Property Plan Click here and have a chat with us 

Michael Yardney – Subscribe to my Property Update newsletter here  

Ross Elliott –  Urban Development Thought Leader. 

Subscribe to Ross Elliott’s blog here. 

 

 Get a bundle of eBooks and Reports at www.PodcastBonus.com.au 

Also, please subscribe to my other podcast Demographics Decoded with Simon Kuestenmacher – just look for  Demographics Decoded wherever you are listening to this podcast and subscribe so each week we can unveil the trends shaping your future. 

icon-podcast-large

Subscribe & don’t miss a single episode of Michael Yardney’s podcast

Hear Michael & a select panel of guest experts discuss property investment, success & money related
topics. Subscribe now, whether you’re on an Apple or Android handset.

Need help listening to Michael Yardney’s podcast from your phone or tablet?

We have created easy to follow instructions for you whether you’re on iPhone / iPad or an Android
device.

icon-email-large

Prefer to subscribe via email?

Join Michael Yardney’s inner circle of daily subscribers and get into the head of Australia’s best
property investment advisor and a wide team of leading property researchers and commentators.


Cropped Hero Shot Photography 591 1.png

About Michael Yardney

Michael is the founder of Metropole Property Strategists who help their clients grow, protect and pass on their wealth through independent, unbiased property advice and advocacy. He’s once again been voted Australia’s leading property investment adviser and one of Australia’s 50 most influential Thought Leaders. His opinions are regularly featured in the media.


I never knew my phone camera could do this until I tried it

A measuring tape is one of those tools that always seems to be missing when you need it most. What you do have, though, is your phone, and its camera can actually serve as a handy substitute for a tape measure.

How AR measurement works on your phone

AR measurement, short for augmented reality measurement, allows your phone to calculate the dimensions of real-world objects and spaces with the help of the camera. The way it works is quite genius.

When you point your camera at a room, table, or even a bookshelf, your phone starts analyzing the scene. It looks for flat surfaces such as floors, walls, and tables. Once these surfaces are detected, the tool can measure distances between points to create an accurate three-dimensional representation of the environment in real time.

Image Credit: Pankil Shah
Pankil Shah/MakeUseOf

Besides the camera, your phone relies on a combination of sensors and spatial mapping to deliver accurate results. For instance, the accelerometer detects movement, while the gyroscope tracks the device’s orientation.

By combining visual information from the camera with data from these sensors, your phone can determine not only the size of objects but also their position in the surrounding space.

AR measurement is available on most mid-range and flagship Android and iPhone models. So, unless your phone is entry-level, you should be good to go.

On the iPhone, the Measure app comes pre-installed, so you can open it and start measuring instantly. If you once dismissed it as just another useless built-in app from Apple and uninstalled it, you can reinstall it from the App Store.

Similar to Apple, Google used to provide its own free Measure app, but it was discontinued in 2021 due to accuracy and stability issues. However, if you have a Galaxy phone, you can download Samsung’s Quick Measure app from the Play Store or Galaxy Store.

Samsung phone showing Quick Measure app measuring a book
Image Credit: Pankil Shah
Pankil Shah/MakeUseOf

On Android, third-party apps also fill the gap. A popular choice is the AR Ruler app, which you can download from the Play Store. It is also available on iOS if you want more advanced features. It goes beyond basic length and height checks and offers volume measurement, path scanning, and angle detection.

Download: AR Ruler for Android | iOS (Free, in-app purchases available)

Once you’ve got the right app on your phone, using AR measurement is surprisingly simple. Open the app and point your camera at the object or space you want to measure. The app will usually guide you with on-screen prompts, such as asking you to move your phone slowly so it can scan the area.

The app will first identify flat surfaces in view, like the top of a table or the floor in your living room. Once the surface is recognized, you’ll see a dot or crosshair appear on the screen. This acts as your starting point.

From there, you tap to mark one point, then move your phone to the next spot and tap again. The app calculates the distance between the two points to give you a precise measurement. You can use this to measure objects, check room dimensions, or even estimate someone’s height.

Most measuring apps can also detect shapes automatically. If the app detects a square, rectangle, or circle, it will display the measurements without you having to trace each side manually. This makes tasks like checking if a new piece of furniture will fit in a space almost effortless.

Samsung’s Quick Measure includes a handy feature that calculates the distance between the camera and an object. This is particularly useful when you want to estimate how far your TV, a wall, or any object is from where you’re standing.

To keep a record, you can capture the measurement with the shutter button, which saves it as a photo. Apple’s Measure app also includes a history tab where all your measurements are stored, so you can revisit them later if needed.

The accuracy of these measurements

With all this talk about turning your phone into a digital tape measure, it’s obvious to wonder how much you can actually rely on the results. The short answer is that AR measurement is impressively accurate for casual use, but it still has its limits.

In most cases, the margin of error is usually within a couple of centimeters. That means if you’re checking whether a new chair will fit through a doorway or estimating the size of a rug, the readings are trustworthy enough.

For example, I measured my 55-inch TV and got 56 inches, which is close enough. However, measuring from a slightly different angle gave 59 inches, so accuracy can vary depending on how you position your phone.


Your phone’s camera can be useful for a lot of things besides taking photos and videos. AR measurement is one of those handy extras. While it won’t replace a tape measure or professional laser tools, it’s accurate enough for most everyday tasks like checking furniture dimensions or estimating space.

Cyberpunk Labubu takes Chongqing by storm

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/Cyberpunk-Labubu-takes-Chongqing-by-storm-1GbchDq1eEw/img/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a.jpeg'
A giant cyberpunk-style Labubu is seen at the Changjiahui Shopping Park in Chongqing on August 26, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/Cyberpunk-Labubu-takes-Chongqing-by-storm-1GbchDq1eEw/img/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a.jpeg'
A giant cyberpunk-style Labubu is seen at the Changjiahui Shopping Park in Chongqing on August 26, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/Cyberpunk-Labubu-takes-Chongqing-by-storm-1GbchDq1eEw/img/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a.jpeg'
A giant cyberpunk-style Labubu is seen at the Changjiahui Shopping Park in Chongqing on August 26, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/Cyberpunk-Labubu-takes-Chongqing-by-storm-1GbchDq1eEw/img/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a.jpeg'
A giant cyberpunk-style Labubu is seen at the Changjiahui Shopping Park in Chongqing on August 26, 2025. /VCG
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/Cyberpunk-Labubu-takes-Chongqing-by-storm-1GbchDq1eEw/img/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a/c3ff387df38b466bb4d4cff1ce04c32a.jpeg'
A giant cyberpunk-style Labubu is seen at the Changjiahui Shopping Park in Chongqing on August 26, 2025. /VCG

A giant, cyberpunk-style Labubu has made an appearance in Chongqing’s Changjiahui Shopping Park, drawing crowds of residents and tourists to take photos and check in online.

Clad in a red, white, and silver mech suit, Labubu features a playful and cool bone logo on its chest. The metallic texture of the mech joints and the small green plants adorning its shoulders perfectly embody the charm of this “giant trendy toy icon!”

After lengthy delay, L.A. Mayor Bass names new city film liaison

More than two and a half years after she took office, Los Angeles Mayor Karen Bass has fulfilled a nagging campaign promise to film industry advocates.

She is appointing Board of Public Works president Steve Kang to serve as a liaison between city bureaucracy and the film industry, she said Wednesday. The mayor made the announcement while speaking to a private Zoom meeting of her entertainment industry council Wednesday afternoon, according to three attendees.

Kang will be the chief film liaison, assisted by Dan Halden — who serves as acting director of external relations at the city’s Bureau of Street Services (StreetsLA) — and producer Amy Goldberg.

The city’s film liaison role was established under former Mayor Eric Garcetti.

In the past, the liaison has served as the point person for film and TV productions looking to shoot in L.A., helping filmmakers navigate the city’s vast bureaucracy.

“I have full confidence that President Steve Kang will deliver in his role as City Film Liaison by finding solutions that protect our signature industry and ensure that local filming of TV shows, movies and commercials can successfully continue and expand,” Bass said in a statement. “With the successful expansion of the California Film & TV Tax Credit and our ongoing efforts to improve local processes, our work continues to keep production jobs here and support small businesses who rely on the industry.”

Bass’ decision not to prioritize the appointment of a film liaison had long frustrated industry advocates. Those concerns were sharpened at a moment when L.A.’s future as a film capital is in peril.

Amid a broader slump in overall film and TV production, the city has long been bleeding production jobs to states and countries that offer generous tax incentives, cheaper labor and more filming-friendly bureaucracies.

Most of those issues are outside the mayor’s control. But some industry advocates felt that naming a film liaison would be an easy move that could make shooting in L.A. a little less of a headache.

Since Bass took office in December 2022, those advocates have pressed the mayor’s office on the issue, with no clear answers about the delay.

“There’s been a clear sense of need, and frustration that it hasn’t happened,” said one industry advocate, who had been present during the mayor’s office’s regular meetings with representatives from film studios, labor groups and other industry interests.

Garcetti had several film liaisons during his administration.

Members of the industry often point to City Hall veteran Kevin James — who held the role for several years beginning in 2015 — as an ideal model, since he had deep City Hall experience, as well as ties to the industry. James served as film liaison while president of the Board of Public Works. The board governs the city’s Department of Public Works, which is responsible for StreetsLA, as well as the street lighting, sanitation and engineering departments.

The mayor’s office has had to navigate a historically difficult 2025, beginning with a catastrophic firestorm, followed by immigration raids and an unprecedented military presence in the city — all of which have necessitated 24/7 crisis responses from her office. But the frustrations over the lack of a named point person far predate the recent crises.

While signing an executive directive to support local film and TV production in May, Bass was asked about the position and said she planned to appoint someone within the next few days.

More than three months later, she finally did.

The Era of AI-Generated Ransomware Has Arrived

While such activity so far does not appear to be the norm across the ransomware ecosystem, the findings represent a stark warning.

“There are definitely some groups that are using AI to aid with the development of ransomware and malware modules, but as far as Recorded Future can tell, most aren’t,” says Allan Liska, an analyst for the security firm Recorded Future who specializes in ransomware. “Where we do see more AI being used widely is in initial access.”

Separately, researchers at the cybersecurity company ESET this week claimed to have discovered the “first known AI-powered ransomware,” dubbed PromptLock. The researchers say the malware, which largely runs locally on a machine and uses an open source AI model from OpenAI, can “generate malicious Lua scripts on the fly” and uses these to inspect files the hackers may be targeting, steal data, and deploy encryption. ESET believes the code is a proof-of-concept that has seemingly not been deployed against victims, but the researchers emphasize that it illustrates how cybercriminals are starting to use LLMs as part of their toolsets.

“Deploying AI-assisted ransomware presents certain challenges, primarily due to the large size of AI models and their high computational requirements. However, it’s possible that cybercriminals will find ways to bypass these limitations,” ESET malware researchers Anton Cherepanov and Peter Strycek, who discovered the new ransomware, wrote in an email to WIRED. “As for development, it is almost certain that threat actors are actively exploring this area, and we are likely to see more attempts to create increasingly sophisticated threats.”

Although PromptLock hasn’t been used in the real world, Anthropic’s findings further underscore the speed with which cybercriminals are moving to building LLMs into their operations and infrastructure. The AI company also spotted another cybercriminal group, which it tracks as GTG-2002, using Claude Code to automatically find targets to attack, get access into victim networks, develop malware, and then exfiltrate data, analyze what had been stolen, and develop a ransom note.

In the last month, this attack impacted “at least” 17 organizations in government, health care, emergency services, and religious institutions, Anthropic says, without naming any of the organizations impacted. “The operation demonstrates a concerning evolution in AI-assisted cybercrime,” Anthropic’s researchers wrote in their report, “where AI serves as both a technical consultant and active operator, enabling attacks that would be more difficult and time-consuming for individual actors to execute manually.”

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/newcastle-united-partners-bydfi-crypto-exchange-football-premier-league-9169711” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756311371.612530c

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756311371.612530c

PlayStation Plus Free Games For September 2025 Revealed

PlayStation has revealed next month’s batch of free games for PlayStation Plus subscribers. All PS Plus members will be able to claim a trio of freebies starting September 3: Psychonauts 2, Stardew Valley, and Viewfinder. If you haven’t claimed August’s PlayStation Plus free games yet, make sure to do so before next Tuesday. You can also check out all the games that were recently added to the PS Plus Game Catalog for Extra and Premium-tier subscribers.

Regarded as one of the best games made by Double Fine, Psychonauts 2 is a creative tour de force that sees protagonist Raz return for another round of cerebral adventures. Years in the making, the game was well worth the wait when it first launched in 2021.

Almost a decade after it first launched, Stardew Valley is still a genre-defining indie game. It helped usher in a new generation of cozy farming games, and since it first arrived on the scene, the game has regularly been updated with new content that has helped solidify it as a modern-day masterpiece.

Finally, Viewfinder is a terrific little puzzle game where you’ll take Polaroid-style photos and use them to push past various obstacles in the environment. The central gameplay mechanic evolves as you dive deeper into the game, as the idea of solving platforming puzzles with photography remains consistently engaging throughout the entire experience.

PlayStation Plus free games for September 2025

PlayStation Plus September 2025

Available September 3 – 30

  • Psychonauts 2
  • Stardew Valley
  • Viewfinder
Scientists crack indole’s toughest bond with copper, unlocking new medicines

Indole, a molecule made up of a six-membered benzene ring fused to a five-membered ring containing nitrogen, forms the core structure of many biologically active compounds. Derivatives of indole, where hydrogen atoms are replaced by various chemical groups, are naturally produced by plants, fungi, and even the human body.

Due to their properties, indoles have gained attention as a backbone for synthesizing a wide variety of drugs. Since 2015, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration has approved 14 indole drugs to treat conditions, such as migraines, infections, and hypertension. Chemists have developed many strategies to attach different chemical groups to indoles. Some approaches introduce new groups directly onto the ring, while others involve temporary structural changes through intermediates. However, modifying specific positions on the indole ring, such as the C5 carbon, remains a challenge due to its low reactivity.

In a recent study, researchers at Chiba University, Japan, reported a method for selectively attaching an alkyl group to the C5 position of indole using a relatively inexpensive copper-based catalyst, which produced the desired product in yields of up to 91%. This method offers a more affordable and scalable approach for modifying indoles, which could be especially valuable in drug development.

The study, led by Associate Professor Shingo Harada, included Mr. Tomohiro Isono, B.Pharm., Ms. Mai Yanagawa, M.Pharm., and Professor Tetsuhiro Nemoto from the Graduate School of Pharmaceutical Sciences at Chiba University, and was published online in the journal Chemical Science.

“We developed a direct, regioselective C5-H functionalization reaction of indoles under copper catalysis. The resulting compounds contain structural features commonly found in natural indole alkaloids and drug molecules, highlighting the usefulness of this approach for making biologically important compounds,” says Dr. Harada.

The reaction uses carbenes, highly reactive carbon species that can form new carbon-carbon bonds. In an earlier study, the team used rhodium-based carbenes to attach groups at the C4 position of indole, guided by unsaturated enone groups placed at the 3-position. In this study, they used a similar strategy but altered the reaction conditions to target the C5 position instead.

They tested the reaction using a model compound, N-benzyl indole with an enone group, together with dimethyl α-diazomalonates as the carbene source and different combinations of rhodium, copper, and silver salts as catalysts. Initially, the desired C5-functionalized product formed only in small amounts, with yields up to 18%. However, when they used a combination of copper and silver salts (Cu(OAc)2·H2O and AgSbF6), the yield rose to 62%. Upon carrying out further optimizations, such as adjusting the solvent volume and increasing the concentration, they improved the yield to 77%.

The reaction proved to be highly versatile, working with a wide range of indoles. When the enone group was replaced at the 3-position with a benzoyl group, the yield increased to 91%. Successful reactions were also observed with indoles bearing other substituents, such as methoxybenzyl, allyl, and phenyl groups, opening the door to the synthesis of structurally diverse molecules.

To uncover the reaction mechanism, the team carried out quantum chemical calculations, which suggested that the carbene does not react directly at C5. Instead, it first forms a bond at the C4 position, creating a strained three-membered ring. This intermediate then rearranges, shifting the new bond to the C5 position. The copper catalyst plays a critical role in making this pathway possible by stabilizing the intermediate and lowering the energy barrier for the rearrangement.

This copper-catalyzed strategy offers a reliable and cost-effective approach for modifying indoles at the C5 position, producing compounds that closely resemble biologically active indole-based agents. Dr. Harada highlights the method’s potential for drug discovery by stating, “While it may not cause a significant shift right away, it could foster steady progress in drug discovery, leading to a small yet beneficial long-term impact.”

The team is continuing its research, exploring other metal-carbene reactions to develop more selective and efficient strategies for constructing indole-based molecules that might one day contribute to the treatment of specific diseases.

Naushy Mirza’s Delhi pop-up revives forgotten Lucknowi dishes

What Mirza brings to the table is nostalgia layered with comfort. “This is the food I grew up eating, so it carries that emotional weight,” she says. But not all recipes have survived. “My mother has forgotten a lot,” Naushy says. “Even when she tries to remember, she struggles. I’m trying to archive what I can now. It’s hard, but it feels necessary.” 

For Mirza, food is both preservation and performance. She often feels the responsibility to keep her culinary heritage alive. “Sometimes things are lost over the years,” she says. “But it’s our responsibility to preserve as much as possible and keep sharing those experiences—because otherwise, it’ll all fade away.” 

“Take Roghni Tikkia, for instance—a thin flatbread from Pakistan that was also prepared by Lucknowi families,” she says. “Hardly anyone makes it anymore. It’s meant to be eaten with rich gravies—it brings balance. But it’s a slow, dying recipe.”

Even something as simple as keema carries stories that risk being erased. “Traditionally, it’s made with karonde—those small tart berries. The dish is actually called hari mirch karonde keema. But karonde is disappearing. You rarely find it in the markets now,” says Mirza. 

Physician explains how to identify flu, dengue, malaria and chikungunya early this monsoon: ‘Most common symptoms are…’ | Health

The monsoon brings much-needed relief from the summer heat, but it also creates the perfect environment for seasonal illnesses such as flu, dengue, malaria, and chikungunya. This makes it important to strengthen our immunity, practice hygiene, and remain vigilant about early symptoms.

As temperatures fluctuate and rains arrive, learn how to detect flu, dengue, malaria, and chikungunya early, while keeping your immunity strong.(Pixabay)

In an interview with HT Lifestyle, Dr. Gaurav Gupta, consultant internal medicine physician at Saifee Hospital, Mumbai, shares tips on boosting immunity, preventing seasonal illnesses, and staying healthy during the monsoon. (Also read: Paediatrician shares 7 tips to manage asthma and allergies in monsoon: ‘Ensure proper ventilation in your house’ )

Why immunity matters

Seasonal changes, especially heavy rains and fluctuating temperatures, can weaken our body’s natural defences. Children and the elderly are most vulnerable because their immunity is either still developing or has started to decline with age. That is why extra care, preventive measures, and timely vaccination are essential during this season.

Key preventive measures

To reduce the risk of infection, experts recommend:

  • Hygiene first: Wash your hands frequently and wear a mask in crowded places.
  • Eat fresh, safe food: Always consume freshly cooked meals. Avoid seafood, cut fruits, chutneys, and food kept uncovered, as they spoil quickly in humid weather.
  • Safe drinking water: Drink boiled, filtered, or packaged water to avoid water-borne infections.
  • Boost immunity naturally: Get adequate sleep, maintain a balanced diet, and consume citrus fruits like oranges, lemons, and amla that help strengthen immunity.
  • Prevent mosquito breeding: Do not allow stagnant water to collect around your home, as it becomes a breeding ground for mosquitoes that spread dengue and malaria.

Symptoms of seasonal flu

The most common symptoms of flu seen in Mumbai this season include:

  • High fever
  • Sore throat
  • Body pain and fatigue
  • Headache
  • Chills (sometimes)
  • Runny nose and cough

The current season has reported cases of Influenza A, Influenza B, and coronavirus, all of which can cause flu-like symptoms.

If fever persists beyond 3-4 days, a CBC test is recommended.(Pixabay)
If fever persists beyond 3-4 days, a CBC test is recommended.(Pixabay)

Difference between flu and other seasonal illnesses

While flu usually presents with fever, cough, and sore throat, other illnesses common in monsoon show different warning signs:

  • Dengue: High fever lasting 4–5 days, severe headache, muscle and joint pain, followed by a fall in platelet count after the fever subsides.
  • Chikungunya: Fever with severe joint pain, particularly in the smaller joints of the hands and elbows.
  • Malaria: Fever with chills and sweating, often recurring in cycles.

If the fever lasts beyond 3–4 days, it is advised to undergo a CBC (Complete Blood Count) test to check platelets and rule out dengue or other infections.

What’s the role of vaccination

Annual flu vaccination is highly recommended for children and the elderly. It is a safe and effective way to reduce the risk of severe illness during flu season. The monsoon season demands vigilance and preventive care. Simple habits such as maintaining hygiene, drinking safe water, eating fresh food, boosting immunity, and preventing mosquito breeding can go a long way in protecting families from flu, dengue, malaria, and chikungunya. Early detection and timely medical care remain the key to staying safe and healthy this season.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Amylyx drug comes up short; Sanofi names new CMO

Today, a brief rundown of news involving Amylyx Pharmaceuticals and Sanofi, as well as updates from Novartis, Roche and Eisai that you may have missed.

A mid-stage clinical trial testing the best-known drug from Amylyx Pharmaceuticals has failed, leading the company to discontinue the experiment along with a related extension study. The drug, code-named AMX0035, didn’t meet the primary or secondary goals of the trial, which focused on a rare neurological condition called progressive supranuclear palsy. In a statement, Amylyx co-CEOs Joshua Cohen and Justin Klee said their teams will continue to develop AMX0035 for another uncommon disorder, Wolfram syndrome, though the “highest priority” remains a late-stage study of a blood sugar-adjusting medicine the company acquired last summer. AMX0035 previously received U.S. approval for the treatment of ALS, but was pulled from the market in 2024, leaving Amylyx without its main revenue generator. In that Wednesday statement, the company said it expect its cash runway to extend through the end of next year. — Jacob Bell

Sanofi has appointed Marcia Kayath, a pharmaceutical industry veteran who most recently served as BioMarin Pharmaceuticals’ global head of medical affairs, to succeed Dietmar Berger as its chief medical officer. According to an internal memo obtained by BioPharma Dive, Kayath will start in the role on Sept. 2 and report to Sanofi’s global head of R&D, Houman Ashrafian. “In this strategic position, Marcia will lead our medical and patient safety organizations at a pivotal time as we are planning to advance our most ambitious modernization journey to date,” Ashrafian wrote in the memo. Prior to BioMarin, Kayath worked at Novartis, Eli Lilly and Pfizer. — Ned Pagliarulo

Novartis is partnering with BioArctic, the Swedish company that invented the drug Eisai and Biogen later developed as Leqembi, to generate a new drug candidate for an undisclosed neurodegenerative disease. Novartis will pay BioArctic $30 million upfront to start the collaboration, which could eventually pay the biotech up to $772 million if all milestones are reached. The companies will evaluate using a Novartis-owned antibody with BioArctic’s “BrainTransporter” technology, which is designed to improve uptake of drugs in the brain. — Ned Pagliarulo

Genentech broke ground Monday for the Roche subsidiary’s first East Coast manufacturing facility in Holly Springs, North Carolina. The site, which will span 700,000 square feet when complete, is meant to produce Genentech’s cardiometabolic medicines, including treatments in development for obesity. Genentech expects the facility to be operational in 2029, when it will employ an anticipated 400 manufacturing workers. Roche recently committed to investing $50 billion in U.S.-based manufacturing over the next five years, a response to President Donald Trump’s threats of tariffs on pharmaceutical goods. — Ned Pagliarulo

Leqembi, a closely watched drug for Alzheimer’s disease, began selling in the European Union this week. Eisai, the Japanese pharmaceutical firm that has led Leqembi’s development and commercialization, said the medicine launched in Austria on Aug. 25 and will do the same in Germany on Sept. 1. Following a drawn-out review, European regulators approved Leqembi in April, opening the door to an important source of revenue for Eisai and its partner Biogen. RBC Capital Markets analyst Brian Abrahams previously estimated that peak annual Leqembi sales would reach $8.3 billion, with 20% coming from the European market. — Jacob Bell

Love or Leverage? How Soaring House Prices Are Trapping Couples Together

Key takeaways

Australia’s property market isn’t just about affordability or investment; it’s influencing love, marriage, and family stability.

Rising housing costs can trap people in relationships, even unhappy ones, simply because they can’t afford to separate.

High property prices delay homeownership, marriage, family formation, and fertility decisions.

They also shape power dynamics within relationships.

Housing is no longer just about shelter, it’s quietly influencing Australia’s culture, wellbeing, and even who we choose to stay with.


Australia’s housing market isn’t just about affordability, wealth creation, or investment returns.

Believe it or not, it’s also quietly reshaping some of the most personal aspects of our lives: love, relationships, marriage, and family stability.

We’ve long discussed how demographics influence housing. But what’s less often recognised is how housing costs, in turn, influence our personal choices.

In fact, new research suggests that soaring house prices may be locking people into relationships, even unhappy ones, not because couples are more in love, but because they can’t afford to split up.

As demographer Simon Kuestenmacher explained in the latest episode of our Demographics Decoded podcast:

“The financial economic argument is rock solid. Divorce comes with obvious costs: lawyers, moving, and most significantly, running two households instead of one. Even if housing was cheap, two households cost more.”

In other words, the property market isn’t just about where we live. It’s influencing whether we stay together.

For weekly insights subscribe to the Demographics Decoded podcast, where we will continue to explore these trends and their implications in greater detail.

Subscribe now on your favourite Podcast player:

The economics of separation

While on paper, separating sounds simple: two people decide to go their own way, in practice, the costs quickly mount.

  • Legal fees: Divorces involve lawyers, mediators, and paperwork, none of which are cheap.
  • Moving expenses: Finding and furnishing another property comes with significant upfront costs.
  • Running two households: Rent or mortgage repayments, utilities, internet, furniture, and even small things like buying another toaster or fridge.

These costs are manageable when housing is affordable.

But today, when median house prices are many multiples of income and rents are at record highs, doubling your housing needs can be financially crippling.

As Simon pointed out, “It is always cheaper to run one household than two. Even if the dwellings are smaller, the costs accumulate. It’s a massive disincentive to leave.”

This helps explain why Australia’s divorce rate has been steadily declining, now at its lowest level since no-fault divorce was introduced in 1976.

In big cities, Sydney, Melbourne, and Brisbane, where housing is most expensive, divorce rates are even lower.

Why now is different

Interestingly, this trend contrasts with what happened during previous periods of financial stress.

During the 1990s recession, divorce rates actually rose as household stress spilled into relationships.

We also saw a small uptick during the COVID-19 pandemic, when couples were forced into close quarters under stressful conditions.

So why are today’s high-cost times different?

It comes down to the type of stress.

A sudden crisis like COVID or a recession can push simmering tensions to breaking point. But today’s pressures, mortgages, rents, and day-to-day costs are long-term, structural challenges.

They don’t cause sudden fights; they quietly wear couples down.

Yet they also trap them, because leaving requires even more financial resources.

Later marriages, stronger unions, sometimes

Another factor in declining divorce rates is shifting demographics.

Australians are marrying later, often after years of cohabitation.

That means couples have already tested their relationship through multiple life stages before tying the knot.

Simon reflected on his own experience: “Sarah and I got married after we lived together for 14 years. By then, we’d lived through a gazillion crises. If it wasn’t working, we would have split earlier. So by the time we married, the foundations were solid.”

This trend means that fewer marriages happen, but those that do are generally stronger.

It also means people are more mature and self-aware when they marry, reducing the likelihood of impulsive choices that lead to regret.

Still, this doesn’t mean love is flourishing everywhere.

Many couples are together less because of affection and more because of economics.

Chatgpt Image Aug 20, 2025, 10 45 44 Am

These apps make Apple CarPlay so much better

Apple offers essential apps for its CarPlay system, but third-party options for navigation, audio, and utility can enhance safety and convenience while driving. This article reviews the best third-party apps for CarPlay in key categories.

6

Waze

Despite being acquired by Google in 2013, Waze remains a separate app (from Google Maps) in the App Store, although many of its features are also now integrated into the main Google Maps app. What makes Waze a continued winner is its deep integration with crowdsourcing, which brings a certain level of intimacy that’s lacking in other map apps. This integration makes it relatively easy to alert fellow drivers to things like road hazards, police sightings, and speed traps.

Waze also does a terrific job of offering real-time re-routes based on changing road conditions. For example, if there are reports of an accident 25 miles ahead on your journey, the CarPlay display will explain the situation and suggest alternative routes. It’s a slick process that works seamlessly.

NAR by Bryan W

Another nice touch is Waze’s customization options. You can change the voice of the Waze assistant, adjust the look of icons, and more. This adds some uniqueness that’s missing from other map apps.

Waze certainly isn’t for everything. Google Maps, for example, still does a better job at helping you find a business. It’s also the app I use when there are multiple stops on my journey. Google Maps simply does things like this better. But, overall, I find myself using Waze much more than Google Maps and Apple Maps.

Download: Waze (Free)

5

Overcast

There are several different ways to listen to podcasts in the car. One of my favorite apps for this purpose is Overcast. While most of its features are available for free, a premium subscription offers additional bonus features, and you can also opt to hide the occasional ads that come with the free version.

Overcast rightly advertises its two best features: Smart Speed and Voice Boost. The former dynamically shortens silences in podcasts, thereby cutting down the total time. It works brilliantly since it does this without distortion, thereby keeping the talk natural-sounding.

The Overcast app on Apple CarPlay.
NAR by Bryan W

The app’s other great feature, Voice Boost, elevates every sound to the same level, even when going between podcasts. This essentially removes the need to adjust the volume in places like your car, where there might be other people listening (and talking) while your favorite show is playing.

Download: Overcast (Free, in-app purchases available)

4

Audible

When it comes to listening to audiobooks, there’s Audible and everyone else. The Amazon title offers several features that other options, such as Apple Books, do not. For one, Audible offers a subscription-based service that allows you to purchase a set number of book titles each month at a discounted price.

Perhaps the best Audible feature is Whispersync for Voice. This allows you to seamlessly switch between a Kindle eBook and the corresponding audiobook, regardless of your device. Often, when I’m in the car, I will pick up the audiobook where I left off on my iPad.

The Audible app on Apple CarPlay
NAR by Bryan W

Audible isn’t necessarily for everyone. If you don’t read a lot of audiobooks, getting a subscription might not be worth it. In that case, the differences between Audible, Apple Books, and others are much less noticeable.

Download: Audible (Must purchase most content)

3

Libby

If you like to borrow and listen to audiobooks from your local library, there’s Libby. The free app enables you to borrow and read e-books, listen to audiobooks, and access digital magazines. To listen to a new audiobook, you must first download it onto your iPhone; from there, it will show up in the Libby app on the CarPlay display.

A screenshot showing the Libby app on Apple CarPlay.
NAR by Bryan W

Libby says it offers over 45,000 free audiobook titles, which should allow you to drive back and forth between the coasts of the U.S. at least a few times.

Download: Libby (Free)

2

Weather on the Way

There are heaps of excellent weather apps on the App Store. The Weather on the Way app differs in that it focuses on providing a forecast for every location along your specific route. In other words, you can see a timeline of the weather you’re expected to encounter on your way in real-time.

Tthe Weather on the Way app on CarPlay.
NAR by Bryan W

Weather on the Way is a terrific tool for anyone planning to travel long distances in the coming days, such as truckers, vacationers, and long-distance commuters. The free version of the app offers a limited number of features. With a yearly subscription, all the features are unlocked.

Download: Weather on the Way (Free, subscription available)

1

Plugshare and other fueling apps

All cars have one thing in common: they require fuel, whether it is gasoline or electricity. Not surprisingly, numerous CarPlay-enabled apps can help you get to your next fill-up.

For EV owners, there’s PlugShare. The free app’s primary function is to help drivers find available charging stations using an interactive map. You can sort this information by plug type, charging speed, and network. PlugShare is recognized for its ever-growing community of users who check in to stations on the app and share reviews, photos, and general tips. This information is beneficial to both new and long-time EV drivers.

The Plugshare app on Apple CarPlay.
NAR by Bryan W

If your car still takes gas, finding a filling station on CarPlay is much easier. Most national gas stations have apps that make it pain-free to find the nearest location from your CarPlay screen. Additionally, retailers like Walmart also show filling stations in their apps.

Download: Plugshare (Free)

Download: Walmart (Free)

Apple CarPlay allows you to access your iPhone’s features through your car’s display using a simple, hands-free interface. Each CarPlay-compatible app, including those mentioned earlier, is designed to operate safely during driving while reducing driver distractions.

World Lake Day: Reflecting Earth's fragility and majesty

August 27 marks the first-ever World Lake Day, a designation made by the United Nations in December 2024.

Lakes – whether natural or artificial – store over 90 percent of the world’s surface freshwater and play an irreplaceable role in sustaining biodiversity, regulating climate, controlling floods and capturing carbon.

Yet they are increasingly under threat from overuse, pollution and the effects of climate change. As mirrors of nature and sources of life for both aquatic and land ecosystems, lakes are vital for human water security, maintaining ecological balance and providing spiritual meaning and artistic inspiration that nurture our cultural heritage.

Join us in appreciating the breathtaking beauty of iconic lakes in China and beyond.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27.jpeg'
Qinghai Lake, China’s largest saltwater lake, Qinghai Province, northwest China.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27.jpeg'
Qinghai Lake, China’s largest saltwater lake, Qinghai Province, northwest China.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27.jpeg'
Qinghai Lake, China’s largest saltwater lake, Qinghai Province, northwest China.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27/fa364f66477448169569352cdb05bd27.jpeg'
Qinghai Lake, China’s largest saltwater lake, Qinghai Province, northwest China.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6.jpeg'
A glimpse of the Caspian Sea, the world’s largest saltwater lake, Kazakhstan.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6.jpeg'
A glimpse of the Caspian Sea, the world’s largest saltwater lake, Kazakhstan.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6.jpeg'
A glimpse of the Caspian Sea, the world’s largest saltwater lake, Kazakhstan.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6.jpeg'
A glimpse of the Caspian Sea, the world’s largest saltwater lake, Kazakhstan.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6.jpeg'
A glimpse of the Caspian Sea, the world’s largest saltwater lake, Kazakhstan.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-27/World-Lake-Day-Reflecting-Earth-s-fragility-and-majesty-1GbnWY3OszS/img/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6/8168a7bb68b944d7bf2d6ecfe090e6f6.jpeg'
A glimpse of the Caspian Sea, the world’s largest saltwater lake, Kazakhstan.

(All photos via VCG)

(Cover: Tianchi, or Heaven Lake, a volcanic crater lake lying on the border between China and Democratic People’s Republic of Korea.)

PM Narendra Modi Flags Off 1st ‘Made in India’ E-Vitara, Maruti Suzuki’s Global Battery Electric Vehicle, To Be Exported to 100 Countries (Watch Video)

Ahmedabad, August 26: Prime Minister Narendra Modi, who is on a two-day visit to his home state Gujarat, inaugurated and flagged off a ‘Made in India’ ‘e-Vitara’, the first global strategic Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV) of Suzuki, on Tuesday. The inauguration by the Prime Minister took place in the presence of Gujarat Chief Minister Bhupendra Patel and the Ambassador of Japan, Keiichi Ono.

The rollout of ‘Made-in-India’ BEVs marks the country’s big strides towards self-reliance and underscores the nation’s ambitious plans to move towards green energy. Before flagging off the first unit of the e-Vitara, PM Modi also termed it a ‘special day’ in India’s quest for self-reliance and also informed that the production of hybrid battery electrodes will begin at a plant in Gujarat soon, giving a big boost to the country’s battery ecosystem. PM Narendra Modi To Flag Off Maruti Suzuki’s 1st Global EV, E-VITARA, in Gujarat’s Ahmedabad Today.

These ‘Made in India’ BEVs will be exported to more than one hundred countries, including advanced markets such as Europe and Japan. PM Modi will also inaugurate the next phase of India’s battery ecosystem with the start of local production of hybrid battery electrodes at TDS Lithium-Ion Battery plant in Gujarat. The plant, a joint venture of Toshiba, Denso and Suzuki, will boost domestic manufacturing and clean energy innovation.

PM Modi Flags off e-Vitara in Gujarat

The two landmark projects underscore India’s emergence as a global hub for green mobility while reinforcing the Prime Minister’s commitment to ‘Make in India’ and ‘Aatmanirbhar Bharat’. The e-Vitara was first introduced globally in Europe late last year. Maruti Suzuki, India’s largest carmaker, had unveiled the e-Vitara in January 2025 during the Bharat Mobility Global Expo. PM Narendra Modi Talks About Operation Sindoor’s Success in Gujarat; Vows to Protect Farmers and Small Entrepreneurs.

With an annual capacity of 2.6 million units across four Indian plants, the company exported over 3.32 lakh vehicles and sold 19.01 lakh units in the domestic market in FY25. With the commercial production of the e-Vitara commencing at the Hansalpur plant in Gujarat, this will see India emerging as Suzuki’s global manufacturing hub for electric vehicles.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 26, 2025 01:35 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Anthropic Settles High-Profile AI Copyright Lawsuit Brought by Book Authors

Anthropic has reached a preliminary settlement in a class action lawsuit brought by a group of prominent authors, marking a major turn in of the most significant ongoing AI copyright lawsuits in history. The move will allow Anthropic to avoid what could have been a financially devastating outcome in court.

The settlement agreement is expected to be finalized on September 3, with more details to follow, according to a legal filing published Tuesday. Anthropic declined to comment. “This historic settlement will benefit all class members. We look forward to announcing details of the settlement in the coming weeks,” Justin Nelson, a lawyer representing the plaintiffs, said in a statement to WIRED.

In 2024, three book writers, Andrea Bartz, Charles Graeber, and Kirk Wallace Johnson, sued Anthropic, alleging that the startup illegally used their work to train its artificial intelligence models. In June, California district court judge William Alsup issued a summary judgment in Bartz v. Anthropic that largely sided with Anthropic, finding that the company’s usage of the books was “fair use” and thus legal.

But the judge ruled that the manner in which Anthropic had acquired some of the works, by downloading them through so-called shadow libraries, including a notorious site called LibGen, constituted piracy. Alsup ruled that the book authors could still take Anthropic to trial in a class action for pirating their works; the legal showdown was slated to begin in December.

Statutory damages for this kind of piracy start at $750 per infringed work, according to US copyright law. Because the library of books amassed by Anthropic was thought to contain approximately 7 million works, the AI company was potentially facing court-imposed penalties amounting to billions, possibly more than $1 trillion dollars.

“It’s a stunning turn of events, given how Anthropic was fighting tooth and nail in two courts in this case. And the company recently hired a new trial team,” says Edward Lee, a law professor at Santa Clara University who closely follows AI copyright litigation. “But they had few defenses at trial, given how Judge Alsup ruled. So Anthropic was starting at the risk of statutory damages in ‘doomsday’ amounts.”

Most authors who may have been part of the class action were just starting to receive notice that they qualified to participate. The Authors Guild, a trade group representing professional writers, sent out a notice alerting authors that they might be eligible earlier this month, and lawyers for the plaintiffs were scheduled to submit a “list of affected works” to the court on September 1. This means that many of these writers were not privy to the negotiations that took place.

“The big question is whether there is a significant revolt from within the author class after the settlement terms are unveiled,” says James Grimmelmann, a professor of digital and internet law at Cornell University. “That will be a very important barometer of where copyright owner sentiment stands.”

Anthropic is still facing a number of other copyright-related legal challenges. One of the most high-profile disputes involves a group of major record labels, including Universal Music Group, which allege that the company illegally trained its AI programs on copyrighted lyrics. The plaintiffs recently filed to amend their case to allege that Anthropic had used the peer-to-peer file sharing service BitTorrent to download songs illegally.

Settlements don’t set legal precedent, but the details of this case will likely be watched closely as dozens of other high-profile AI copyright cases continue to wind through the courts.

Update: 8/26/25, 11:40 pm EST: This story has been updated to include comment from an attorney representing the plaintiffs.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/bitcoin-asia-btc-event-hong-kong-9164852” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756268133.709e347

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756268133.709e347

Where To Find Fortnite Helicopters – All Choppa Locations In Chapter 6 Season 4

It’s been an extremely eventful start to Fortnite Chapter 6 Season 4, with Epic already pulling this season’s medallions from circulation for being too overpowered and ridiculous after two weeks of backlash. Fortunately, Fortnite is always introducing new ways of being absurd and over-the-top, and this week’s update is proof of that, as it added two very silly new vehicles: the Roly-Poly bug, and Hammerhead Choppas.

The Roly-Polys are extremely easy to find since they’re just lying on the ground all over the place. If you see bugs running around, then there are some Roly-Polys, too. There are enough of those for everybody, more or less. But that’s not the case with Hammerhead Choppas, of which only a handful spawn each match.

It makes a lot of sense for there to be more Roly-Polys than Hammerhead Choppas. The Choppas, which are new, much cooler-looking versions of Fortnite’s old helicopters, have enough room for a full squad of players and a hired NPC. Roly-Polys, by contrast, can only fit a single player each–they’re essentially new, bouncier versions of Ballers. So, while there are dozens of Roly-Polys that spawn around the island each match, there are only a few Hammerhead Choppas.

Where to find the Hammerhead Choppas in Fortnite Chapter 6 Season 4

There are five guaranteed Hammerhead Choppas at four main spawn locations–one of the spots actually has two of them. The Hammerhead Choppas spawn at each of the three OXR outposts, which is where the “push back the bugs” events happen, and there are two that spawn at OXR HQ to the north of the center of the island. All five of these Choppas appear to have a 100% spawn chance.

That said, there are also a few other spots where Hammerhead Choppas have some unknown chance of spawning. You can see the spawn locations in the handy map we’ve provided below. Black stars indicate a spot where a Hammerhead Choppa may spawn, red stars indicate a guaranteed Hammerhead Choppa spawn, and red with a black outline indicates two guaranteed Choppas.

There are five guaranteed spawns (red) and three other potential spawn locations (black) for Hammerhead Choppas.

The guaranteed Hammerhead Choppas won’t just be on the ground, of course. The reason they spawn in these locations is that OXR has all the helipads. So when you’re in one of those places trying to nab your fun new method of air transportation, look for it on platforms like this.

For those locations where there’s only a chance of a Choppa spawn, however, they’ll be parked on the grass.

How to use the loudspeaker on Hammerhead Choppas

Fortnite is celebrating the arrival of Hammerhead Choppas to Battle Royale by adding two weekly quests, neither of which is particularly complicated. The first is to damage players from 50 meters or more away while in a Choppa, and while the Choppa itself has no weapons, you presumably would–all you have to do is switch to a passenger seat and fire away. You don’t have to kill anybody. You just need to hit a few shots. And shots on the bugs counts, for the record.

All five guaranteed Hammerhead Choppas spawn on platforms like this.
All five guaranteed Hammerhead Choppas spawn on platforms like this.

But while anybody who plays Fortnite has shot some enemies before, the other Choppa quest involves a non-standard mechanic that is completely unique to Choppas: the ability to blast music over a loudspeaker while you fly around. There’s a quest to do just that within 100 meters of an enemy player. It’s not a difficult task, but since it’s only something Choppas can do, and Choppas aren’t in the game very much, most folks probably don’t know about it.

Fortunately, this quest is as easy at they come, because you can turn on the loudspeaker by pressing the emote button–that’s down on the d-pad on a controller, or B on a keyboard. If you didn’t immediately complete the quest when you fired it up, just fly around until you find somebody. Considering that a 100-meter radius is pretty large, it’ll probably happen by accident.

The hidden DNA organizer linking fertility and cancer

A research team at Kyoto University has discovered STAG3-cohesin, a new mitotic cohesin complex that helps establish the unique DNA architecture of spermaotogonial stem cells (SSCs), the stem cells that give rise to sperm. This “DNA organizer” is crucial for sperm production in mice: without STAG3, SSCs cannot differentiate properly, leading to a fertility problem. In humans, the researchers found that STAG3 is highly expressed in immune B cells and in B-cell lymphomas (a type of blood cancer), and blocking it slowed the growth of these cells. This discovery might open the door to new strategies for treating infertility and certain cancers.

This research is led by Prof. Mitinori Saitou, Director/Principal Investigator at the Institute for the Advanced Study of Human Biology (WPI-ASHBi), Kyoto University (also Professor at the Graduate School of Medicine), Dr. Masahiro Nagano (then Assistant Professor at the Graduate School of Medicine, currently Research Fellow at ASHBi and Postdoctoral Researcher at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology), and Dr. Bo Hu (then Ph.D. student, currently Research Fellow at ASHBi). The results of this study will be published online in Nature Structural & Molecular Biology at 10:00 am GMT (6:00 pm Japan Standard Time) on August 25, 2025.

Background

Our bodies contain many different types of cells, yet they all contain the same DNA. What makes each cell type unique is how this DNA is modified, packaged, folded, and organized. Think of DNA as a very long piece of string. Inside every nucleus, about two meters of this DNA string must be folded and stored in a space smaller than the width of a human hair. This folding is highly organized, with special boundaries called insulation that separate different regions of DNA and control which genes are turned on or off. Ring-shaped protein complexes called cohesins serve as the key players that create these boundaries. Cohesin complexes were previously thought to exist in two main forms: mitotic cohesins (contain STAG1 or STAG2 together with RAD21) and meiotic cohesins (contain STAG3 together with REC8 or RAD21L).

Germ cells are unique because they pass DNA to the next generation, and they undergo major changes in DNA folding during development. These cells undergo massive reorganization of their DNA packaging during development. Notably, SSCs have a unique way of organizing their DNA with unusually weak boundaries, but scientists do not yet understand how this happens.

Key findings

Because cohesin complexes contribute to DNA boundaries, and SSCs are mitotically dividing cells before entering meiosis, the research team decided to map where different cohesin proteins were located in SSCs cultured in vitro, and which proteins were present at each site. They found that RAD21, which normally partners with STAG1 or STAG2 in dividing cells, was instead partnering with STAG3. This protein was previously thought to function only during meiosis. Using immunoprecipitation-mass spectrometry (a technique that identifies which proteins stick together), they confirmed that RAD21 and STAG3 form a complex, revealing a new type of cohesin, which they referred to as STAG3-cohesin.

To find out what this new complex does, the researchers created two types of genetically modified SSCs in vitro: one set completely lacked STAG3, while the other contained only STAG3 (without STAG1 or STAG2). They discovered that STAG3-cohesin is responsible for the unusually weak DNA boundaries in SSCs. Most importantly, in mice missing STAG3, the SSCs could not progress from their stem-cell state to the next stage of sperm development in an efficient manner. This led to a fertility problem, showing that STAG3-cohesin does more than organize DNA and is critical for proper germ cell development.

As STAG3 functions in mitotically dividing cells, the team then investigated whether it might also function in other human cell types. By analyzing large datasets of all human cell types, they found that STAG3 is highly expressed in immune B cells and in B-cell lymphomas, a type of blood cancer. Interestingly, blocking STAG3 caused these lymphoma cells to grow much more slowly in laboratory studies, suggesting that STAG3 could be explored as a possible target for future cancer research.

Outlook

This study has revealed STAG3-cohesin as a new type of DNA-organizing protein complex that works very differently from previously known complexes. Because of its unique properties, further research on this complex is expected to advance our understanding of how gene activity is controlled through DNA organization. One of the most striking discoveries was that simply changing STAG3 levels could alter the proportion of stem cells in the testis. This suggests a novel mechanism that regulates the SSC state at the boundary between normal cell division and the start of meiosis.

Beyond germ cells, the discovery that blocking STAG3 slows the growth of B-cell cancers points to a possible role for STAG3 in future cancer research. Although more research is needed to uncover the precise mechanisms, these findings offer new insights that could advance stem cell biology, reproductive medicine, and cancer treatment.

Glossary

  • Spermatogonial stem cells (SSCs): The stem cells in the testis that self-renew and also differentiate to give rise to sperm.
  • Mitosis: The process by which a cell produces identical copies of itself, resulting in daughter cells with the same genetic information.
  • Meiosis: A specialized form of division unique to germ cells, through which sperm or eggs are generated.
  • Insulation: The “boundaries” within the 3D structure of DNA. They prevent enhancers (DNA elements that help turn genes on) from influencing genes across the boundary, effectively dividing the genome into separate functional regions.
  • B cells: Immune cells that play a central role in antibody production within the immune system.
  • Cohesin complex: A ring-shaped protein complex that holds chromatids together and helps organize DNA into loops essential for gene regulation and mitosis.
Craving Indonesian food? Head to Shangri-La Delhi’s food festival this weekend

At the pop-up, sambal appeared in dozens of variations, from the smoky Sambal Terasi with shrimp paste, to the Sambal Dabu Dabu from Manado in North Sulawesi, made with bird’s eye chillies, tomatoes and lime, or the fragrant Sambal Matah from Bali, with onions, chillies, and lemongrass. Alongside came spicy pickled sides like Acar Timun (cucumber) and Acar Nanas (pineapple).

At the heart of their cooking are certain non-negotiables: velvety coconut milk; bumbu dapur, a spice paste of shallots, garlic, chili, and candlenuts that forms the base of countless dishes like Rendang and Satay marinades; and kecap manis. Coastal kitchens lean on seafood, mountain communities on roots and spices, and trade has always brought outside influences to the mix. “Spices, herbs, and fermented ingredients are the soul of Indonesian cuisine,” the chefs explained. Turmeric, ginger, lemongrass, and basil provide brightness, while shrimp paste and tempeh add umami depth.

Step-by-Step Guide to Apply for Symbiosis Law Admission Test

About Symbiosis Law Admission Test

The Symbiosis Law Admission Test (SLAT) is a vital gateway for all the students who are aspiring to pursue a legal career at one of India’s reputed Symbiosis Law Schools. As you prepare to undertake this journey, it’s also crucial to understand the significant dates and the SLAT test application process for 2026.

This blog will give you the proper framework-based information, which will include not only the SLAT 2026 important dates but also provide the guiding ways to follow to get a proper idea for the SLAT 2026 application process, with all the necessary information to ensure that you stay on track and avoid any last-minute hassles.

Understanding SLAT 2026

The Symbiosis Law Admission Test (SLAT) 2026 is a national-level entrance test that is conducted by Symbiosis International University. It is the gateway for aspiring law students, granting access to 4 of the top Symbiosis law colleges in India.

Upon successfully cracking the SLAT 2026 law entrance exam and once you take admission to one of the 4 law colleges, you will get access to courses like BA LL.B. (Hons.), BBA LL.B. (Hons.), BA LL.B., B.Com LL.B. (Hons.), and BBA LL.B.

The 4 law colleges are:

  • Symbiosis Law School (SLS), Pune
  • Symbiosis Law School (SLS), Nagpur
  • Symbiosis Law School (SLS), Noida
  • Symbiosis Law School (SLS), Hyderabad

Steps to Follow for the SLAT 2026 Application Process

The SLAT test application process 2026 is straightforward but requires attention to detail. Here’s a step-by-step https://www.slat-test.org/blogs/slat-application-process/guide to assist you in the process smoothly.

STEP 01

Visit the website: https://www.slat-test.org/ and then click on Register for SLAT

STEP 02

Read all the instructions carefully, and then click on the ‘Continue’ button to accept the Terms and Conditions.

STEP 03

Fill in the details requested on the page displayed.

STEP 04

Click on ‘Save & Continue’. An OTP will be sent to the mobile number and email id that you have entered.

STEP 05

Enter the ‘OTP’ and submit.

STEP 06

After successful registration, you will get an email and SMS including your SLAT ID and password. Use this SLAT ID for all communications regarding the SLAT 2026 entrance test or the admission procedure. 

STEP 07

Pay the SLAT entrance test registration fee of INR 2250 per test (government taxes would be additional when applicable), which is non-transferable as per the instructions mentioned on the registration portal.

Process Queries And More

STEP 01

If you have any queries, please log in to your SLAT ID and click on “Raise A Query” and generate a ticket. Generating a ticket is essential to resolving your query.

STEP 02

The mode of payment for the programme(s) registration fee is the same as that for SLAT.

STEP 03

Candidates must declare and maintain a valid and unique email account and a mobile phone number throughout the admission process.

STEP 04

A candidate is required to fill in the correct information in the online registration form, which corresponds to her/his credentials.

STEP 05

Register online on the website www.slat-test.org (up to November 30,2025 ). Note: No changes shall be permitted after the registration under any circumstances.

STEP 06

Please also note that if any information provided by a candidate is found to be incorrect, the university shall have the right to cancel the candidature of the candidate.

After submitting the law entrance exam 2026 application form as well as successfully completing the registration and fee payment, you can download your admit card from the official website starting from SLAT 01: December 11, 2025 (Thursday) &SLAT 02: December 18,2025 (Thursday). The admit card is a pivotal document that you have to carry to the examination center. It includes major details such as your test center, reporting time and exam date. Without the provided admit card, you will not be allowed to give the test.

Therefore, by following all these processes step by step, you can make your SLAT application journey seamless as well as accurate. Also as an information, in order to sit in the law test for getting admission in Symbiosis Law School, it is not necessary to fill up the SET 2026 application form as you have the gateway of SLAT.

Important Dates to Remember

Staying aware of all the key dates is crucial for ensuring that you complete the entire application process without fail. Mentioned below are the important dates for SLAT 2026:

  • Registration Start Date: The registration process for SLAT 2026 has already begun. Aspiring candidates can now start applying from the official Symbiosis website.
  • Registration End Date: The last date to register for SLAT 2026 is November 30,2025 (Sunday). Ensure that you complete your application before this deadline.
  • Admit Card Availability: Admit cards will be available for download from SLAT 01: December 11, 2025 (Thursday) &SLAT 02: December 18,2025 (Thursday). It’s vital to download as well as print your admit card well in advance of the test date.
  • SLAT 2025 Exam Date: The SLAT 2026 exam date is scheduled to be conducted on the SLAT 01: December 20, 2025 (Saturday) &SLAT 02: December 28, 2025 (Sunday).
  • Result Declaration: The results for SLAT 2026 are expected to be announced on January 15, 2026 (Thursday). Keeping an eye on the official website for the exact date will help you get all the updates.

Conclusion

To conclude, to get a pathway towards the law domain, you are no longer required to appear for the Symbiosis Entrance Test (SET) 2026; rather, applying for SLAT 2026 will provide you with a vital step towards your legal studies.

By staying aware of the significant dates as well as following the application process diligently, you can expect a hassle-free experience. So do not forget to prepare thoroughly for the exam and stay updated with any announcements on the official Symbiosis website.

Click here to apply for the Symbiosis Law Admission Test.

Taylor Swift’s engagement ring from Travis Kelce cost $500,000, has a $250,000 10-carat ‘monster’ diamond? Know details | Fashion Trends

Updated on: Aug 27, 2025 08:29 am IST

Taylor Swift announced her engagement to Travis Kelce with a stunning ring designed by Kindred Lubeck. Know all the details of Taylor’s engagement ring here.

Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce are engaged! In a surprise Instagram post on August 26, the singer and American football tight end announced their engagement. “Your English teacher and your gym teacher are getting married,” the couple wrote. But what caught everyone’s eye was the massive diamond ring with which Travis proposed to the singer. Know all the details.

Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce are enegaged.

Also Read | Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce are engaged: Full timeline of their relationship

Taylor Swift’s massive diamond ring cost $500,000!

In an Instagram post shared right after Taylor and Travis’s engagement announcement, jewellery influencer Julia Chafe dished all the details that went into making the ring. She revealed that the ‘monstrosity of a ring’ features a 7 to 10-carat elongated antique cushion diamond, which must have cost $250,000 ( 2,19,23,388) minimum. As for the cost of the ring, Julia guessed it is potentially worth $500,000 ( 4,38,48,841).

Multiple sources, including Julia, reported that the ring is designed by Kindred Lubeck from Artifex Fine Jewelry, an independent business. The diamond is an ‘Old Mine Brilliant Cut’. Commenting on Taylor and Travis’s choice of a unique brand, Julia said, “She didn’t go with any big-name jewellery houses. She went to blow up someone’s business. That is why we love Taylor Swift.”

Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce are engaged!

With a five-picture Instagram post, Taylor Swift announced her engagement to American football player Travis Kelce, sending the internet into a frenzy. Dressed in a Ralph Lauren halter neck dress and diamond-encrusted Cartier watch, Taylor flaunted her stunning engagement ring. The photos showed Travis proposing to her, getting down on one knee, and a few more photos of the couple hugging. Additionally, the floral decoration gave the proposal a romantic aesthetic.

Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce’s relationship

From a friendship bracelet plan that did not quite work out to their recent engagement, Taylor and Travis’s relationship is one of the most-followed pop culture love stories. The couple went public with their relationship in October 2023, with Travis attending her concert and cheering for her. The singer also attended his games.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Lilly to submit obesity pill after hitting goal in third late-stage trial

Dive Brief:

  • Eli Lilly on Tuesday said it is ready to ask the Food and Drug Administration for approval of its GLP-1 pill orforglipron after the drug met the main weight loss goal in a Phase 3 trial in people with diabetes and obesity.
  • In the trial, a high dose of orforglipron helped study participants lose on average 11% of their body weight over 72 weeks, or 8 percentage points more than people given a placebo. The weight loss in people with diabetes and obesity — a hard-to-treat group — looks similar to the 12% weight loss seen in people with obesity alone.
  • Lilly trails obesity rival Novo Nordisk in seeking FDA approval of a GLP-1 pill for obesity by at least four months as the race to launch alternatives to injectables like Novo’s Wegovy and Lilly’s Zepbound heats up. Lilly investors were disappointed by orforglipron’s recent results in obesity, leading Wall Street analysts to slash sales expectations.

Dive Insight:

Lilly has now completed the third Phase 3 trial necessary to support its FDA application. Besides the obesity Phase 3, Lilly also published results from a 40-week trial in people with diabetes and inadequate blood-sugar control that hinted at effective weight loss benefits.

The Indianapolis-based company’s fortunes have turned in 2025 largely on the data from orforglipron, especially as oral GLP-1 rivals like Pfizer have fallen away and left Lilly and Novo in the lead. In addition to the worries about the drug’s weight loss effectiveness, Wall Street analysts have raised concerns about the rate of trial participants who discontinue testing because of side effects.

People randomized to take orforglipron in the latest trial received one of three different doses: 6, 12 or 36 milligrams daily. Participants on the 6 milligram and 12 milligram doses also had greater average weight loss of 6% and 8% over placebo, respectively. People on orfoglipron reached weight loss thresholds of 10% and 15% of their body weight at higher rates, too.

However, more people taking orforglipron dropped out of the trial because of side effects: 6% in the 6 milligram treatment group and 11% in both the 12 and 36 milligram groups, compared with 5% of those given placebo. 

The discontinuation rates for orforglipron were higher than those for Wegovy in a trial in people with diabetes and obesity, raising questions about whether people will be able to tolerate a daily pill, Leerink Partners analyst David Risinger wrote in a note to clients.

However, the weight loss benefit in these same patients may be more encouraging to investors than in the obesity-only trial. Lilly’s shares climbed 4% in morning trading.

In taking orforglipron to the FDA, Lilly also potentially has a better commercial profile because of its specific testing in people with obesity and diabetes. Novo’s submission of a 25 milligram oral pill version of Wegovy asks for approval in people with obesity and one or more complications of the disorder, like heart disease, but people with diabetes were excluded from clinical trials.

8 Best Books on Money Mindset and Personal Success for 2021


It has been said that the most important factors that will change where you are in 12 months’ time compared to where you are today in your life are the books you read and the people you hang around with.

If you want to improve your life, I believe you need to build the foundations of success by honing three sets of fundamental skills.

  1. Mindset skills
  2. People Skills
  3. System skills – the techniques you require for whatever investment system you choose, such as Real Estate or share market skills, or the internet skills you need.

So, let’s look at some of the books you should read over the next few months to help you improve those 3 sets of skills.

These are the foundational books that you need to read or reread to help set yourself up for the future.

Mindset Skills Books

1. Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill

This book is on the bookshelf with every successful investor and entrepreneur

While this is a very old book now, and a little bit difficult to read, you will find most successful people will say this was one of the foundational books that got them going having sold over 100 million copies.

2. Rich Habits, Poor Habits – Tom Corley and Michael Yardney

Sure, this is one of my books, but it has become an international bestseller and translated into 5 foreign languages.

Rich people think a certain way and poor people think a completely different way, and those ways of thinking determine their actions and therefore determine their results.

Then all you have to do is copy how rich people think.

Just study the Rich and copy their Rich Habits is the advice of my co-author Tom Corley and me.

We explain that we are where we are because of the things we do day in, and day out.

Our old ways of thinking, and our old habits brought us exactly to where we are and if we want something to be different in our lives, we need to do something different.

This book debunks the myths and “common wisdom” about how to get rich.

rich habits poor habits

Read it to unlock the secrets to success and failure, based on Tom Corley’s five years’ study of the daily activities of 233 rich people and 128 poor people as the authors expose the immense difference between the habits of the rich and the poor.

Since the release of Rich Habits Poor Habits in 2016, I’m proud to say that Tom Corley and I have gone on to share the mindset secrets of the rich and successful to new and bigger audiences and this book has become an international bestseller and is being translated into 5 foreign languages.

Why not click here now and get your copy today?

It will help you understand how the rich think very, very differently from the poor.

Tom Corley and I explain how the way your life looks today is a result of the choices you have made which are the results of the often unconscious habits you’ve developed.

People Skills Books

3. How to Win Friends and Influence People – Dale Carnegie

You probably have heard of this book, have you read it?

It’s one of the classic books on people skills.

Win Friends

4. The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People – Steven R Covey

This is another classic, and an example of why you don’t need to read brand-new books.

How many of the habits of highly effective people have you incorporated into your life?

Seven Habits Of Highly Effective People – Steven R Covey

5. Influence – by Robert Cialdini

I still remember buying the tape set of this back in the early 1990s.

This was long before they were audiobooks.

I listen to the audio and it changed my life, how I deal with people and how I negotiate influence and persuade.

These 7 tech “upgrades” made everything worse instead of better

We’ve somehow arrived at this strange cultural reflex where the word upgrade is practically synonymous with progress. The assumption is that newer must be better, and if you dare to question that, you risk sounding like some curmudgeon still pining for the days of rotary phones. But honestly, the truth feels a lot less flattering.

7

“Smart” features everywhere

Not everything needs Wi-Fi. Yet here we are, living in a world where your oven might refuse to heat because it’s in the middle of a software update. That’s the core problem with these so-called smart gadgets. They’re loaded with gimmicky features nobody actually wanted, and every one of those features is just another potential failure point.

Image by Jayric Maning –no attributions required
Jayric Maning / MUO

A fridge doesn’t need a touchscreen that shows me my Google Calendar, and a washer doesn’t need to email me when a cycle is finished. The buzzer worked just fine for decades, and if you didn’t even have a buzzer, you knew it was done when the noise stopped.

Worse still, most of these devices are just surveillance machines in disguise. Smart TVs track your viewing habits and stuff ads into menus. Even toothbrushes, of all things, try to funnel you into downloading an app, registering an email, and surrendering yet another slice of your privacy.

The irony is that the “dumb” versions of these appliances, the ones with simple dials and no internet connectivity, usually last longer. They don’t demand updates. They don’t break when a server shuts down. They just work, day in and day out, until you replace them because they’re old, not because the software bricked itself.

QR code menus made sense during the COVID-19 pandemic. You just had to scan a little square to skip touching a sticky, overused menu. Fine. But now, years later, plenty of restaurants are still clinging to them, and honestly, it’s starting to feel more like a downgrade.

scanning cafe qr code menu with smartphone. Bilanol / Shutterstock

A printed physical menu has weight and presence. You can toss it on the table, flip it open, and slide it across to your friend without breaking stride. A QR menu, on the other hand, drags you right back into your phone, the very device you probably came to dinner hoping to ignore for a while. One second you’re scrolling through appetizers, the next you’ve fallen into the gravitational pull of email, notifications, or Instagram Reels. Now, the simple act of choosing food turns into another fractured, semi-distracted moment, rather than a shared one.

The part that really grates me is that QR menus are the perfect excuse for restaurants to tweak prices whenever they feel like it, with no reprints necessary. At least when something was printed in ink, it felt grounded, stable, and final for a long while.

5

Killing the disc drive

It wasn’t long ago that laptops typically came with disc drives. You could slide in a DVD, install some software, or dust off that stack of burned CDs without thinking twice. Then, manufacturers became obsessed with shaving millimeters off the chassis, making the drive disappear.

disc drive in laptop with other usb storage devices. AlexanDior / Shutterstock

Now, if you’ve got physical media, you’re forced to buy some clunky external drive that hogs desk space and feels like a punishment for daring to live in the pre-streaming generation. And if you don’t bother, your choices are depressingly limited. You either hunt for a sketchy rip online, buy the same content again in digital form, or cross your fingers that it happens to be floating around on whatever subscription service you’re currently paying for.

My biggest pain point about this upgrade is that installing software, which used to be as easy as dropping in a disc, has been rerouted through the cloud. Now I have to deal with endless downloads, bloated installers, and a fast drain on both precious storage and bandwidth. All that hassle just so my laptop could be a few millimeters thinner in my bag serves me less.

4

AI in search engines

Not that long ago—say, five or so years—searching the internet actually felt like a process. You typed in what you were curious about, hit enter, and got a stack of links to dig through. It wasn’t always efficient, but there was this sense that you were the one unearthing the answer. Now, with AI baked into search engines (and yes, I’m mainly pointing at Google here), that whole experience has been flattened into these so-called “AI overviews.” Instead of a buffet of perspectives, you get one authoritative-sounding blurb perched at the top of the page, as if the machine has spoken and that’s that.

Of course, it’s not perfect, which is how we ended up with Google’s AI telling people to put glue on pizza. Just one of the many surreal and hilarious moments where AI chatbots hallucinate their way into nonsense.

Aside from that, the whole internet increasingly resembles a tug-of-war between you and ads, algorithms, and dark patterns designed to funnel you into whatever lines companies’ pockets. Just try looking up a product on Amazon, and you’ll find that the actual thing you want is buried under a landfill of “sponsored” garbage.

3

The subscription creep

Subscriptions used to feel reasonable. You paid for your magazine, your cable TV package, maybe Netflix, and that was that. But somewhere along the line, the whole model mutated into something borderline ridiculous. These days, it feels like every corner of tech is scheming to carve out yet another monthly fee for features that, not too long ago, were simply included.

Take apps, for instance. Even the most barebones utilities now have the audacity to demand a subscription. I once saw an alarm clock app charging five bucks a month for premium. Premium what—waking me up with extra enthusiasm? A digital slap in the face?

Games haven’t escaped the racket either. The big three console makers all slap a toll on online play, something that used to be free territory. Think about it: you’ve already bought the console, the game, and you’re paying for your internet service. Yet somehow, you’re still expected to cough up more just for the privilege of joining a multiplayer lobby.

A frustrated person using a pc with the Xbox Game Pass logo on the screen.
Gorodenkoff/Shutterstock

 

Gorodenkoff/Shutterstock

And then the car industry, never one to miss a money-making trend, decided to leap onto the bandwagon. BMW, Mercedes, and others actually toyed with subscriptions for heated seats and horsepower—features that are physically inside the car you already own. So much for an upgrade!

2

Reels and algorithmic feeds

Social media used to be where you followed people, and—radical thought—you actually saw their posts. You really owned your feed. Now, the feeds feel more like algorithmic labyrinths, engineered less for connection and more for engagement metrics. You don’t really decide what shows up anymore, but the machine does.

Reels are the clearest culprit. These bite-sized, hyper-addictive videos get shoved into your feed whether you asked for them or not. The platforms like to dress it up as “discovery,” but in reality, it’s basically a slot machine designed to keep you pulling the lever. Before you know it, you’ve waded through an endless tide of viral fluff while the friends and communities you actually wanted to hear from get buried at the bottom.

1

Touchscreens in cars

Car makers can’t resist flaunting their sleek, screen-heavy dashboards. They photograph beautifully in brochures and make vehicles look futuristic in showrooms. But on the road, they’re a menace. A simple knob lets you adjust the temperature or crank the volume with a quick flick without looking. A touchscreen, on the other hand, demands your eyes, your focus, and just a little too much patience.

internal screen display tablet in tesla electric car. Iryna Inshyna / Shutterstock

And it’s not just me being cranky about it. I found several reports that show it can take drivers up to 20 seconds to complete a basic task, such as changing the AC settings on a touchscreen. That’s 20 seconds of effectively driving blind. Honestly, it’s not far off the danger level of driving after a few drinks.

The good news is that the tide seems to be turning. Starting in 2026, Euro NCAP will only give top safety ratings to cars that have physical controls for essentials like indicators, hazard lights, and wipers. And if you peek into online forums, you’ll see plenty of drivers saying the same thing: give us the knobs back.

The dedication of a Chinese-style wrestling inheritor

A family heirloom dubbed the “martial arts manual” still ignites a spark in the nearly 60-year-old man’s eyes. This precious wrestling manual, passed down from Zhang Shaohua’s father, documents the history, techniques, and spirit of Chinese wrestling.

Transitioning from wrestler to coach has strengthened Zhang’s conviction and made him all the more determined to keep the tradition alive. Now, he not only teaches students free of charge but also runs a free training ground and performs for audiences. His passion for Chinese wrestling has deeply inspired his disciples.

Comedian Reggie Carroll, who was on tour with Katt Williams, is killed

A comedian who was touring with superstar funnyman Katt Williams was fatally shot last week in Mississippi.

The shooting took place in a building that’s home to a company that bills itself as the official site for Williams merchandise. On Tuesday, the company was given a notice of eviction because of “criminal activity.”

On Aug. 20, police in Southaven, Miss., responded to an “isolated shooting” in the area of Burton Lane. Comedian Reggie Carroll was found suffering from gunshot wounds and taken to a hospital in Memphis, Tenn. Despite lifesaving efforts by officers and medical staff, he died of his injuries, police said. He was 52.

Carroll, who was known for his appearances on the long-running syndicated comedy show “Showtime at the Apollo,” had been traveling with superstar comedian Williams on his spring tour, Heaven on Earth.

Police have arrested 38-year-old Trenell Marquise Williams in the shooting death. The suspect had been working as a security guard on the tour, according to Fox 13 Memphis.

Onyxx Owll LCC on Burton Lane was the home of the clothing line “designed for and by the urban street celebrities and famous creatives,” according to its website. The Southaven Police Department posted a “14-day notice to quit for criminal activity” on the building, the Memphis news outlet said.

The investigation into the shooting death is ongoing. Authorities did not respond immediately Tuesday to The Times’ request for comment.

TVS Raider Super Squad Edition Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Know All About Marvel’s Deadpool and Wolverine-Inspired Bike Launched in India

New Delhi, August 26: TVS Raider Super Squad Edition has been launched in India at a starting price of INR 99,465. The new model comes with a visually appealing design and is taken from Marvel Comics characters. Most notably, the Raider Super Squad Edition brings two major colour combinations – one is based on Deadpool and the other is based on Wolverine. Now, the company has a total of six variants of this model in India.

The bike will suit those riders inspired by or familiar with popular Marvel’s characters. The motorcycle boasts fresh decals and graphics that show the facial parts of Deadpool and Wolverine, giving them a unique look. The TVS Raider Super Squad Edition Deadpool variant comes with a combination of black and red colours, and the Wolverine variant comes with black and light blue. Scout Sixty Bobber, Sport Scout Sixty, Scout Sixty Limited, Scout Bobber, Scout Classic, Sport Scout, 101 Scout, Super Scout Motorcycles Launched in India; Check Price, Specifications and Features.

TVS Raider Super Squad Edition Specifications and Features

TVS Raider Super Squad Edition comes with a 125cc 3-valve engine capable of generating up to 11.2 bhp power at 7,500 rpm and 11.3 Nm peak torque at 6,000 rpm. However, the ISG offers a boost in the bike’s e Power mode, boosting peak torque to 11.75 Nm. The engine is mated with a five-speed gearbox and delivers up to 10% fuel efficiency. TVS ‘Orbiter’ Electric Scooter To Launch on August 28, 2025 in India; Check Expected Specifications, Features and Price Range.

The Deadpool and Wolverine-inspired TVS Raider Super Squad Edition (SSE) has the standard suspension setup. It gets telescopic forks on the front and a monoshock at the rear. On the front, the riders get a disc brake and a drum brake on the rear—the Raider Super Squad Edition includes 17-inch wheels. The bike will be available to all the TVS dealerships across India starting in August 2025.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 26, 2025 02:51 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Alexis Ohanian’s Next Social Platform Has One Rule: Don’t Act Like an Asshole

In 2001, before he cofounded Reddit, before he married the world’s greatest tennis player, before he became the face of devoted fatherhood and a serial entrepreneur, Alexis Ohanian gave a 3-minute, 20-second high school commencement speech. “The size of your impact shouldn’t be measured in the amount of media coverage or the number of figures on your paycheck,” he told his fellow graduates, “but rather the effect you have on the world around you.”

Ohanian’s advice to his class was something of a preview of his future: The now 42-year-old Reddit cofounder created a social network that once called itself “the front page of the internet,” and despite leaving Reddit, he’s never stopped being an entrepreneur. Over the past two decades, he has invested in, advised, and mentored a wide range of early-stage startups. He’s used his celebrity to advocate for paternity leave, net neutrality, and inclusivity in tech, among other causes.

In March of this year, Ohanian announced that he’s jumping back into the world of social networks. Along with Kevin Rose, his former competitor and the creator of the social network Digg, the duo has repurchased the platform for an official relaunch.

Ohanian joined me on Uncanny Valley for the podcast’s first Big Interview. Check your feeds for a new episode each week, featuring one-on-one conversations with a range of voices from WIRED’s world.

This interview has been edited for length and clarity.

KATIE DRUMMOND: We always start these conversations with a little bit of rapid fire. Are you ready?

ALEXIS OHANIAN: Yes. I’ve had my coffee.

OK, good. What’s your most active text thread?

With my wife and our nannies.

That sounds right. Parent of two over there. ChatGPT or Claude?

You know, I dabble between both. I’d say I use ChatGPT more, but I feel like Claude does a much better job writing and programming. ChatGPT was trained largely on tons and tons and tons of Reddit data, so I guess I should use it more.

We’re going to talk a little bit about that later. Now I hate to do this, but you did work at Pizza Hut in high school.

I did. Nothing I hate about that.

I worked at Tim Horton’s, so I agree. Favorite pizza topping?

Jalapenos.

Bold. First video game purchase?

Oh my God. With my own money?

Yes.

It was probably this helicopter action sim called Comanche: Maximum Overkill. I’d just gotten this computer, this 486SX monster. I was so excited.

Now you’re really making me want to look and relive this game on YouTube.

My first game was probably something like SimTower, and sometimes I get these cravings. I crave building those condos. New York or San Francisco?

New York. I was born in Fort Greene. Come on.

American football or soccer?

I’m forever going to be a die-hard American football fan. That was the sport I played, the sport I loved. I’ve come to love the beautiful game, but I definitely was indoctrinated in the NFL.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-bitcoin-ethereum-price-today-ether-btc-eth-market-update-9161230” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756224838.85fa51

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756224838.85fa51

All Items In Peak Explained: Strange Gem, Crystal Skull, And More

Ancient Effigy Revives any dead player or players. Ancient Idol You gain invulnerability to everything… as long as you hold it, that is. Antidote Cures poison partially Anti-rope Cannon When shot at a surface, it releases a rope that “falls” upwards instead, starting from the point of impact. Anti-rope Spool It releases a rope that “falls” upwards instead. Backpack It can carry up to four items Bandages Restores health partially. Berrynana You can throw it on the ground to cause other people to fall. Big Lollipop Grants infinite stamina for about seven seconds, and inflicts the drowsy status immediately after. Bing Bong Basically just a cute plushie, and part of a tough achievement that involves finishing a run while carrying it, in a similar fashion to Gnome Chompski in Left 4 Dead 2. Binoculars No abnormal effect here. They’re just binoculars. Blowgun Shoots a dart that clears negative status except for the curse status. The player who receives the shot will be temporarily drowsy. Bounce Fungus Creates a mushroom platform when thrown at a surface, making for a good spot to rest while climbing. Bugle Plays a song, or heinous sounds, depending on your taste. If you use it around the capybaras in Alpine, you’ll get an achievement. Bugle of Friendship Boosts everybody’s stamina momentarily. Cactus It does nothing, but beware of its thorns if you throw it around. Chain Launcher Shoots a chain to the spot you’re aiming at. Be mindful of your current stamina before committing to it. Compass Points north, which matches the peak of the mountain. Conch It does nothing. You can throw it at your friends if you want, though. Cure-All Cures all negative statuses. Cursed Skull Heals allies at the expense of your own health. Dynamite Causes an explosion, which can also cook items. Energy Drink Increases speed momentarily while inflicting the drowsy status afterward. Faerie Lantern Gets rid of all negative statuses. It doesn’t help with hunger. First Aid Kit If injured, it restores all of your health, while also curing poison. Flare This emits a big smoke cloud that alerts others of your location. It’s also used at the peak to call the helicopter. Flying Disk You can just have some fun with this. Heat Pack When used, it gradually removes cold for some time. Useful for blizzards in the Alpine biome. Lantern Emits light, and its heat also removes cold gradually. Magic Bean It summons a beanstalk, which is great for climbing. Pandora’s Lunchbox It removes all negative effects upon use, but you also get a random assortment of new effects, which can be either positive or negative. Thanks, Pandora. Parasol Along with protecting you from the sun, you can use it for gliding. Pirate’s Compass Points toward suitcases nearby. Piton Adds a piton on any suitable surface that you can grab onto to restore stamina. Portable Stove Useful for cooking items and reducing cold. Remedy Fungus It creates a healing mist when thrown against the ground. If you’re playing with others, make sure you’re all gathered together first. Rope Cannon Shoots a harpoon to where you’re aiming, which releases a rope in the place of impact. Rope Spool Releases a rope. You can adjust the height and, once ready, press the action button again to anchor it to the surface you’re standing on so it stays in place. Torch A great source of light, albeit limited. Scout Cannon You can shoot yourself from a long distance with it. Scout Efficy Revives another player. If more than one player is dead, the item picks one at random. Scoutmaster’s Bugle If you’re playing solo, using this rare bugle summons the Scoutmaster. Useful for an achievement. Scroll There’s a chance of seeing them at the summit of biomes. You can use them to create Torn Pages. Shelf Fungus It creates a mushroom platform when thrown at a surface, great for climbing or to provide an extra platform when attempting long jumps. Strange Gem It does nothing. At least for now. Torn Page Mostly for an achievement, which tasks you with collecting eight Torn Pages. Weird Shroom No weird side effects, it just restores your health partially. More to come at some point There’ll likely be more items added in the future.
Rats walk again after breakthrough spinal cord repair with 3D printing

For the first time, a research team at the University of Minnesota Twin Cities demonstrated a groundbreaking process that combines 3D printing, stem cell biology, and lab-grown tissues for spinal cord injury recovery.

The study was recently published in Advanced Healthcare Materials, a peer-reviewed scientific journal.

According to the National Spinal Cord Injury Statistical Center, more than 300,000 people in the United States suffer from spinal cord injuries, yet there is no way to completely reverse the damage and paralysis from the injury. A major challenge is the death of nerve cells and the inability for nerve fibers to regrow across the injury site. This new research tackles this problem head-on.

The method involves creating a unique 3D-printed framework for lab-grown organs, called an organoid scaffold, with microscopic channels. These channels are then populated with regionally specific spinal neural progenitor cells (sNPCs), which are cells derived from human adult stem cells that have the capacity to divide and differentiate into specific types of mature cells.

“We use the 3D printed channels of the scaffold to direct the growth of the stem cells, which ensures the new nerve fibers grow in the desired way,” said Guebum Han, a former University of Minnesota mechanical engineering postdoctoral researcher and first author on the paper who currently works at Intel Corporation. “This method creates a relay system that when placed in the spinal cord bypasses the damaged area.”

In their study, the researchers transplanted these scaffolds into rats with spinal cords that were completely severed. The cells successfully differentiated into neurons and extended their nerve fibers in both directions — rostral (toward the head) and caudal (toward the tail) — to form new connections with the host’s existing nerve circuits.

The new nerve cells integrated seamlessly into the host spinal cord tissue over time, leading to significant functional recovery in the rats.

“Regenerative medicine has brought about a new era in spinal cord injury research,” said Ann Parr, professor of neurosurgery at the University of Minnesota. “Our laboratory is excited to explore the future potential of our ‘mini spinal cords’ for clinical translation.”

While the research is in its beginning stages, it offers a new avenue of hope for those with spinal cord injuries. The team hopes to scale up production and continue developing this combination of technologies for future clinical applications.

In addition to Han and Parr, the team included Hyunjun Kim and Michael McAlpine from the University of Minnesota Department of Mechanical Engineering; Nicolas S. Lavoie, Nandadevi Patil and Olivia G. Korenfeld from the University of Minnesota Department of Neurosurgery; Manuel Esguerra from the University of Minnesota Department of Neuroscience; and Daeha Joung from the Department of Physics at Virginia Commonwealth University.

This work was funded by the National Institutes of Health, the State of Minnesota Spinal Cord Injury and Traumatic Brain Injury Research Grant Program and the Spinal Cord Society.

Read the full paper entitled, “3D-Printed Scaffolds Promote Enhanced Spinal Organoid Formation for Use in Spinal Cord Injury” on the Advanced Healthcare Materials website.

Qavalli Delhi’s Rivayat-e-Hind revives shared culinary heritage

Chef Siraj Ul Haq, Qavalli’s head chef, highlights dishes like the Peeli Mirch Chicken Tikka, Paneer Pasanda, and the Mutton Moongfali Kebab, made with tender mutton mince and coated in crushed peanut crumbs, the kebab is melt-in-the-mouth soft, rich, and nutty. “It’s a recipe we traced through a royal household’s records. The peanuts don’t just add flavour, they retain moisture,” says Dinesh. It’s a recipe the Aroras admit was particularly challenging to recreate due to its intricate preparation. Another standout is the Amritsari Maacchi, a Punjabi take on British fish and chips. The dish features crispy batter-fried fish, soft potato fries, and mint chutney. “It pays tribute to Punjab’s street food culture that thrived on both sides of the border,” he adds. 

No Partition-inspired menu is complete without dishes from across the border. Enter the Multani Paneer Tikka, tracing its roots to present-day Pakistan. Stuffed with mashed potato and carrots, served on a bed of makhni emulsion, it’s mellow and earthy, thanks to a marinade of mustard oil, kasuri methi, and anardana. The dish draws inspiration from one that Pooja’s grandmother often made at home. “For me, it’s a way of honouring women who carried recipes in their memories across generations,” says Pooja. 

Internship Opportunity at Mr. Harmeet Singh Ruprah, New Delhi

About the Organisation

Mr. Harmeet Singh Ruprah is an Advocate-on-Record in the Supreme Court of India and serves as the Deputy Advocate General for the State of Madhya Pradesh. His practice focuses on constitutional law, civil litigation, and matters of public importance before the Supreme Court and High Courts.

Full Address

Office: Babar Road, Bengali Market, New Delhi (Exact address will be shared with selected candidates).

Eligibility/Qualifications

  • Law students currently in their 3rd year or above (5-year course) or 2nd year or above (3-year course) will be given preference.
  • Good research, drafting, and communication skills.
  • For physical internships, applicants must be based in or able to commute to Delhi.

Main Responsibilities

  • Legal research on case laws and statutes.
  • Drafting and preparation of case briefs and notes.
  • Assisting in court filings and procedural tasks.
  • Attending court hearings (for physical interns).

Positions Available

  • Online Internship: 2 positions for October and 2 positions for November.
  • Physical Internship: 2 positions for October and 2 positions for November.

Location

  • Physical Internship: Office in Delhi.
  • Online Internship: Remote work.

Work Timings

  • Physical Internship: Monday to Friday, 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM.
  • Online Internship: Flexible, with deliverables to be submitted as per deadlines.

Who Can Apply

  • Law students with a keen interest in litigation and constitutional law.
  • Self-motivated individuals willing to meet deadlines and maintain professionalism.

Duration of Internship

  • One month (either October or November).

How to Apply?

Interested candidates must email their updated CV and detailed cover letter explaining their interest in the position to [email protected].

Contact

For further details or queries, please reach out at [email protected].

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is unethical and can result in blacklisting. We strongly discourage requesting any kind of payment from interns, including processing fees or charges for certificates. If you have any concerns, please contact us at [email protected]

HT City Delhi Junction: Catch It Live on 27 August 2025

#CineCall

What: Kushok Bakula – The Extraordinary life of an Extraordinary Monk (directed by Hindol Sengupta)

Catch It Live on Wednesday, 27 August 2025.(Photo: Sanchit Khanna/HT)

Where: CD Deshmukh Auditorium, India International Centre (IIC), 40 Max Mueller Marg, Lodhi Road

When: August 27

Timing: 6.30pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: Jor Bagh (Yellow Line)

#TuneIn

What: Swarn Dhaliwal Performing Live

Where: Resaca, 7 Pusa Road, Block 11, Karol Bagh

When: August 27

Timing: 9.30pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Karol Bagh (Blue Line)

#ArtAttack

What: Touching Light – A Prelude to the Bicentennial of Photography (1827–2027)

Where: Museo Camera, Shri Ganesh Mandir Marg, DLF Phase IV, Sector 28, Gurugram

When: August 23 to September 29

Timing: 11am to 7pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: Phase 1 (Rapid Metro)

#TuneIn

What: Hindustani Classical Vocal Recital ft Monika Soni & Tabla solo ft Chitrank Pant

Where: The Theatre, India Habitat Centre, Lodhi Road

When: August 27

Timing: 7pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: JLN Stadium (Violet Line)

#JustForLaughs

What: Manik’s Day Out – A Standup Comedy Show ft Manik Mahna

Where: Happy High, 119, 5th Floor, Sishan House, Shahpur Jat

When: August 27

Timing: 8pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Hauz Khas (Yellow & Magenta Line)

#FleaSpree

What: Monsoon Mela

Where: Noida Haat, D-10, Sector 33A, Noida

When: August 18 to 30

Timing: 4.30pm to 9.30pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: Noida City Centre (Blue Line)

FDA suspends license for Valneva’s chikungunya shot

The Food and Drug Administration has suspended the license of Valneva’s chikungunya vaccine following new reports of serious adverse reactions, sending shares in the French drugmaker sharply lower on Monday.

In a statement Friday, the agency said its decision was based on concerns the shot “appears to be causing chikungunya-like illness in vaccine recipients.” More than 20 cases of side effects consistent with the disease have been reported, including one death from encephalitis that the FDA said was “directly attributable” to the vaccine, called Ixchiq.

Vinay Prasad, head of the FDA office that oversees vaccines, wrote in a memo that “there are reasonable grounds” to conclude Ixchiq’s risks outweigh its benefits and therefore the vaccine “poses a danger to health.”

Prasad, who briefly departed the agency earlier this summer amid controversy over a gene therapy for Duchenne muscular dystrophy, said his office intends to propose withdrawing Ixchiq from market entirely. For now, the suspension of the vaccine’s license means Valneva needs to halt marketing.

Ixchiq was the first vaccine to gain U.S. clearance for prevention of illness caused by the chikungunya virus, which typically spreads through the bite of infected mosquitoes. Infection can cause fever, joint and muscle pain, and headaches — symptoms which can be both lasting and debilitating in some.

However, the vaccine has come under heavy scrutiny following mounting reports of serious adverse events, which include 21 hospitalizations and three deaths. One of the individuals who died following vaccination tested positive for the chikungunya strain contained in Ixchiq, which is made from a live, but weakened version of the virus.

The European Medicines Agency temporarily suspended use of the vaccine for older adults in May, as did the FDA. The U.S. agency lifted its suspension earlier this month, adding new warnings to the shot’s label and changing its indication to cover adults 18 years and older who are at high risk of exposure to chikungunya.

Following that decision, however, the FDA became aware of four additional adverse events, including a 55-year-old man who developed symptoms potentially matching meningitis or encephalopathy.

Valneva said it will continue to investigate the cases and “if warranted” take additional steps. Shares in the company fell over 20% in Monday morning trading.

“Valneva remains fully committed to maintaining access to our vaccine as a global health tool for addressing and preventing outbreaks of this devastating illness,” Valneva CEO Thomas Lingelbach said in a statement. “We aim to continue providing Ixchiq to all countries where the product is licensed and continue our efforts with our partners to accelerate vaccine access in low-and-middle-income chikungunya-endemic countries.”

Valenva is not yet modifying its revenue forecasts, but said it would evaluate the “potential financial impact” of a permanent withdrawal of Ixchiq in the U.S. Sales of the shot contributed 7.5 million euros, or about $8.75 million, to the company’s 91 million euros in total product sales between January and June. Most of that was due to delivery of vaccines in response to an outbreak of chikungunya in the French island territory of La Reunion.

Analysts, meanwhile, are making adjustments. Stifel’s Damien Choplain wrote in a note to clients Monday that his team is lowering its peak sales estimate for Ixchiq to 34 million euros from 85 million euros previously. The shot, he wrote, is no longer central to the company’s investment prospects, which are instead rooted in a Lyme disease vaccine it’s developing.

Top 5 Rope Access Companies in Sydney – 2025 Edition

Key takeaways

Sydney’s skyline is famous across the globe – a mix of heritage landmarks, modern towers, and high-rise living by the harbour.

Keeping all of that infrastructure safe and looking sharp requires a very particular skill set: rope access.

Whether it’s window cleaning, facade repairs or specialist inspections, rope access technicians are the ones who get the job done without the hassle of scaffolding or heavy machinery.


We’ve pulled together a list of the Top 5 Rope Access Companies in Sydney for 2025. This isn’t just about who has the flashiest website – it’s based on proven projects, safety records, client reviews, and how well they actually deliver for building owners and managers.

22

1. Rope Boys – Sydney Rope Access

When it comes to rope access in Sydney, Rope Boys are in a league of their own. What sets them apart isn’t just their speed – though they are widely recognised as the quickest to respond in the city – it’s the way they consistently combine efficiency with high-quality workmanship.

Clients rate them exceptionally well. On independent platforms like Wheree, Rope Boys score 9.5 out of 10 for professionalism, 9.4 for service quality, and 9.2 for reliability. That kind of consistency is rare in the industry and shows why they’re the first name that comes up among strata managers and property developers.

pencil icon

Note: Rope Boys also have one of the largest proven portfolios in Sydney. From tricky glass replacements on commercial towers to complex waterproofing jobs on heritage-listed sites, they’ve demonstrated an ability to take on projects that others shy away from.

Even jobs involving asbestos removal have been handled with precision, underscoring their focus on safety as well as results.

Perhaps most importantly, Rope Boys manages to maintain a very down-to-earth, customer-first approach. Feedback often highlights how approachable they are, how clearly they communicate pricing, and how they don’t make things harder than they need to be. It’s a very Australian trait – straight talk, hard work, no drama – and it’s why they top this year’s list.

2. Integrity Projects

Integrity Projects live up to their name. They operate as a boutique rope access provider with an emphasis on trust, transparency, and doing things the right way. Founded by a rope access veteran who’s been in the industry since the 1990s, they bring decades of knowledge to every job.

Their bread and butter lies in remedial works – think concrete repairs, waterproofing, and decorative coatings. This is the sort of detailed, hands-on work where you need experience and patience, and Integrity Projects have both in spades. Clients also appreciate their commitment to safety protocols, which has helped them earn a solid reputation across the building management sector.

If you’re looking for a rope access partner who values stability and consistency over flashy marketing, Integrity Projects is a dependable choice.

1632

3. Apex Facades

Apex Facades are not just a Sydney name – they’re recognised right across Australia. Over the past few years, they’ve picked up several national awards, including recognition as the Best Rope Access & High-Rise Construction Company. Those accolades aren’t handed out lightly; they reflect a company that has nailed down quality systems and proven results.

The team is fully certified under ISO 9001, 14001, and 45001, covering quality, environmental management, and occupational health and safety. That makes them one of the most systemised and compliance-driven operators on this list.

I edited a selfie with Pixel’s AI and it looks great

A Google Pixel is usually the smartest phone in the room. Most of that smartness goes into making sure you get great photos and can edit the not-so-great ones. I’ve started editing my selfies with my Pixel’s AI, and you should too.

Why I Decided to Test Pixel’s AI on Selfies

Generally, before I upload a photo, it goes through Lightroom on my PC. While this workflow is fine for images taken on my DSLR, moving photos back and forth between my phone and PC for editing becomes a hassle. Lightroom does have an Android app, which retains a lot of functionality from the desktop one, but it can still be a pain adjusting all those sliders on a small screen.

I had already given up on carrying my DSLR everywhere with me when I first switched to a Pixel—that’s one of the reasons why I can’t go back to a non-Pixel Android phone. So if the Pixel AI is good enough to shelve my professional-grade camera, it’s good enough to edit those photos as well.

Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf

Besides, not everyone knows how to edit a photo in advanced editing programs. An editor where you can simply type out your edits and the image turns out to be the way you want sounds a lot more accessible and, honestly, enjoyable to use. That’s exactly what Google’s Magic Editor offers.

The editor is quite well integrated into the Google Photos app. You can go from browsing photos to editing them within a few taps, and the entire process is much faster (and simpler) than fiddling with apps like Lightroom or Snapseed.

The Magic Editor Experience

I took a selfie from my phone’s wireless charging stand at a rather challenging time of the day. As you can see, I have direct sunlight exposing part of my frame while the rest of the image remains relatively dark.

Now there are a few things wrong with this image that would take a lot of work to fix, even on the desktop version of Lightroom. I want to get rid of some of the shadows on my face, get rid of the ceiling fan, add background blur, and move the subject (or myself) a bit more to the left.

Getting rid of the ceiling fan is simple enough. Just head over to the Tools section, select the Magic Eraser option, and circle the fan. It does leave some artefacting behind, but since we’re adding background blur, it’s not going to be visible.

Next, I added the background blur, or depth of field, using the Blur option. The feature gives you two options: Blur and Depth. The former lets you pick your focus point, and the latter adds the depth of field. These settings will automatically populate based on your focus point, but you can adjust them to get the desired effect.

The Portrait Light feature is meant for adding an extra light source to your image to better illuminate faces. You get an Add light option that adds an extra light source, and use the Balance light option to balance the overall lighting over faces.

Now it’s time to switch to Magic Editor to get me in the middle of the frame. Google Photos requires you to save any changes made outside of the Magic Editor before proceeding, so getting the image right here is important.

Repositioning the subject is just a matter of tapping and dragging around until you’re happy with the placement. When you’re done, the Magic Editor will give you several options, and you can choose which one works best for you. You can erase or replace any other part of the image by tapping or circling it. The erase option works a lot like the Magic Eraser, but Reimagine lets you replace these selections based on your prompts.

You can also change the entire background of an image, which I did end up doing for fun. I replaced my office in the background with a library, and the result was great. It even managed to get the direction of the lighting right.

You also get the Auto frame and Portrait options. Auto frame is great at fixing composition issues and can even generate horizontal versions of vertical images and vice versa. Portrait seems to do the same thing as Portrait Light, although you’ll have better luck doing it yourself in Google Photos.

The Results: Before vs. After

A couple of minutes and one prompt later, I now have two images that are entirely different from the original selfie I started with. You can see the comparison in the usual selfie and one where I swapped the background for a wooden bookshelf.

Before

After

pixel-magic-editor-og-2
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf

Pixel Magic Editor selfie background change
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf
Yadullah Abidi / MakeUseOf

You no longer have to stress over slider values, adjustment layers, and color accuracy. This is also one of the easiest Pixel-exclusive features that can be ported to other Android devices. All you need is a Google One subscription, and you’re good to go.

Regardless, if you’ve got a Pixel, your phone’s AI-powered editing tools already know how to best frame, light, and clean up your selfies. It doesn’t matter if they were taken on your Pixel or have been in your gallery for years—a few taps and prompts are all it takes to bring them back to life.

Mongolian Bökh: An unmissable highlight of the Naadam Fair

The Mongolian Bökh competition kicked off amidst great anticipation at the 35th Inner Mongolia Grassland Naadam Festival, with more than 500 Bökh wrestlers from Inner Mongolia engaged in fierce competition.

On the vast grasslands, Bökh is known as one of the “Three Manly Skills” alongside horse racing and archery. In ancient times, wrestling competitions were an important way to select brave warriors and talented generals. Today, this sport remains an indispensable and celebrated event at the Naadam Fair.

Bayinmend, from the West Ujimqin Banner in Xilingol League, is one of these Bökh wrestlers. He is the first Bökh wrestler in his family. With seven years of hard training and natural talent, the 27-year-old Mongolian youth has already demonstrated his skill on the competition field.

‘A New New Me’ review: Helen Oyeyemi’s novel is her weirdest yet

Book Review

A New New Me

By Helen Oyeyemi
Riverhead: 224 pages, $29
If you buy books linked on our site, The Times may earn a commission from Bookshop.org, whose fees support independent bookstores.

Helen Oyeyemi’s books are getting weirder — and I mean that in the best way.

“A New New Me,” her eighth novel, follows Kinga, a 40-year-old Polish woman who, on the Monday we meet her, becomes a Czech passport holder after having recently attained citizenship. She spends her morning crunching instant coffee granules, repeating Snoop Dogg’s daily affirmations, which she’s translated into Czech, and trying on outfits.

After her appointment to pick up her passport — during which she has an odd encounter with a woman named Milica who insists on becoming her friend — Kinga goes to work. She’s a matchmaker employed by a big bank that founded her department in response to Czechia’s Fidelity Awards, given to couples who’ve been together for 50 years or more (in reality, these were floated by the Czech senate but never came to be). At work, Kinga and her work wife Eva compare their personalized news alerts: Eva receives updates about the winner of three gold medals at the European rabbit jumping championships while Kinga’s phone tells her about the Luxury Enamel Posse, a group that invades people’s homes and folds residents into a suitcase along with loose teeth and blank checks.

So much whimsy barely 20 pages into a book could be overwhelming, but Oyeyemi is such a confident writer, her details always specific and alive, that you know you’re in good hands even if you’re not entirely sure what material those hands are made of, where they’re taking you, or how much they’ll jiggle and jostle you along the way.

In addition to getting weirder, Helen Oyeyemi’s novels have been getting funnier over the years, and her new-newest follows that trend.

(Kateřina Janišová)

After the first chapter, we never meet that particular Kinga who opens the book again. This is because there are seven — or potentially eight, depending on how you count — Kingas inhabiting a single mind and body: Kinga-Alojzia is in charge of Mondays, Kinga-Blažena of Tuesdays, Kinga-Casimira of Wednesdays and so on until Kinga-Genovéva, whose realm is Sunday, before the cycle starts all over again.

In a sense, “A New New Me” is the closest the British author has gotten to writing a thriller, because on Monday evening, Kinga-A finds a man tied up in her pantry and she has no idea how or why or who put him there. He does look somewhat familiar to her — and to some of the other Kingas as well — but she can’t pin him down. Kinga-A’s suspicion is that one of the other Kingas is plotting to get rid of the rest of them, and that this man is playing a part in that. Is he connected to the Luxury Enamel Posse? To Milica? Is he a secret lover? A friend? A stranger conning them all? These possibilities and more are explored over the course of the week, as each Kinga writes or records her day’s diary entry.

But how reliable are they? Kinga-A gives an overview of the others on Monday, but Kinga-B immediately refutes her summaries on Tuesday, and the other Kingas try to make peace, claim indifference, or express their own frustrations in turn, so that by the time we get to Sunday, we’ve read conflicting versions of some key moments in the Kingas’ life, and learned that some of them might be deliberately lying to the others. None of them are able to access the others’ days, but they were all, it seems, more or less present when they were part of their shared OG Kinga — before, that is, she asked Kingas A through G to take over and live her life full time.

Kinga, in other words, seems to have dissociative identity disorder (or DID, previously known as multiple personality disorder), a serious mental illness that begins in childhood and is linked to severe trauma. It’s also a disorder that has gained a lot of attention in recent years due to social media making people who live with it more visible.

Yet Oyeyemi’s novel doesn’t deal with her trauma. Similarly, the Kingas aren’t interested in the process of “integrating” into a single unified self (a common — though not universally desired — therapeutic goal); they’ve found a psychiatrist, Dr. Holý, who is perfectly happy to treat them as they are. Readers do learn that there have been alternate Kingas since childhood, and that their dad is a criminal who went to prison at some point when Kinga was young (only one of the Kingas writes to him). After that, Kinga mostly lived with her grandparents — who seem to have been loving and present — in the Polish countryside, while her brother, Benek, and her mum traveled for Benek’s acting career, an aspiration he had since he was a little kid and which all the Kingas helped support and facilitate in one way or another.

What is “A New New Me” about, then? As in all Oyeyemi’s writing: the chaotic and unpredictable nature of storytelling. What are stories? Where do they come from? How and why do we tell them? Communicating with other people is a constant act of storytelling, after all: We share anecdotes, we narrate our joys and fears and troubles to one another, we agree on the shared story of our reality (or we don’t), we curate our reality differently depending on who we share it with. It follows, then, that communicating with the self, or aspects of ourselves, is just as much about understanding, interpreting and framing our own experiences through narrative.

There’s a lot happening in the background of “A New New Me,” whose main plotline swirls up and around unpredictably like self-serve fro-yo. The most prominent and evocative of these background shadow plays is the relationship between Kinga and her brother, Benek, who we never actually meet, but whose life’s trajectory and career were made possible by Kinga’s childhood sacrifices. It’s fitting and somehow ominous that Benek is an actor — he gets to try on other characters for a living and yet can always return to himself, whereas Kinga actually lives as a series of recurring but separate “characters,” which is to say, her different selves. I’m not entirely sure what to make of this mystery brother haunting the novel, but it’s intriguing.

In addition to getting weirder, Oyeyemi’s novels have been getting funnier over the years, and her new-newest follows that trend. Its humor shows up in the quirks of the Kingas’ personalities (“I’ll just lounge around sending gourmet tourists spiraling by creating Tripadvisor listings and rave reviews for restaurants that don’t exist.”), in their jobs (one of them is a perfumer’s muse; another creates tourist experiences involving manufacturing a crisis and having the client save the day) or simply in the whimsical nature of the world they inhabit (see Luxury Enamel Posse above). “A New New Me” is thoroughly enjoyable and is very likely to reward repeat readings.

I’m off to start it over again myself.

Masad, a books and culture critic, is the author of the novel “All My Mother’s Lovers” and the forthcoming novel “Beings.”

PM Narendra Modi To Flag Off Maruti Suzuki’s 1st Global EV, E-VITARA, in Gujarat’s Ahmedabad Today

New Delhi, August 26: Prime Minister Narendra Modi is visiting the Suzuki Motor Plant in Ahmedabad, Gujarat on Tuesday, where he will inaugurate the localized production of hybrid battery electrodes and launch the export of Maruti Suzuki’s first global battery electric vehicle (BEV), the e VITARA, to over 100 countries, including Japan and several European nations. “On 26th August, at around 10:30 a.m., Prime Minister will inaugurate localized production of hybrid battery electrodes and flag-off Battery electric vehicle exports to 100 countries at Hansalpur, Ahmedabad. He will also address the gathering on the occasion,” the PMO said in a statement.

Marking a significant milestone for India’s EV and battery ecosystem, the local production of hybrid battery electrodes will begin at the TDS Lithium-Ion Battery plant, a joint venture between Toshiba, Denso, and Suzuki. With this development, over 80 per cent of battery value will now be manufactured domestically, furthering India’s clean energy and manufacturing goals. PM Narendra Modi Talks About Operation Sindoor’s Success in Gujarat; Vows to Protect Farmers and Small Entrepreneurs.

Maruti Suzuki, India’s largest carmaker, had unveiled the e VITARA in January 2025 during the Bharat Mobility Global Expo. With an annual capacity of 2.6 million units across four Indian plants, the company exported over 3.32 lakh vehicles and sold 19.01 lakh units in the domestic market in FY25. Commercial production of the e VITARA officially begins Tuesday at the Hansalpur plant. PM Modi-Smriti Irani Degree Row: RTI Not Meant for Sensationalism, Says Delhi High Court; Bars Public Disclosure of PM Narendra Modi’s Bachelor’s Degree, BJP Leader’s School Records.

With this milestone, India will now serve as Suzuki’s global manufacturing hub for electric vehicles. These initiatives align with the government’s broader vision of making India a global hub for electric mobility, advanced manufacturing, and infrastructure development. This represents a significant step towards becoming Aatmanirbhar in the field of green energy. In the railway sector, the Prime Minister will dedicate projects worth approximately Rs 1,400 crore, including the Rs 530 crore doubling of the 65 km Mahesana-Palanpur railway line.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 26, 2025 07:17 AM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-bitcoin-ethereum-ether-btc-eth-9155178” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756181589.5d9f34ff

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756181589.5d9f34ff

Estos son los aumentos de precios que también deberían preocuparte

Preocupados por la inflación, los estadounidenses han estado atentos a precios de productos cotidianos como los huevos y la gasolina. Pero un gasto menos conocido debería causar más alarma: el aumento de las primas de los seguros médicos. Llevan años subiendo, y ahora lo están haciendo a un ritmo sin precedentes.

Hay que considerar que, entre 2000 y 2020, el precio de los huevos fluctuó entre poco menos de $1 y aproximadamente $3 la docena; alcanzó los $6,23 en marzo, pero luego bajó a $3,78 en junio.

El precio promedio de la gasolina, tras oscilar entre $2 y $4 el galón durante más de una década a partir de 2005, alcanzó un máximo de $4,93 en 2022 y recientemente volvió a bajar a poco más de $3.

Mientras tanto, desde 1999, las primas de los seguros médicos para las personas con cobertura médica a través del empleador se han más que cuadruplicado. Solo entre 2023 y 2024, aumentaron más del 6% tanto para la cobertura individual como familiar, un alza más pronunciada que la de los salarios y la inflación general.

Para muchas personas que tienen planes médicos creados por la Ley de Cuidado de Salud a Bajo Precio (ACA) —porque trabajan para pequeñas empresas o pagan su propia cobertura— es probable que las tarifas hayan aumentado de forma aún más drástica. En este mercado, los reguladores estatales examinan minuciosamente los aumentos de tarifas propuestos por las aseguradoras, pero solo si superan el 15%.

Y la situación está a punto de empeorar: para 2026, las aseguradoras en los mercados de ACA han propuesto nuevos precios exorbitantes: en Nueva York, UnitedHealthcare propuso un aumento del 66,4%. HMO Colorado solicitó un aumento promedio de más del 33% en ese estado. En Washington, el aumento promedio propuesto por todas las aseguradoras es del 21,2%, y en Rhode Island es del 23,7%.

Según Business Group on Health, un consorcio de grandes empleadores, “los costos reales de la atención médica han aumentado un 50% acumulado desde 2017”. En una encuesta independiente publicada en 2021, el 87% de las empresas afirmó que, en los próximos cinco a 10 años, el costo de proporcionar seguro médico a sus trabajadores se volvería “insostenible”.

Y las aseguradoras del mercado de ACA están aumentando las primas un promedio del 20% para el próximo año, según un nuevo análisis. Imaginemos que los pagos de alquiler o hipoteca de decenas de millones de estadounidenses aumentaran repentinamente en esa cantidad.

En teoría, los que regulan los seguros podrían exigir que se redujeran las tarifas propuestas, y esto sucede a menudo. Sin embargo, algunos estados son más activos que otros en este sentido. Y todos temen que una interferencia regulatoria excesiva pueda expulsar a las aseguradoras de sus mercados.

Las aseguradoras ofrecen muchas explicaciones para sus cálculos, algunas de las cuales están relacionadas con las recientes medidas del Congreso y del presidente Donald Trump.

Por ejemplo, se espera que los nuevos aranceles a los socios comerciales de Estados Unidos aumenten el costo de los medicamentos y los suministros médicos. Mientras tanto, las reducciones en el gasto en salud incluidas en el proyecto de ley de presupuesto del Partido Republicano, junto con la expiración de algunos subsidios a las primas de la era Biden a finales de este año, provocarán que muchas personas pierdan su seguro médico.

Se prevé que cerca de 16 millones de estadounidenses se quedarán sin seguro en 2034, en muchos casos porque mantenerlo se volverá inasequible.

Dado que es probable que la mayoría de estas personas sean jóvenes o sanas, el grupo de riesgo de quienes permanezcan asegurados será mayor y más enfermo, y por lo tanto, más costoso de cubrir.

“En última instancia, creemos que el mercado de ACA probablemente será más pequeño y estará más orientado a la necesidad del paciente el próximo año”, escribió Janey Kiryluik, vicepresidenta de comunicaciones corporativas de Elevance Health (anteriormente conocida como Anthem), en un correo electrónico. Agregó: “Nuestra postura refleja una acción disciplinada temprana”.

Recuerda que la mayoría de las aseguradoras en el país son empresas públicas con fines de lucro; por lo tanto, tienden a actuar en beneficio de sus accionistas, no de los pacientes cuya atención médica cubren.

Las grandes empresas que gestionan sus propios planes de salud podrían negociar mejores condiciones para sus trabajadores. Pero las empresas más pequeñas, en su mayoría, tendrán que aceptar las ofertas.

Las primas no son el único aspecto del seguro médico que se está volviendo más caro. Los deducibles (el dinero que los beneficiarios deben pagar de su bolsillo antes que el seguro entre en vigencia) también están aumentando. El deducible promedio para un plan plata estándar de ACA en 2025 era de casi $5.000, aproximadamente el doble que en 2014. (Para quienes tienen seguro médico a través de su empleador, el promedio es de poco menos de $2.000).

Algunos estados intentan frenar la tendencia ofreciendo una “opción pública” estatal, un plan de seguro básico y asequible que los pacientes pueden elegir. Sin embargo, han tenido dificultades porque una tasa de pago más baja para los trabajadores generalmente significa menos proveedores participantes y un acceso reducido a la atención médica.

Si los votantes prestaran tanta atención al precio del seguro médico como al costo de la gasolina y los huevos, tal vez los funcionarios electos responderían con más medidas.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

All Zelda And Street Fighter Switch 2 Amiibo Are On Sale For $20

The Legend of Zelda and Street Fighter 6 Amiibo figures that launched alongside the Nintendo Switch 2 are steeply discounted at Amazon and GameStop. All four Tears of the Kingdom Sages are on sale for $20 each, down from $30. The trio of Street Fighter 6 characters are also available for $20, but these are 50% discounts, since each one retails for an eye-watering $40. Fans can also snag the GameStop-exclusive Street Fighter 6 Amiibo Card Starter Set for $20 (was $40).

At the time of writing, GameStop had all seven Zelda and Street Fighter Switch 2 Amiibo for $20 each, but Amazon only has four figures for this price: Tulin and Sidon from The Legend of Zelda and Luke and Jamie from Street Fighter. That said, we’d recommend checking the store pages for all seven figures, because Amazon’s prices have changed a couple times already. It’s likely Amazon will soon price match the other two Sages from Zelda.

Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo Deals at Amazon

Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo

Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo Deals at GameStop


The $20 offers align with Nintendo’s recently updated prices for Amiibo released prior to the Nintendo Switch 2’s launch. For instance, Nintendo is reprinting the King K. Rool Amiibo, and you can preorder the Donkey Kong villain for $20 at Best Buy. You can pair original Donkey Kong big boss with the Donkey Kong & Pauline Amiibo, which released alongside Donkey Kong Bananza in July. Because the DK and Pauline figure is in the Nintendo Switch 2 line, it carries a $30 MSRP and has yet to be discounted at a major retailer.

Check out our gallery below for a closer look at all seven Nintendo Switch 2 Amiibo figures on sale right now.

Artificial sweeteners could soon taste just like sugar

Some artificial sweeteners, such as saccharin and acesulfame K, have a bitter aftertaste that affects consumer acceptance of reduced-calorie foods and beverages. New research in FEBS Open Bio reveals the potential of compounds that inhibit bitter taste receptors to make artificial sweeteners more palatable.

Saccharin and acesulfame K are detected by two types of bitter taste receptors from the taste receptor type 2 (TAS2R) family: TAS2R31 and TAS2R43. When investigators measured the inhibitory effects of various compounds against TAS2R31, they found that menthols reduced the responses of TAS2R31-expressing cells to saccharin. Additionally, another compound called (R)-(-)-carvone (which gives spearmint leaves their sweetish minty smell) showed a strong inhibitory effect on TAS2R31 and TAS2R43 after the use of saccharin and acesulfame K.

Unlike menthol, (R)-(-)-carvone did not have a notable cooling sensation. As cooling sensation is often not desirable in food flavoring, (R)-(-)-carvone is a promising candidate for lessening the unpleasant aftertaste of artificial sweeteners.

“The bitter taste inhibitors identified in this study have potential applications in food products, suggesting their utility in enhancing the palatability of foods containing artificial sweeteners,” said corresponding author Takumi Misaka, PhD, of the University of Tokyo.

Sahil Sambhi's Latango brings Italian classics and European vibes to Delhi

Delhi’s dining scene is vibrant, and now restaurateur Sahil Sambhi of Japonico, Bawri, and Vietnom fame, has unveiled his latest venture, Latango, an all-day European bar in Nehru Place. It is conceived as a space to “bring the essence of Europe to the table”, Sambhi says, “We’ve created a space that feels intimate yet alive, where every element invites you to slow down and stay longer.”

Designed by Vivek Guha of Orphic Designs, Latango spans two floors with warm copper tones, plush bouclé seating, and Sambhi’s signature touch — a sculptural bar crafted from 2,100 stacked glass pieces, and a two-storey show kitchen where chefs fire pizzas in wood ovens.

Latango’s offerings spell classy Europe with subtle Japanese inflections. The menu, crafted by Italian chefs Roberto Blondi (of Japonico) and Joe Stanchi (of Naples’ legendary Starita a Materdei, among the world’s finest pizzerias), brings a refined curation of cold cuts, antipasti, pizzas, pastas, and desserts.

We were first served house bread and butter. The bread, soft and warm, paired with butter carrying a gentle acidic lift. As sous chef Garvit Dahia explained, the butter was churned with a house-made onion and white wine compote, with lemon zest, or salmon roe for non-vegetarians.

Octopus salad

We tried the Octopus Salad, featuring Japanese style thinly cut slices of boiled octopus arranged in a roulade, laid over a fresh parsley pesto purée, topped with fried garlic bits and pickled onions — tender without the usual chew of the mollusk. Dahia recommends the beetroot tartare for vegetarians or those avoiding seafood. We moved next to the Crab Tartare — fresh crab on an onion–avocado base, bound with Japanese kewpie mayo, served over green herb oil and topped with crunchy salmon roe. The contrast of soft crab and crisp roe makes it a must-try for any seafood lover in the city.

Dahia recommends the Lobster Linguine with fresh lobster paired with house-made linguine cooked perfectly al dente, served in a rich tomato sauce built from lobster shells. Another highlight is the Grilled Chicken Involtini: tender chicken wrapped in bacon, grilled, and filled with cheese and sage butter. The menu also includes dishes outside of Italy, like the spicy Spanish style, Taco Al Pator. The dish base is baked tortilla bread, topped with chicken, coriander and Mexican Pico de Gallo. Those with a taste for French cuisine can also nibble on the Omelette Café de Paris, a beautiful french style brown seared omelette with sun Dried Tomato Pesto, tangy bell peppers, Garlic Sauce, and herbs.

Crab tartare

What’s fine dining without a sweet finish? Latango’s menu offers a refined selection, from pavlova to Eton mess (berries, meringue, and whipped cream) and even the in-house Japanese mochi ice cream. We, however, settled on the classic rum-based tiramisu. The generous portion served in a caviar tin arrives topped with coffee caviar, a molecular gastronomy twist.

Latango also offers a unique cocktail menu titled ‘Liquid Letters from Europe’ — a picture-card style collection conceptualised by Vikram Achanta and Abhishek Banerjee of Tulleeho, a beverage-industry consultancy, together with Italian mixologists Giovanni and Terry. Each drink is imagined as a letter between a Western and an Asian artist. We try the Pop Punch, a vibrant orange vodka cocktail inspired by Andy Warhol and Takashi Murakami, and the Nudist Picante, a lime-forward tequila with kaffir lime spice.

If you’re a cocktail enthusiast, a pizza loyalist, or simply someone who enjoys lingering afternoons and spirited evenings, Latango is your spot — whether for a long lunch, a kitty party, or just casual drink-hopping.

On the ground floor, Epicuria, Nehru Place. Open seven days a week, 12pm onwards. A meal for two costs `5,000 plus taxes (with alcohol)

IPOs, Deals & Life at Law Firms

Lawctopus Law School is organising a 2-day long online workshop for people interested in becoming a corporate lawyer.

The workshop will be conducted by Soumya Chaturvedi, an ex-associate of IndusLaw, a top-tier corporate law firm.

Akanksha Mishra, the CEO of Lawctopus Law School, will be the host.

You can expect the following takeaways from the workshop:

  • Understand the different areas of corporate law which full-service law firms practice
  • Role of lawyers and key tasks in each practice area in law firms
  • Deep-dive into the exciting world of IPOs and SME IPOs (including strategies for those of us who stay in Tier 2, Tier 3 cities)
  • Learn step-by step process of an IPO journey and role of lawyers in the same

At the end of both the days, workshop attendees will have a <Bonus Registration Opportunity> to sign-up for our 5-Month Long Course on Mastering Corporate Law.

Register now as we have limited seats available.

Day 1: August 28, Thursday, 7:00 – 9:00 pm: Understanding IPOs and Related Skills

7:00 PM – 7:10 PM

Introduction to the webinar and the speakers

7:10 – 8:15 PM

Understanding IPOs and Related Skills

  • What are IPOs? The Big Picture
  • IPOs in India: The Booming Market
  • SME IPOs
  • Key Regulatory Framework- Who Makes the Rules
  • The IPO Process- A Simple Plan
  • DRHP Discussion
  • Lawyers in IPOs- Practical Roles
  • Interactive Activity on Drafting IPO Objects

8:15 PM – 8:30 PM

Your questions related to the IPO process answered

8:30 PM – 9 PM

Introduction to our 5-month Online Certificate Course on Corporate Law and <Bonus Registration Opportunity>

Day 2: August 29, Friday, 7:00-9:00 pm: Understanding the Different Practice Areas of Full Service Law Firms

7:00 PM – 7:10 PM

Recap of day 1 and explaining the structure for day 2

7:10 PM – 8:15 PM: Understanding the Different Practice Areas of Full Service Law Firms

  • Introduction to Corporate Law
  • Why Full Service Law-Firms
  • General Corporate- The Starting Point
  • M&A- The Big Deals
  • Private Equity and Venture Capital- Startup Power
  • Banking and Finance, and Projects and Project Finance- Funding Big Ventures
  • Capital Markets- Going Public
  • Technology, Media & Telecom- The New Frontier
  • Tax & Dispute Resolution- Navigating Complexities
  • Competition Law & Intellectual Property- Protecting Markets and brands

8:15 PM – 8:30 PM

Your questions related to corporate law career answered

8:30 PM – 9:00 PM

Introduction to our 5-month Online Certificate Course on Corporate Law and <Bonus Registration Opportunity>

Date, Day, Time, Fees, and Certification

  • Dates and Days: August 28 and 29 (Thursday and Friday)
  • Time: 7.00-9.00 PM (please join by 7.25 PM as we’ll start sharp on time)
  • Fees: Rs. 299

What All is Covered in the Registration Fee of Rs. 299

  1. Access to the LIVE session
  2. Access to the recordings (for 30 days)
  3. E-certificate costs of Rs. 200
  4. Practical hand-outs and short recorded lectures
    • Access to recording of a live session on ’10 Steps to Becoming a Corporate Lawyer’
    • A sample due diligence checklist
    • A well researched and comprehensive reading resource on ‘Capital Market and Shares’

Faculty and Host

Faculty: Soumya Chaturvedi

Soumya Chaturvedi graduated from NLU Odisha in 2021.

In college she interned with the best of the law firms like Lakshmikumaran and Sridharan, DSK Legal, L&L Partners, and Atlas Law Partners.

She has worked at IndusLaw as an associate for the last 3 years and has recently joined Lawctopus Law School as a Learning Manager (Corporate Vertical).

Host: Akanksha Mishra

Akanksha Mishra, the CEO of Lawctopus Law School (LLS), graduated from Symbiosis Law School Pune and is a Gold Medalist LLM degree holder from Nagpur University.

At LLS she has taught over 2500+ learners and has received an average rating of 96.5/100.

Akanksha has also been the corporate counsel for many start-ups, media companies, software developer companies, and PSUs like BHEL, MyCaptain, Mastersoft ERP Solutions, etc.

She has also been recognized as one of BW Legal World’s 30 under 30 winners.

Why do we do these workshops?

We do these workshops for 2 reasons:

  • To given students of law in India a taste of practical legal skills.
  • To allow the students to experience what Lawctopus Law School has on offer, so that they can make an informed choice about registering for our long-term courses.

<Bonus Registration Opportunity>

As mentioned earlier, in the last half an hour of both the days, workshop attendees will have the <Bonus Registration Opportunity> to sign-up for our 5-month Online Certificate Course on Corporate Law.

The Bonuses for those who register during the webinar are as follows:

  • Rs. 5000 off the course fee
  • ‘Free access to our self-paced course on ‘Contract Lifecycle Management (CLM)’ worth ₹2999/-
  • Free access to our self-paced course on ‘Legal Notice Drafting’ worth ₹3200/-
  • Free access to our self-paced course on ‘Online Dispute Resolution’ worth ₹2999/- 

Register asap because we have limited seats.

Questions?

Please email to [email protected]

AIIMS gastroenterologist says ‘slightly green bananas benefit gut, not overripe’; shares 9 food facts you didn’t know | Health

More than any supplements, whole food stores in a world of benefits that can actually benefit your gut health and overall wellbeing. However, often, we are not well informed about these beneficial nutrients and consume things that may be harmful in the long run.

Overripe bananas are mostly sugar and do not pack as many gut health benefits. (Shutterstock)

Also Read | Gastroenterologist shares 10 breakfast combos for a Mediterranean diet, packed with health benefits

In an Instagram post shared on August 26, Dr Saurabh Sethi, MD, MPH, a gastroenterologist, hepatologist, and interventional endoscopist trained at AIIMS, Harvard and Stanford Universities, talked about 9 facts that you didn’t know about everyday foods available in the kitchen. Let’s find out.

9 facts about everyday foods

Dr Sethi captioned his post, “Here are 9 things I refuse to gatekeep about everyday foods.” The list included facts about bananas, rice, berries, chia seeds, and a few more gut-friendly food items. Let’s find out what the gastroenterologist had to share:

1. Bananas

According to Dr Sethi, slightly green bananas are a gut win. They are rich in resistant starch, a prebiotic that feeds your good bacteria without spiking your blood sugar. Meanwhile, he warned, overripe bananas are mostly sugar and do not pack as many gut health benefits.

2. Coffee

Coffee is a great drink for your gut health. However, Dr Sethi pointed out that it can both help and harm your gut health. He said that though coffee boosts motility and feeds beneficial microbes, but too much (or on an empty stomach) can trigger reflux, anxiety, or loose stools.

3. Spices

The AIIMS gastroenterologist shared that spices are not just flavours for our food, they are medicine, too. “Turmeric, ginger, and fennel: they reduce inflammation, support digestion, and protect your gut lining. I take all 3 daily,” he shared.

4. Plain yoghurt

According to the gastroenterologist, plain yoghurt is better than sugary probiotic drinks. He suggested, “Real fermented foods like plain yoghurt, kefir, or sauerkraut offer diverse strains, without the added sugar that feeds bad bacteria.”

5. White rice

Per the gastroenterologist, plain rice isn’t the villain if you cool it down first and then consume it. “Cooled rice forms resistant starch, which acts like fibre and supports your microbiome. It’s why leftover rice is often easier to digest,” Dr Sethi pointed out.

6. Berries

“Berries are gut gold. Blueberries, raspberries, and pomegranate reduce oxidative stress and feed good bacteria, far better than most probiotic capsules,” Dr Sethi wrote in his post.

7. Chia and basil seeds

Chia seeds and basil seeds give your gut a fibre boost. “They absorb water, form a gel in your gut, and support smooth digestion. Great for regularity and feeding beneficial microbes,” the gastroenterologist wrote.

8. How you eat matters as much as what you eat

According to the AIIMS-trained gastroenterologist, eating too fast, being stressed, or being distracted can blunt digestion, cause bloating, and mess with your gut-brain axis. “Slow down,” he suggested.

9. Your gut loves routine

Irregular eating, sleeping, and bathroom habits can throw off your gut microbiome. “Your gut thrives on rhythm, not chaos,” Dr Sethi pointed out.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Royalty Pharma buys BeOne stake in Amgen lung cancer drug sales

Dive Brief:

  • Royalty Pharma has grabbed rights to a share in revenue from lung cancer drug Imdelltra, announcing Monday it will pay $885 million upfront for BeOne Medicine’s royalties paid by partner Amgen for sales outside China. BeOne, formerly known as BeiGene, has rights to Imdelltra revenue because of a $2.7 billion collaboration deal it struck with Amgen in 2019.
  • Per deal terms, BeOne has the option to sell another chunk of Imdelltra royalties in the next year for $65 million, bringing the deal total to around $950 million. Royalty said the initial royalty stream amounted to “approximately 7%” of worldwide net sales.
  • Launched in 2024 for small cell lung cancer, Imdelltra earned sales of $215 million through the first six months of 2025, most of it in the U.S. under an accelerated approval from the Food and Drug Administration. Amgen recently reported data from a clinical trial showing the drug extends survival compared with chemotherapy, which should secure its place on the market.

Dive Insight

BeOne is now well established as a commercial drugmaker, recording total sales of $2.4 billion through the first six months of the year from drugs it developed as well as some of Amgen’s products in China. However, it also has significant expenses, burning about $2 billion over the same time — about half on research and development of its own drugs like Brukinsa and sonrotoclax.

That profit picture for the first half looks like it will be sustained for the full year, as BeOne’s executives forecast positive operating income and cash flow even before this deal was announced. The deal will only build on that momentum, executives said Monday.

“A strong balance sheet is a hallmark of the most successful companies in our industry, and this transaction provides increased operational and strategic flexibility as we continue to execute our business strategy for the long term,” said CFO Aaron Rosenberg, in a statement.

A so-called bispecific antibody, Imdelltra triggers an immune response to cells expressing a protein called DLL-3, common among tumor cells in small cell cancer, a hard-to-treat disease that until recently has had few innovative treatments. While Merck & Co.’s immunotherapy Keytruda and Bristol Myers Squibb’s Opdivo have gained approval for small cell lung cancer, they were withdrawn when confirmatory data didn’t support their use. Roche’s Tecentriq can be used in certain patients, however.

“Imdelltra is reshaping the treatment paradigm for patients with small cell lung cancer, a highly aggressive disease with few treatment options,” said Pablo Legorreta, Royalty’s CEO, in a statement. “Today’s transaction is consistent with our strategy of acquiring royalties on highly transformative products in life sciences.”

Royalty Pharma has been active in buying revenue streams recently, striking deals with Biogen, Cytokinetics, Sanofi and Agios.

Unlocking Value in Investment Properties with Greg Hankinson

 Have you ever looked at a tired old property and thought, “There’s potential there,” but weren’t quite sure what to do with it? 

Well, today’s show could be the spark you need. Because we’re talking about one of the most powerful – and underutilised – strategies for building wealth through property: strategic renovation.

In a world where construction costs are soaring and affordability is stretched, more investors are realising that they don’t have to wait for the market to deliver capital growth – they can manufacture it themselves. 

And joining me to unpack this is Greg Hankinson – property renovations and development expert and director of Metropole Developments.  

Greg’s seen it all – from simple kitchen facelifts to full-scale value-add renovations through to medium density developments, and he’s here to share his experience, tips, and insights to help you make your next investment a profitable one. 

We talk through the key fundamentals of a profitable renovation, how to assess a property’s potential, the pros and cons of reno vs. new build, and how many successful developers started by simply buying, renovating, and holding. 

Takeaways 

  • You can create wealth through renovations, not just market appreciation. 
  • The renovation process requires careful planning and understanding of costs. 
  • Successful renovations can lead to significant increases in property value. 
  • It’s essential to identify properties with renovation potential. 
  • Avoid common mistakes like overcapitalizing or DIYing without experience. 
  • Understanding local regulations and permits is crucial for renovations. 
  • Market conditions can affect the feasibility of renovation projects. 
  • Investing in renovations can provide better rental yields and lower vacancy rates. 
  • A strategic approach to property investment is necessary for long-term success. 

 

 

Answer this week’s trivia question here- www.PropertyTrivia.com.au  

  • Win a hard copy of Michael Yardney’s Guide to Investing 
  • Everyone wins a copy of a fully updated property report – What’s ahead for property for 2026 and beyond 

 Join us at the Ultimate Property Development Workshop in Melbourne on November 8th  

Click here for all the details https://realestateworkshop.com.au/  

 Greg Hankinson –  Director, Metropole Constructions  

 Interested in getting involved at the “wholesale” end of the property market? We’ll help you become a property developer. Click here and find out how. https://metropole.com.au/develop/  

  Get the team at Metropole to help build your personal Strategic Property Plan Click here and have a chat with us 

Michael Yardney – Subscribe to my Property Update newsletter here  

http://michaelyardney.com/ 

 

 Also, please subscribe to my other podcast Demographics Decoded with Simon Kuestenmacher – just look for  Demographics Decoded wherever you are listening to this podcast and subscribe so each week we can unveil the trends shaping your future. 

Why You Should Never Share Your PIN With an AI Chatbot

I thought I was having a quick chat with ChatGPT about my computer setup, but I accidentally shared my Windows PIN and other deeply personal info.

How I Accidentally Handed My PIN to an AI

When ChatGPT finally made the advanced voice feature available on my phone, I immediately set it as my default voice assistant. Amused at how human the assistant sounded, I never thought twice about using it for answering technical questions and several other applications that used ChatGPT’s live voice and vision. Plus, I’ve always liked that I didn’t have to type or stop to think about how to phrase things when using a voice assistant.

During one of these sessions, I remember venting about a persistent Windows Hello problem. My computer kept losing my PIN setup after every system update, forcing me to recreate it repeatedly. After going through yet another irritating PIN reset cycle, I finally decided to change my PIN. And since the conversation was flowing so naturally, I casually asked ChatGPT to save my PIN in case I forgot it.

I was so used to using Google Assistant (now retired) that I completely forgot I had switched to ChatGPT a few days earlier. Not that sharing a PIN with Google Assistant would have been a good idea, but sharing such data with ChatGPT and its Memory feature just ensured that my PIN was stored indefinitely. In my mind, I was asking my usual assistant to store some information for convenience, the same way I might save a reminder or note.

A Deeper Investigation Showed Me How Vulnerable I Was

I’m pretty open about letting people use my PC for quick tasks. But knowing and understanding the capabilities of ChatGPT’s Memory feature and what it entailed made me anxious. What if someone had checked the Memory logs and found my PIN? What if they had asked questions about my past conversations? The thought made me immediately dive into ChatGPT’s Memory to see exactly what was stored.

Screenshot by Jayric Maning –no attributions required

ChatGPT had logged far more than just my PIN. It remembered details I’d completely forgotten sharing, like the places I usually visit, that I use my Windows PC for online banking, that I often step away from my computer without locking it during short breaks, and other personal information I wouldn’t want to share with anyone.

The Memory feature painted a detailed picture of my digital life and habits. Although ChatGPT has measures to filter out sensitive data, we can still inadvertently store personal information because we are so accustomed to using AI chatbots and assistants that we often forget to be cautious. Looking through the saved memories made me realize how much we casually share with AI assistants. Even small details can build into a comprehensive profile that could be risky in the wrong hands.

How My PIN Could Have Potentially Connected to My Passwords

The real danger became clear when I started thinking like a hacker. My Windows PIN wasn’t just a number for unlocking my screen. It was the key to everything on my most trusted device.

Windows PINs create a false sense of security because they seem device-specific, but they actually unlock far more than people realize. Once someone has access to your Windows machine through your PIN, they can potentially access saved passwords in browsers, password managers that use Windows Hello integration, and any applications that rely on Windows authentication.

Windows Hello-Sign In is active
Screenshot by Jayric Maning –no attributions required

My computer had become my personal vault. Chrome stored dozens of work and personal passwords that autofilled with just Windows authentication. The most concerning realization was that my Windows PC served as one of my primary two-factor authentication devices. I had set up several accounts to send 2FA codes to Microsoft Authenticator on that same machine. I also used Windows Hello to approve authentication requests for various services.

An attacker with my PIN could potentially access my computer, extract saved passwords, intercept 2FA codes, and even approve authentication requests for other services. That simple four-digit code could cascade into complete account takeovers.

What I Do Now to Protect Myself

My accidental AI disclosure forced me to rethink how I interact with AI systems completely. The experience taught me that protecting myself requires both immediate damage control and smarter prevention habits.

First, I changed my Windows PIN immediately and separated critical passwords into a standalone password manager requiring manual entry. Important accounts now use hardware security keys instead of device-based authentication.

Then I immediately audited ChatGPT’s Memory by going to Settings > Personalization > Memory and selecting Manage to delete entries that you don’t want stored. This option effectively erases all the sensitive info about me.

Auditing ChatGPT Memory
Screenshot by Jayric Maning –no attributions required

Now I use ChatGPT’s Temporary Chat feature for any technical discussions. This “incognito mode” doesn’t save conversations, use Memory, or contribute to training. I click the “Tempor”ry” butto” before discussing anything potentially sensitive.

ChatGPT Temporary Chat
Screenshot by Jayric Maning –no attributions required

There are many ways to prevent your data from being logged into ChatGPTChatGPT’s, but auditing Memory logs and using Temporary Chat are among the more proactive ways to protect your data from possibly leaking from these services.

Overall, this experience taught me that modern security isn’t jisn’tbout strong passwords and good software updates. It’s alIt’sbout understanding how different systems connect and where casual information sharing can create unexpected vulnerabilities. AI memory features are incredibly useful, but they require the same careful consideration we give to any other system that stores our personal data.

Norman Reedus’ son Mingus makes threat after assault charge

Mingus Reedus, son of “The Walking Dead” star Norman Reedus and Danish model Helena Christensen, made a concerning statement to a reporter in the wake of his arrest Saturday on suspicion of assault.

On Sunday, a New York Post reporter confronted the 25-year-old outside of his Manhattan apartment. “You want to watch me kill myself?” the model said when he spotted the journalist. He refused to answer questions after that, the Post reported.

The grim remark came just one day after Mingus Reedus was taken into custody by police who responded to a Saturday morning report of an assault in progress, according to USA Today. The Post reported that a 33-year-old female victim was subsequently taken to NYC Health + Hospitals/Bellevue with “minor injuries.”

Reedus pleaded not guilty Saturday to charges of of third-degree assault, assault recklessly causing injury, criminal obstruction of breathing, second-degree harassment and aggravated harassment, NBC News said. He was released without posting bail.

It wasn’t Reedus’ first arrest on suspicion of assault. He faced accusations in 2021 of punching a woman at the San Gennaro festival in New York City. At the time, he told the New York Daily News that “it was instinct” after the woman was “swarming” his friend group.

“We didn’t think anything of it, but these five girls followed us for two blocks, throwing food at us and yelling,” he said. “We told them to leave us alone, but they kept following, threatening to hurt my girlfriend and her friend.”

He said one woman was “pulling my hair from the back, another throwing water in my face.” Soon after, police got involved, but Reedus claimed they “refused to listen to the context” and arrested him.

In March 2022, he struck a deal and pleaded guilty to a lesser charge — disorderly conduct. He was sentenced to a conditional discharge that required him to attend five private counseling sessions.

Scout Sixty Bobber, Sport Scout Sixty, Scout Sixty Limited, Scout Bobber, Scout Classic, Sport Scout, 101 Scout, Super Scout Motorcycles Launched in India; Check Price, Specifications and Features

New Delhi, August 25: Indian Motorcycles has introduced its new Scout series bike range with classic and modern features in India. The Indian Motorcycle Scout Sixty series includes three models – Scout Sixty Classic, Scout Sixty Bobber and Sport Scout Sixty. On the other hand, the Scout range of flagship motorcycles includes Scout Classic, Super Scout, Scout Bobber, Sport Scout and 101 Scout.

The price of the Scout range by Indian Motorcycles starts at INR 12.99 lakh (ex-showroom). All eight cruiser bikes have been designed by offering the classic American design paired with modern technology and matching performance. Renault Kiger Facelift Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Know All About Latest Compact SUV Launched in India.

Indian Motorcycle Scout Series Prices of Each Variant

  • Scout Sixty Bobber Price in India – INR 12.99 lakh
  • Sport Scout Sixty Price in India – INR 13.28 lakh
  • Scout Sixty Limited Price in India – INR 13.42 lakh
  • Scout Bobber Price in India – INR 13.99 lakh
  • Scout Classic Price in India – INR 14.02 lakh
  • Sport Scout Price in India – INR 14.09 lakh
  • 101 Scout Price in India – INR 15.99 lakh
  • Super Scout Price in India – INR 16.15 lakh

Scout Series Bike Specifications and Features (Highlights)

The Scout Sixty series comes with a new 999cc SpeedPlus engine (V-twin motor and liquid-cooled), capable of producing up to 85 bhp power and 87 Nm of peak torque. On the other hand, the flagship India Scout range includes a 1,250cc SpeedPlus engine with a V-twin motor,  capable of producing up to 111 bhp power and 109 Nm peak torque. Each engine is paired with a six-speed gearbox. The cruiser bikes are offered in three trims – Standard, Limited and Limited+Tech. Ola Diamondhead Teased, Ola Electric Company Confirms Electric Sports Bike Coming With ‘Remote Summon’ and ‘Kutrim Silicon-Enabled Intelligence’ (Watch Video).

The Standard trims get a small digital display, LED lighting, an analogue cluster and dual-channel ABS. The Limited trims include ride modes, traction control, metallic paint, cruise control and USB charging port. Indian Motorcycles offers Bluetooth connectivity and connected tech, as well as a colour TFT and keyless ignition option in the Limited+Tech trims. 

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 25, 2025 03:49 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

A Crypto Micronation Is Making Friends at the White House

In February, the US Securities and Exchange Commission requested a pause on an ongoing lawsuit against Sun, whom the agency had charged with market manipulation. In May, Sun’s investments earned him a seat at an exclusive gala dinner held at the Trump National Golf Club near Washington, DC, attended by Trump himself. The following month, in a post on X, Eric Trump referred to Sun as a “great friend.”

Sun has heavily implied that he intends to use his relationship with the Trump family to advance the interests of Liberland as it attempts to secure formal recognition by sovereign states.

“As you know, I personally invest $30 million into the Trump crypto project World Liberty Financial,” Sun said in January, as he outlined plans for a second term as Liberland prime minister. (Sun would later claim to have invested an additional $45 million in WLFI.) “In this new administration, we have lots of allies, from the new envoy to the Middle East [Steve Witkoff] and also the new minister of commerce [Howard Lutnick] and other ministers in office.”

Because many countries follow the lead of the United States, Sun reasoned, Liberland stood to achieve a “big breakthrough in diplomatic relationships” if it could ingratiate itself with the Trump administration.

“This is a very precious opportunity for Liberland in 2025, to have a good relationship with the current US government,” said Sun. “I think President Trump is a bold man. He also likes to do unprecedented moves.”

Though generally tight-lipped, Jedlička has insinuated that Sun is making inroads at the White House on behalf of Liberland.

“He spent quite a few days in the White House. I cannot really tell you the details of these things. It’s all too hot,” claims Jedlička. “In general, his task is to help us get Liberland recognized and up and running. I’m happy he is not taking it lightly.”

The Croatian authorities have evicted settlers from Liberland more than 25 times in the two years since I visited, Jedlička estimates. In the winter of 2023, a swelling of the Danube flooded the whole of Liberland, forcing settlers into house boats.

The territory remains almost completely undeveloped and unoccupied: a blank parcel of forestland with a small island at its edge, framed by a sandy beach that picks up driftwood from the river.

But since this spring, Jedlička claims, fortunes have improved, and Liberland settlers have been left alone for long enough to build a few makeshift structures.

In July, Jedlička’s office published a press release celebrating the opening of a beach bar and treehouse in Liberland. On Monday, Liberland will host the afterparty for its national chess tournament.

“People never left Liberland. They always lived there in some shape or form, but not in the best conditions—mostly kind of camping,” claims Jedlička. “But the last four months are very good. I have to give [Croatia] credit.”

Last week, I observed a meeting of the Liberland cabinet, which takes place every Monday over video conference. Sun typically joins, Jedlička claims, but this being summer only a handful of officials—the secretaries of finance and technology, the vice president, and the president—were in attendance.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-binance-australia-austrac-audit-regulations-9156771” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756138333.58f4b357

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756138333.58f4b357

Final Fantasy I-VI Pixel Remaster Collection For Switch Is Back On Sale For Prime Day Price

Final Fantasy I-VI Collection for Nintendo Switch is back on sale at Amazon for $45, the same price offered during last month’s Prime Day sale. This was the most popular video game deal with GameSpot readers during the sales event, and Amazon sold out before the promotion officially ended. If you missed out on the $30 discount, now’s your chance to snag all six of Square Enix’s Final Fantasy Pixel Remasters on a single cartridge for an awesome price. Unfortunately, the PS4 version isn’t eligible for this discount.

Released last October for Switch and PlayStation, this special Anniversary Edition comes with a sticker sheet of Final Fantasy character sprites. It’s worth emphasizing that this is a true physical release, with all six Final Fantasy Pixel Remasters on the Switch cartridge or PS4 disc (fully compatible with PS5). Square Enix initially released the physical in 2023, but the small print run sold out extremely fast. Last fall’s rerelease brought the collection to major retailers for the first time as the Anniversary Edition.

Square Enix’s Pixel Remasters project debuted on PC and mobile in Summer 2021 with the three 8-bit Final Fantasy games and came to a close with Final Fantasy VI in February 2022. The collection was ported to PlayStation and Switch in 2023 and to Xbox Series X|S last September.

The proper Final Fantasy III was exclusive to Japan until the release of the 3D remake for Nintendo DS. Long-time fans in North America may remember Final Fantasy VI, arguably the best game in the franchise, as Final Fantasy III.

The games can be played in any order, but it’s really cool to see how the series evolved from the 8-bit era on the Nintendo Entertainment System to the 16-bit era of the Super Nintendo.


If you love classic Final Fantasy games, you should also check out FF Dot: The Pixel Art of Final Fantasy. This lovely 280-page hardcover book offers an in-depth look at the gorgeous artwork that, considering the existence of the Pixel Remasters, has proven to be timeless.

PlayStation users can get a great deal on Final Fantasy 7 Remake Intergrade for PS5. The physical edition had been out of print for years before Square Enix made a fresh batch earlier this year. Amazon has Final Fantasy 7 Remake Intergrade for only $30 right now.


Eating meat may protect against cancer, landmark research shows

Eating animal-sourced protein foods is not linked to a higher risk of death and may even offer protective benefits against cancer-related mortality, new research finds.

The study, published in Applied Physiology, Nutrition, and Metabolism, analyzed data from nearly 16,000 adults aged 19 and older using the National Health and Nutrition Examination Survey (NHAMES III).

Researchers examined how much animal and plant protein people typically consume and whether those patterns were associated with their risk of dying from heart disease, cancer or any cause.

They found no increased risk of death associated with higher intake of animal protein. In fact, the data showed a modest but significant reduction in cancer-related mortality among those who ate more animal protein.

“There’s a lot of confusion around protein – how much to eat, what kind and what it means for long-term health. This study adds clarity, which is important for anyone trying to make informed, evidence-based decisions about what they eat,” explains Stuart Phillips, Professor and Chair of the Department of Kinesiology at McMaster University, who supervised the research.

To ensure reliable results, the team employed advanced statistical methods, including the National Cancer Institute (NCI) method and multivariate Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) modelling, to estimate long-term dietary intake and minimize measurement error.

“It was imperative that our analysis used the most rigorous, gold standard methods to assess usual intake and mortality risk. These methods allowed us to account for fluctuations in daily protein intake and provide a more accurate picture of long-term eating habits,” says Phillips.

The researchers found no associations between total protein, animal protein or plant protein and risk of death from any cause, cardiovascular disease, or cancer. When both plant and animal protein were included in the analysis, the results remained consistent, suggesting that plant protein has a minimal impact on cancer mortality, while animal protein may offer a small protective effect.

Observational studies like this one cannot prove cause and effect; however, they are valuable for identifying patterns and associations in large populations. Combined with decades of clinical trial evidence, the findings support the inclusion of animal proteins as part of a healthy dietary pattern.

“When both observational data like this and clinical research are considered, it’s clear both animal and plant protein foods promote health and longevity,” says lead researcher Yanni Papanikolaou, MPH, president, Nutritional Strategies.

This research was funded by the National Cattlemen’s Beef Association (NCBA), a contractor to the Beef Checkoff. NCBA was not involved in the study design, data collection and analysis or publication of the findings.

Is your diet influencing your dreams? Here’s what researchers say about food and nightmares

MONTREAL: Have you ever wondered if a bizarre dream was caused by something you ate the night before? If so, you’re not alone.

We all have strange or unsettling dreams now and then, and when we do, we want to know what might cause them. For centuries, people have believed that what and when they eat can influence their dreams.

A prominent example of this can be found in the early 20th-century comic strip ;Dream of the Rarebit Fiend, in which characters often blamed their strange dreams on having eaten a cheese dish like Welsh rarebit the night before.

But even though folklore has long suggested that food and dreams are connected, scientific research into this notion has been limited. A few exploratory surveys have provided preliminary, suggestive results.

One study from 2007 found that people who ate more organic food reported having more vivid and bizarre dreams than those who consumed more fast food.

Similarly, a 2022 survey linked fruit consumption to more frequent dream recall, high fruit and fish intake to more lucid dreams, and sugary food consumption to more nightmares.

And in our 2015 study, we found that nearly 18 per cent of participants endorsed the idea that what they ate influenced their dreams, with dairy being the most frequently cited culprit.

As a follow-up to that study, we recently conducted an online survey with 1,082 Canadian psychology students that asked them about their food habits, general health, sleep quality and dreams.

We tested several hypotheses about how diet and food sensitivities might influence dreaming including possible influences on the severity of nightmares.

Internship Opportunity at Chambers for Justice, Delhi

About the Organisation

Chambers for Justice is a dynamic law firm dedicated to delivering effective legal solutions with an unwavering commitment to justice and fairness. Backed by a team of experienced advocates and a client-centric approach, we aim to uphold the rule of law and secure the best possible outcomes for our clients.

Office Address

Chamber No. 37, Western Wing, Tis Hazari Court, Delhi – 110054.

Eligibility

  • Students are currently pursuing a 3-year or 5-year LL.B. program.
  • Strong research and analytical abilities.
  • Proficiency in written and verbal communication.
  • Prior internship experience is an advantage, but not compulsory.

Role & Responsibilities

  • Selected interns will be expected to:
  • Conduct legal research and prepare case summaries.
  • Assist in drafting and maintaining case files/documents.
  • Coordinate with clients and collect relevant information.

Number of Positions

10

Mode of Internship

Hybrid (Delhi-based students preferred).

Duration

1 month (extendable based on performance).

Work Timings

Monday to Saturday, 9:30 AM to 5:00 PM.

How to Apply?

Interested candidates can apply online via the link given at the end of the post.

Deadline

Last Date to Apply: August 31, 2025

Stipend

This is an unpaid internship. Interns will gain substantial practical exposure to litigation, research, and client handling. Certificate of Internship will be provided upon successful completion.

Contact

Adv. Aman Kumar Sahindu (Internship Coordinator): 7367082331

Click here to apply.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is unethical and can result in blacklisting. We strongly discourage requesting any kind of payment from interns, including processing fees or charges for certificates. If you have any concerns, please contact us at [email protected]

Oncologist says ‘don’t ignore mouth sores or patches’ as oral cancer rises in young adults; shares key prevention tips | Health

Oral cancer is emerging as a significant public health concern in India, with thousands of new cases diagnosed each year. Factors like tobacco chewing, smoking, alcohol consumption, and certain lifestyle habits contribute heavily to its rising prevalence.

Early detection of oral cancer can boost survival rates to 90% amid rising incidence. (Jerussa Paredes)

“Head and Neck Squamous Cell Carcinoma (HNSCC) is a major health concern in India, accounting for 26% of cancers in men and 8% in women. Among these, oral cancer is the most common type, with a particularly high incidence in the northeastern regions, where cases reach 31.8 per 100,000 males. Population-based cancer registry data further suggest that the nationwide incidence can be as high as 20 per 100,000 population,” says Dr. Minish Jain, Director of Medical Oncology at Ruby Hall Clinic. (Also read: 25 year old with stage 4 cancer shares why he never eats 3 hours before sleep: ‘Your body needs rest, not digestion’ )

Dr. Minish further shared with HT Lifestyle key symptoms to watch for, emerging trends in oral cancer, and the importance of early detection to improve survival rates and outcomes.

Changing trends in oral cancer

Traditionally, oral cancer in India has been strongly linked to tobacco and alcohol use. However, a recent study in Kochi revealed that 57% of oral cancer cases were diagnosed in individuals with no history of tobacco or alcohol use, indicating an alarming shift in disease patterns.

The age-adjusted incidence of oral cancer is highly variable across India, depending on study design, population groups, and geographic locations. Incidence rates increase with age but tend to decline after the age of 70, a trend consistent across multiple studies.

Advanced-stage diagnosis remains the norm

A major challenge in oral cancer management is late detection. Data reveal that 48% of oral cancer cases present in stages III and IV, by which time treatment outcomes are poor. When diagnosed early, oral cancer has a 5-year survival rate of above 80%. However, this drops drastically to 20–30% in advanced stages, despite multimodal therapy.

Oral cancer in India is rising, with tobacco as the main cause.(Karolina Grabowska)
Oral cancer in India is rising, with tobacco as the main cause.(Karolina Grabowska)

Symptoms to watch for

Common signs of oral cancer include:

  • Red or white patches inside the mouth
  • Ulcers or sores persisting beyond 14 days
  • A lump in the neck
  • Pain or bleeding in the mouth
  • Difficulty swallowing
  • Persistent throat or ear pain
  • Speech problems

Awareness of these early symptoms is crucial for timely intervention.

Key risk factors

Tobacco remains the leading cause, accounting for nearly 80% of oral cancers, especially in men over 40. Worryingly, the incidence among women and younger adults has been rising, driven by smokeless tobacco products such as betel quid, khaini, gutka, zarda, mawa, and kharra. These mixtures, often commercially sold in sachets, are socially accepted and widely consumed, sometimes even kept overnight in the mouth. Alcohol use in combination with tobacco further increases the risk. National surveys estimate that 57% of men and 11% of women (15–49 years) consume some form of tobacco, making this a public health crisis.

The emerging role of HPV

In recent years, Human Papilloma Virus (HPV-16) has emerged as a significant risk factor for oral and oropharyngeal cancers, particularly among individuals without tobacco exposure. Two decades ago, fewer than 10% of oral cancers were HPV-related; today, this number is steadily rising. Interestingly, HPV-positive oral cancers tend to respond better to treatment than tobacco-related cancers.

Challenges unique to India

The biology of oral cancer in Indian patients tends to be more aggressive compared to Western populations. Additional challenges include:

  • Nutritional deficiencies
  • Delayed diagnosis due to low awareness
  • Poor oral hygiene
  • Low socioeconomic status

Why early detection matters

Early detection not only increases survival chances from 50% to 90%, but also reduces the cost of treatment significantly. Unfortunately, most patients in India seek medical attention only at advanced stages due to a lack of awareness and sociocultural acceptance of tobacco chewing.

“Oral cancer continues to be a preventable yet deadly disease in India. Stronger public awareness campaigns, stricter regulation of smokeless tobacco, HPV vaccination programs, and improved access to screening can dramatically reduce the burden. With lifestyle changes and timely medical attention, this disease can be caught early, transforming outcomes for thousands of patients each year,” concludes Dr. Minish.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Drugs from China are reshaping biotech. Track the licensing deals here.

The makeup of the world’s pharmaceutical pipeline is changing. China’s fast-growing biotechnology industry is a big reason why. 

Over the past decade, China’s government has sought to upgrade the country’s drugmaking capabilities. Its efforts birthed a burgeoning ecosystem of homegrown companies and science parks that mirror — and even rival —  U.S. hubs in Boston and San Francisco. Lower costs and regulatory flexibility have helped China’s biotech startups move faster than their U.S. counterparts, producing a sprawling inventory of drug prospects. While many are designed to be superior versions of medicines either on the market or in development elsewhere, more and more are innovative, challenging the U.S.’s long-held biotech advantage. 

Large pharma companies and venture capital investors have taken note. Many are licensing experimental drugs from China, either to add to their drug portfolios or build new biotechs around. The shift has been rapid, with dealmaking spiking in recent years. According to analysts, licensing agreements are on a record pace in 2025. Fully one-third of the industry’s licensing spending this year has involved drugs sourced from China, per the investment bank Jefferies.

These deals reveal important insights about the types of medicines drugmakers and investors want in their portfolios. With this database, we’re tracking 2025 deals in which China-based drugmakers licensed to U.S. and European companies rights to human therapeutics. We show the companies involved, the financial terms of their alliances and details about the medicines and drug targets. 

If we’ve missed a deal, or there’s any additional information you’d like to see, please reach out and let us know.

Jump to database

Jump to methodology

Bispecific and trispecific drugs are a frequent target

Licensing agreements announced in 2025

Cancer, immune disease drugs are drawing the most interest

Licensing agreements announced in 2025

Deals typically involve early-stage drug candidates

Licensing agreements announced in 2025

Licensing deals involving China-developed drugs

Database includes deals announced in 2025 that involve a China-based biotechnology firm licensing a drug candidate or candidates to biopharmaceutical companies located in the U.S. or Europe.

Methodology

For this database, BioPharma Dive compiled deals announced in 2025 through which China-based drugmakers licensed out innovative human medicines to biotech or pharmaceutical companies in the U.S. or Europe. 

We screened for these deals in company press releases, analyst reports and on social media sites like LinkedIn. We eliminated those that didn’t meet our criteria, including alliances that don’t mention any specific drug candidates or partnerships between two China-based companies. We also excluded deals involving generic drugs or biosimilars.

We generally used a deal’s most advanced program to determine the therapeutic area of focus, treatment type and stage of development at the time of a deal’s announcement. We categorized phase of development by the latest stage underway at the time of a deal.

Therapeutic areas cover a large number of diseases and, in some cases, overlap. In most cases, when companies identified more than one therapeutic area with equal priority, we classified them as working on “multiple” therapeutic areas. Companies that identified multiple areas, but prioritized one over others were classified under that priority area.

Ned Pagliarulo contributed reporting.

What Do Pit Bulls Usually Die From? Common Health Risks Explained – Walkin’ Pets

Pit bulls are strong, loyal dogs. Many live long, healthy lives. But like all breeds, they face certain health problems as they age. Knowing what risks they face helps owners catch signs early and give the best care possible. This can add years to their lives and make those years better.

On this page, we’ll explain the most common reasons pit bulls pass away. We’ll go over major diseases, genetic problems, physical injuries, and ways to keep them moving and comfortable as they get older. If your dog struggles to walk, there are tools, like dog wheelchairs, that can help them stay active and happy.

How long do pit bulls live on average?

Most pit bulls live between 11 and 14 years. Many live even longer with good care. Like people, their lifespan depends on many things: diet, activity level, genetics, and regular vet care. Some dogs face health problems earlier in life, while others stay strong until old age.

Pit bulls are known for being tough, but their bodies can still wear down with time. Watching their weight, giving daily exercise, and staying ahead of health issues makes a big difference in how long and how well they live.

What is the most common cause of death in pit bulls?

The most common cause of death in pit bulls is cancer. As they get older, cancer becomes more likely. It can affect different parts of the body, including the skin, bones, or internal organs. Some cancers grow slowly and can be treated if caught early. Others move fast and are harder to manage.

Lumps, swelling, changes in appetite, bleeding, or sudden tiredness can all be signs something is wrong. If your pit bull shows any of these, it’s important to see a vet quickly. Regular checkups also help find issues before they become serious.

What other major health problems do pit bulls face?

Do pit bulls have joint problems?

Yes. Joint issues are very common, especially in their hips and knees. Hip dysplasia is one of the biggest concerns. It’s a condition where the hip joint doesn’t fit right. Over time, this causes pain, swelling, and trouble walking.

Knee injuries are another common problem. The most frequent is a torn ligament in the knee, which can happen during play or running. When one leg is hurt, the other leg has to work harder, which can cause more injury.

Dogs with joint problems may limp, avoid stairs, or have trouble getting up. When walking becomes painful, many dogs benefit from a wheelchair. A dog wheelchair supports their back or back legs so they can still move, play, and stay active without putting weight on their sore joints.

What skin issues are common in pit bulls?

Pit bulls often have sensitive skin. Allergies are very common. These can come from food, grass, dust, or even shampoos. They may scratch a lot, chew on their paws, or develop red patches or sores.

Their short coats also leave them more open to sunburn and other skin damage. They may develop rashes or even small tumors on the skin. Regular baths with a gentle shampoo, staying out of harsh sunlight, and treating allergies early help keep their skin healthy.

Are thyroid problems something to worry about?

Yes. Many pit bulls develop low thyroid levels, especially as they get older. This condition, called hypothyroidism, can slow them down. They may gain weight, lose hair, seem cold all the time, or act tired.

This problem is easy to diagnose with a blood test and usually treated with a daily pill. If your pit bull starts acting different or doesn’t lose weight with diet changes, it’s worth checking their thyroid levels.

Can pit bulls develop bloat?

They can. Bloat is a very dangerous condition that can happen suddenly. It causes the stomach to fill with gas and twist. This cuts off blood flow and can be deadly if not treated right away.

Signs of bloat include a swollen belly, pacing, drooling, or trying to vomit without success. If you see this, take your dog to the vet immediately. Feeding smaller meals and avoiding heavy exercise right after eating can lower the risk.

Do pit bulls have heart problems?

Some pit bulls are born with heart conditions or develop them over time. A common issue is a narrowing of the main artery that carries blood from the heart. This can cause fainting, trouble breathing, or sudden death in severe cases.

Regular checkups can help catch heart problems early. Vets can listen to their heartbeat and may use tests to track how well the heart is working.

Can pit bulls lose mobility as they age?

Yes. Like people, pit bulls may lose strength or balance as they get older. Some develop nerve issues that affect how they walk. Others may slow down due to joint pain or injury.

When a dog starts having trouble walking, it doesn’t mean their good days are over. Tools like a dog wheelchair give them back their freedom. Instead of dragging legs or struggling to get around, they can move comfortably and safely.

How do accidents and injuries impact their life span?

Pit bulls are active and playful. They love to run, jump, and wrestle. But this energy also puts them at risk for injury. They may jump from high places, twist a leg, or get into rough play with other dogs.

Serious injuries can shorten a dog’s life or cause long-term pain. Watching them closely, using leashes in unsafe areas, and keeping play under control helps prevent these accidents.

If an injury leads to long-term mobility loss, a dog wheelchair can change everything. It takes pressure off their body, prevents more damage, and lets them enjoy their usual activities with less risk.

How can owners help pit bulls live longer, healthier lives?

Here are key steps:

  • Schedule regular veterinary visits.

  • Watch for early signs: limping, lumps, coughing, poor coordination.

  • Maintain healthy weight and proper nutrition.

  • Provide moderate daily exercise.

  • Protect skin: shade, monitor for allergies, groom often.

  • When mobility weakens, use supportive measures. Wheelchairs from Walkin’ Pets are designed to help dogs stay mobile, confident, and active. Using a wheelchair is not about giving up, but about giving your dog a better life.

These steps make a real difference. When pit bulls stay active and pain-free, they not only live longer, they enjoy life more. Helping them move better, even with a wheelchair, can keep them playful and connected to the people they love.

Giving your pit bull their best life

Pit bulls don’t ask for much. They want to be with their people, play, and enjoy simple things. But as they age or deal with health problems, they rely on us to help them feel good.

Whether it’s spotting early signs of cancer, supporting their joints, or helping them walk again with a dog wheelchair, small steps go a long way. Even if their legs don’t work like before, their heart still wants to move, explore, and be by your side.

When you give them tools to stay active, you’re giving them more time to enjoy the life they love with you.

References

Is Capitalism Failing Us? Or Is Australia Still the Land of Opportunity?

Key takeaways

Despite living in one of the wealthiest countries, many hardworking Australians are financially struggling.

It’s not just numbers — it’s real and lived through rising grocery bills, rents, mortgage repayments, and quiet stress.

To be in the top 1%, you need to earn over $375,000; median income is around $65,000.

Although unemployment is “low,” underemployment and job insecurity persist.

Global wealth is flowing into Australia, especially Sydney, where over 140,000 millionaires are pushing up property prices — making it harder for first-home buyers.


Why is it that in one of the wealthiest countries on earth, so many hardworking Australians feel like they’re falling behind?

You don’t need economic charts to know something’s changed – you can feel it in your weekly grocery bill, your rent, your mortgage, and your quiet financial stress.

Is capitalism broken – or is it just rewarding those who play the long game while punishing those waiting for a shortcut?

That’s a question I hear a lot lately – is capitalism, the very system that created so much prosperity for many Australians, starting to work against us?

Or are we simply in the middle of a transition that feels uncomfortable?

Look, there’s no denying the challenges.

Grocery bills sting, rents are soaring, and the dream of homeownership feels like it’s slipping further away for many Australians.

It’s easy to think the game is rigged when some people are effortlessly buying multi-million-dollar properties while others are counting every dollar at the supermarket checkout.

But let’s take a step back.

Chatgpt Image Jul 25, 2025, 10 44 25 Am

Yes, inequality is growing

It’s true. The gap between the haves and have-nots has widened.

To crack into the top 1%, you’ll need to earn upwards of $375,000 a year, while the median Australian income, which represents the middle point of all incomes, is around $65,000 per year.

And while our official unemployment rate looks healthy at 4.3%, underemployment and job insecurity paint a murkier picture.

Add to that Australia’s magnetism for global wealth.

We’re attracting ultra-high-net-worth individuals in droves.

Sydney alone now boasts over 140,000 millionaires, and their property purchases often set new benchmarks for price growth.

This is putting further pressure on first-home buyers and investors alike.

Why does it feel so hard?

Not long ago, a single income was enough to buy a home, raise kids, and take regular holidays.

Fast forward to today, and even households earning six figures often feel stretched.

Inflation has eroded purchasing power, and “normal” life now includes things that were luxuries for previous generations—private schools, SUVs, overseas trips.

It’s also cultural.

We’ve been sold a vision of success defined by consumption, and many Australians are running harder on the treadmill to keep up.

Is capitalism broken or just changing?

Some argue we’re seeing late-stage capitalism, where wealth and opportunity are concentrated at the top.

But capitalism isn’t static. It has evolved before and will do so again.

Governments and societies recalibrate systems when enough pressure builds.

But waiting for systemic change is a risky strategy.

The reality is, no matter how imperfect the system, individuals who take ownership of their financial future tend to outperform those who wait for the rules to change.

So what can you do?

Here’s the good news: Australia is still a land of opportunity if you approach it strategically.

Property has long been the vehicle of choice for building wealth, not because it’s easy, but because it’s proven.

This isn’t about quick wins. It’s about:

  • Having a clear, realistic financial plan.
  • Practicing delayed gratification (yes, that means saying no to some of today’s wants for tomorrow’s financial security). Do the hard things now you’ll have an easy life later, but if you do the easy things now you’ll have a harder life later.
  • Seeking guidance from experts who can help you navigate the complexities of the market.

Start small if you must. The point is to start.

Understanding and Navigating the Landscape

Gen Z—roughly born 1997–2012—is the first generation of digital natives who have come of age entirely in the smartphone era, and it impacts the way they date and perceive romantic love. Today’s young adults approach romance very differently than their parents did. One big shift noticed in Gen Z dating patterns is that they prioritize education, career, and personal well-being over romantic connections. 

As University of Illinois scholar Allen Barton writes in IPM Newsroom, “Dating, romantic relationships [and] marriage are certainly becoming less salient or less important…part of it is an increase overall, culturally, on career and finances.” Gen Z dating statistics also suggest that young adults are dating later and more cautiously, often focusing on personal goals first. A 2025 survey, for instance, found that only about 56% of Gen Z adults reported ever having a romantic relationship as teens, compared to roughly 78% of Baby Boomers and 76% of Gen Xers. 

However, this pattern doesn’t in any way mean that romantic connections do not matter to people of this generation. They do. It’s just that they choose to pursue them in new ways. More of their social life happens online, but many report frustration with hookup culture and dating apps. As one Illinois freshman says, “I’d rather have a real connection and commitment to someone.” These changes set the stage for a very different dating landscape, shaped by technology, evolving attitudes toward commitment, and mental health considerations. What does this mean for the Gen Z dating culture? Let’s find out: 

The Modern Landscape Of Gen Z Dating

Gen Z dating is highly influenced by digital culture. On one hand, many want serious relationships. For example, a new Hinge report finds that 90% of Gen Z daters say they want to find love. On the other hand, they constantly find themselves having to navigate new norms and anxieties. Heavy use of apps, hookup culture backlash, pervasive ghosting, and social media-driven communication are all part of the Gen Z dating culture, and these factors have made navigating the landscape of modern dating that much harder for the first generation of digital natives. Here’s why: 

1. High app use but mixed feelings

Gen Z is getting tired of the swipe culture

The online dating industry is booming. It was worth ~$1.4 billion in the U.S. in 2023, according to a report, and Gen Z is its core user base. Yet Gen Z also shows ambivalence toward it. For example, Gen Z dating statistics suggest that only about 26% of U.S. dating app users are Gen Z, whereas 61% are older millennials between the ages of 30 and 49. Many Gen Zers say they dislike the swipe culture. 

Matchmaker Germany Fox notes her clients often feel dating apps are “dead” because they keep getting ghosted or catfished. This has led 47% of single Gen Zers preferring to meet people outside apps, in everyday places like school or the grocery store, and an Axios survey found 4 in 5 college students don’t use apps even monthly, favoring in-person meetups.

2. Desire for meaningful connections

Young people may flirt less, but they often seek deeper authenticity. A growing number of Gen Z women have openly embraced a non-religious “celibacy journey” as a response to hookup culture. Trauma-informed coach Sabrina Flores explains that many see celibacy as “a return to femininity and tenderness and care… they did not feel safe enough or comfortable enough to feel in their past relationships.” In other words, instead of casual flings, some Gen Zers are reclaiming control by insisting on respect and emotional safety.

3. Communication via social media

best dating apps for Gen Z
Romance thrives in the virtual space

For many Gen Z daters, flirting and connection happen online or over text. One 24-year-old LA woman told NBC News that now “if someone thinks you’re cute, they just ask for your Instagram… and then DM you or swipe up on your story” to show interest. So, young dating may be shifting from apps to social media, with trends like Instagram dating on the rise. Psychotherapist Briana Paruolo even points out that today’s flirting is more direct and explicit, with many young people communicating intentions openly and building emotional connections online via social media or in person.

Related Reading: Is Gen-Z In The Headspace To Sustain Relationships?

4. Ghosting and rejection are common

A huge majority of young daters report experiencing ghosting. In one survey of Millennials and Gen Z, 84% said they had been ghosted by someone they were dating, and 77% admitted to ghosting others in return. If you’re wondering, “Why don’t relationships last in this generation?”, you have your answer.  

Psychologist Jonathan Haidt warns that dating apps can create lopsided dynamics, where a few people get most of the matches. This fosters rude behavior and frustration, and in turn, contributes to a pervasive fear of rejection. For example, over half of Hinge’s Gen Z users say worrying about rejection has actually stopped them from pursuing a relationship.

5. Gen Z dating and situationships

Many young daters are redefining what “dating” means. The term situationship, a casual but ongoing romantic arrangement without clear commitment, has exploded in popularity. Sociologist Elizabeth Armstrong notes that Gen Z tends to view these arrangements pragmatically. “A situationship solves some kind of need for sex, intimacy, companionship but often does not necessarily have a long-term time horizon.” In Gen Z relationships, being with someone even if it’s not going anywhere isn’t seen as wasting time. Instead, many young people opt into low-pressure hookups or budding relationships that let them meet their needs now without promises about the future.

Related Reading: How Gen-Z Uses Memes To Flirt

Challenges the Young Generation Faces in Dating

Dating in this generation poses several challenges that older generations did not have to contend with. In many ways, young people today juggle new expectations and anxieties. Social norms around dating are less clear than in the past. As Barton explains, “What used to be straightforward dating customs are now becoming more subtle and ambiguous, due to apps and hookup culture. This ambiguity can backfire. Barton warns that prolonged vagueness often “leads to hurt and frustration because people aren’t on the same page.” This translates into the following challenges in Gen Z dating. 

1. Fear of commitment and situationships

Why don’t relationships last in this generation? Because many Gen Zers admit they hesitate to lock things down. Instead of aiming immediately for a long-term commitment, they often prefer a situationship. While this undefined arrangement addresses an immediate need for intimacy, it also breeds confusion. A Tulane University study found young people are often reluctant to define their relationship or even admit they want commitment. The pressure of the hookup culture can push those seeking serious romance to remain single rather than risk disappointment. In the course of this study, sociologist Lisa Wade found that Gen Z in particular is “especially unwilling to share their feelings with each other.” This can result in relationships stalling before they begin.

Gen Z relationship culture
When it comes to commitment, Gen-Zers develop cold feet

The result is that fear of commitment and uncertainty is a real challenge. Many daters vent about “fear of being cringe” or getting hurt, which often stops them from asking someone out. Hinge’s research shows over half of Gen Z daters have held back from telling someone how they feel because they worry it will push the other person away. Relationship coach Moe Ari Brown encourages rejecting this fear. She reminds young daters that rejection is normal and urges them not to let it stop them from chasing meaningful connections. Gen Zers can benefit from being repeatedly reminded that if you do want something serious, it’s okay to voice it and have that awkward “What are we?” conversation rather than drifting aimlessly in a situationship.

2. Dating app fatigue and burnout

Technology provides more ways to meet people than ever but it can also overwhelm. Many Gen Z daters report feeling exhausted or disillusioned by the apps. A recent survey by Forbes found a staggering 78% of dating app users feel “emotionally, mentally, or physically exhausted” by swiping and texting. One reason is dating app burnout: juggling multiple apps and endless profiles can make dating feel like a chore, not a thrill. 

Data also shows apps can disappoint. According to a Pew research study, 51% of American women report having had negative experiences on dating apps. After investing time in chatting, many date hopefuls get ghosted without closure, which can feel especially hurtful. Over time, this cycle makes some young adults say, “I don’t want to do this anymore.”

Related Reading: 12 Differences Between Dating And Being In A Relationship

3. Communication and social skills challenges

Growing up online has left some Gen Zers inept at face-to-face communication. Dating experts observe that traditional flirting skills—subtleties like flirting with your eyes, for instance—are in decline. As dating coach Eimear Draper says, “People are not flirting anymore.” Instead of asking someone out or making conversation at a bar, many young people default to sending memes or emojis. While that works in a text thread, it means some have lost confidence in person.

Railey Molinario, a relationship coach, notes that this shift can weaken core social skills. She warns that relying on digital communication means Gen Z daters get less practice reading body language and picking up social cues. “Missing out on real-world flirting can make it more difficult for young people to form deep, meaningful relationships in person,” she reiterates.

On the other hand, Gen Z’s communication style has its share of strengths too. Many younger daters are direct and intentional online, and communicate with self-awareness and assertiveness. In practice, though, it still pays to keep improving real-life communication skills because texting and social media don’t replace in-person communication.

4. Navigating ghosting and rejection

A final major challenge in the Gen Z dating journey is the frequency of abrupt breakups and rejection. Ghosting has become so common that many young daters expect it. In one study, nearly 2 in 3 said that ghosting was simply “part of online dating,” and some rationalized it as a self-protection strategy. Licensed psychologist Dr. Alexander Alvarado explains, “This is reciprocal ghosting, which sets in motion a cycle where someone who’s been ghosted preemptively ghosts others in return. After the sting of being ghosted once, people might unconsciously adopt the same behavior as a self-defense mechanism, thinking that it’s better to disengage first than risk emotional harm.”

Ghosting and its cousin quiet quitting or caspering, where someone stays in a relationship but with minimal effort, leaves daters feeling frustrated and mistrustful. For many Gen Zers, learning to handle rejection is a major part of navigating the modern dating landscape. 

Related Reading: Exclusive Dating: It Isn’t Surely About a Committed Relationship

How To Navigate Gen Z Dating—9 Tips

Dating in the Gen Z era comes with its own playbook and one that’s no child’s play, by any means. The fatigue and frustration is real, leaving many Gen Z daters, lamenting, Dating sucks!”, or swearing off it altogether. While challenges are undeniable, is it reason enough to give up on the prospect of finding love and companionship? Not quite. It’s possible to navigate this haystack of meaningless swipes, and directionless situationships, and find that obscure needle of a meaningful connection. Here are some simple, expert-backed tips on how:

1. Embrace vulnerability, don’t fear the “cringe”

Gen Z and hookup culture
Emotional vulnerability holds the key to dating success

It’s natural to feel anxious about asking someone out or sharing your feelings. But avoiding this vulnerability can stall any chance at connection. Dating experts encourage what Hinge calls “Cringe Mode” in its 2024 report, which found that over half of Gen Z daters let fear of being rejected or “cringe” stop them from pursuing romance. Meaning, you have to lean into the awkwardness, embrace vulnerability, and stop holding yourself back from the fear of coming across as cringe. 

Brown advises, “Remember that rejection happens to everyone and shouldn’t define you. Don’t let it prevent you from making a powerful connection.” So, go ahead, be bold and text first, ask someone out despite butterflies, or be the one to initiate the “what are we” conversation. Each attempt that yields a step in the right direction will build your confidence and deepen your connection. Take that leap of faith.

Related Reading: 25 Dating Abbreviations You Need To Know

2. Communicate openly and early

If there is one magic trick to address and resolve all relationship problems, it is communication. It applies to the challenges of Gen Z relationships and dating experiences as well. If you want to avoid messy situationships, get on the same page as soon as possible. Ask about intentions early on: Are you both interested in something casual or is there potential for more? It may feel daunting, but being upfront can actually reduce anxiety in the long run. 

This can be as simple as working up the nerve to say, “Hey, I’ve been enjoying hanging out with you and I’m wondering what you’re looking for right now.” It might feel awkward at first, but clear communication avoids the pain of mismatched expectations. Remember Barton’s advice: be clear about your own values and priorities, and seek partners who share them.

3. Balance online and offline connections

Make the internet your ally but don’t limit your dating pursuits to the digital space. Yes, apps and social media are a huge part of the Gen Z dating toolkit. Utilize them to the fullest but don’t forget to meet people in person when you can. Real-life interactions build skills and chemistry that texting can’t. If you find yourself stuck on apps, try expanding your social circle or activities. 

what Gen Z wants in a relationship
Look for love in the real world

Join clubs, classes, or community events that interest you. In fact, dating event organizers see more young people seeking face-to-face meetups, be it a speed dating event or a casual mixer. Attending a mixer or party for singles can remove much of the guesswork. It can also help to use social media consciously. It’s normal to ask for a date via DMs or respond to stories, but mix it up. 

If you chat online, suggest a quick meet-up over coffee, a walk, or a game night to see if the vibe is right. Meanwhile, remember that digital cues can replace some old-school flirting: compliment someone’s profile, comment on a post, or share something of yours that shows your personality. Gen Z daters now often say “hey” on Snapchat or Instagram instead of hitting on someone in person. Feel free to embrace that style, but also give others the chance to meet you offline. The goal is to let your online presence spark real conversation in the real world.

Related Reading: 7 Bad Dating Habits You Need To Break Right Now

4. Steer clear of dating app burnout

It’s easy to get overwhelmed by endless swiping and chatting. If you’re experiencing dating fatigue, it’s a sign to change tactics. First, trim down the apps. You don’t need to be on every platform. Focus on one or two that best align with your dating goals and delete or pause the rest. Set limits on your time. Don’t open the app as soon as you wake up or just before bed. Taking breaks is OK. Give yourself tech-free days where you enjoy offline life without judging your dating life against social media.

Also, don’t buy every premium subscription. Paying for boosts and extra features can add pressure. Remember that the paid Tinder/Bumble profile of years ago worked for couples, but today’s crowded market means even paying doesn’t guarantee success. If you find an app isn’t working, try a different approach: meet new people through mutual friends, take a class, or attend local events. 

5. Set personal boundaries and practice self-care

Gen Z daters often rate their self-care and personal growth above endless dating, which is truly admirable. It’s healthy to know what you want and to say no when something doesn’t fit. This could mean taking your foot off the gas if things feel rushed, or even pausing dating entirely. For instance, the recent trend of a “celibacy journey” highlights that stepping back can be empowering. It’s a way to heal and clarify what you need in a partner. You don’t necessarily have to go fully celibate but don’t be afraid to take a break from dating apps or casual hookups if it’s causing stress. Use that time to do things you enjoy, work on goals, and build confidence outside romance.

Even when you are actively dating, prioritize setting boundaries from the start. If you’re not into a certain behavior, be it sexting or hanging out all night, communicate that upfront. Knowing your own values helps in choosing compatible partners. For example, if honesty is crucial to you, be upfront that ghosting frustrates you. If you need slow progression, say so. Keeping yourself grounded will make your dating life more sustainable and enjoyable.

Related Reading: 8 Rules Of Dating Texting You Must FOLLOW In Your Relationship

6. Build your social skills through practice

If you feel rusty at flirting or conversation, the good news is you can learn and improve. Try low-pressure social situations to practice talking to new people. Compliment someone on their shirt, ask a classmate what they think of an assignment, or strike up small talk in a coffee shop. It may feel awkward, but the more you do it, the more natural it becomes. When you’re on a date or at an event, make an effort to engage. Ask open-ended questions, maintain eye contact, and smile. If you rely on texting heavily, push yourself to have at least the next conversation over video or in person.

Also, get yourself acquainted with the nuances of nonverbal communication. The role of body language in healthy relationships cannot be discounted. And you cannot replicate this in text conversations. These small skills signal interest more strongly than a thumbs-up emoji does. Over time, this practice will pay off. Even if you rely heavily on technology to pursue your dating interests, you will take those connections into the real world at some point. When that happens, these skills will give you the confidence to hold a face-to-face chat and enjoy each other’s company.

7. Practice healthy online etiquette

How you behave in digital spaces really matters. Since so much of Gen Z dating happens online, learn some modern netiquette. This includes being punctual with replies, if you’re interested. And being honest rather than ghosting. If you’re unsure about someone, it’s kinder to say, “I don’t think this is a match for me” rather than just disappearing. 

Similarly, think about your online profile as an honest reflection of who you are. Sharing details about who you are and stating intentions clearly can attract matches who are on the same page. Remember, there is a lot of scope for misunderstandings and judgment in the digital space. If you joke or use irony in your profile, it might be misunderstood, so consider clarity where it counts. Likewise, misunderstandings happen easily over text. Using voice or video calls early on can help avoid that. 

8. Join communities, events, and support networks

Dating doesn’t have to be a solo endeavor. You can lean on friends, communities, or organized meetups like singles mixers or social events to improve your dating experience. These settings are built to reduce anxiety. Everyone is there to meet others, so it breaks the ice. Online communities can help too. Many Gen Zers share dating stories on platforms like TikTok, Instagram (#situationship has hundreds of millions of views) and Reddit. Hearing peers talk about similar struggles reminds you you’re not alone, and you might pick up useful tips from their experiences to navigate your own dating journey more skillfully. 

Finally, don’t hesitate to get professional support if needed. If you experience dating anxiety, a counselor or therapist can help you build confidence and set healthy patterns. Remember, prioritizing mental health is a hallmark of Gen Z culture, and seeking help is a strength, not a weakness. The more resilient and self-aware you are, the more you’ll enjoy the dating journey.

Geetarsh Banner

9. Be patient and true to yourself

Lastly, remember that relationships often take time to develop. There is no need to rush into a relationship. If someone shows potential, give it a bit of time to unfold naturally. Focus on enjoying each stage of getting to know someone rather than stressing about labels or timelines.

Above all, stay true to your values. Dating is a chance to meet people who fit your life, not change who you are. If you meet someone who respects your goals and treats you well, give it a chance. If not, be gracious and move on. Gen Z’s path to love may be winding, but by being open, communicative, and patient, you can find a relationship that’s fulfilling on your own terms.

Key Pointers

  • Gen Z’s dating culture is characterized by high app usage, digital-first communication, ghosting, and a desire for authentic relationships despite online fatigue
  • There is a growing pushback against hookup culture with an emphasis on emotional safety, celibacy journeys, and intentional dating
  • Modern dating challenges like Situationships, fear of commitment, burnout from apps, and weakened in-person social skills complicate relationships
  • Gen Z daters balance app use with in-person connections, rely on social media to initiate contact, and face ghosting as a common hurdle
  • Building a healthy relationship in this landscape requires you to embrace vulnerability, communicate clearly, set boundaries, avoid burnout, build offline skills, and be patient while staying true to yourself

Final Thoughts

Dating for Gen Z is a balancing act between digital convenience and a deep desire for authentic connection. While apps, situationships, and shifting social norms offer flexibility, they also introduce new challenges like ghosting, burnout, and fear of vulnerability. Yet despite these hurdles, most Gen Z daters still crave meaningful relationships built on trust, clarity, and shared values. By approaching dating with open communication, emotional honesty, and a willingness to learn from rejection, young adults can navigate today’s evolving landscape with confidence and purpose. In the end, love may look different in the digital age, but the core human need for connection remains the same.

Dating For 3 Months? What To Expect And Things To Know

When To Have Sex While Dating? We Have The Answer

Are We Dating? 12 Signs You Need To Have The Talk NOW

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

How to Install Regional Apps on Your Smart TV

I live overseas, and I often find myself missing my favorite TV shows from back home. Thankfully, there are several ways to install regional apps, allowing me to enjoy local news, homegrown programs, and regional sports channels.

How to Change Your Smart TV’s Region

The most direct method I tried was simply changing my TV’s region settings. The steps will vary depending on your TV brand, but the principle remains the same: reset or reconfigure your TV to the country whose services you want.

Image by Jack Mitchell – no attribution required.
Jack Mitchell/MakeUseOf

  1. Reset or reconfigure your TV: On my Samsung TV, I performed a factory reset, then selected a different country when prompted during setup. Some brands allow you to switch regions directly from the settings menu.
  2. Refresh the app store: Once I confirmed the new region, the TV automatically refreshed its app store. Now, upon searching, the missing regional apps appeared.
  3. Install preferred apps: I quickly downloaded these before making any other changes.

Obviously, resetting your smart TV will lose any saved information, so be cautious of doing this if you have important saved logins or other information that you may not be able to restore or recover.

Furthermore, when changing your TV’s region, you may lose access to certain apps that were available in your original region. For example, when I switched from the US to the UK, MAX was no longer available.

You might also need a new account, as some app stores require signing in with a profile that matches your region. Additionally, you may need to use a VPN (Virtual Private Network) to redirect your IP address at the router level for uninterrupted playback.

Using Alternative App Stores

As it turned out, changing regions via the TV settings menu didn’t work for me, as it was too permanent, and I wanted to use apps from various locations. There was, however, another option: sideloading apps through alternative app stores.

Aptoide app store on Google TV
Screenshot by Pankil Shah — No attribution required

  1. Enable developer mode (on Android TV, Fire TV, or Fire TV Stick): This allows you to install apps from outside the official store.
  2. Install APKs manually: Download app installation files (APKs) from trusted sites and install them using a USB thumb drive or through a downloader app.
  3. Explore third-party app stores: Some external platforms, such as Aptoide, offer a wide selection of region-locked apps that can be installed on compatible TVs and devices.

Downloading from unofficial sources carries the risk of malware. Ensure you only use reputable providers to avoid security issues.

Unlike with the official app store, updates aren’t automatic, so you’ll need to update sideloaded apps manually. Also, not all apps will work properly. Some use region-specific servers, and your login credentials may still be rejected.

Using a VPN Service

I needed a compromise that would allow me to use both local and regional apps on my TV, and using alternative app stores seemed too much of a hassle. I therefore decided to go down the VPN route. Thankfully, I was already subscribed to ExpressVPN, which allows for installation across multiple devices.

The ExpressVPN app installed on a Fire TV Stick.
Screenshot by Jack Mitchell – no attribution required.

VPN Options for Smart TVs

  1. VPN-capable router: Since some smart TVs don’t support VPN apps directly, one option is to install a VPN on your Wi-Fi router. This way, every device connected to your network, including your TV, appears to be browsing from the VPN server’s selected country.
  2. Smart DNS alternative: Some VPNs offer Smart DNS services, which are easier to set up directly in the TV’s network settings.
  3. TV streaming stick: I ended up buying a Fire TV Stick on Amazon, which, unlike my Samsung Smart TV, supports VPN apps. Once this was configured, not only did the app store open up more options, but services like Netflix, Disney+, and BBC iPlayer showed content that was only available in my chosen region.

Poor-quality VPNs are easily detected and blocked by streaming platforms, so it’s worth testing a few providers to find one that works reliably. I have found that both ExpressVPN and NordVPN are effective platforms for streaming TV shows and movies overseas.

Keep in mind that speeds can vary, and if the VPN server is located far away, buffering may become an issue. Also, a VPN differs from changing your TV’s region or using alternative app stores in that you’ll also be required to pay an ongoing subscription cost.

What’s the Best Option to Get Regional Apps on Your Smart TV?

Ultimately, the right approach for installing regional apps depends on your unique preferences. Suppose you are looking for a permanent solution. In that case, changing your TV’s region may be the best option for you, especially if you have relocated and are only interested in one specific market.

If customization is important to you, sideloading apps gives you plenty of freedom to install and view whatever you like. However, this option should be approached with caution and requires more maintenance when keeping apps up to date.

If you value flexibility above all else, a VPN allows you to toggle between regions with ease and enables you to unlock multiple content libraries. When used with a TV streaming device, such as a Chromecast or Fire TV Stick, it also becomes portable for use while traveling.

Unlocking regional apps has revolutionized the way I stream content, and it has granted me many familiar home comforts that I wasn’t even aware that I was missing. However, the process isn’t without its compromises. It’s possible to lose access to some familiar apps, be unable to stream content you were halfway through watching, or experience frustration due to slower connections.

Having weighed my options and chosen a plug-and-play option that best suits my needs, I feel like I’ve taken control of my TV’s regional restrictions, and I’m finally getting the maximum bang for my streaming subscription bucks.

Thrilling rafting trips boost summer tourism in central China

For those seeking an exhilarating adventure and a refreshing escape during the summer, rafting is an ideal choice. A 6.5-kilometer-long canyon rafting route in Yichang City, Hubei Province has not only brought joy to visitors, but also contributed to the vibrancy of local tourism.

Since launching the rafting experience in April, the Chaotianhou scenic spot in Yichang has welcomed over 350,000 visitors, a year-on-year increase of 30 percent.

Beyond open-air rafting, the experience also includes cave rafting. Known for consistently cool temperatures and immersive environments, cave rafting enriches tourists’ experience, enhancing the overall enjoyment of their visit.

A night rafting program has also been introduced. After sunset, the river channel is illuminated with brilliant lights, allowing tourists to explore a fresh way of enjoying the water under the stars.

“It’s like getting a two-day, one-night experience. You can try all three types of rafting – you can literally raft from morning till night,” said Chen Hongqing, a tourist.

As an engaging addition to the region’s summer tourism offerings, the new rafting experience has extended tourists’ stays and boosted their spending in the area.

‘Netflix House’ entertainment complexes are coming. Here’s when they open

Netflix House will soon open its doors.

The streaming video giant on Monday announced when it will open its first shopping, dining and entertainment complexes to the public.

The Los Gatos, Calif.-based company will open its first Netflix House in Philadelphia on Nov. 12. The company’s Philadelphia location is located at King of Prussia shopping center, while its second Netflix House at Galleria Dallas will open on Dec. 11. A third location in Las Vegas will open in 2027.

The more than 100,000 square-foot space will offer fan experiences, merchandise and food inspired by Netflix content, in an effort to capitalize on its popular shows, movies and franchises.

For example, fans will be able to take selfies with Queen Charlotte, see screenings of “KPop Demon Hunters” and enjoy Netflix-themed food and cocktails, the company said in a statement.

The Netflix House complexes will be free for people to enter. Some fan experiences, such as Top 9 Mini Golf and immersive VR games in the Philadelphia location, will cost money.

Netflix House is part of the company’s push to expand further into in-person entertainment. The firm hosted balls similar to those featured on Regency era romance “Bridgerton” and worked with retailers and brands to sell clothing and other merchandise inspired by “Squid Game” and “Stranger Things.”

Such experiences also serve as marketing for the shows and movies.

The streamer could eventually have 50 or 60 Netflix House locations globally, said Netflix Co-Chief Executive Ted Sarandos last year at the WSJ Tech Live conference.

Why Did a $10 Billion Startup Let Me Vibe-Code for Them—and Why Did I Love It?

Sitting a few feet away was Simon Last, one of Notion’s three cofounders. He is gangly and shy, an engineer who has relinquished management responsibilities to focus on being a “super IC”—an individual contributor. He stood to shake my hand, and I awkwardly thanked him for letting me vibe-code. Simon returned to his laptop, where he was monitoring an AI as it coded for him. Later, he would tell me that using AI coding apps was like managing a bunch of interns.

Since 2022, the Notion app has had an AI assistant to help users draft their notes. Now the company is refashioning this as an “agent,” a type of AI that will work autonomously in the background on your behalf while you tackle other tasks. To pull this off, human engineers need to write lots of code.

They open up Cursor and select which of several AI models they’d like to tap into. Most engineers I chatted with during my visit preferred Claude, or they used the Claude Code app directly. After choosing their fighter, the engineers ask their AI to draft code to build a new thing or fix a feature. The human programmer then debugs and tests the output as needed—though the AIs help with this too—before moving the code to production.

At its foundational core, generative AI is enormously expensive. The theoretical savings come in the currency of time, which is to say, if AI helped Notion’s cofounder and CEO Ivan Zhao finish his tasks earlier than expected, he could mosey down to the jazz club on the ground floor of his Market Street office building and bliss out for a while. Ivan likes jazz music. In reality, he fills the time by working more. The fantasy of the four-day workweek will remain just that.

My workweek at Notion was just two days, the ultimate code sprint. (In exchange for full access to their lair, I agreed to identify rank-and-file engineers by first name only.) My first assignment was to fix the way a chart called a mermaid diagram appears in the Notion app. Two engineers, Quinn and Modi, told me that these diagrams exist as SVG files in Notion and, despite being called scalable vector graphics, can’t be scaled up or zoomed into like a JPEG file. As a result, the text within mermaid diagrams on Notion is often unreadable.

Quinn slid his laptop toward me. He had the Cursor app open and at the ready, running Claude. For funsies, he scrolled through part of Notion’s code base. “So, the Notion code base? Has a lot of files. You probably, even as an engineer, wouldn’t even know where to go,” he said, politely referring to me as an engineer. “But we’re going to ignore all that. We’re just going to ask the AI on the sidebar to do that.”

His vibe-coding strategy, Quinn explained, was often to ask the AI: Hey, why is this thing the way it is? The question forces the AI to do a bit of its own research first, and the answer helps inform the prompt that we, the human engineers, would write. After “thinking,” Cursor informed us, via streaming lines of text, that Notion’s mermaid diagrams are static images that, among other things, lack click handlers and aren’t integrated with a full-screen infrastructure. Sure.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/hong-kong-e-hkd-cbdc-programmability-offline-payment-features-rbi-erupee-6636964” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756095052.54437ef2

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756095052.54437ef2

Preorder The Shining Film Vault Special Edition At Walmart Before It’s Gone

Stanley Kubrick and Stephen King fans can secure a preorder for a highly collectible 4K Blu-ray edition of The Shining at Walmart. Part of The Film Vault collector’s series, The Shining Special Edition Steelbook is available to order for $100 at Walmart ahead of its September 2 release in the US. Along with the steelbook case with new artwork, this limited-edition release comes with cigar box packaging, a double-sided poster, and a bunch of art cards. It looks like the ultimate collector’s version of the legendary horror movie, so snag a copy while you still can. A cheaper edition without the extras releases the same day. The Shining Solus Steelbook Edition is $65 and has sold out at least twice already.

Created by Vice Press in partnership with Warner Bros. UK, The Shining Special Edition is one of two early ’80s horror films in The Film Vault Wave 3. The Shining will launch alongside the 1982 supernatural horror film Poltergeist. Walmart is also taking preorders for Poltergeist’s Special Edition Steelbook and Poltergeist Solus Steelbook. Both editions were in stock at the time of writing. The Shining and Poltergeist Film Vault limited editions come with region-free 4K Blu-ray and 1080p Blu-ray discs.

The Film Vault Wave 3 at Walmart

Note: Both of the Film Vault editions listed on Walmart’s site, along with a couple of other retailer-exclusive versions, sold out months ago in the UK and at specialty Blu-ray shops.

Walmart will almost certainly sell out of both editions before launch. If you missed out on the 2025 Walmart-exclusive Steelbook Edition of The Shining, now’s your chance to grab one that looks much cooler. But you may want to move fast. I wrote an article about Walmart’s The Shining Steelbook when preorders opened last December, and it sold out the following day.

The Film Vault: The Shining Special Edition

The Shining Special Edition Steelbook by Vice Press & Warner Bros. UK
The Shining Special Edition Steelbook by Vice Press & Warner Bros. UK

The Film Vault places the movie title and other text on acetate O-rings, allowing fans to choose whether to display the cigar box with or without words and logos. The new artwork by Matt Ferguson and Florey looks beautiful. The cigar box has a large silhouette of Jack Torrance with the fireman’s axe overlooking (sorry) the Overlook Hotel. On the back is Jack’s typewriter, and there are even words on the paper–likely the same sentence over and over again. The artwork on the steelbook case recreates the scene where Jack trudges through the hedge maze.

The steelbook artwork is also featured on the double-sided movie poster. The other side is a retouched version of Saul Bass’ well-known poster that was created for The Shining’s 1980 theatrical release. The eight art cards showcase memorable shots from the film as well as behind-the-scenes production photographs.


If you’re unfamiliar with The Film Vault, it’s a series of collectible editions of classic movies from the Warner Bros. and Universal Pictures film catalogs. The Film Vault was created in 2022 by Vice Press, a UK company specializing in officially licensed movie collectibles and artwork. All of the 4K Blu-rays released by The Film Vault are region-free discs, but as a UK company, these limited-edition versions of all-time classics aren’t regularly found at US retailers. We suspect The Shining is exclusive to Walmart in the US.


The Film Vault: The Shining Steelbook Edition

The Shining Solus Steelbook Edition by Vice Press & Warner Bros. UK
The Shining Solus Steelbook Edition by Vice Press & Warner Bros. UK

At the time of writing, The Shining Solus Steelbook Limited Edition is sold out–but we’d recommend checking to see if Walmart restocked it. It has already received at least one restock. It was sold out when I first found the store page August 22, but I was able to order a copy on August 23, just a few hours before writing this story.

The above image provides a look at the back cover of the steelbook case and the hedge maze landscape artwork on the inside covers. Just like with the Special Edition, the Solus Steelbook comes with an acetate O-ring with with the title and other text. It is worth noting that the Special Edition’s O-ring is for the cigar box–you won’t get a second O-ring for the steelbook case.


Why irregular sleep puts heart failure patients in danger

People recovering from heart failure should consider improving the regularity of their sleep, a study led by Oregon Health & Science University suggests.

The research team found that even moderately irregular sleep doubles the risk of having another clinical event within six months, according to a study published on August 21 in the journal JACC Advances. A clinical event could be another visit to the emergency room, hospitalization or even death.

“Going to bed and waking up at consistent times is important for overall health,” said lead author Brooke Shafer, Ph.D., a research assistant professor in the Sleep, Chronobiology and Health Laboratory in the OHSU School of Nursing. “Our study suggests that consistency in sleep timing may be especially important for adults with heart failure.”

Researchers enrolled 32 patients who had been hospitalized for acutely decompensated heart failure at OHSU Hospital and Hillsboro Medical Center from September 2022 through October 2023. For one week following hospital discharge, participants used sleep diaries to record the time they fell asleep at night, woke up in the morning and the timing of naps they took during the day.

The participants were then categorized as regular sleepers or moderately irregular sleepers, based on their sleep patterns.

The study found:

  • Following discharge from the hospital, 21 participants experienced a clinical event over the course of six months.
  • Of that group, 13 were classified as moderately irregular sleepers compared with eight classified as having a regular sleep schedule.
  • Statistically, the irregular sleepers had more than double the risk of an event across the six-month time span.

The increased risk of a clinical event for moderately irregular sleepers remained even when accounting for possible contributing factors like sleep disorders and other underlying medical conditions. The research team says the study is among the first to examine the impact of sleep regularity in the context of heart failure, and the findings add to a growing body of evidence suggesting the importance of maintaining a regular sleep schedule.

“Improving sleep regularity may be a low-cost therapeutic approach to mitigate adverse events in adults with heart failure,” the authors conclude.

Shafer said the results strengthen the connection between sleep regularity and cardiovascular health.

“When we’re asleep and in a resting state, our blood pressure and heart rate decrease compared with daytime levels,” she said. “But variability in sleep timing may disrupt mechanisms involved in the regulation of the cardiovascular system. Irregular sleep may contribute to adverse outcomes, especially for people already affected by heart failure.”

The next step would be to scale up the research to a larger cohort of participants and see whether improving sleep regularity lowers the risk of another clinical event, she said.

In addition to Shafer, co-authors include Shirin Hiatt, M.P.H., RN, Sophia Kogan, B.S.N., RN, Nathan Dieckmann, Ph.D., Christopher Chien, M.D., Quin Denfeld, Ph.D., RN, and Andrew McHill, Ph.D., all of OHSU; and Christopher Lee, Ph.D., RN, of Boston College.

The study was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health & Human Development; and the National Institute of Nursing Research, all of the National Institutes of Health, awards T32HL083808, K12AR084221 and R01NR019054, respectively; and the OHSU School of Nursing. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the NIH.

Why irregular sleep puts heart failure patients in danger

People recovering from heart failure should consider improving the regularity of their sleep, a study led by Oregon Health & Science University suggests.

The research team found that even moderately irregular sleep doubles the risk of having another clinical event within six months, according to a study published on August 21 in the journal JACC Advances. A clinical event could be another visit to the emergency room, hospitalization or even death.

“Going to bed and waking up at consistent times is important for overall health,” said lead author Brooke Shafer, Ph.D., a research assistant professor in the Sleep, Chronobiology and Health Laboratory in the OHSU School of Nursing. “Our study suggests that consistency in sleep timing may be especially important for adults with heart failure.”

Researchers enrolled 32 patients who had been hospitalized for acutely decompensated heart failure at OHSU Hospital and Hillsboro Medical Center from September 2022 through October 2023. For one week following hospital discharge, participants used sleep diaries to record the time they fell asleep at night, woke up in the morning and the timing of naps they took during the day.

The participants were then categorized as regular sleepers or moderately irregular sleepers, based on their sleep patterns.

The study found:

  • Following discharge from the hospital, 21 participants experienced a clinical event over the course of six months.
  • Of that group, 13 were classified as moderately irregular sleepers compared with eight classified as having a regular sleep schedule.
  • Statistically, the irregular sleepers had more than double the risk of an event across the six-month time span.

The increased risk of a clinical event for moderately irregular sleepers remained even when accounting for possible contributing factors like sleep disorders and other underlying medical conditions. The research team says the study is among the first to examine the impact of sleep regularity in the context of heart failure, and the findings add to a growing body of evidence suggesting the importance of maintaining a regular sleep schedule.

“Improving sleep regularity may be a low-cost therapeutic approach to mitigate adverse events in adults with heart failure,” the authors conclude.

Shafer said the results strengthen the connection between sleep regularity and cardiovascular health.

“When we’re asleep and in a resting state, our blood pressure and heart rate decrease compared with daytime levels,” she said. “But variability in sleep timing may disrupt mechanisms involved in the regulation of the cardiovascular system. Irregular sleep may contribute to adverse outcomes, especially for people already affected by heart failure.”

The next step would be to scale up the research to a larger cohort of participants and see whether improving sleep regularity lowers the risk of another clinical event, she said.

In addition to Shafer, co-authors include Shirin Hiatt, M.P.H., RN, Sophia Kogan, B.S.N., RN, Nathan Dieckmann, Ph.D., Christopher Chien, M.D., Quin Denfeld, Ph.D., RN, and Andrew McHill, Ph.D., all of OHSU; and Christopher Lee, Ph.D., RN, of Boston College.

The study was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health & Human Development; and the National Institute of Nursing Research, all of the National Institutes of Health, awards T32HL083808, K12AR084221 and R01NR019054, respectively; and the OHSU School of Nursing. The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the NIH.

Romancing the Mango: Chef Sadaf Hussain's mango-centric dinner at Bazm-e-Aam celebrates India’s beloved fruit 

As monsoon clouds begin to hover over the capital, summer is slowly retreating. Despite the scorch of the past few weeks, there’s one thing Delhiites still await with childlike anticipation: mangoes. From Alphonso and Banginapalli (Safeda) to blushing Raspuri, mangoes arrive across India like edible postcards of summer. But beyond fragrance and flavour, mango season tugs at childhood memories — of climbing trees and grandparents waiting with plates full of mango slices dipped in salt, chilli, and oil. 

To celebrate this nostalgia, Delhi-based Kashkol Collective’s Bazm-e-Aam at IIC, offered an evening of poetry, dastangoi, music, and a mango feast curated by chef and author Sadaf Hussain. “Everyone has a childhood memory with mango,” says Hussain. For him, summers meant endless mangoes at his grandparents’ home in Sasaram, Bihar. He recalls eating mango mixed with rice and dal — a combo that reminded him of Thailand’s mango sticky rice, “but desi-style, though I didn’t love it,” he laughs. 

On the plate

An elaborate five-course mango-themed meal awaited guests on the fountain lawn with recipes Hussain sourced from friends and local chefs across India. It began with a glass of chilled Aam ka Panna, setting the tone for the warm evening, paired with Mango Moong Dal Chaat — a sweet-savoury mix of raw mango, crispy moong dal, green chilli, and pomegranate — a palate refresher before the hefty main courses. Aam ka Panna, is popular in mango-abundant regions like Bihar and Jharkhand, says Hussain. “My mother used to make it every day. We’d return from school and the panna would be ready,” he says. 

A standout was Hussain’s favourite, Aam Keema, popular in Lucknow and Old Delhi. “It’s essential to make it every summer, because you’re not just eating regular mutton keema.” Hussain’s version presents itself elegantly, where tart mango meets rich, slow-cooked mutton with bits of potato for texture and to soak up the spice and tang. “With keema, you always want some sourness,” he explains. “People use curd, tomato, or karonda. “So in summer, why not swap in mangoes? It brings its own kind of tang. Especially with mutton.” 

Chef Sadaf Hussain

Then came Heinou Metpa, a spicy mango salad from Manipur made with raw mango, salt, chilli, sugar, and mint. Served after the keema, it worked as a palate cleanser after the sweet-spicy high. “The Northeast is often left out,” Hussain says. “But their food is so simple and honest.” A friend from Manipur shared the recipe. “I prepared it and just ate it with rice. It was so refreshing.” Other dishes included Ras No Fajeto or Ripe Mango Kadhi from Gujarat, Mamidikaya Pulihora or mango rice from Andhra Pradesh, and Aam ka Khoocha pr  Grated Mango Pickle from Bihar. The feast ended with Rajasthani Aam Kheer, made from sour raw mango and milk. “Getting it right is about technique,” says Hussain. “It shouldn’t curdle, or become overly sweet.” 

The dishes used Ramkela and Dasheri for raw mango recipes, and Safeda for ripe ones. Sourcing was a hurdle. “You only get mangoes from the area you’re in. I couldn’t access other varieties, or I would’ve added more regional dishes.” 

Many moods of mango

With the mango menu, MasterChef India 2016 contestant challenged the idea that mango is only meant for desserts or pickles. “That’s why the raw mango kheer,” he says, adding that Nawabi and Mughal kitchens thrived on surprise—dishes that flipped expectations through contrast. “I enjoy challenges. Just because something’s usually one way doesn’t mean it can’t be something else.”  Through Bazm-e-Aam, Hussain sought to honour mango as a seasonal favourite, and a cultural heirloom. “If it was just fruit, I’d slice and serve. But mangoes have so many regional recipes that keep them alive beyond the season.” 

In Indian folklore, mangoes are symbols of prosperity. A tradition still followed in villages is the gifting of mangoes. “I want people to appreciate food beyond its tastes. Know where it comes from, and why it exists,” says Hussain. “But more than anything, I want people to celebrate mangoes. I want them to romance it—to really fall in love with mangoes. Whether you’re biting into a juicy slice or nibbling a raw, citrusy piece, the point is just to enjoy it.”

Achraj (Raw Mango Mutton Keema)

Achraj (Raw Mango Mutton Keema)

Ingredients

1.      Raw mango: 3 medium, peeled and grated (1½ cups)

2.      Mustard oil: 4-5 tbsp

3.      Onions: 5 medium, sliced

4.      Mutton keema: 500g, minced mutton; 80% meat, 20% fat)

5.      Cinnamon sticks: 2

6.      Black peppercorns: 10-12

7.      Star anise: 1

8.      Cloves: 3-4

9.      Black cardamom: 1

10.  Whole dried red chillies: 3-4

11.  Ginger-garlic paste: ½ tbs

12.  Cumin powder: 1 tsp

13.  Red chilli powder: 1 tsp (adjust to taste)

14.  Crushed coriander seeds: 1½ tsp

15.  Turmeric powder: ½ tsp

16.  Curd: 6 tbsp, whisked

17.  Fresh mint, coriander leaves: 2 tbsp

Method:

1.      Saute sliced onions until light golden. Add mutton keema and cook till it changes colour.

2.      Add whole spices (cinnamon, peppercorns, star anise, cloves, black cardamom, red chillies). Sauté on high flame for 4–5 minutes. Add ginger-garlic paste, cumin, red chilli powder, crushed coriander, salt, turmeric, and whisked curd. Mix and cook on low flame for 3–4 minutes, until oil releases.

3.      Add grated raw mango and ½ cup water, mix, cover, and cook on low flame for 8 minutes, then uncover and cook on high flame for 4–5 minutes till oil separates. Add mint, coriander, and green chillies (2–3, sliced), cover and simmer for 4–5 minutes. Garnish with more coriander, green chillies and fried onion.

JOB POST: Manager – Legal at Kulfi Collective, Mumbai

About Kulfi Collective

At Kulfi Collective, we are a diverse team of storytellers, technologists, and cultural enthusiasts who believe in the power of content to shape minds and inspire change.

We are on a mission to create original and branded content that resonates with Gen Y and Gen Z audiences, merging authentic narratives with cutting-edge digital experiences.

About the Opportunity

At Kulfi Collective, we are on a mission to make the world (wide web) a brighter place, one incredible story at a time. We are looking for a highly motivated and people-first Manager – Legal to join our legal team.

  • Reporting: To AVP – Legal
  • Timings: 9:45 am to 6:30 pm (5 days a week)

Roles and Responsibilities

  • Provide proactive, practical, qualitative, and cost-effective legal support and guidance to different business functions on all kinds of legal matters, including but not restricted to corporate laws, information technology and data privacy laws, intellectual property laws, trademark laws, etc.
  • Draft, review and negotiate agreements and other legal documents, including vendor contracts, retainer contracts, non-disclosure agreements, letters to banks or governmental organisations, etc., to ensure that they (a) are compliant with all applicable laws, (b) incorporate all internal policy requirements and (c) take care of the organisation’s interests.
  • Work on implementing contract management processes within and outside our CLM platform.
  • Draft and provide timely replies to legal notices.
  • Provide regular and timely legal advisory, statutory updates, and legal dashboards to senior management/business heads.
  • Be the local liaison for and deal with external legal counsels, secretarial teams, and other legal consultants, and be the conduit between the organisation and external legal counsels/legal consultants, keeping in mind that in playing this part, the organisation’s best interests shall be taken care of.
  • Monitor and assist with ensuring compliance with various statutes applicable to the organisation.
  • Liaise and/or deal with Government and quasi-Government departments, courts, tribunals, etc., as and where required.
  • Work with external legal counsels on litigation and arbitration matters, if/as and when they arise.

Eligibility Criteria

  • 3-5 years of Media and Entertainment experience
  • Excellent English speaking and drafting skills
  • Excellent relationship management and negotiation skills
  • Strong problem-solving skills, demonstrating pragmatic, proactive, flexible, and creative behaviours
  • Responsive, with the ability to balance and prioritise goals
  • A strong team player with good engagement and collaboration skills with diverse groups of people
  • Excellent internal and external communication skills and strong client focus
  • Ability to meet tight deadlines

How to Apply?

Interested candidates can apply through the link given below this post.

Location

Mumbai.

Click here to Apply.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is unethical and can result in blacklisting. We strongly discourage requesting any kind of payment from interns, including processing fees or charges for certificates. If you have any concerns, please contact us at [email protected]

Cardiologist warns of silent danger that people ignore and could be difference between a healthy heart and heart attack | Health

Did you know that there is one silent heart health danger that often gets ignored by people and could become the difference between a healthy heart and a heart attack? In an Instagram post shared on August 23, Dr Dmitry Yaranov, MD (cardiology), warned people about this silent danger that he sees every day as a cardiologist and ‘most people don’t even know they have it.’

Know your numbers. Do you know your blood pressure could be the difference between a healthy heart and a heart attack? (Shutterstock)

Also Read | Medanta cardiologist says ‘almost every 4th person has high blood pressure’; why resistant hypertension is silent killer

According to the cardiologist, this silent danger is your blood pressure. He claimed that knowing your blood pressure could be the difference between a healthy heart and a heart attack. “Know your numbers. Do you know your blood pressure? It could be the difference between a healthy heart…and a heart attack,” he stressed.

Why knowing your blood pressure matters?

Explaining why keeping a check on your blood pressure matters, the cardiologist stressed that high blood pressure silently damages your heart, kidneys, and blood vessels. Moreover, it makes stroke, heart attack, and heart failure more likely.

Blood pressure number breakdown

As stated by the cardiologist, here’s all you need to know about what a normal or elevated blood pressure level is, and when you have hypertension:

• Normal: Below 120/80

• Elevated: 120–129 / below 80

• High (Hypertension):

Stage 1: 130–139/80–89

Stage 2: 140+/90+

Lifestyle fixes:

The cardiologist also recommended a few lifestyle changes that can help you control your blood pressure levels. Here’s what he suggested:

• Move more

• Eat DASH diet & potassium-rich veggies

• Cut salt

• Limit alcohol

• Lose weight

• Don’t smoke or vape

• De-stress

• Get quality sleep

Lastly, Dr Yaranov warned that if you control your pressure, you can protect your heart. According to the World Health Organisation, hypertension (raised blood pressure) causes an estimated 7.5 million deaths worldwide, which is roughly 12.8 percent of all total deaths. This alarming rate makes it even more important to monitor your blood pressure levels. In an earlier interview with HT Lifestyle, Medanta chairman Dr Praveen Chandra, interventional cardiology and structural heart, shares insights on hypertension and lifestyle changes that can help you manage it. Click here to know more.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

The Brutal Habits Keeping You Broke


I love the Joe Rogan podcast because Rogan cuts through all of the noise with his straight talk and common sense logic. You can learn a lot just from listening to his podcast.

Some of the things I’ve learned from the Rogan podcast align with much of my Rich Habits research.

Here’s some of the topics he’s covered that align with my research:

1. You’re addicted to instant gratification

The wealthy play the long game.

My research shows 76% of millionaires dedicate at least 30 minutes daily to planning their goals, while only 7% of the poor do the same.

Poor people chase instant dopamine hits, scrolling X for hours, binge-watching shows, or buying stuff they don’t need.

Sound familiar?

Every time you choose Netflix over learning a new skill or impulse-buy that shiny gadget, you’re trading your future for a fleeting high.

Joe Rogan talks about this all the time: discipline is freedom.

Millionaires aren’t smarter; they’re just willing to delay gratification.

Try this: swap one hour of social media for reading a book on investing. It’s not sexy, but it’s a start.

2. You hang out with losers

Harsh? Maybe.

But your social circle shapes your wallet.

My studies found 86% of wealthy people surround themselves with success-oriented peers—mentors, entrepreneurs, or go-getters.

Meanwhile, 96% of poor people stick with friends who reinforce bad habits: complaining, overspending, or dreaming without doing.

If your buddies are always broke, always negative, or always “waiting for the right moment,” they’re dragging you down.

Jordan Peterson hammered this point on his Joe Rogan interview: you are the average of the five people you spend the most time with.

Audit your crew. Are they pushing you to level up, or are they anchors?

3. You think education ends at graduation

The rigged system sold you a lie: get a degree, get a job, get rich. Wrong.

My research shows 88% of millionaires commit to daily self-education: reading, podcasts, or courses, while only 26% of the poor did this.

The wealthy don’t rely on a diploma; they’re obsessed with learning skills that pay.

Rogan’s always riffing on learning new things and expanding your knowledge.

He’s constantly diving into new ideas, from psychedelics to fitness.

If you’re not learning something new every day, you’re falling behind.

Pick up a book like Rich Habits or The Millionaire Next Door or listen to a finance podcast.

Knowing This One Windows Startup Trick Saved Me From Dangerous Malware

When it comes to Windows, it’s always handy to know a couple of tricks for those moments your computer starts acting out. This exact scenario happened to me recently, and I brought my machine back to life with this super simple startup trick—it can be the difference between pulling your hair out and getting back up and running immediately.

The Windows Startup Trick That Saved Me

I’ve been lucky in recent years. My Windows 10 PC has been working fine and without issue. But with the end of Windows 10 support looming large, it’s almost like my machine knows what’s coming—and I started encountering issues.

When my PC refused to boot normally, I didn’t panic. I knew about Windows’ fallback startup options, and in my case, booting into Safe Mode gave me the access I needed to restore my system.

Safe Mode isn’t flashy. It strips Windows down to the bare minimum—just the essential drivers and processes needed to run. That makes it a perfect environment for troubleshooting, uninstalling problematic programs, or running malware scans.

And if Safe Mode isn’t enough, you can go one step further: boot from a USB recovery drive. This bypasses your broken Windows installation entirely and lets you load a fresh copy of Windows or access built-in recovery tools.

How to Boot Into Safe Mode

Safe Mode has been part of Windows for decades, and it’s still one of the best first-line defenses when your computer misbehaves. There are a couple of ways to boot into Safe Mode.

Use the Restart Shortcut

If you still have access to the Windows desktop (or the login screen), you can use the restart shortcut. It’s the easiest method to access Safe Mode.

Gavin Phillips / MakeUseOf

  1. From either the login screen or the power settings in the Start menu, hold Shift and press Restart.
  2. Now, your PC will reboot into the Windows Recovery Environment.
  3. Select Troubleshoot > Advanced Options > Startup Settings.
  4. Choose Restart.
  5. On the next screen, you can choose either Safe Mode or Safe Mode with Networking.

If you’re unsure about what’s causing your Windows machine issues, I’d advise booting without internet access.

Use System Configuration (MSConfig)

Another option, again, if you still have access to the desktop, you can use the Windows System Configuration tool to boot into Safe Mode. MSConfig is a Windows system utility built into the operating system that you can use to manage drivers, services, and more.

use msconfig to enter safe mode windows 10
NAR by Gavin

  1. Press Win + R to open the Run dialog.
  2. Type msconfig and press Enter.
  3. Under the Boot tab, select Safe boot.

When your computer reboots, it’ll be in Safe Mode.

In both cases, once your machine boots into Safe Mode, you can begin to clean out any nasty malware lurking on your device. There are some very handy free antivirus and antimalware tools you can use to remove malware.

How to Boot From a USB Drive

Safe Mode is great, but sometimes your Windows installation is too far gone. That’s when a bootable USB drive comes to the rescue.

Booting from a USB drive is super useful for a few reasons:

  • It lets you start Windows from a clean environment, separate from your potentially infected or broken system.
  • You can reinstall Windows if needed, repair boot files, or access advanced recovery tools.

Some bootable USBs even allow offline malware scans before Windows ever loads. These special rescue USBs are super handy to keep around, as they can be used whenever your machine begins to show signs of strain, malware, or otherwise.

However, with that said, I’ve detailed how to use a Microsoft installation USB to revive your machine below. Having a bootable Windows USB around is always a great idea, as it can be used on effectively any Windows machine.

How to Create a Bootable USB

A bootable USB is a handy option, as you can create it on another PC and then use it on your own.

  1. Download Microsoft’s Media Creation Tool.
  2. Run the tool and choose Create installation media for another PC.
  3. Insert a USB drive (at least 8GB) and select it as the target.
  4. The tool will download Windows and make the USB bootable.

Once the Media Creation Tool finishes the USB creation process, you can use it to boot from.

windows recovery advanced options start up repair. Gavin Phillips / MakeUseOf

  1. Insert the USB drive into the affected PC.
  2. Restart and enter your BIOS/UEFI settings (commonly by pressing F2, Del, Esc, or F12 during startup).
  3. Set the USB drive as the primary boot device. The process for this varies depending on your motherboard manufacturer, so you may have to look this up on a separate device.
  4. Save the changes and reboot—your PC will load from the USB.
  5. Now, head to Troubleshoot > Advanced Options > Startup Repair.

Let the process complete, and then you should be able to access Windows once again.

As before, once you access Windows, run your antivirus or antimalware tool and start repairing your machine.


Now, you don’t want to be preparing a recovery USB drive when your computer is already dead in the water. Do it now, while things are running smoothly. This one Windows startup trick has saved me from disaster, and it could save you, too. The next time your computer refuses to cooperate, you’ll know exactly how to fight back.

Experience rich folk customs in Tianjin

Ever blown your own sugar sculpture? Or kept rhythm with wooden clappers while performing crosstalk, a traditional form of Chinese stand-up comedy? Maybe these precious clay figurines will leave you speechless! Whatever the case may be, Tianjin has plenty of traditional experiences that will take your breath away.

Jerry Adler, ‘Sopranos’ and ‘Good Wife’ actor, dies at 96

Jerry Adler, who spent decades backstage on Broadway before reinventing himself in his 60s as a television actor, most memorably as Herman “Hesh” Rabkin on HBO’s “The Sopranos” and Howard Lyman on CBS’ “The Good Wife,” has died. He was 96.

Adler died Saturday in New York, where he lived, according to his family. A cause was not disclosed.

On “The Sopranos,” Adler played Hesh, a Jewish music producer and loan shark with long ties to the Soprano crime family. Not a member of Tony Soprano’s inner crew but close enough to be trusted, he was one of the few who could speak bluntly to James Gandolfini‘s mob boss without fear of reprisal. Adler remained with the series from its 1999 pilot through the final season in 2007, a steady presence on the margins of Tony’s world.

Hesh turned up in some of the show’s most memorable arcs, helping Tony’s protégé Christopher and his girlfriend Adriana in their ill-fated stab at the music business, joining Tony in a horse-racing venture and, in the final season, watching their relationship sour when the boss pressed him for a large loan.

Steven Van Zandt, Adler’s “Sopranos” castmate and guitarist for Bruce Springsteen’s E Street Band, paid tribute to Adler on social media: “Such an honor working with you. Travel well my friend.”

While “The Sopranos” launched a number of previously little-known actors to instant fame, Adler’s rise was unusual, the culmination of more than four decades spent behind the scenes on Broadway before he ever stepped in front of a camera.

A Brooklyn native born Feb. 4, 1929, Adler began his career as an assistant stage manager in 1950 on “Gentlemen Prefer Blondes” and went on to work as stage manager, production manager or supervisor on more than 50 shows, including the original “My Fair Lady,” Harold Pinter’s “The Homecoming” and “The Apple Tree,” directed by Mike Nichols. He also directed several productions.

By the 1980s, he had moved to Los Angeles to be closer to his children and found steady work in daytime television as a stage manager. It wasn’t until his early 60s that acting entered the picture. After debuting on CBS’ “Brooklyn Bridge” in 1991, Adler found steady film and TV work as a character actor through the 1990s, appearing in Joe Pesci’s “The Public Eye” (1992) and Woody Allen’s “Manhattan Murder Mystery” (1993).

After “The Sopranos,” Adler remained a familiar presence on television. He joined “The Good Wife” in 2011 as Howard Lyman, a blustery, out-of-touch partner at the Lockhart/Gardner law firm. What was initially meant to be a one-off guest spot turned into a recurring role across six seasons, with Adler reprising the part in “The Good Fight” in 2017 and 2018.

Adler also recurred on FX’s “Rescue Me” as fire chief Sidney Feinberg and appeared in series ranging from “Northern Exposure” and “Mad About You” to “Transparent” and “Broad City.” His film credits include “In Her Shoes” (2005), “Synecdoche, New York” (2008) and “A Most Violent Year” (2014).

Adler returned to Broadway as a performer late in life, appearing in Elaine May’s 2000 comedy “Taller Than a Dwarf” and Larry David’s “Fish in the Dark” in 2015. Adler’s last screen credit came in the 2019 revival season of “Mad About You.” In 2024, he published a memoir, “Too Funny for Words: Backstage Tales From Broadway, Television, and the Movies,” reflecting on his unusual path through show business.

On Instagram, “Sopranos” co-star Michael Imperioli, who played Christopher, praised Adler as “a fantastic actor and the kindest of human beings. He brought so much humor, intelligence and truth to the role of Herman ‘Hesh’ Rabkin and was one of my favorite characters on ‘The Sopranos.’ I loved working and spending time with Jerry. A true class act.”

Survivors include his wife, Joan Laxman, whom he married in 1994, and his daughters, Alisa, Amy, Laura and Emily.

Renault Kiger Facelift Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Know All About Latest Compact SUV Launched in India

New Delhi, August 24: Renault Kiger facelift is launched in India. The new Kiger facelift comes with new styling and features to enhance its appeal. The compact SUV comes in four trims, which include Authentic, Evolution, Techno, and Emotion. While the design sees slight updates, the facelift continues with the same engine options. Renault Kiger Facelift price in India starts at INR 6.29 lakh (ex-showroom).

The Renault Kiger facelift comes with DRLs integrated into horizontal grille. It also gets features like 360-degree camera. Additionally, the vehicle offers a 405-litre boot. The 2025 Renault Kiger facelift is priced in India starting at INR 6.29 lakh and going up to INR 11.29 lakh (ex-showroom). AI on National Highways: Government Plans To Use Artificial Intelligence To Detect Landslides, Waterlogging and Accident-Prone Spots, Says Minister Nitin Gadkari.

Renault Kiger Facelift Specifications and Features

The Renault Kiger facelift comes with a new exterior design and updated interior features. The vehicle comes now with bold front and rear bumpers that extend to the wheel arches with a ground clearance of 205 mm. It is also available in two new dual-tone colours with a black roof for a sportier look. The 2025 Kiger facelift is equipped with LED headlamps, a multi-view camera, and three drive modes. Hyundai Exter Pro Pack Launched at INR 7.98 Lakh With New Features and Upgrades; Check All About New Accessory Package for Hyundai’s Micro SUV.

It gets ventilated leatherette seats, a 20.32 cm central touchscreen with Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, and a 17.74 cm TFT digital cluster with widgets. The new Renault Kiger facelift is enhanced with up to six airbags and includes 16-inch alloy wheels. The Renault Kiger faelift comes with two engine choices. It comes with 1.0-litre petrol engine that delivers 72 bhp and 96 Nm of torque, paired with either a 5-speed manual or an AMT gearbox. The 2025 Kiger facelift also includes a 1.0-litre turbo-petrol engine, which produces 100 bhp and 152 Nm of torque, available with a 5-speed manual or CVT.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 24, 2025 07:27 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Trump Is Betting Big on Intel. Will the Chips Fall His Way?

The US government is aiming to take an equity stake in Intel in exchange for grants the company was already committed to receive under the Biden era CHIPS Act, according to comments US commerce secretary Howard Lutnick made in an interview with CNBC. The move is part of the government’s efforts to boost US chip manufacturing.

“We should get an equity stake for our money, so we’ll deliver the money which was already committed under the Biden administration,” Lutnick said. “We’ll get equity in return for it.” Previously, the government was discussing taking a 10 percent stake in Intel, according to The New York Times.

The deal could help the venerable chipmaker fund its US-based semiconductor fabrication plants, or fabs, which have required billions of dollars to construct and maintain, even as demand for Intel chips has waned in recent years. Some chip industry experts and members of the Trump administration say that keeping Intel afloat is essential to US national security, because it lessens the country’s reliance on chipmakers overseas.

But analysts and one notable economist say a potential tie-up between Intel and the US government could present a conflict of interest and may not result in the kind of domestic chipmaking industry the administration is angling for.

“It’s not the right policy to have the US government own things, to have privatization in reverse,” says Stephen Moore, a visiting fellow at The Heritage Foundation and a former senior economic adviser to Trump’s 2016 campaign. “That’s similar to Europe’s industrial model, and we haven’t done that often here in the US, because a lot of it ends up failing.”

Government Intervention

The US government has some history of investing in the private sector. Moore cites a 1980s program called the Synthetic Fuels Corporation, a federally directed multibillion-dollar investment in companies producing liquid fuels from coal, oil shale, and tar sands. It was hailed by President Jimmy Carter as “the cornerstone of our energy policy” and had fallen apart by 1986.

Then, in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, the US government stepped in with multibillion-dollar bailouts to stop US automakers and some banks from going under. Those funds were issued either through the Troubled Asset Relief Program, in which the US Treasury Department bought up or guaranteed toxic assets, or in the form of bridge loans. Many were eventually repaid.

More recently, the Department of Defense agreed to fund a US-based rare-earth magnet company, MP Materials, via equity and loans, in order to expand production and decrease the country’s reliance on China. The deal would in theory give MP Materials the capital to increase its manufacturing capacity from 3,000 to 10,000 metric tons.

Moore says the ideal scenario is that these arrangements between the government and private industry have an end point. “It should be an agreement to own a short-term stake and then divest,” he says.

But the current Trump administration has been taking some of these public-private business dealings a step further: In June, the administration approved a partnership between Japanese steel company Nippon Steel and Pittsburgh-based US Steel, dependent on a national security agreement and a so-called golden share provision. The government insisted that it have a say in US Steel’s company decisions, including board appointees and future relocation plans. (This deal was also designed to help the US compete with China on steel production.)

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/binance-enforcement-directorate-crack-fiewin-gaming-scam-usd-47-6-million-6647389” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756051806.504ffcdf

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756051806.504ffcdf

How One Roblox Creator Team Made Over $150k In Real-World Dollars With A Simple Red Bow

Philipp Batura didn’t expect one of his most successful designs to be a giant red bow. Simple and cartoonishly oversized, the Big Hair Bow became one of Roblox’s biggest fashion hits during Christmas, selling more than 455,000 copies and generating over $150,000 in revenue.

“What’s funny is that it’s such a simple design, but that’s probably why it worked,” Batura told GameSpot via email. “It appealed to a wide audience. I remember logging into games and seeing it on so many players, and I still spot it in YouTube and TikTok videos.”

It’s a story that illustrates how Roblox fashion works and why it’s so different from the real-world fashion industry. In Milan or Paris, designers might obsess over silhouettes or fabric innovation. In Roblox, the fashion ecosystem moves at the speed of memes, and sometimes the winning accessory isn’t high-concept at all; it’s a giant bow anyone can slap onto their avatar.

The Big Red Bow

Batura, who goes by Topcat in Roblox, didn’t enter the User Generated Content Creator program expecting to become a digital fashion powerhouse. He has, in a way, since he leads a full-time team of modelers and a rigger that help him design multiple items a day. When he first started selling avatar accessories in early 2023, he gravitated toward tongue-in-cheek ideas inspired by internet culture.

“The weirdest design I made that sold well was the SIGMA Chain,” he wrote. “It was part of my very first UGC drop in early 2023 and ended up getting over 13,000 sales. That moment was a turning point–it made me realize this could be more than just something I did for fun. It could be a real business.”

That business began with meme-driven accessories like the Mr. Peebles Head–a giant cat head–and the Rizz Frame, a literal frame you wore around your face. They were funny, eye-catching, and briefly popular. But Batura soon realized the downside.

“While meme-based items might spike in popularity, they aren’t a sustainable niche,” he said. “So I pivoted toward streetwear, which allowed for more consistent results and long-term growth.”

At first glance, it might seem strange that the bow outperformed more complex or trendy designs. But in Roblox, simplicity is a superpower. Players want items that work across multiple outfits and social settings. The bow managed to be playful without being tied to a specific meme or cultural reference, making it endlessly adaptable.

It also didn’t hurt that it dropped during the Christmas season, when the Roblox avatar shop is flooded with players looking for festive ways to dress up. Big, bright, and jolly, the bow was the right item at the right time.

Topcat and his team.
Topcat and his team.

And once enough players picked it up, it became inescapable. Roblox fashion spreads not just through the in-game store, but through visibility in popular experiences, streamers’ avatars, TikTok edits, and YouTube skits. The bow wasn’t just an item–it was a trend, woven into Roblox culture.

The success of the Big Hair Bow underscores how Roblox fashion has matured into its own industry. The UGC program has empowered thousands of independent designers to create and sell virtual clothing, and with hundreds of millions of monthly users on the platform, the audience is massive.

For some, like Batura, it has become a career. The fact that one digital accessory can generate six-figure sales is a reminder that digital fashion isn’t a novelty; it’s an economy. Roblox has seen collaborations with luxury brands like Gucci, Ralph Lauren, and Nike, but the real pulse of its fashion world comes from homegrown creators. They move quickly, understand the platform’s culture, and know when to trade high-concept ideas for something as straightforward as a bow.

“Seeing something I created become part of the culture like that has been incredibly rewarding,” he wrote. While it may amuse Batura that his most iconic creation is essentially a cartoon bow, it’s fitting. Roblox fashion is democratic and often surprising. Success doesn’t always come from complexity–sometimes it comes from knowing what players will actually want to wear.

For Topcat, that realization has transformed a hobby into a livelihood. For Roblox, it’s another reminder that in the world of digital fashion, anyone–with the right idea–can become the next big trendsetter.

Read more: The latest developments in the controversy involving Roblox.

Your brain works overtime at night to burn fat and prevent sugar crashes

The brain controls the release of glucose in a wide range of stressful circumstances, including fasting and low blood sugar levels.

However, less attention has been paid to its role in day-to-day situations.

In a study published in Molecular Metabolism, University of Michigan researchers have shown that a specific population of neurons in the hypothalamus help the brain maintain blood glucose levels under routine circumstances.

Over the past five decades, researchers have shown that dysfunction of the nervous system can lead to fluctuations in blood glucose levels, especially in patients with diabetes.

Some of these neurons are in the ventromedial nucleus of the hypothalamus, a region of the brain that controls hunger, fear, temperature regulation and sexual activity.

“Most studies have shown that this region is involved in raising blood sugar during emergencies,” said Alison Affinati, M.D., Ph.D., assistant professor of internal medicine and member of Caswell Diabetes Institute.

“We wanted to understand whether it is also important in controlling blood sugar during day-to-day activities because that’s when diabetes develops.”

The group focused on VMHCckbr neurons, which contain a protein called the cholecystokinin b receptor.

They used mouse models in which these neurons were inactivated.

By monitoring the blood glucose levels, the researchers found that VMHCckbr neurons play an important role in maintaining glucose during normal activities, including the early part of the fasting period between the last meal of the day and waking up in the morning.

“In the first four hours after you go to bed, these neurons ensure that you have enough glucose so that you don’t become hypoglycemic overnight,” Affinati said.

To do so, the neurons direct the body to burn fat through a process called lipolysis.

“In the first four hours after you go to bed, these neurons ensure that you have enough glucose so that you don’t become hypoglycemic overnight.”

-Alison Affinati, M.D., Ph.D.

The fats are broken down to produce glycerol, which is used to make sugar.

When the group activated the VMHCckbr neurons in mice, the animals had increased glycerol levels in their bodies.

These findings could explain what happens in patients with prediabetes, since they show an increase in lipolysis during the night.

The researchers believe that in these patients, the VMHCckbr neurons could be overactive, contributing to higher blood sugar.

These nerve cells, however, only controlled lipolysis, which raises the possibility that other cells might be controlling glucose levels through different mechanisms.

“Our studies show that the control of glucose is not an on-or-off switch as previously thought,” Affinati said.

“Different populations of neurons work together, and everything gets turned on in an emergency. However, under routine conditions, it allows for subtle changes.”

The team is working to understand how all the neurons in the ventromedial nucleus co-ordinate their functions to regulate sugar levels during different conditions, including fasting, feeding and stress.

They are also interested in understanding how the brain and nervous system together affect the body’s control of sugar, especially in the liver and pancreas.

The work was carried out by a team of U-M researchers at the Caswell Diabetes Institute who focus on the neuronal control of metabolism — the roles played by the brain and nervous system in metabolic control and disease.

Additional authors: Jiaao Su, Abdullah Hashsham, Nandan Kodur, Carla Burton, Amanda Mancuso, Anjan Singer, Jennifer Wloszek, Abigail J. Tomlinson, Warren T. Yacawych, Jonathan N. Flak, Kenneth T. Lewis, Lily R. Oles, Hiroyuki Mori, Nadejda Bozadjieva-Kramer, Adina F. Turcu, Ormond A. MacDougald and Martin G. Myers.

Funding/disclosures: Research support was provided by the Michigan Diabetes Research Center (NIH grant P30 DK020572), the Mouse Metabolic Phenotyping Center — Live (U2CDK135066) Physiology Phenotyping Core, the Michigan Nutrition and Obesity Center Adipose Tissue Core (P30 DK089503); Department of Veterans Affairs (IK2BX005715); the Warren Alpert Foundation; Endocrine Fellows Foundation; Marilyn H. Vincent Foundation and Novo Nordisk. This work was also supported in part by NIH grant K08 DK1297226.

Avocado, umami & Japanese simplicity

Japanese fine-dining spot Japonico — one of Gurugram’s buzziest new openings this year — is already making waves. Their latest menu refresh takes things up a notch, and avocado is having its main character moment. The updated spread leans into plant-forward creations alongside more protein- and fish-based dishes, and subtle fusion twists. 

“In the previous menu, protein options were fewer than what customers were looking for, especially omega-3-rich dishes,” says chef Roberto Blondi, who heads the kitchen. “Japanese cuisine typically offers a variety of fish, so I developed new dishes to meet that demand.” Alongside new seafood items like Hamachi Carpaccio and Sake Hakozushi, the updated spread embraces a plant-forward direction, anchored by versatile staples like avocado. Blondi says the ingredient is not only widely used in Japanese cuisine, but also incredibly versatile. “I wanted to spotlight avocado using modern techniques, offering it through traditional preparations, presentations, and ways of eating.”

But there’s still room for heartier fare by the fusion of unexpected ingredients coming together to create a symphony of different tastes. Even lighter fare like the returning Iceberg Wafu Salad gets a subtle upgrade, with a caramelised onion dressing that hits sweet and savory notes in equal measure. 

But there’s also heartier fare, like the newly introduced Japonico Pressed Chicken Steak. “I was trying to replicate the technique we use to press black cod overnight,” Blondi explains. “At first, the chicken came out chewy. Then one of the boys in my kitchen said, ‘What if we marinate it?’ That changed everything.” The final dish is firm, flavourful, and a personal triumph for the chef. “It looks simple, but it gave me a hard time. It had to live up to both my standards and our customers’ expectations.”

Blondi, who has cooked across 10 countries in the last 16 years, says the new menu reflects the essence of Japanese cuisine: its humility and thoughtful nature. “Fine dining today has become too complicated — too many ingredients, too many techniques, as if complexity equals quality. But I believe simple things done right are still the key to a great fine-dining experience.” he says. “The most important thing is seeing the customer’s expression — their satisfaction — not how many techniques I used, or how ‘clever’ it was. Just pure joy, on the plate.”

On the second floor, Tower D, Vipul Tech Square, Golf Course Road, Sector 43, Gurugram. Open seven days a week, 12pm to 2am. Estimated cost for two Rs 4,000 plus taxes (without alcohol)

Indian Journal of Integrated Research in Law (Vol 5, Issue 4)

About IJIRL

The Indian Journal of Integrated Research in Law, ISSN: 2583-0538, is an online bi- monthly journal that promotes research in the field of law as an integrated subject. IJIRL strives to provide a platform where everyone related to the field of law can contribute their research work on any topic related to law and allied subjects and further our goal of creating a quality-driven platform open to students and professionals alike which can be utilized to foster the growth of law as a discipline in the contemporary era while instilling a sense of curiosity for legal research.

Perks of Getting Published with IJIRL

  • Indexed: The journal is indexed in reputable databases like Manupatra, HeinOnline, Google Scholar & ROAD, which makes the articles available to a wider community, thus, making the research available to all. Links To Verify Indexing:
    Manupatra: Click Here
    HeinOnline: Click Here
    Google Scholar: Click Here
    ROAD: Click Here
  • Free DOI (Digital Object Identification): A DOI is a string of numbers, letters and symbols used to permanently identify an article or document and link to it on the web. A DOI will help a reader easily locate a document from the citation.
  • Certificate of Excellence: The top 10 authors in each issue are given a softcopy of the Certificate of Excellence for their publication.
  • Timely Processing of Manuscript: The whole review process takes up to 24-72 hours. The final publication is done within 1-4 working days of the payment of the processing fee.
  • Internship Opportunities: The top authors in each issue will be provided with internship opportunities based on availability.
  • Opportunity To Work As A Student Editor The top authors are provided with an opportunity to work as student editors at IJIRL based on the availability of slots.

Theme

Any topic or issue relating to law or any related field can be sent for publication in IJIRL as the journal aims to promote interdisciplinary research in the field of law and related disciplines.

Eligibility

All Academicians, Research Scholars, Lawyers, Law Students or Anyone with an interest in the field of law and related disciplines can submit their original and unpublished manuscripts.

Types of Submission

IJIRL accepts submissions of manuscripts in the following categories:

  • Long Articles (4000-6000 words, Excluding footnotes)
  • Essays/Short Articles (1800-4000 words, Excluding footnotes)
  • Case Notes and Legislative Comments (1500-2500 words)

Note: The journal may be flexible on the word limit depending on the quality of the article.

Submission Guidelines

  • Long articles and short articles must be accompanied by an Abstract.
  • An article can be authored by up to 3 co-authors.
  • All works must be original, unpublished, and must not be pending for review before any other journal.
  • Any form of plagiarism will result in immediate disqualification for publication on IJIRL
  • The first page of the manuscript should contain the title of the paper, the name of the authors, and their institutional affiliation, followed by an abstract.
  • The main body of the manuscript should be in Times New Roman style, font size 12, with 1.5 line spacing and footnotes in Times New Roman Style, Size 10, with 1.0 line spacing. All headings must have uniform formatting.
  • All footnotes/ references should conform to the Bluebook 20th Edition or ILI Rules of Footnoting.
  • Once published, Copyright over the manuscript shall vest with “Indian Journal of Integrated Research in Law”.

How to Submit?

Interested candidates can submit entries via the link given at the end of the post.

Note: In case of any difficulty in filling the submission form, the authors can submit their manuscript via email at [[email protected]].

Fee

  • Single Authored Manuscript: INR 800/-
  • Co-Authored Manuscript (Up to Three Authors): INR 1000/-
  • Foreign Authors (Outside India): $ 25/-

Contact

All correspondence and queries related to the submission may be addressed to [email protected].

Click here to submit.

Click here for submission guidelines.

Click here for the official notification.

Click here for the official website.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Trikonasana to Balasana: 6 gentle yoga poses for athletes that help them recover | Health

Athletes require a lot of strength, speed, and stamina as they push to perform on tracks, fields, courts, swimming pools, gyms, or cycling routes; their bodies face intense strain. From injuries, sprains, to soreness and stiffness, the physical toll can be serious. Over time, this stress leads to physical exhaustion. This is one of the reasons why proper recovery is emphasised, and yoga is one of the ways to support it.

Yoga helps to improve athletes’ flexibility, strengthen muscles and joints, and prevent injuries.(Shutterstock)

ALSO READ: Surya Namaskar to Naukasana: 5 yoga poses for weight management and improving core strength

Himalayan Siddhaa Akshar, yoga expert and founder of Akshar Yoga Kendraa, told HT Lifestyle that for athletes, yoga has a lot of benefits for atheletes, significantly supporting them in their recovery process.

He elaborated about how the poses support them and boost their flexibility, and also protect them from strain injuries.

“More than just a typical fitness regimen, yoga works wonders in enhancing an athlete’s flexibility, posture, joint mobility, and concentration. Yoga strengthens the body to give support to a sportsperson in his or her endeavors-whether professional or amateur-while also protecting it from repetitive strain injuries. This, in turn, encourages a speedy recovery and fosters better coordination, which together guarantee long-lasting performance,” the yoga expert explained.

Here are the 6 yoga poses Siddha listed and detailed as to why they are beneficial for athletes, especially for recovery:

1. Adho Mukha Svanasana (Downward-Facing Dog)

Adho Mukha Svanasana eases hamstring tension.(Shutterstock)
Adho Mukha Svanasana eases hamstring tension.(Shutterstock)
  • The pose offers anterior leg stretches to ease mainly the hamstrings, calves, and shoulders while working posteriorly to build up the arms and legs.
  • It stimulates circulation and relieves any dull aches from the backs of the legs and in the lower back, thus making it a tremendous pose to wrap up an eventful day.

2. Virabhadrasana II (Warrior II Pose)

This pose improves balance.(Shutterstock)
This pose improves balance.(Shutterstock)
  • Endurance is built through this standing pose; below-body strength is gained, and the hips are opened up.
  • This will ultimately improve balance and concentration, which an athlete must have whilst performing under pressure.

3. Trikonasana (Triangle Pose)

Trikonasana reduces back stiffness. (Shutterstock)
Trikonasana reduces back stiffness. (Shutterstock)
  • The triangle pose for the spine and legs wears away their stiffness.
  • It also contributes to good digestion and core strength; without it, body posture would deteriorate, and side-to-side mobility would also slip.

4. Setu Bandhasana (Bridge Pose)

Setu Bandhasana helps to strengthen the glutes.(Shutterstock)
Setu Bandhasana helps to strengthen the glutes.(Shutterstock)
  • This pose strengthens the back, glutes, and hamstrings. It also opens up the chest and increases lung capacity.
  • Setu Bandhasana posture will seemingly work wonders for athletes who run, cycle, or play field sports.

5. Balasana (Child’s Pose)

Certain stretches, like balasana, help in easing the pelvic pain.(Shutterstock)
Certain stretches, like balasana, help in easing the pelvic pain.(Shutterstock)
  • The Child’s pose is a resting pose, gently lengthening down the lower back area, hips, and thighs.
  • It is an entirely calming act for the nervous system while setting up a relaxed state for the mind.
  • Associating Balasana during intermissions in training promotes greater regeneration, thus lessening the chance of being worn out from training.

6. Anjaneyasana (Low Lunge Pose)

Anjaneyasana helps to build hip mobility.(Shutterstock)
Anjaneyasana helps to build hip mobility.(Shutterstock)
  • The stretch given to the hip flexors by this pose is very much needed in building hip mobility and releasing tension from the groin.
  • It also strengthens the legs and protects against common sports injuries.

Along with these poses, the yoga expert also suggested breathing exercises and meditation. He said, “Pranayama or breath control teaches athletes how to cope with stress, remain calm under pressure, and recuperate all the faster. Breathing exercises such as Anulom Vilom (Alternate Nostril Breathing) and Bhramari (Bee Breath) build up strength in the lungs and mental clarity, aiding endurance and emotional confidence.” This shows the importance of recovery for not just the body, but also the mind and how it plays a role in achieving peak athletic performance.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

MAHA may take aim at pharma DTC ads

A much-anticipated report from the Make America Healthy Again Commission was postponed earlier this month. But nestled within leaked documents is a strategy that reveals more about health leaders’ goals, including potential new oversight of pharma’s direct-to-consumer advertising practices.

DTC advertising has long been a target of Health and Human Services Secretary and MAHA leader Robert F. Kennedy Jr. While Congress has taken some interest in passing a ban on those ads, real reform hasn’t gained momentum.

In the upcoming report, health leaders may seek to crack down on DTC ads, particularly on social media where telehealth companies use “deceptive” marketing tactics, according to draft strategy documents published by Politico. The leaked draft strategy contains policy recommendations from a group assembled by President Donald Trump and Kennedy, and its objectives could change before the official version is published. The White House stated it delayed the report’s release to coordinate the schedules of officials involved in creating it, Politico reported.

The administration released its first MAHA report earlier this year that identified several problems in the nation’s food and health system, directing the commission to formulate policy ideas and plans to address those problems. The first report came under fire for factual errors and alleged use of AI.

Based on the draft strategy for the second report, pharma should brace for heightened scrutiny of DTC advertisements.

DTC oversight

In the past, Kennedy has suggested that pharma DTC advertising should be outlawed completely, but the drafted strategy appears to take a softer approach. Rather than seeking an outright ban, the recommendations are significantly less damaging to pharma’s status quo. 

Listed under “policy reforms” within the draft, the focus on DTC advertising states that the FDA, HHS, the Federal Trade Commission and Department of Justice would “increase oversight and enforcement” under current laws for DTC prescription drug advertising violations. Instead of focusing on all media platforms, the agencies will “prioritize the most egregious violations,” such as those by social media influencers and telehealth companies.


“HHS/FDA likely lack statutory authority to prohibit DTC ads, but there are ways that the administration could pursue limiting DTC ads.”

Jennifer Bragg

Partner, Latham and Watkins


While less strict than a ban, the proposal isn’t new, and some lawmakers want the FDA to crack down. 

In February, U.S. Senators Dick Durbin, D-Ill., and Roger Marshall, R-Kan., introduced the Protecting Patients from Deceptive Drug Ads Online Act that would target social media influencers and telehealth companies by closing what they refer to as legal loopholes for pharma advertising. Oversight of telehealth companies by the FDA has been questioned for several years, according to legal experts at Foley & Lardner. The bill would clarify the FDA’s jurisdiction over telehealth companies that advertise prescription drugs.

The MAHA commission appears to also believe the FDA should be able to regulate these ads. But while the bill would impose civil penalties on telehealth companies or social media influencers who disseminate false or misleading drug information, the draft strategy doesn’t outline specific consequences.

The health agencies might not be able to enact a ban on DTC ads on their own.

“HHS/FDA likely lack statutory authority to prohibit DTC ads, but there are ways that the administration could pursue limiting DTC ads,” said Jennifer Bragg, partner at Latham and Watkins. “One such mechanism would be requiring more robust disclosure of a drug’s side effects by amending FDA’s regulations … to require the ‘true statement of information in brief summary’ to more exhaustively discuss side effects, perhaps for a predetermined period of time in any advertisement or promotional communication.”

A ban isn’t entirely out of the question — it just may come from Congress rather than health agencies. Earlier this year, lawmakers introduced a bill that would ban DTC ads called the End Prescription Drug Ads Now Act. The bill was referred to the Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions in June before Congress recessed for the summer, and the earliest action wouldn’t come until after the legislature reconvenes in September.

Understanding Warren Buffett’s Theory on the Ovarian Lottery of Life

Key takeaways

Warren Buffett’s theory on the lottery of life is a powerful reminder of the role of luck in shaping our destinies.

I suppose it’s easy to feel “extremely lucky” if your name is near the top for the richest person in the world!

This idea delves into the role of chance in our lives, emphasising how factors beyond our control significantly influence our opportunities and outcomes.

Buffett’s theory is a powerful reminder to me of the importance of humility, gratitude, and responsibility in our lives.


Warren Buffett, one of the most successful investors of all time, is not just known for his financial acumen but also for his profound insights into life and society.

In my mind, one of his most compelling concepts is the “lottery of life,” often referred to as the “ovarian lottery.”

This idea delves into the role of chance in our lives, emphasising how factors beyond our control significantly influence our opportunities and outcomes.

Buffett’s theory is a powerful reminder to me of the importance of humility, gratitude, and responsibility in our lives.

Chatgpt Image Aug 8, 2025, 12 50 53 Pm

The Ovarian Lottery Explained

Here’s the basis of what Buffet explained to a group of University of Florida students:

I have been extraordinarily lucky.

I mean, I use this example and I will take a minute or two because I think it is worth thinking about a little bit.

Let’s just assume it was 24 hours before you were born and a genie came to you and he said:

Herb, you look very promising and I have a big problem. I got to design the world in which you are going to live in.

I have decided it is too tough; you design it. …

You say: I can design anything? There must be a catch?

The genie says there is a catch.

You don’t know if you are going to be born black or white, rich or poor, male or female, infirm or able-bodied, bright or retarded.

All you know is you are going to take one ball out of a barrel with 5.8 billion (balls).

You are going to participate in the ovarian lottery. And that is going to be the most important thing in your life, because that is going to control whether you are born here or in Afghanistan or whether you are born with an IQ of 130 or an IQ of 70. It is going to determine a whole lot.

What type of world are you going to design?”

So the term “ovarian lottery” refers to our nationality, gender, race, health, and family background.

These are obviously factors over which we have no control yet profoundly affect our life chances.

The Role of Luck in Success

Buffett’s own life story is a testament to his theory.

Born in 1939 into a reasonably affluent family in the United States, he had access to quality education and opportunities that might not have been available had he been born in a different time or place.

He acknowledges that his success was also influenced by his being born into a predominantly male-dominated society at the time.

Buffett argues that while hard work, intelligence, and determination are crucial, the initial conditions set by the ovarian lottery can create significant disparities.

For example, a child born in a war-torn country or in extreme poverty faces hurdles that a child born in a stable and affluent environment does not.

The Best Time to Be Alive

Buffett also believes that the era we are born into plays a crucial role.

He has often remarked that there has never been a better time to be alive than today.

Despite the challenges and problems the world faces, the advances in technology, healthcare, and overall quality of life are unprecedented.

He points out that the average person today enjoys a better standard of living than even the wealthiest individuals of previous centuries.

This perspective is a reminder of the progress humanity has made and the potential for further improvement.

Implications for Society

The ovarian lottery theory has profound implications for how we view success and responsibility.

Buffett argues that those who are fortunate enough to draw favourable tickets in the lottery of life have a moral obligation to help those who are less fortunate.

This belief underpins much of his philanthropic work, including his decision to give away the majority of his fortune to charitable causes.

Buffett’s perspective encourages a sense of empathy and social responsibility.

It challenges the notion that success is solely the result of individual effort and merit, highlighting the importance of structural factors and collective action in addressing social inequalities.

Investing in Equality

One of the practical applications of Buffett’s theory is in the realm of public policy and philanthropy.

This Trick Made Email the Best Part of My Workday

After switching to Spark Mail, I’ve been using its various features to improve my email workflow. One feature that is worth mentioning is Smart Folders. This tool has genuinely helped me manage my inbox more efficiently than other email clients.

I Use Spark Mail’s Smart Folders

Smart Folders are automated folders in Spark Mail that organize emails based on defined criteria such as sender, subject keywords, and flags. These are different from Gmail’s label system or traditional inbox rules because Smart Folders dynamically display matching emails without moving them out of the main inbox.

The feature works by scanning your inbox for emails that meet certain parameters. While Spark filters emails using metadata and keywords, it does not perform deep content scanning or AI-based content recognition.

Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

Smart Folders is a premium feature that requires a subscription, which costs $4.99 per month when billed annually.

What makes this particularly useful is that emails can appear in multiple Smart Folders simultaneously. For example, a message from the team lead about a project deadline could show up in both the “Team Lead” folder and “Urgent” folder, depending on how I’ve structured my filters.

After I ditched Gmail’s app for Spark Mail, I noticed this feature addressed one of my biggest email pain points. Instead of manually sorting through hundreds of messages, the Smart Folders do the heavy lifting. It also helps in maintaining inbox zero effectively. Rather than leaving emails in my primary inbox or manually filing them away, Smart Folders create organized views without requiring constant maintenance from me.

How I Set Up My Smart Folders

Setting up Smart Folders requires some initial planning, but the process is straightforward. I started by identifying the types of emails that consumed most of my time and attention.

My first Smart Folder targets project deadlines from my team lead. This folder automatically captures emails containing keywords like “deadline,” “due date,” or “urgent,” specifically from my team lead’s email address. It’s saved me from missing important project timelines buried in daily email noise.

Here’s how to create a Smart Folder in Spark Mail:

  1. Open Spark Mail and tap the three lines in the sidebar.
  2. Scroll down and select More under Folders.
  3. Tap the + (plus) icon next to Smart Folders to create a new folder.
  4. Name your folder and set your criteria using the available filters (sender, subject, keywords, etc.).
  5. Tap Save to activate the folder.
Spark Mail sidebar showing various email folders.
Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

For my project deadlines folder, I combined multiple search operators to capture the right messages. I used from: [email protected] to target emails specifically from my team lead, then added subject: urgent to catch time-sensitive communications. The folder also includes has: attachments since project briefs often come with supporting documents.

My second folder focuses on client communications. It filters emails from a specific domain using sender rules—most people don’t use this email rule, but they should. This folder captures all messages from client email addresses, regardless of the specific sender.

It relies on domain-based filtering. I set up from: @clientdomain.com to capture all emails from that organization, regardless of the specific sender. I also added cc: [email protected] since our finance team gets copied on most client correspondence, helping me track billing-related discussions.

The most complex folder I’ve created combines multiple criteria for high-priority emails. It includes messages from C-level executives, emails marked as urgent, and messages containing budget-related keywords. This folder uses the “any condition” setting, meaning emails only need to match one criterion to appear.

It requires the use of the broadest range of criteria. It includes from: [email protected], subject: budget, is: unread, and since: last week to ensure I’m seeing recent, important communications. I also added with: documents to catch emails containing contracts or proposals that typically require immediate attention.

Spark Mail keyword tags for a Smart Folder.
Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

Each Smart Folder appears in the sidebar with a badge showing unread message counts. You can also set custom notifications for specific folders, ensuring you never miss emails that matter most to your workflow.

Smart Folders Beat Traditional Email Rules

Unlike Gmail’s label system, which can automatically categorize emails, Spark’s Smart Folders provide a centralized, dynamic view without applying multiple labels. Both systems have strengths depending on your workflow. Gmail rules often move emails out of your inbox entirely, making them harder to track. Spark’s Smart Folders keep emails visible in your main inbox while simultaneously organizing them into relevant categories.

Spark also lets you combine multiple email accounts into a single Smart Folder. If you manage both work and personal accounts, you can create one “Bills” folder that captures financial emails from all your accounts simultaneously.

Modifying Smart Folders is also simple compared to managing inboxes with Outlook rules, which have a little more complex conditional logic. Change one criterion in a Smart Folder, and the entire folder updates instantly.


Smart Folders eliminate the mental overhead of deciding whether to archive, label, or leave emails in your inbox. Everything stays accessible while automatically organizing itself based on your workflow needs rather than arbitrary filing systems. Hence, you focus better on what types of information you need to track.

‘Relay’ review: Riz Ahmed helps people disappear in smart, paranoid thriller

If history has taught us anything, it’s that no one is truly safe. That gathering dread fueled some great ’70s paranoid thrillers, such as “The Parallax View” and “The Conversation,” but it’s been difficult to replicate that eeriness in today’s extremely online world, when our devices explain and obfuscate with abandon, conspiracies are lifeblood and we feel persecuted one day, invincibly anonymous the next.

The nifty premise of “Relay,” a new white-knuckle ride from “Hell or High Water” director David Mackenzie, is that a certain type of tech-savvy hero can, if not completely ease your anxiety, at least navigate a secret truce with those out to get you. And Riz Ahmed’s solitary off-the-grid fixer, Ash, who hides in plain sight in bustling New York, can do it without ever meeting or talking to you: His preferred mode of traceless communication is the text-telephone service that hard-of-hearing people use in conjunction with message-relaying operators. Like a ready-made covert operation, it keeps identities, numbers and call logs secret.

For the simple fact that “Relay” is not about an assassin (the movies’ most over-romanticized independent contractor), screenwriter Justin Piasecki’s scenario deserves kudos. Rather, Ash’s broker helps potential whistleblowers escape the clutches of dangerously far-reaching entities — unless, of course, they want to settle for cash. It’s a fascinatingly cynical update: Should we make an uneasy peace with our tormentors? (Hello, today’s headlines.)

Before those questions get their due, however, “Relay” sets itself up with clockwork precision as a straightforward big-city nail-biter about staying one step ahead. Seeking protection from harassment and a return to normal life, rattled biotech scientist Sarah (Lily James) goes on the run with incriminating documents about her former employer. When she’s rebuffed by a high-powered law firm, she’s provided a mysterious number to call. Ash, armed with his elaborate vetting methods, puts Sarah through the paces with rules and instructions regarding burner phones, mailed packages and a detailed itinerary of seemingly random air travel. It doesn’t just test her commitment, though — it’s also a ploy to scope out the corporate goons on her trail: a dogged surveillance team led by Sam Worthington (who should maybe only play bad guys) and Willa Fitzgerald.

As the story careens through airports and post offices and New York’s hidey-holes, the cat-and-mouse chase is dizzyingly enjoyable, worthy of a Thomas Perry novel. We wait for the missteps that threaten everything, of course, and they begin with learning that Ash is a failed whistleblower himself, one who is beginning to question his chosen crusade. Another vulnerability, recognizable in the occasional cracks in Ahmed’s commanding stoicism, is the loneliness of the gig. So when a restive Sarah, on one of their protected calls, gently prods for a smidgen of personality from her mysterious unseen helper, one is inclined to shout, “No feelings! Too risky!”

But that, of course, is the slippery pleasure of “Relay,” which pits individuals against venal institutional might. Flaws are the beating hearts of these movies, triggering the peril that makes the blood pump faster. Some of that effectiveness is undercut by some off-putting music choices, but McKenzie’s command of the material is rock solid, Giles Nuttgens’ cinematography achieves a sleek, moody metallic chill and Matt Mayer’s editing is always fleet. In a year that’s already given us one superlative case of adult peekaboo — Steven Soderbergh’s “Black Bag” — “Relay” proves there’s still more room for smart, punchy cloak-and-dagger options.

‘Relay’

Rated: R, for language

Running time: 1 hour, 52 minutes

Playing: Opens in wide release Friday, Aug. 22

How to Become a Vibe Coder

Michael Calore: OK.

Lauren Goode: Yeah. But yeah, I’d be curious to see what you come up with.

Michael Calore: OK.

Lauren Goode: In fact, I’m probably going to quiz you about it on an upcoming show. So this is an official, this is your vibe coding assignment.

Michael Calore: All right. I’ve better roll up my sleeves and get cracking.

Lauren Goode: Yeah, you get pair programming,

Michael Calore: Get vibing.

Lauren Goode: Get vibing, get your Bevi, and your Celsius, and your Zyn ready to go, and your crew-neck sweatshirt.

Michael Calore: And my dog at my feet. All right, let’s take another break, and we’ll come right back and do recommendations.

Welcome back. Lauren, thank you for bringing us your vibe-coding reporting onto the pod today. But now it is time to get personal and have you tell our listeners your recommendation.

Lauren Goode: You really set that up like I was going to say something hyper-personal. This is not that. My recommendation is a type of jam. This would go very nicely with Katie’s butter obsession. It is Harrods. Is that how you say that?

Michael Calore: Harrods, like the department store?

Lauren Goode: Yes. There are a couple different kinds that I really like. One is a Harrods raspberry low sugar jam, I think, and the other one is a damson plum jam. They’re both great. I have a friend who has been flying back and forth a lot between London and here in the US lately, who often brings me a jar of this jam, and it is just chef’s kiss. It is so good. There’s also a new shop in my neighborhood, I don’t know if you’ve been there yet, that makes really, really good English muffins, like fresh English muffins, no preservatives. I go on the weekends and buy a bunch and then freeze them.

Michael Calore: Is there a line?

Lauren Goode: No, there isn’t much of a line.

Michael Calore: Oh, OK. Then I’ll-

Lauren Goode: It’s called Leadbetter’s. Shout out to Leadbetter’s.

Michael Calore: All right, I’ll check it out.

Lauren Goode: Yeah, totally check it out. And they have all their kinds of really good sweets too, breads and whatnot. But in the morning now I use some butter, it’s not French butter—I’ve got to pick some of that up—and this jam. And it’s the perfect way to start the morning.

Michael Calore: OK, so what sets this jam apart from all the other jams that are on the shelf at my hippie grocery co-op?

Lauren Goode: That it flew like 6,000 miles, obviously.

Michael Calore: Yeah.

Lauren Goode: No, it’s just, I don’t know, it’s very good. It’s a really good jam.

Michael Calore: Reason enough to recommend it.

Lauren Goode: Yeah, I love it.

Michael Calore: Great.

Lauren Goode: So, if anyone’s flying back and forth, pick me up some Harrods Jam please. What’s your recommendation?

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/bitcoin-ether-crypto-price-today-trading-dogecoin-shiba-inu-cardano-solana-6682055” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1756008537.4c42f372

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1756008537.4c42f372

Discontinued Arcade1Up Countercade Randomly Restocked At Amazon

Arcade1Up’s Countercades are great for those who have limited space as well as anyone who doesn’t want to drop $500 on a standing home arcade machine. Unfortunately, Arcade1Up seems like it could be done with its series of compact machines. All of the manufacturer’s Countercades are discontinued. Until this month, we hadn’t seen an Arcade1Up Countercade in stock since last holiday season. So we were surprised to find the Arcade1Up Class of ’81 Countercade in stock at Amazon this week.

Arcade1Up Ms. Pac-Man and Galaga Countercade

The Class of ’81 Countercade is themed around Ms. Pac-Man and Galaga, though it also includes Dig Dug. The cabinet launched last October for $150 and then disappeared before Christmas. It had a peculiarly brief lifecycle, and now it has a fittingly strange restock. The Class of ’81 Countercade is sold and shipped by Amazon, but the price is $167.16. It’s only $17 above the original MSRP, and the $150 MSRP was surprisingly low to begin with–and contributed to it selling out so fast.

Snag the Arcade1Up Class of ’81 Countercade while you can; over on StockX, resellers have it listed for $299. The compact machine is one of only about a dozen Arcade1Up cabinets available on Amazon at the moment.

The previous Pac-Man Countercade retailed for $200. Amazon’s store page makes it seem like $167.16 is MSRP. This sometimes happens when Amazon restocks discontinued products. Amazon sometimes has really random prices for things that have effectively turned into Amazon exclusives.

The Ms. Pac-Man Head-to-Head machine is the only arcade table from Arcade1Up available on Amazon today. Some of Arcade1Up’s traditional standing Deluxe Edition Cabinets are still actively being produced today. Most are priced at $600, though a few such as Pac-Man, NBA Jam, and Mortal Kombat are $500.

Arcade1Up Deluxe Edition Arcade Cabinets (August 2025)


If you’re interested in Namco arcade classics, check out the upcoming Atari 2600+ Pac-Man Edition Console Bundle. This special-edition system plays real Atari 2600 and 7800 cartridges and comes with a yellow wireless joystick and Pac-Man: Double Feature, a cart with a newly developed version of Pac-Man and the original 2600 release. Extra joysticks themed around the Ghost Gang are available to preorder separately, as are three additional Namco classics on cartridge, including Galaga and Dig Dug.


Hidden venom divide in Australia’s deadliest snake raises urgent treatment questions

A University of Queensland study suggests the antivenom given to people bitten by Eastern Brown Snakes may not be as effective as it could be, prompting a review of hospital cases.

Professor Bryan Fry from UQ’s School of the Environment led a team which assessed the blood-clotting toxins in venoms from every Australian brown snake species.

“We discovered not all brown-snake venoms are the same – meaning that lifesaving antivenom may need an urgent upgrade,” Professor Fry said.

“Some venoms formed a rock-solid clot in blood, while others spun up a rapid but flimsy web of clots that shredded almost instantly.

“Both venoms can kill but they do it in completely different ways.”

The team used a process called thromboelastography, which assesses blood coagulation, and showed Eastern Brown Snakes (Pseudonaja textilis) from southern Australia have a ‘taipan-like’ venom that builds a strong, stable blood clot.

Venom from northern populations of Eastern Brown Snake, as well as all other brown snake species, triggered fragile blood clots, but lightning fast.

“Our data shows the effect on blood of an Eastern Brown Snake bite in northern areas and a bite in southern Australia are chalk and cheese,” Professor Fry said.

“Currently Australia’s brown-snake antivenom is produced using a pool of venom of unstated geographic origin.

“If it doesn’t have both northern and southern Eastern Brown Snake venom, coverage could be patchy and the antivenom efficacy could vary widely.

“Clinical reports have all brown snake bite cases together regardless of species or location so any differences for the southern population versus all other brown snakes could be obscured.

“Our next step is to go back through hundreds of hospital charts to ascertain if there is a difference, which we can do because the southern strong-clot lineage lives where no other brown snake occurs.

“We can re-code every reported bite by geography and tease apart the clotting patterns between the strong and weak clotting types of brown snakes.

“We will also urgently test the available human and veterinary antivenoms to see if the differences in venom biochemistry are mirrored by variations in antivenom efficacy.

“While existing antivenoms have saved lives, with new information we can move to precision toxicology, matching the right antivenom to the right snake, and ultimately, to the right patient.”

Professor Fry’s team is also sequencing the venom genes to pinpoint the mutations responsible for the differences in northern and southern Eastern Brown Snakes.

“We showed the geographic difference in venom effect overlays with a genetic divide within the Eastern Brown Snake,” he said.

“Our research demonstrates how diet steers venom evolution, because the southern populations consume more reptiles than the northern populations which eat more mammals.

“By appreciating both the evolutionary fine-tuning and the clinical outcomes of these venoms we can better tailor our medical responses.”

The research paper has been published in Toxins.

Inside Delhi Food Walks’ new Kasol-Manali series with Anubhav Sapra—from hemp cafés to siddu spots

The most memorable meal of the trip, according to Sapra, came on the way to Hampta Pass. “There’s a 40-year-old dhaba called Kalzang Dhaba, started by a man named Kalzang and now run by his daughter-in-law,” he shares. There, Sapra was served local rice beer, vegetarian momo, siddu, local rajma, red rice, and a hearty curry with ghee and chutney. “It was the best food I had during the entire trip.”

The trip wrapped in a local village, where they explored Himachal’s food more intimately. “We tried different kinds of local sweets and spoke with a farmer who grows apples, peaches, and apricots,” he says.

Since launching his YouTube channel Delhi Food Walks in 2018, touring hill stations has become an annual tradition for Sapra and his team — exploring Kashmir, Kumaon, Shimla, and Dehradun.

Filming the series came with its fair share of logistical challenges—from unpredictable monsoon weather to grueling traffic and rough terrain. “It took us 15 hours to reach Kasol from Delhi—what should’ve been a 9-hour drive—just because of the traffic,” says Sapra. “Some stretches, like from Bhuntar to Kasol or on the way to Hampta, had terrible roads.”

Conference on The Role of Educational Institutions as Catalysts

About the Conference

Research and policy institutions like the Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, the Institute for Economics and Peace, and the Kalu Institute provide critical insight through training and knowledge production. Legal frameworks and governance are reinforced by the Public International Law and Policy Group and the UN Peacebuilding Commission.

Despite the work of these actors, educational institutions must play a more active role—embedding peacebuilding, sustainable development, and poverty eradication into their curricula, research agendas, and community engagement efforts remains essential to long-term transformation and resilience.

Themes

  • Transformative Education as a Catalyst for Economic Empowerment
  • Equity, Access, and Inclusion in Fragile Education Systems
  • Innovative Financing Mechanisms for Education in Fragile and Conflict-Affected Contexts
  • Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) for Sustainable Livelihoods and Self-Reliance
  • Education and the Sustainable Development Goals in Fragile States
  • Integrating Peace Education and Social Cohesion into School Curricula
  • Post-Conflict Reconstruction of Educational Infrastructure and Systems
  • The Role of Higher Education in Governance Reform and Policy Development
  • Community-Based and Informal Education for Conflict Prevention
  • Digital Learning Technologies and Educational Continuity in Crisis Contexts

Eligibility

This conference is intended for individuals with academic or professional expertise in the fields of Law, Economics, Political Science, Sociology, and related disciplines. We particularly welcome the participation of postgraduate students, early-career researchers, faculty members, practitioners, and professionals affiliated with non-governmental organizations (NGOs) operating in fragile and conflict-affected regions.

For Speaker

Applications to serve as a conference speaker must be submitted by 15 September 2025 via email to [email protected] , using the subject line: ” Speaker at Role of Educational Institutions as Catalysts Addressing Poverty and Mitigating Conflict in Fragile States”

Eligibility and Requirements:

  • A PhD in Law, Economics, Political Science, Sociology, or a closely related discipline.
  • Currently affiliated as a faculty member with a recognized academic institution, or
  • An active social practitioner or activist affiliated with an internationally recognized NGO working in poverty alleviation, hunger relief, or conflict resolution.
  • Submission of a Europass-format CV.
  • Confirmation of willingness to participate virtually.
  • A 600-word abstract of the proposed presentation, accompanied by a PowerPoint presentation (PPT).
  • Selection Criteria: Originality, thematic relevance, clarity of presentation, and overall contribution to the objectives of the conference.

For Participants:

Eligibility and Requirements:

  • Submission of a Curriculum Vitae in Europass format.
  • Confirmation of online participation for the full two-day conference.
  • Agreement to complete a post-conference assessment, with certification based on examination performance.
  • Submission of a 300-word Statement of Purpose (SOP) reflecting personal views on poverty and conflict globally. The SOP must be an original piece of work, without the use of AI tools or content generation software.

Call for Papers

  • Abstract: Maximum of 150 words, including the paper title and five keywords.
  • Full Manuscript: 4,500–5,000 words.
  • Citation Style: OSCOLA, 4th Edition.
  • Font: Times New Roman, 12 pt
  • Line Spacing: 1.5
  • Footnotes: Times New Roman, 10 pt, single spacing
  • File Format: Microsoft Word (.doc or .docx) only.
  • Co-Authorship: Maximum of two authors per paper.
  • Referencing: All sources must be properly acknowledged.
  • Plagiarism Policy: Similarity index must not exceed 10% (Turnitin); AI-generated text is strictly prohibited.
  • Submission Deadline: 20 September 2025

How to Register?

Interested candidates can register online via the link given at the end of the post.

Programme Details

  • Conference Mode: Online (Virtual)
  • Conference Dates: Friday, 26 September 2025 – Saturday, 27 September 2025
  • Daily Timings: 10:00 AM to 6:00 PM (Indian Standard Time – IST)
  • Post-Conference Examination: Tuesday, 30 September 2025
  • Application Deadline: 15 September 2025
  • Notification of Acceptance: 20 September 2025

Contact

Contact Email: [email protected]

Click here to register.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Fitness coach shares ’10 easy rules to lose 25 kg in 4 months’: Follow the 80-20 rule for sustainable weight loss | Health

Losing 25 kg in 4 months is an ambitious weight loss goal, but it’s not impossible and can be approached in a sustainable and healthy manner. In her Instagram post on August 22, weight loss coach and fitness trainer Amaka shared some general guidelines, including the 80/20 rule. What is it and should you follow it on your weight loss journey? Find out this and more. Also read | Kapil Sharma’s fitness coach shares ‘21 21 21′ rule helped comedian’s drastic weight loss transformation: What it means

Don’t just rely on cardio. Incorporate 2–3 strength workouts weekly, if you want to get toned and lean in the right way, as per the fitness coach.(Shutterstock)

In her post, ‘10 easy rules to lose 25 kg in 4 months’, Amaka shared you should focus on healthy eating habits 80 percent of the time and allow for flexibility 20 percent of the time. This rule helps promote a balanced diet and sustainable weight loss.

Here are her top 10 weight loss tips that are ‘easy’:

1. Follow the 80/20 rule

Amaka said, “Eat 80 percent whole, clean foods and reserve 20 percent for your cravings, especially when you’re outside. Stop trying to be perfect. But like I always emphasise, still ensure you portion them well to avoid eating in excess.”

2. Prioritise protein

She added, “Chicken, fish, eggs, beans, goat meat, Greek yoghurt bowl, etc. – load your plate with protein because it will keep you full, and it also kills those random cravings, then pair it with veggies and a little complex carbs, and make fat loss easier.”

3. Cut liquid calories

“Juices, sodas, some high-calorie sugar-packed smoothies – they sneak in 300–500 calories without you noticing and still leave you feeling hungry in a few hours,” she said.

4. Walk every single day

As per Amaka, 10K steps daily is a ‘game-changer’. “Walking burns fat without burning you out. It’s a low-impact exercise that melts fat easily,” she said.

5. Sleep 7–8 hours

“I used to sleep 4–5 hours and wonder why I was always hungry, super tired and unmotivated to exercise. Now I get 7–8 hours and my cravings are way easier to manage, I always mash my exercise and burn more calories, hardly ever snack, and I stay focused throughout the day,” Amaka said.

6. Strength train 3 times a week

She added: “Don’t just rely on cardio. Incorporate 2–3 strength workouts weekly, if you want to get toned and lean in the right way.”

7. Stop pausing your weight loss journey over the weekend

She also said, “Personally, I’d eat healthy Monday–Friday, then destroy it all on Saturday and Sunday. But, once I stopped those ‘cheat weekends’, the weight started dropping consistently.”

8. Plan your meals ahead

“When you don’t plan, cravings will always win. Meal prep helps for ease. If it’s prepping your proteins ahead, it will help reduce the time spent preparing your meals. Honestly, meal prep stops you from cheating, and it helps you stay more focused to see results,” Amaka said.

9. Stay consistent, not perfect

She said, “I wasn’t perfect every day, but I showed up most days. And honestly, that’s what matters. Don’t strive to be perfect; just show up daily and keep pushing. The results will truly show in time.”

10. Track more than just the scale

She concluded, “Instead of stepping on the scale, take these measurements instead of your waist, your arms, your chest, your hips, and your legs, and compare every 1-2 weeks. Take pictures and compare. Check how your clothes fit. Even notice my energy. Sometimes the scale lies, but progress never does.”

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Lilly searching for new neuro chief as White set to retire

Eli Lilly is searching for a new neuroscience chief after announcing Wednesday that the division’s current head, Anne White, will retire in December after a 30-year career at the Indianapolis pharmaceutical company.

White, who serves on Lilly’s executive committee, took over neuroscience leadership in 2021, when the company split its biomedicines unit in two to prepare for expected launches of immune system and Alzheimer’s disease drugs. Previously, White led Lilly’s oncology unit and helped oversee the successful acquisition and integration of Loxo Oncology, which became the foundation for the company’s current cancer drug efforts.

“Anne’s career has been defined by a deep commitment to advancing medicines for some of the most challenging diseases affecting patients globally,” Lilly CEO David Ricks said in a statement.

The company said it will consider internal and external candidates to replace White, who will retire on Dec. 31.

As head of Lilly Neuroscience, White oversaw the regulatory submission and launch of Kisunla, a drug designed to slow the progression of Alzheimer’s. For Lilly, the U.S. approval was the culmination of decades of research into drugs for the memory-robbing condition — work that, until Kisunla, had repeatedly come up short.

The achievement was personal for White, who has written about her mother’s experience with Alzheimer’s and how she hopes recent research advances will lead to improved treatment and care.

“The progress we are now realizing will lead to more investment and research in Alzheimer’s disease that will unlock further understanding and open the door to address other neurodegenerative conditions,” she wrote in a Fortune editorial published the day of Kisunla’s FDA clearance. “This moment will be a catalyst to drive progress toward understanding diseases such as ALS, Parkinson’s, and multiple sclerosis.”

Lilly recently won Food and Drug Administration clearance for modified dosing of Kisunla that’s aimed at reducing a potentially dangerous side effect. That effect, known as “ARIA,” has been a significant overhang for Kisunla and other drugs that work similarly, like Eisai and Biogen’s Leqembi.

While analysts expect Kisunla will eventually become a blockbuster, it has performed modestly since launching last year. Lilly recorded $49 million in sales from the drug during the three-month period from April through June.

Lilly is developing another Alzheimer’s medicine, remternetug, that’s currently in Phase 3 testing. Also in its neuroscience pipeline are a handful of gene therapies for diseases like Parkinson’s, Gaucher and frontotemporal dementia, as well as four drugs for pain. Lilly recently added one of those latter therapies via its acquisition of the California-based startup SiteOne Therapeutics.

In its statement, Lilly credited White with efforts to speed drug development timelines across the company.

10 Inspirational Quotes To Start Your Week


Inspirational quotes and motivational quotes have the power to get us through a bad week.

Judging by the number of people who read my regular Monday morning dose of motivational quotes, you agree with this.

So in the spirit of self-motivation, here are another 10 inspirational quotes…

1. Whatever the mind of man can conceive and believe, it can achieve. –Napoleon Hill

3. Two roads diverged in a wood, and I took the one less travelled by, and that has made all the difference.  –Robert Frost

Pablo2

5. I’ve missed more than 9000 shots in my career. I’ve lost almost 300 games. 26 times I’ve been trusted to take the game winning shot and missed. I’ve failed over and over and over again in my life. And that is why I succeed. –Michael Jordan

6 Films and TV Shows That Every Tech Lover Has to Watch Once

Technology has always shaped the stories we tell, and some of the best movies and shows put it right at the center. These picks capture the thrill and the warning signs of our digital age.

6

Black Mirror (2011–2025)

Watch Black Mirror on Netflix

Think about the apps, gadgets, and screens you already use every day. Black Mirror takes those same ideas and pushes them just far enough to feel disturbing. Each episode tells a standalone story, often set in a world that looks familiar but with one technological twist that changes everything. From rating people in everyday life to re-creating loved ones through AI, the stories feel close because they grow out of technology we already recognize.

Because every episode stands on its own, you can start anywhere. Some, like San Junipero, show technology as a way to bring comfort and even give people a second chance at love, while others, like Nosedive or Be Right Back, highlight its risks in painfully human ways. And as you watch, the real chill comes from imagining what it would be like if these worlds became part of daily life, because they don’t feel far off.

5

The Social Network (2010)

Watch The Social Network on Prime Video

Before Facebook became part of daily life, it was a messy project born in a Harvard dorm room. The Social Network shows how a late-night idea slowly grew into a platform that began changing how people connected on campus and beyond.

Jesse Eisenberg (Mark Zuckerberg) plays a student who first builds Facemash to compare classmates, then shifts his focus to Thefacebook. The project takes off faster than he imagined, and soon the strain begins to show in his closest friendships.

A large part of the story is told through depositions, where Zuckerberg faces his co-founders and classmates who accuse him of stealing their ideas. Andrew Garfield (Eduardo Saverin) is a supportive friend who initially funds the site, only to see his shares diluted later.

Justin Timberlake (Sean Parker) shows up with confidence, convincing Zuckerberg to expand into Silicon Valley and deepening the rift with Eduardo. Watching it, you can see how success can turn partners into opponents, and how ambition comes with a hefty price tag.

4

Mr. Robot (2015–2019)

Watch Mr. Robot on Prime Video

Hacking is often shown as green code flying across the screen, but Mr. Robot goes another way. Rami Malek (Elliot Alderson) plays a socially withdrawn cybersecurity engineer who also works as a vigilante hacker. His life shifts when he meets Mr. Robot, played by Christian Slater, who leads a group set on taking down a massive corporation.

The show feels real. The hacks draw on actual methods, from phishing and social engineering to targeted exploits, and the tension comes from the choices Elliot makes rather than flashy visuals. His struggles with paranoia, trust, and identity keep the story personal even when the stakes are huge.

3

Her (2013)

Watch Her on Prime Video

Falling in love with an AI might sound far-fetched, but Her makes it feel startlingly real. Joaquin Phoenix (Theodore Twombly) plays a lonely writer who buys a new operating system and finds himself drawn to its voice assistant, Samantha, voiced by Scarlett Johansson.

At first, their conversations are light and supportive, but over time, they grow into something deeply personal. Theodore shares his fears and longings with Samantha, and the bond between them feels as real as any human relationship—the kind you usually see in feel-good movies.

Her isn’t really about machines; it’s about connection, loneliness, and how fragile emotions can become when technology takes the role of a partner. It leaves you wondering where the line between real and artificial love truly lies.

2

Ex Machina (2014)

Watch Ex Machina on Prime Video

Where Her explores the emotional side of AI, Ex Machina looks at its dangerous side. Caleb (Domhnall Gleeson) is a young programmer chosen through a company contest to spend a week with Nathan (Oscar Isaac), the secretive CEO of his firm. Nathan lives in a remote, high-tech house, where Caleb meets Ava (Alicia Vikander), a humanoid robot with a clear faceplate and visible circuitry. Caleb is asked to judge whether she shows human-like intelligence.

The longer he stays, the more unsettling the environment becomes. Power cuts shut down the glass-walled rooms without warning, and locked doors remind Caleb he isn’t free to move as he wants. His talks with Ava grow more personal each day, but Nathan’s manipulative behavior keeps him off balance, leaving him unsure of whom to trust.

Rather than a big sci-fi spectacle, Ex Machina unfolds like a psychological game of trust and control. Caleb wants to believe Ava is more than a machine, yet every step is shaped by Nathan’s secrecy. The tension isn’t about what Ava can do, but how far people will go when technology and power are in their hands.

1

Inception (2010)

Watch Inception on Prime Video

What if someone could plant an idea in your mind so deeply that you believed it was your own? That question sits at the center of Inception, a sci-fi thriller that turns the dream world into a place where ideas can be stolen or planted. Dom Cobb (Leonardo DiCaprio) is a thief who breaks into people’s subconscious to steal secrets.

His work earns him a reputation few can match, but it also leaves him isolated from his family and haunted by his past.

Cobb is offered the chance to return to his family if he can pull off one last job. To do this, he gathers a team that includes Arthur (Joseph Gordon-Levitt), Ariadne (Elliot Page), and Eames (Tom Hardy). Together they design layered dreamscapes where time slows, cities fold in on themselves, and reality bends until you are no longer sure what is real.

These are some movies and shows every tech lover should watch at least once. Each one brings something different, and together they show how closely technology mirrors the world we’re living in. And if you’re looking for more discoveries beyond tech, you’ll find plenty of surprises in underrated Netflix movies that deserve a spot on your watchlist.

‘Eden’ review: Jude Law and Sydney Sweeney get uncivilized on remote island

Ron Howard’s new film “Eden” is a true story about disenchanted Europeans, who, in the 1930s, escaped from their society and decamped on a lonely rock in the Galapagos, only to see their handmade utopia devolve into petty power struggles and murder. It’s also lurid proof that Charles Darwin missed out on the truly juicy survival-of-the-fittest action by about a hundred years.

This is certainly unusual material for a mainstream stalwart like Howard, who knows his way around heroic problem-solving narratives (“Apollo 13,” the Thai cave rescue movie “Thirteen Lives”). But in screenwriter Noah Pink’s melodramatic imagining of incidents both well-documented and mysterious, one can see this Hollywood veteran on a mission to loosen the shackles of his reputation and have some nasty, brutish fun. To wit: A perma-sneering Jude Law greets intruders naked; a wild-eyed Ana de Armas insults and tries to seduce everyone; Vanessa Kirby lets foreplay include the pulling of her diseased tooth; Sydney Sweeney gives birth alone while growling at a pack of wild dogs.

The result may not be terribly illuminating about the (sub)human condition, despite the shout-outs to Nietzsche and Schopenhauer. “Eden” is probably closer to an expensive reality show about mismatched survivalists. But as August fare goes, it’s a sticky, sweaty hoot, well cast and paced like a disreputable beach read, even if you might sporadically wish Werner Herzog had gotten first crack at this material. (It was also covered in a 2013 documentary.)

The first transplants to the uninhabited island of Floreana were German botanist Dr. Friedrich Ritter (Law) and his devoted, ailing partner, Dore (Kirby). Scolds who glorified suffering against the world’s wrong turns, the pair sought a radical reboot of society in rugged isolation, save the inconvenient fact that Ritter’s grandstanding philosophical missives back home were published in newspapers, turning them into eccentric folk heroes. Soon, their precious suffering took the form of new neighbors: idealistic war veteran Heinz Wittmer (Daniel Brühl) and his wide-eyed young wife Margret (Sweeney), who are looking for a new, self-sufficient way of life for their budding family.

It’s difficult to imagine a worse addition to this oil-and-water mix of high-minded nonconformist cranks and hard-toiling middle-class settlers than a capitalist sybarite. Enter the grandiose Baroness Eloise (De Armas), carried like Cleopatra onto the beach by her male lovers (Toby Wallace and Felix Klammerer), and ready to claim Floreana as the future site of an exclusive luxury resort called Hacienda Paradiso. Her first order of business, however, is pitting the scowling Ritter and bland, industrious Wittmers, who had managed a bearable distance so far, against each other.

The island, given an appropriately sickly, uninviting sheen by cinematographer Mathias Herndl, clearly wasn’t big enough for all of these new-world experimenters. But the movie’s two hours offer plenty of room for their portrayers. Howard’s generosity with his actors keeps this ensemble a charged group of clashing molecules. You wouldn’t mistake anybody’s turn for a full-throated or, conversely, subtle characterization — there’s a messiness to the cutting that prioritizes motion over stillness — but the broad strokes of personality are fun.

At its most raw (or is it overcooked?), when de Armas’ loaded-gun vibe veers toward camp or Law peacocks his pomposity with a hint of desperation, the situation may remind you of some insane pre-Code potboiler like 1932 “The Most Dangerous Game,” when a tale of people at their worst seemed all the more fascinating for unfurling in an exotic locale. Just because this corrupting pity party doesn’t crescendo so much as peter out isn’t any more of a reason to dismiss “Eden.” A little time spent with the farcical maneuverings of isolated megalomaniacs means you can skip reading the news that day.

‘Eden’

Rated: R, for some strong violence, sexual content, graphic nudity and language

Running time: 2 hours, 9 minutes

Playing: In wide release Friday, Aug. 22

Join Us for WIRED’s “Uncanny Valley” Live

On September 9, WIRED is partnering with KQED for Uncanny Valley‘s first live show of the podcast. Join us in San Francisco to see hosts Katie Drummond, Michael Calore, and Lauren Goode shed light on the people, power, and influence of Silicon Valley. Get your tickets here.

With original reporting and sharp analysis, Uncanny Valley covers today’s biggest stories in tech. We demystify companies like Palantir, trends like vibe coding, and figures like Sam Altman; we break down WIRED’s essential coverage of DOGE and ICE; we guide listeners through breakthrough innovation like generative AI and sweeping policy changes like the Trump Administration’s tariffs.

We’re thrilled to have the opportunity to see our listeners in person. For those not based in the Bay Area, you can tune in via the livestream on this page:

And if you’re not yet a listener, you can check out past episodes below.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-wallet-drainer-app-google-play-store-scam-checkpoint-research-report-6684138” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755965264.48251be0

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755965264.48251be0

Recortes a Medicaid impactarían muy fuerte en esta comunidad rural de Colorado

En el Valle de San Luis, al sur de Colorado, las nubes se elevan sobre las imponentes montañas de la cordillera Sangre de Cristo. Un coro de mirlos gorjea mientras revolotea entre los juncos de un refugio de vida silvestre. Grandes campos cultivados en forma de círculo, intercalados con arbustos autóctonos, dan una sensación de tranquilidad bucólica.

Pero en medio de la austera belleza de una de las regiones agrícolas más productivas del estado, había una sensación de inquietud entre los líderes de la comunidad mientras el Congreso debatía un proyecto de ley de presupuesto que podría reformar radicalmente Medicaid, el programa de salud del gobierno gerenciado por los estados para personas de bajos ingresos.

“Intento estar preocupada y optimista”, dijo Konnie Martin, directora ejecutiva de San Luis Valley Health en Alamosa, Colorado, el centro de servicios de salud para 50.000 personas en seis condados rurales.

Martin afirmó que Medicaid es vital para la atención médica rural.

“Creo que en Colorado, en este momento, casi el 70% de los hospitales rurales están operando con un margen negativo”, en números rojos, dijo Martin.

El presupuesto anual del sistema de salud es de $140 millones, y los ingresos de Medicaid representan casi un tercio de esa cifra, según Shane Mortensen, director financiero de San Luis Valley Health.

El margen operativo es muy estrecho, por lo que los recortes federales a Medicaid podrían obligar al centro de salud a implementar recortes drásticos. “Será devastador para nosotros”, declaró Mortensen.

La región es una de las más pobres del estado. En el condado de Alamosa, 2 de cada 5 residentes están inscritos en Health First Colorado, el programa estatal de Medicaid.

Es un salvavidas, especialmente para quienes de otro modo no tendrían fácil acceso a la atención médica. Esto incluye a las personas mayores de bajos ingresos que necesitan cobertura complementaria además de Medicare, y a personas de todas las edades que viven con una discapacidad.

Imaginar un futuro con fuertes recortes a Medicaid deja a muchos pacientes en estado de incertidumbre.

“Revisé nuestro seguro y, ¡Dios mío!, solo me va a costar la mitad de mi sueldo pagarlo”, dijo Julianna Mascarenas, quien tiene seis hijos. Agregó que Medicaid la ha ayudado a cubrir a su familia durante años. Mascarenas trabaja como consejera y trata a personas con adicciones. Su ex marido trabaja en granjas —cultivando papas y arriando ganado— para empleadores que no ofrecen seguro médico.

En todo el estado, Medicaid cubre a 1 de cada 5 habitantes, más de un millón de personas.

Esto incluye a los niños en hogares temporales.

“Hemos tenido 13 niños entrando y saliendo de nuestro hogar, seis de los cuales nacieron aquí en este hospital con drogas en su organismo”, dijo Chance Padilla, cuidador temporal, refiriéndose al hospital insignia de San Luis Valley Health, en Alamosa.

“Medicaid ha sido fundamental para poder darles la vida normal que merecen”, dijo. “Estos niños requieren mucha intervención médica”.

Chris Padilla, esposo de Chance, agregó: “En un momento dado, tuvimos un preadolescente que necesitaba atención médica tres veces por semana. No habríamos podido hacerlo sin Medicaid”.

El personal y los administradores de San Luis Valley Health se preguntan si los recortes federales dificultarán que el sistema mantenga en funcionamiento su centro oncológico.

“Podría verse afectado drásticamente”, dijo Carmelo Hernández, director médico de San Luis Valley Health.

El hospital de Alamosa cuenta con su propia unidad de partos, un tipo de servicio que otros hospitales rurales de Estados Unidos han tenido dificultades para mantener abiertos. Alrededor del 85% de las pacientes de partos del hospital están cubiertas por Medicaid, dijo Hernández.

“Si no tenemos servicios de obstetricia aquí, ¿adónde irán?”, se preguntó Hernández, quien es ginecólogo obstetra. “Van a viajar una hora y 20 minutos al norte, a Salida, para atenderse. O pueden viajar a Pueblo, a otras dos horas en auto por un paso de montaña”.

Tiffany Martínez, de 34 años, se vio obligada hace poco a considerar esa posibilidad luego de dar a luz a su cuarto hijo.

Su embarazo fue de alto riesgo y tuvo que hacerse ecografías y pruebas de esfuerzo dos veces por semana en el hospital. Está inscrita en Medicaid. “Aquí abajo todo es mal pagado”, dijo Martínez. “No es que tengamos dinero solo para pagar al médico. No es que tengamos dinero para viajar seguido. Así que definitivamente es beneficioso”.

Ofreciendo atención de salud, y trabajos

Con 750 trabajadores, el sistema de salud es el mayor empleador del valle. Clint Sowards, médico de atención primaria, afirmó que la reducción de los fondos de Medicaid dificultará atraer a la próxima generación de médicos, enfermeras y otros profesionales de salud.

Ciertas especialidades médicas podrían dejar de estar disponibles, advirtió Sowards. “La gente tendrá que irse. Tendrán que irse del Valle de San Luis”.

Kristina Steinberg es médica de familia de Valley-Wide Health Systems, una red de pequeñas clínicas que atiende a miles de personas en la región. Explicó que Medicaid cubre a la mayoría de los residentes de hogares de adultos mayores de la zona.

“Si las personas mayores perdieran el acceso a Medicaid para la atención a largo plazo, perderíamos algunos hogares de adultos mayores”, dijo Steinberg. “Se consolidarían”.

Audrey Reich Loy, licenciada en trabajo social y directora de programas de San Luis Valley Health, afirmó que el sistema utiliza Medicaid “como una especie de columna vertebral de nuestra infraestructura”.

“No solo apoya a quienes reciben Medicaid”, afirmó. “Sino que, como resultado de lo que aporta a nuestra comunidad, nos permite garantizar una red de servicios que podemos ampliar y brindar a toda la comunidad”.

Buscando más eficiencia

Los republicanos en el Congreso que impulsaron la ley de gastos e impuestos, que según estimaciones resultará en grandes recortes a Medicaid, afirman que quieren ahorrar dinero y aumentar la eficiencia del gobierno.

Muchos en la región del condado de Alamosa votaron por Donald Trump. “Potencialmente está afectando en forma drástica a su base electoral”, dijo Hernández.

Agregó que los recortes a Medicaid podrían hacer reconsiderar la postura de los partidarios del presidente Trump, pero señaló que la política es un tema delicado que generalmente no aborda con los pacientes.

Sowards dijo que entiende que algunas personas crean que el sistema de Medicaid está en crisis y es costoso. Sin embargo, expresó serias dudas sobre la solución propuesta.

“Perder Medicaid tendría repercusiones drásticas que no podemos prever”, dijo Sowards.

Recortes generarían un efecto dominó

El impacto económico regional de San Luis Valley Health supera los $100 millones al año, y Medicaid representa una parte importante de esa cifra, apuntó Martin.

Cualquier recorte a Medicaid afectaría duramente al sistema de salud, pero también a las pequeñas empresas y a sus empleados. La región está sintiendo las consecuencias económicas. El estrés derivado de otros cambios, como los recientes recortes que la administración Trump implementó en la fuerza laboral federal.

El Valle de San Luis alberga a Monte Vista National Wildlife Refuge, el Parque Nacional Great Sand Dunes y otras tierras administradas por el gobierno federal.

Joe Martínez, presidente del Banco Federal del Valle de San Luis, afirmó que los empleados federales recientemente despedidos ya están yendo a los bancos preguntando: “¿Puede haber forma de que me condonen los pagos de la hipoteca de los próximos dos meses? ¿O podemos extenderla?”. O bien: “Perdí mi trabajo. ¿Qué podemos hacer para asegurarnos de no perder mi vehículo?”.

En abril, Ty Coleman, alcalde de Alamosa, viajó a Washington, DC, para hablar con la delegación del Congreso de Colorado. Dijo que su mensaje sobre los recortes a Medicaid fue directo: “Pueden tener un impacto económico devastador”. Coleman elaboró una larga lista de posibles problemas: más enfermedades crónicas y tasas de mortalidad más altas; tiempos de espera más largos para recibir atención; deudas médicas y presión financiera para las familias.

“No se trata solo de nuestra comunidad rural, sino también de las otras comunidades rurales de Colorado y de Estados Unidos”, dijo Coleman. “Y no creo que la gente lo esté entendiendo”.

Este artículo forma parte de una alianza entre CPR News, NPR y KFF Health News.

KFF Health News is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues and is one of the core operating programs at KFF—an independent source of health policy research, polling, and journalism. Learn more about KFF.

USE OUR CONTENT

This story can be republished for free (details).

Before KPop Demon Hunters, There Was K/DA

KPop Demon Hunters’ fictional bands have become some of the hottest musical acts on the planet since the Netflix animated film released in June–but before Huntrix and Saja Boys were tearing up the charts, a quartet of League of Legends characters were making waves in virtual K-pop.

Even before KPop Demon Hunters was released, the film’s fictional K-pop band was seeing comparisons to Riot Games’ virtual girl group, K/DA. It’s not a stretch to spot the similarities–two animated girl groups releasing catchy K-pop anthems in between fighting enemies with signature weapons and battle costumes. Even some of the costumes and color schemes feel familiar, and both groups have collaborated with real-world K-pop girl group Twice.

Though it feels likely that the team behind KPop Demon Hunters was inspired by K/DA, it hasn’t commented much on the comparison. One of the only official references to K/DA comes from KPop Demon Hunters’ music supervisor Ian Eisendrath, who confirms that Riot’s virtual band was “one of our many influences” for Huntrix’s musical sound. Eisendrath adds that K/DA was just one of “8-12 references” that was mainly used to “envision what these songs could sound like.”

No matter what level of inspiration K/DA had on KPop Demon Hunters, the Riot K-pop project proved almost seven years ago that fans would get behind a virtual girl group.

Made up of League champions Ahri, Akali, Evelynn, and Kai’sa, each member of K/DA is voiced and performed by a real-world pop artist. American artists Madison Beer and Jaira Burns provide the singing voices for Evelynn and Kai’sa, respectively, while members of K-pop group I-dle (formerly (G)I-dle) Miyeon and Soyeon voice Ahri and Akali, respectively. The group is structured like a classic K-pop girl group, with each member having a performing strength, and they mirror certain K-pop archetypes in personality and style.

K/DA was formed back in 2018 as an opening act for the League of Legends World Championship–and as a vehicle to sell their shiny popstar outfits as skins. The single and music video launched the same day as K/DA’s debut augmented-reality performance in Incheon, South Korea, and quickly took off.

The debut single, Pop/Stars, charted at number one on the K-pop music charts and number five on the overall pop charts for Apple Music in the US, as well as topping Billboard’s World Digital Song Sales chart. The music video went viral on YouTube, reaching over 100 million views in its first month. Despite being a fake band, K/DA made history by becoming the first K-pop girl group to have a single certified platinum with Pop/Stars.

Viranda Tantula, the creative lead on the opening ceremony performance, explained in an interview that Pop/Stars’ success was all about commitment to the “fantasy of the champs being in the real world.” In order to sell this fantasy, Tantula explained, they had to create a pop song that stands up against real-world pop music and a performance that competes with real-world stadium-level pop.

Despite how much went into K/DA’s debut, it initially wasn’t intended to be any more than the one single. “We really went into it wanting to make the singular moment as dope as possible and intentionally weren’t thinking much further into the future than that,” Tantula said in the same interview. When Pop/Stars started taking off, far eclipsing anything the Riot music team had released previously, Tantula says the team started “chatting about where this could go.”

K/DA was quiet for a while after their debut, though they remained popular with fans who created art, cosplay, and dance covers for Pop/Stars–and spent plenty of cash on K/DA skins. After two years of speculation, the group finally returned with a bang in 2020, releasing the five-song EP All Out and once again gracing the Worlds opening ceremony with an augmented-reality performance of lead single More.

While none of the All Out tracks reached the viral peak that Pop/Stars saw, the EP performed well as a musical release in its own right–with play counts on Spotify comparable to Huntrix’s discography at the time of writing.

Riot hasn’t revisited K/DA since the All Out release–though it did experiment with a boy band, Heartsteel, and an Akali-led side project, True Damage, all of which exist in the same alternate universe of League of Legends lore. The rise of KPop Demon Hunters seems to have brought fans back to K/DA, however: The Pop/Stars YouTube comments are full of people who say they’re watching because of KPop Demon Hunters, while the K/DA subreddit is full of Huntrix/K/DA mashups and fan art.

Some fans who were introduced to K-pop by the Netflix film even appear to be jumping to K/DA for their next fictional K-pop fix. Though this could just be because both bands have a similar sound, there’s an argument to be made that virtual acts may be less intimidating for first-time fans who aren’t ready for the complexity of real-world K-pop fan culture. No matter the reason, both K/DA and Huntrix have proven themselves successful gateway artists for fans who have never engaged with K-pop before.

The similarities between K/DA and Huntrix may be undeniable, but there’s one major element that sets the two groups apart: K/DA is a virtual K-pop group, while Huntrix doesn’t exist outside of the narrative of KPop Demon Hunters–for now. The difference is the conceit that K/DA is a band that really exists in our world–they’ve performed stadium shows, filmed music videos, and even held interviews and addressed fans directly via social media.

Riot’s handling of K/DA as a virtual band provides a template that Netflix could very well follow with KPop Demon Hunters. In a Reddit AMA with members of the KPop Demon Hunters team, a fan asked if Huntrix and Saja Boys could become bona fide virtual bands, and music supervisor Ian Eisendrath replied, “I would love that.”

Just like K/DA before them, both Huntrix and Saja Boys are blowing up the charts right now–going head to head with some of the most popular real K-pop groups. Huntrix surpassed Blackpink as the highest-charting K-pop girl group when it hit number two on the US Spotify charts, while Saja Boys surpassed the likes of BTS and Stray Kids to become the highest-charting K-pop boy group. There’s no word yet on Netflix’s plans for either fictional group, but it’s not hard to picture them selling out stadiums.

Tiny protein dismantles the toxic clumps behind Alzheimer’s

Scientists at St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital demonstrated for the first time that the protein midkine plays a preventative role against Alzheimer’s disease. Midkine is known to accumulate in Alzheimer’s disease patients. Now, researchers have connected it with amyloid beta, a protein that accumulates in the brain, causing assemblies that are a hallmark of Alzheimer’s.

In work published on August 21 in Nature Structural & Molecular Biology, the researchers revealed that midkine prevents amyloid beta from sticking together, and, consequently, Alzheimer’s disease models lacking midkine show more amyloid beta accumulation. The findings lay the groundwork to better understand the disease-preventing mechanism of midkine and subsequent drug discovery pathways.

Midkine blocks Alzheimer’s amyloid assembly growth

Midkine is a small, multifunctional growth factor protein found abundantly during embryonic development but also involved in normal cell growth. Its role in cell growth means that midkine is often overexpressed in cancer, making it a valuable biomarker. However, beyond some preliminary studies showing its increase in Alzheimer’s, midkine’s link to the neurodegenerative disease has been poorly understood.

Corresponding author Junmin Peng, PhD, Departments of Structural Biology and Developmental Neurobiology, and his team utilized fluorescence assays, circular dichroism, electron microscopy and nuclear magnetic resonance with disease models that replicate amyloid beta accumulation to investigate the role of midkine in Alzheimer’s thoroughly. They found that midkine and amyloid beta have a similar pattern at the protein level.

“We know that correlation is not causative, so we wanted to demonstrate convincingly that real interactions are occurring between the two proteins,” Peng explained.

The researchers used a fluorescent sensor for amyloid beta assemblies, called thioflavin T, to show that the assemblies were broken up in the presence of midkine. Modeling of those data revealed that midkine inhibits amyloid beta elongation and secondary nucleation, two specific phases during assembly formation. Nuclear magnetic resonance confirmed this finding.

“Once the amyloid beta assemblies grow, the signal becomes weaker and broader until it disappears because the technique can only analyze small molecules,” said Peng. “But when we add in midkine, the signal returns, showing that it inhibits the large assemblies.”

Additionally, the researchers used Alzheimer’s disease mouse models that have increased amyloid beta and demonstrated that removing the midkine gene resulted in even higher levels of amyloid beta assemblies. These results point to the protective role the protein has against Alzheimer’s disease.

The researchers have opened a potential avenue for drug discovery by identifying the apparent protective role of midkine. “We want to continue to understand how this protein binds to amyloid beta so we can design small molecules to do the same thing,” said Peng. “With this work, we hope to provide strategies for future treatment.”

Authors and funding

The study’s other co-corresponding authors are Yang Yang, Van Andel Institute, and Ping-Chung Chen, St. Jude. The study’s first authors are Masihuz Zaman, Shu Yang and Ya Huang, St. Jude. The study’s other authors are Geidy Serrano and Thomas Beach, Banner Sun Health Research Institute; Gang Yu, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center; and Jay Yarbro, Yanhong Hao, Zhen Wang, Danting Liu, Kiara Harper, Hadeer Soliman, Alex Helphill, Sarah Harvey, Shondra Pruett-Miller, Valerie Stewart, Ajay Singh Tanwar, Ravi Kalathur, Christy Grace, Martin Turk, Sagar Chittori, Yun Jiao, Zhiping Wu, Anthony High, and Xusheng Wang, St. Jude.

The study was supported by the National Institutes of Health (R01AG053987, RF1AG064909, RF1AG068581, U19AG069701, P30CA021765, U24NS072026, P30AG019610, P30AG072980), the Arizona Department of Health Services, the Arizona Biomedical Research Commission, the Michael J. Fox Foundation for Parkinson’s Research and the American Lebanese Syrian Associated Charities (ALSAC), the fundraising and awareness organization of St. Jude.

Rainy day Ramen fix: OKO's festival brings the best of Asia's flavors to one table

As monsoon broods over the skies, OKO at The LaLiT New Delhi, known for its authentic Chinese, Japanese, and Thai offerings, is now tapping into the rainy mood with a dedicated Ramen Festival, thoughtfully curated by chef de cuisine Manish Prasad Sharma. “We’ve gone for a fusion style,” says chef Sharma about the inspirations behind the curation. “China has seven different ramen styles. The Cantonese ramen, for example, is mildly spicy. Beijing’s is spicier. Hong Kong has its own version — it changes from region to region.”

We sit under warm lights, antique statues lining the walls — from chairperson Jyotsna Suri’s art collection from her travels in the ’80s — as the slow guzheng tune hums in the background. A warm cup of jasmine tea welcomes us. Our meal begins with a tarty pomelo salad tossed with crunchy peanuts and cashews, and a tangy dressing of tamarind and chilli paste — a perfect start, balancing texture and citrusy zing.

Chef Sharma, who has 18 years of experience cooking Asian cuisines across India and West Asia, says he wanted the ramen menu to reflect both authenticity and cater to a local palate. “We’ve tried to stay authentic to the ramen, without losing the soul of the dish,” he says.

We start with the chef-recommended Chicken Gyoza Ramen, which lands with a mildly tempered chicken broth that isn’t overly salty or oily. The gyoza — plump, grilled dumplings — float with shimeji mushrooms, purple cabbage, broccoli, and a soft-boiled egg. The thin-cut noodles are springy in the warm flavour of the broth. “This is an Osaka-style ramen. The city is famous for its cold winter; people enjoy hot bowls of ramen then,” says Sharma.

Next up, the Chinese-style Pork Belly Soy Ramen offers a lighter take on the traditional, with broth slow-simmered for eight hours in a house-made soy stock infused with star anise, cinnamon, cloves, ginger, and tingling Sichuan peppercorns. It’s topped with a generous amount of bamboo shoots, mushrooms, spring onions, and bell peppers, inspired by Shanghai’s street food stalls. “The stock resembles the homemade style — very light and a little spicy,” says the chef. “It’s different from the thick Japanese broths people expect — it’s more like something you’d find in Hong Kong or China.”

The chef also swears by the Seafood Ramen, served in a delicate seafood broth. With thin-cut noodles laid over kani (crab sticks), grilled fish, and a miso base, this bowl evokes the refined seafood flavours of Tokyo. For vegetarians, there’s a Pad Thai-style ramen made with flat rice noodles, tofu, and veggies in an umami broth. It stays authentic to its Thai roots with flat rice noodles, mushrooms, asparagus, spinach, and corn. Mildly tempered with spices, the bowl was filling and satisfying.

The Spicy Tofu Ramen, a vegan-friendly option, offers a generous helping of soy-marinated silken tofu in a spicy miso paste broth; the hot noodles float alongside veggies like broccoli, cabbage, and corn.

Designed for Delhi’s rainy season, OKO’s ramen festival is a good fit. “We considered what people want in the monsoon — something warm, flavourful, and comforting,” the chef says. “Ramen is perfect for that.” Whether you’re a broth purist or someone who just wants a cosy bowl by the window as the rain pours down, this one’s for you.

Available at OKO, The LaLiT New Delhi till July 27, 12pm to 3pm and 7pm to 11pm, from ₹1,195 onwards

Internship Opportunity at G D Bansal & Associates, Jaipur

About G D Bansal & Associates

G D Bansal & Associates is an elite law firm with a diversified practice representing industrial, commercial, and financial enterprises. With a primary focus on Intellectual Property (IP), the firm has branched out into Trademarks, Copyrights, and Patents while offering full legal services in a number of industries. Our clients come from every walk of business life, and we pride ourselves on offering innovative solutions and delivering exceptional legal counsel.

Internship Overview

The Organisation is inviting law students to apply for an exciting legal internship opportunity at G D Bansal & Associates. This internship is a unique opportunity to gain hands-on experience with a leading law firm, offering exposure to a broad range of legal areas, including Intellectual Property (IP) and more.

As an intern, you will work closely with experienced professionals, assisting in research, case preparation, and legal document drafting. This is an excellent opportunity to develop your legal skills in a professional setting and gain practical insights into the legal industry.

Roles and Responsibilities

As a Legal Intern, your key responsibilities will include:

  • Legal Research: Conducting research on civil and commercial laws, particularly related to Intellectual Property (IP), and assisting in the development of legal strategies.
  • Drafting Legal Documents: Assisting senior attorneys with the drafting of petitions, applicationsaffidavitsreplies, and legal notices for ongoing cases.
  • Case Law Research: Supporting senior lawyers in researching case laws and preparing summaries for legal briefs, assisting in identifying precedents, and helping build case strategies.

Eligibility Criteria

We are looking for candidates who meet the following qualifications:

  • Educational Requirements:
    • Pursuing a 5-year Bachelor’s Degree in Law (in any specialization) and is in his/her 4th or 5th year of graduation from a recognized University.
  • Experience & Knowledge:
    • Prior basic knowledge or experience in Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).
    • Strong interest and basic understanding of civil and commercial laws.
  • Skills:
    • Strong verbal and written communication skills.
    • Good research abilities and attention to detail.
    • Ability to work effectively in a team and demonstrate initiative and creativity.
  • Other Requirements:
    • Availability for full-time internship (in-office)
    • Willingness to relocate to Jaipur (if not based in Jaipur already).
    • Availability for a duration of at least 4 weeks or more.
  • Inclusivity:
    • Women who are looking to start/restart their careers in law are strongly encouraged to apply.

Perks & Benefits

  • Certificate of Internship will be provided upon successful completion of the internship.

Why Apply?

This internship offers a unique opportunity to work with a prestigious law firm, gaining valuable experience in high-profile legal matters across various legal fields. By working with G D Bansal & Associates, you will:

  • Work alongside seasoned professionals, assisting with real-time legal projects that are impactful in the legal industry.
  • Develop practical skills in legal researchdrafting legal documents, and court proceedings.
  • Build strong professional relationships and expand your network within the legal sector.
  • Learn from experienced lawyers and develop a deeper understanding of the legal profession.

At G D Bansal & Associates, we value initiative, creativity, and a strong willingness to learn. If you’re passionate about law and eager to contribute to high-impact cases, this internship will provide you with the experience and exposure you need to excel in your legal career.

No. of Openings

  • Sep 2025 – 10 openings
  • Oct 2025 – 10 openings
  • Nov 2025 – 10 openings
  • Dec 2025 – 10 openings

How to Apply? 

To apply for the Legal Intern position, please send your application to [email protected] with the subject line ‘Internship application for [Month, Year]’. Ensure that your resume is attached to the email.

Location

Jaipur, Rajasthan.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is unethical and can result in blacklisting. We strongly discourage requesting any kind of payment from interns, including processing fees or charges for certificates. If you have any concerns, please contact us at [email protected]

Geriatrician shares 4 tips for older adults to improve mental health: From solving puzzles to doing meditation | Health

Updated on: Aug 23, 2025 08:09 pm IST

Mental health needs to be supported with healthy habits to ensure overall wellbeing in older adults.  

Mental health is closely connected to physical health, with factors like the gut-brain axis making it even more prominent. On top of that, as one ages, mental wellness can decline due to stress from major life events, such as the death of a spouse, chronic illness or retirement. Along with this, old age also carries the natural risks of cognitive decline. All these make taking care of mental health during old age a non-negotiable priority.

Elderly people are recommended to socialise and exercise to keep their minds active.(Shutterstock)

ALSO READ: Well-rounded diet for older adults: 5 nutrients that improve muscle strength, gut balance and overall health

To address the concerns of old age mental wellness, Dr Prasun Chatterjee, Chief of Geriatric Medicine at Artemis Hospitals, shared with HT Lifestyle how to keep the mind healthy and resilient during old age.

He said, “Taking care of our mental health is just as important as taking care of our physical health as we get older. A healthy mind keeps older people independent, active, and happy. Small, regular efforts can make a big difference in helping seniors. Every stress kills some important memory cells, so managing stress in middle age and later life is very important for a healthy mind. ”

Here are 4 tips he shared for older adults for better mental health:

1. Stay mentally active:

Solve puzzles to keep your brain active.(Shutterstock)
Solve puzzles to keep your brain active.(Shutterstock)
  • Stay mentally active by reading, doing puzzles, playing memory games, or learning new things. This will keep your brain sharp.
  • Doing things that make your mind work can slow down cognitive decline and help your memory.

2. Maintain social connections:

  • Being alone and lonely can be bad for your mental health. Talk to family, friends, or community groups on a regular basis.
  • Being social makes you feel better, lowers anxiety, and helps keep you from getting depressed.

3. Put your physical health first:

Stay physically active with yoga and stretching exercises.(Shutterstock)
Stay physically active with yoga and stretching exercises.(Shutterstock)
  • Eating well, getting enough sleep, and exercising regularly all have a direct effect on how your brain works.
  • Walking, doing yoga, or light strength training are all good for your brain because they increase blood flow to it. This helps with memory and thinking.

4. Practice mindfulness and relaxation:

  • This helps you clear your mind when you’re stressed or anxious.
  • Meditation, deep breathing, or gentle hobbies like gardening can help you relax, focus better, and feel better emotionally.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

US, EU agree to terms of framework trade pact

The United States and the European Union formalized the terms of the framework trade agreement the two trading partners announced at the end of July, per a joint statement published by the White House Thursday.

The statement provides additional clarity and detail surrounding the terms U.S. President Donald Trump and European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen shared following negotiations in Scotland on July 27, including a 15% tariff on EU imports by the U.S. The two trading partners will “promptly document” the agreement, per the statement.

Under the agreement, the U.S. committed to apply either a tariff of 15% or a “most-favored nation” duty rate on EU imports, with the higher of the two to be enforced. The U.S. will set a cap of 15% on tariffs for imports of pharmaceuticals, semiconductors and lumber, per the statement. Those sectors are currently under Section 232 investigation. Similar probes have led to sector-specific tariffs of up to 50%.

The U.S. also plans to apply only the most-favored nation rate set by the World Trade Organization to aircraft and aircraft parts, generic pharmaceuticals, chemical precursors and “unavailable natural resources,” effective Sept. 1. The two trading partners will “consider other sectors” to add to that group.

“Leaders in the pharmaceutical sector ultimately have been seeking clarity and detail, notably as it pertains to timing and differentiation between types of pharma products,” said Kristin Pothier, sector leader of consulting firm KPMG’s life science practice, in an emailed statement. “Although the final outcome regarding comprehensive section 232 tariffs concerning other nations is still unclear, today’s 15% tariffs on generics only will enable organizations to move forward with more confidence in their planning and strategies.”

Meanwhile, the EU said it intends to eliminate tariffs on U.S. industrial products and provide preferential market access to a range of U.S. food exports, including tree nuts, fresh and processed fruits and vegetables, pork and bison meat, and dairy products.

Once the bloc formally introduces legislation to enact these measures, the U.S. plans to apply a tariff of 15% on EU cars and auto parts, unless the covered goods are subject to a higher most favored nation duty rate. The two countries also intend to cooperate on automobile standards.

“These tariff reductions are expected to be effective from the first day of the same month in which the European Union’s legislative proposal is introduced,” according to the statement.

For steel and aluminum imports, the two trading partners said they would “consider the possibility” of cooperating on ring-fencing their domestic markets to protect against overcapacity.

As part of the agreement, the EU expects to procure $750 billion in energy products through 2028 and $40 billion worth of artificial intelligence chips from the U.S. EU companies would also invest $600 billion in the U.S. over the next three years.

The statement also says the EU will work to reduce regulatory burdens on U.S. companies that could inhibit transatlantic trade.

“Predictability for our companies & consumers. Stability in the largest trading partnership in the world. And security for European jobs & economic growth in the long-term,” von der Leyen said in a post on X Thursday. “This EU-US trade deal delivers for our citizens & companies, and strengthens transatlantic relations.”

Ned Pagliarulo contributed reporting.

Scorpio Man And Cancer Woman Compatibility—A Cosmic Power Couple

Scorpio and Cancer are often considered a cosmic power couple, and it’s easy to see why. Both are water signs, which means they speak the same emotional language of depth, intuition, and feeling. When a Scorpio man and Cancer woman come together, their connection can feel almost fated. Many astrologers hail this pairing as one of the most naturally harmonious in the zodiac. Astrologer Susan Miller says, “If you’re Scorpio man in love with a Cancer woman, you’ve chosen one of your best possible matches.” In her compatibility guide, Miller even gave this duo a perfect “10” rating for synergy, highlighting just how well these two can click.

Of course, being compatible doesn’t mean challenge-free. The Scorpio man is known for being intense, private, and at times a bit mysterious. The Cancer woman is nurturing, sensitive, and can be deeply emotional, known to wear her heart on her sleeve. The very traits that set the stage for an incredibly intimate bond can also stir up potential misunderstandings and relationship issues. When both partners bring their best selves and connect from a place of  compassion, honesty, and willingness to grow, this pairing truly shines. But if they operate from their shadows and let jealousy, moodiness, or manipulation loom larger, even this match made in heaven can hit stormy weather.

Let’s explore different facets of Cancer woman and Scorpio man compatibility, for a clearer picture of how they love, relate, fight, make up, build a life, and commit for the long haul. We will also take a deep dive into the challenges this couple faces along the way, and how they can overcome them. 

Scorpio Man Cancer Woman Love Compatibility

In love, a Scorpio man and Cancer woman often experience an immediate and profound affinity. It’s the kind of connection where both might feel like they’ve finally found someone who truly “gets” them. Both Scorpio and Cancer crave deep, soul-level bonding, and when they meet, it can be almost magnetic. “As two of the three water signs in the zodiac, Cancer and Scorpio are both known for being super-emotional and très deep,” says astrologer Erika W. Smith. This reflects in the Scorpio man Cancer woman love compatibility, in the following ways: 

1. Instant emotional connection

An almost psychic connection

From the early stages, Scorpio and Cancer feel like kindred spirits. It’s common for them to joke that they’ve “known each other forever” due to the natural comfort and familiarity. From early on, they’re likely sharing their dreams, fears, and secrets with each other in a way they wouldn’t with most people. The Cancer woman’s caring and open-hearted nature helps the guarded Scorpio man lower his defenses. He senses that she won’t trample on his feelings, which is a refreshing change for him. In turn, he offers Cancer the kind of emotional validation and protection she longs for. Many say these two can form an “almost psychic connection”, intuitively understanding each other’s moods without a word.

Related Reading: Dating A Scorpio Man? Here Are 6 Interesting Things To Know

2. Mutual devotion

Both Cancer female and Scorpio male love deeply and exclusively. Once they declare love, neither has eyes for anyone else. This reassurance feeds the security both need.  Cancer feels safe in Scorpio’s unwavering focus, and Scorpio relaxes in Cancer’s constant care. The Scorpio man’s passionate devotion makes the Cancer woman feel cherished and secure. He’s a lover who remembers the little things like the exact way she takes her tea or which childhood stories make her smile and will go out of his way to make her happy. 

The Cancer woman, in turn, loves nothing more than caring for her beloved. She’s often the most supportive cheerleader of the Scorpio’s ambitions, providing comfort and reassurance when he’s stressed, and a warm home environment that he can always retreat to. Describing this dynamic, a Reddit user says, “I enjoy the openness and commitment I get from Cancers. That nurturing vibe is positive for my Scorpio self.” Indeed, Cancer’s nurturing vibe pairs beautifully with Scorpio’s need for loyalty and intimacy.

3. Romantic intensity

Candlelit dinners at home, long cuddles on the couch, hand-written love notes, this pair revels in romantic gestures. They often create a little world of inside jokes, pet names, and rituals that strengthen their bond. Emotionally, both feel things in technicolor. When times are good, this means lots of affection, sweet words, and tender moments. 

how Scorpio and Cancer balance each other
Intense love with an overload of romance and mush

The Cancer woman will smother her Scorpio man in love and attention, which he secretly or not-so-secretly adores, and Scorpio will make grand gestures or heartfelt speeches about how much she means to him. They can easily fall into an “us against the world” mentality, fiercely prioritizing each other over external distractions. Smith notes, “Cancer and Scorpio have a strong karmic connection. Their intense mutual loyalty creates their strongest bond.” 

4. Protective love

When a Cancer female and Scorpio male come together in a romantic connection, they each become the other’s protector. The Scorpio man instinctively stands guard over his Cancer woman’s feelings, and the Cancer woman fiercely defends her Scorpio man to others and tends to him when he’s down. 

5. Emotional honesty

In a healthy Scorpio-Cancer love match, both feel free to be themselves. It’s like they can be emotionally naked in front of one another, tears, fears, passions and all, without any fear of judgment or ridicule. There’s a sense of finally being understood. This emotional transparency only makes their love grow stronger over time.

Related Reading: 10 Reasons Why Scorpio Men Make The Best Husbands

However, all this intensity can have a flipside, too. Feelings run so deep in a Scorpio man and Cancer woman connection that hurts cut bone-deep. A sharp comment or a perceived slight can send either partner retreating into their shell or into a simmering silence. For example, if the Scorpio man’s jealousy flares up after he sees his Cancer girlfriend laughing with a male friend,  he might brood darkly, which in turn hurts the Cancer’s feelings because she senses his withdrawal. Likewise, if the Cancer woman gets upset and gives Scorpio the cold shoulder, it can trigger his fear of abandonment. The good news is, their love generally outshines these temporary storms. With mature communication, they usually find their way back to the overwhelming love that brought them together.

Want to know what’s written in the stars for you and your partner? Unlock the secret

Scorpio Man Cancer Woman Compatibility In A Relationship

how Cancer nurtures Scorpio in relationships
A harmonious and affectionate relationship

As a couple, the Scorpio man and Cancer woman often settle into a harmonious and affectionate relationship rhythm. They naturally gravitate toward a traditional partnership dynamic in many ways, not necessarily in terms of old-fashioned gender roles, but in how they each like to take care of one another, which is characterized by:

1. Deep friendship underlying romance

Beyond lovers, they are best friends. This means they genuinely like each other’s company and enjoy spending a lot of time together. Whether it’s grocery shopping or binge-watching a show, they have fun just being together. This friendship aspect strengthens their relationship immensely.

They turn out to be that couple who texts each other throughout the workday or runs errands together just for the company. Friends of a Cancer-Scorpio couple might observe that these two are almost inseparable and deeply tuned into each other’s needs. For instance, if they attend a social gathering, the Scorpio man will notice the minute his Cancer partner starts to feel tired or uncomfortable and will gently suggest they head home. Likewise, the Cancer woman will sense if her Scorpio is a bit on edge and will subtly soothe him with a touch or a kind word. They almost function like a unit, anticipating each other.

Related Reading: Signs Most Compatible With Cancer – Ranked From Best To Worst

2. Naturally cooperative

In daily life, chores and responsibilities often fall into place without much friction. The Cancer woman is usually happy to handle a lot of the nurturing tasks: she might be the one cooking favorite meals, remembering family birthdays, and turning the house into a cozy home. 

how much Cancer nurtures Scorpio in relationships
They build a balanced relationship

The Scorpio man often assumes the role of protector and decision-maker for the big stuff: he’ll handle negotiations like buying a car or dealing with tough family issues and provide a sense of stability and direction. Both excel in their chosen arenas, which leads to a feeling of balance in a relationship. 

3. Shared social preferences

Both prefer a smaller, close-knit circle to huge crowds. This means neither feels dragged out to parties unwillingly and they’re often on the same wavelength about spending Friday night cuddled up at home versus a loud club. Friends might even joke that they “disappear” into their relationship.

4. Need for reassurance

There is a constant need for reassurance in a Scorpio man and Cancer woman relationship, and both partners appreciate frequent affirmations of love and affectionate gestures. Small acts like daily “I love you” texts, surprise hugs, or compliments keep them both assured that all is well. When reassurance is absent, that’s when the famous insecurity of these signs can creep in, and so the couple has to make a conscious effort to affirm each other often.

Related Reading: Most Attractive Zodiac Sign, Ranked As Per Astrology

5. Mood management poses a challenge

Like we said before, a Cancer female and Scorpio male pairing is not without its challenges. One such challenge is mood management since both the signs are prone to frequent mood swings. Cancer can be famously moody—one minute cheerful, the next, brooding over something minor. Scorpio’s mood swings are usually tied to feeling out of control or slighted in some way. 

If both hit a low mood at the same time, it’s like a storm in the household: gloomy, with a chance of misunderstanding. On the positive side, since they understand each other’s emotional nature, they often develop a unique way to ride out these mood swings. Perhaps they give each other space or come together for a long hug until the wave passes. A bit of humor helps, too. Sometimes, Cancer will playfully say, “Uh-oh, Scorpio stare alert!” when he’s in a mood, making him chuckle, or a Scorpio will tease, “Here come the waterworks”, when she’s tearing up at a sappy commercial, making her laugh through her tears.

Scorpio Man Cancer Woman Sex Compatibility

The sexual chemistry between a Scorpio man and a Cancer woman is the stuff of zodiac legend. In the bedroom, these two water signs can merge on a profound emotional and physical level, creating an experience that is both passionate and tender. Scorpio man Cancer woman sex compatibility hinges on:

1. Intense passion and deep emotions

For these two, sex isn’t a physical act, it’s packed with feeling. They often form a near-psychic link during intimacy, each sensing exactly what the other needs. This emotional depth makes their sexual encounters profoundly satisfying on multiple levels. Scorpio is often dubbed the most sexual sign of the zodiac. He’s intense, passionate, and always aiming to forge a soul-bond through sex. 

deep emotional connection between Scorpio and Cancer
Sexual connection rooted in emotional security

Cancer, while generally more demure, views sexual intimacy as an extension of love and emotional security. When she feels safe and adored, which Scorpio excels at making her feel, the Cancer woman reveals a deeply sensual side that surprises and delights her Scorpio partner. “Scorpio and Cancer see physical intimacy as intertwined with emotional intimacy and have their hottest sex with someone they know and trust,” says Desai. In this pairing, that condition is fulfilled. They trust each other immensely, allowing both to fully let go and revel in the experience.

Related Reading: The Most Intelligent Zodiac Sign, Ranked Highest To Lowest

2. Physical affection

Outside of actual sex, this pair is typically very touchy-feely. In fact, physical touch is a prominent love language in their dynamic. They’ll hold hands, snuggle, and kiss a lot. This constant physical connection keeps the sexual spark alive and builds anticipation. It’s not unusual for them to have their own affectionate routines, like a goodnight kiss ritual or massages after a long day. Often, these sensual rituals lead to more.

3. Great sex powered by a sense of security

The Cancer woman needs to feel secure to truly let loose in bed. The Scorpio man’s loyalty and the safe space he creates for her are huge turn-ons. In return, Scorpio finds Cancer’s complete trust in him incredibly sexy. It makes him want to blow her mind and heart all at once.

4. Complementary styles

Scorpio’s erotic imagination and Cancer’s romantic imagination meet in the middle. Expect a good balance of steamy, intense moments, courtesy of Scorpio’s depth, and slow, tender lovemaking, courtesy of Cancer’s sweetness. They can go from raw passion to giggling under the sheets in the next moment, utterly comfortable with each other.

Related Reading: Top 10 Most To Least Mysterious Zodiac Signs Ranked

5. Healing sexual connection

Interestingly, many Scorpio man Cancer woman couples say their intimate life has a healing quality. After a stressful day or a conflict, when they come together physically, it often washes away negativity and reaffirms their bond. It’s as if through sex they reassure each other, “We’re okay.” This almost therapeutic aspect of their sexuality further cements their union.

6. Intuitive understanding of needs

One of the reasons Scorpio man Cancer woman sex compatibility is so high is their intuitive understanding of each other’s needs. They’re both highly intuitive in general, and in bed, this translates to a kind of unspoken communication. The Scorpio man is remarkably perceptive about what turns his Cancer lover on. He will notice her every sigh and shiver, adjusting his approach almost telepathically. The Cancer woman, with her caregiving instinct, is all about pleasing her partner; she’s attuned to the Scorpio’s desires and derives genuine joy from fulfilling them. There’s a natural give-and-take. 

are Cancer and Scorpio soulmates
They just get each other

What’s really beautiful here is that each partner brings out the best in the other sexually. The Scorpio man’s intensity can liberate the Cancer woman from any shyness. Meanwhile, the Cancer woman’s genuine warmth and responsiveness can melt some of Scorpio’s harder edges. That said, they may have to navigate some differences in preferences. Scorpio is typically more open to sexual experimentation and kink. The Cancer woman tends to be more classic in her tastes. She enjoys romance, foreplay that centers on emotional connection.

If the Scorpio man pushes for something outside her comfort zone too fast, she might retreat. On the flip side, Cancer’s need for emotional closeness during sex could confuse Scorpio if he’s not used to such overt emotional displays. Despite these minor hiccups, in most cases, Scorpios report that Cancer partners are wonderfully receptive lovers, and Cancers say Scorpios make them feel desired like never before. 

Related Reading: Your Biggest Relationship Flaws Based On Your Zodiac Sign

Scorpio Man And Cancer Woman Compatibility in Life

When building a life together, a Scorpio man and Cancer woman often find that their goals and approaches align exceptionally well. Cancer woman and Scorpio man compatibility in different aspects of a shared life is something to aspire to. Some of its most fascinating aspects are:

1. Home and family first

In their life priorities, home is central. The Cancer woman is innately domestic, not in a restrictive sense, but in that she finds joy in creating a warm home and caring for loved ones. The Scorpio man highly values that sense of haven that Cancer provides. With her, he can relax and be himself, away from the outside world’s battles. In turn, Scorpio contributes a sense of direction and resourcefulness to their life plans. Together, they’re quite the power couple behind closed doors, each bolstering the other’s weaknesses and reinforcing strengths.

challenges in Scorpio and Cancer relationships
Shared goals become the cornerstone of their journey

They often dream of a cozy house, some place to put down roots. Raising children, if they choose to, usually comes naturally to them. Scorpio is the protective, teach-them-life’s-mysteries parent, and Cancer is the doting, make-them-feel-unconditionally-loved parent. Together, they provide a nurturing yet structured environment built on shared family values. They both prioritize security, home, and family, which becomes the cornerstone of their shared life. 

2. Financial harmony

Financial stress or money is rarely a major conflict in a Cancer woman and Scorpio man relationship. Both value saving and are security-oriented. Fights over extravagant spending are uncommon. If anything, Scorpio might have to convince Cancer that an occasional splurge is okay. They tend to plan finances for the long haul, often agreeing on budgets and financial goals. 

Cancer is cautious and tends to save. She’s the one who might coupon, tuck away emergency funds, and ensure bills are paid on time. Scorpio is ambitious and often interested in growing wealth. He might spearhead investments or negotiate for higher salaries. These approaches mesh well: Cancer ensures stability and Scorpio aims for prosperity.

3. Complementary roles

This extends beyond the home into how they interact with the world. The Cancer woman often excels in social diplomacy. She’s kind and can smooth over interactions with neighbors, in-laws, etc. The Scorpio man is a strategist and adept at handling complex problems like negotiating a car purchase or finding the best insurance plan. They rely on each other’s strengths rather than both trying to do the same thing.

Related Reading: 8 Most Compatible Zodiac Sign Pairs According To Astrology

4. Shared hobbies and traditions

Over time, they develop a rich tapestry of shared life experiences. This could mean a tradition of traveling every anniversary to a particular beach because water signs love being near water (duhhh!) or starting a small business together, maybe a family restaurant, given their love of nurturing. These activities deepen their bond and give their life a strong sense of togetherness. 

long-term relationship potential of Scorpio and Cancer
They revel in a strong sense of togetherness

Lifestyle-wise, they often prefer a life that’s more private and low-key versus flashy and high-risk. You won’t typically find this couple making impulsive moves like suddenly backpacking the world with no plan. More likely, they’ll plot out vacations to places that have sentimental meaning or a family-friendly vibe, or they’ll invest in hobbies that can be done together at home like gardening, home improvement, cooking classes, etc. They enjoy creature comforts like good food, cozy surroundings, and routines that give a sense of security.

5. Dealing with the outside world

They tend to be somewhat private about their life. You won’t see them airing grievances about each other to friends or on social media. Out in the world, they present a united, respectful front. Some friends might even envy how together they seem. The truth is, behind closed doors, they put in the work to keep it that way, making their public harmony genuine. An important part of their life compatibility is handling external relationships and crises. 

Both Scorpio and Cancer are somewhat insular; they will usually put each other first, even above friends or extended family. This tight bond means if, say, a family member disapproves of their relationship, they’re likely to team up and create boundaries to protect their union. In crises, they really rally together and shine as a team. Cancer provides unwavering emotional support and practicality, and Scorpio provides strength, optimism, and strategic thinking to overcome the obstacle. “This mutual respect carries them through life’s storms. They hate letting each other down, so each tries their best to fulfill their life roles well,” says Desai. 

Related Reading: 8 Signs With The Most EXPLOSIVE Zodiac Sexual Compatibility!

Scorpio Man And Cancer Woman Compatibility In Marriage

Marriage is often the natural and happy outcome of a thriving Scorpio man-Cancer woman relationship. When these two tie the knot, it’s usually a union built on a solid foundation of love, trust, and mutual understanding that has been cultivated over time. In marriage, they truly come into their own as partners, each fulfilling the other’s needs in almost rhythmic synchrony. Cancer woman and Scorpio man compatibility in marriage is marked by: 

1. Unshakeable loyalty

One of the defining strengths of a Scorpio man and Cancer woman marriage is their unshakeable loyalty to one another. Both spouses take their vows seriously. “Forever” means forever in their hearts. The Cancer wife is typically all-in on the marriage from day one; she’s often dreamed of a loving spouse and stable family life, and now she actively works to nurture that dream into reality daily. The Scorpio husband, once he commits, is notoriously faithful and invested. His Cancer partner becomes the central focus of his life. 

2. Deepening emotional intimacy

emotional bond between Scorpio and Cancer
Their marriage is private but fulfilling

The emotional intimacy deepens even further in marriage. Over the years, these two learn each other’s emotional landscapes so well that they can often anticipate needs and moods with ease. A married Cancer woman might say, “He knows me better than I know myself,” and vice versa. They develop a plethora of shared memories and in-jokes, which act like glue in tough times. 

If ever outside temptations or stresses knock on the door, they’re likely to close ranks and face them together. Their marriage tends to be private but fulfilling. They may not gush about each other on Facebook every day, yet everyone who knows them can sense the strong bond.

3. Personal growth

Over a long marriage, people change. Fortunately, these two often change together or in compatible ways. Cancer may become more confident and less moody in the secure container of marriage. Scorpio might soften a bit, becoming more openly affectionate and less suspicious over the years of consistent love. 

If midlife crises hit, they might manifest differently. Perhaps Scorpio suddenly wants to pursue a big passion like starting a new business or moving someplace quiet. This might make Cancer feel uneasy or she might struggle with empty nest sadness when kids grow up. In such situations, Scorpio helps her find a new purpose. These are typical life transitions that, given their usual communication patterns, they navigate by leaning on each other rather than pulling apart.

Related Reading: How Moon Sign Compatibility Determines Your Love Life

4. Unified front

trust between Cancer woman and Scorpio man
They’re a team

In marriage, Scorpio and Cancer operate as a single unit in many ways. They make major decisions jointly, whether it’s financial investments, moving houses, or major family decisions, they consult and respect each other’s input. Outsiders, even extended family, learn that you can’t “divide and conquer” these two. If you mess with one, the other will stand up.

5. Lifetime of romance

Their romance evolves but doesn’t evaporate. They tend to keep certain romantic traditions alive, whether it’s celebrating anniversaries in meaningful ways or simply continuing to say “I love you” daily. Many Cancer-Scorpio marriages have a lovely sweetness even after 30 years. They might still hold hands on walks or dance in the kitchen. It’s a genuinely loving vibe that others can feel.

6. Marital trust

Over time, the trust between them becomes almost unshakeable. They’ve seen each other at their worst and best and still love each other wholeheartedly. Jealousy and insecurity, which might have been issues they grappled with in the early stages of their relationship, tend to fade significantly in a mature Scorpio-Cancer marriage because they’ve proven their devotion repeatedly. This deep trust allows for independence, too. Neither minds a little personal space in the relationship where one partner pursues a personal hobby or takes a trip with friends, because the bond feels solid and permanent.

7. Growing old gracefully

This pairing often ages well together. They enjoy the idea of growing old side by side, perhaps spoiling grandchildren or continuing their little rituals into retirement. The same nurturing and protective dynamics continue. A sense of peace and contentment often characterizes their later years together, as they reflect on a life built jointly and the legacy of love they’ve created.

Related Reading: The 8 Most Unfaithful Female Zodiac Signs You Need To Know About

Scorpio Man And Cancer Woman Relationship Challenges

While a Scorpio man and Cancer woman have a reputation for being a match made in heaven, they are not immune to challenges. Every relationship has its friction points, and for this pairing, most issues stem from the intensity of emotions both bring to the table.

1. Communication breakdowns

As mentioned, clamming up is their Achilles’ heel. When communication breaks down, everything else cascades. Misunderstandings multiply, and both can retreat into shells, making resolution harder. When hurt feelings arise, both tend to withdraw or become passive-aggressive rather than addressing things head-on. This pattern is perhaps their most notorious challenge. 

communication style of Scorpio and Cancer couple
Communication break downs poses a huge challenge

For example, the Cancer woman might start clanging dishes a bit loudly in the kitchen, or giving one-word answers, expecting Scorpio to inquire what’s wrong. Scorpio, detecting the “off” vibe, might stew internally, wondering, “Why is she mad now? I didn’t even do anything.” But he won’t address the issues, which only makes Cancer more upset that he’s not asking. Eventually, it could blow up in a tearful, “You don’t even notice when I’m upset!”, from Cancer and a frustrated, “Well, you didn’t tell me what’s wrong!” from Scorpio. 

2. Emotional manipulation

In low moments, Cancer might resort to guilt or tears, and Scorpio might resort to brooding silence or cutting remarks, all forms of emotional manipulation to “punish” the other. These behaviors erode the relationship if repeated. Jealousy and possessiveness can also be challenges, particularly earlier in the relationship or if either partner’s trust has been shaken before. The Scorpio man is famously jealous, even if he hides it, he can’t stand the thought of someone else capturing his Cancer’s attention. 

The Cancer woman, while less overtly jealous, can be deeply insecure if she feels emotionally ignored, and that can manifest as clinginess or subtle manipulation. A Scorpio may feel this manipulation deeply if his Cancer partner resorts to guilt-tripping or tears as a way to “win” an argument or keep him from going somewhere without her. On the flip side, Cancer might feel Scorpio is controlling if he always demands to know where she is or bristles at her spending time with anyone else.

Related Reading: Zodiac Signs Strongest To Weakest, Ranked As Per Astrology

3. Trust issues

If either one ever betrays the other, even in the smallest of ways, it’s hard to rebuild trust because they both feel hurt deeply and struggle to let it go. For example, if the Scorpio man flirts out of insecurity or the Cancer woman confides something private to a friend instead of him, those can feel like betrayals that linger unless addressed and healed. The only way to maintain a strong connection is to be vigilant about honesty.

4. Mood swings and emotional overwhelm

Both Scorpio and Cancer feel deeply, but they handle emotional waves differently. Cancer’s moods can be more visibly up and down whereas Scorpio’s emotional turbulence is often beneath the surface. These currents can clash. For instance, if Cancer is in one of her moody days where she’s extra needy and Scorpio happens to be preoccupied and a bit distant that day, she could perceive him as uncaring, which exacerbates her mood. 

why Scorpio man is drawn to Cancer woman
Both are emotionally and moody

Likewise, if Scorpio is in a dark mood and Cancer is feeling optimistic that day, she might not understand why he’s dwelling in negativity and feel shut out when he doesn’t want to talk. The key is weathering these mood storms by remembering they’re temporary and not a reflection of the love between them.

5. Overdependence

This couple can become so wrapped up in each other that they neglect other aspects of life or personal growth. Cancer might rely on Scorpio for all decision-making, or Scorpio might lean on Cancer for all emotional soothing. It’s lovely to support each other, but equally important to retain autonomy and outside support so the weight doesn’t all fall on the partner.

Related Reading: Best Zodiac Pairs For Marriage

6. Fear of upsetting each other

Because they hate to hurt one another, sometimes important discussions about finances, about a personal habit that bothers one, or niggling relationship issues get swept under the rug. They may tiptoe around issues too much. This conflict avoidance ironically can create bigger problems down the line and can cause resentment to build up. 

7. Struggle with forgiveness 

Lastly, forgiveness can be a challenge due to their strong memories. Scorpio famously never forgets a betrayal or harsh word. Cancer also has a near-photographic memory for emotional events. If they hurt each other, which all couples inevitably do, it can turn into a lingering grudge that poisons their bond if they don’t learn not to cling to old grievances. 

To understand how to navigate these challenges and build a harmonious relationship with your partner, get a moon reading 

Tips To Make Scorpio Man And Cancer Woman Relationship Successful

Given the intense bond between a Scorpio man and Cancer woman, a few conscious strategies can go a long way in ensuring their relationship not only survives but truly thrives. Here are some tips to nurture the inherent Cancer woman and Scorpio man compatibility into a lasting relationship:

1. Practice emotional honesty and regular check-ins

Make it a habit to share feelings before they fester. It might help to establish a gentle routine, like a weekly “heart-to-heart” night where you both open up about how you’ve been feeling. You could light a candle, cozy up on the couch, and treat it as a sacred time to connect. This preemptively releases any small tensions. For instance, the Cancer woman might admit, “I felt a little lonely this week when you had those long workdays,” without anger, just as information. 

The Scorpio man can respond with reassurance, “I’m sorry; work was heavy. I missed you, too. Let’s plan something fun this weekend.” These dialogues prevent the classic Scorpio-Cancer silent stewing. Astrologer Jessica Lanyadoo advises, “Stimulating vulnerability is key: be brave enough to say what you really feel, even if it’s scary. Scorpio, especially, might need to remember that opening up will not make him weaker in her eyes. Cancer actually loves him more for it.”

2. Create a safe word for conflict

how Scorpio and Cancer fall in love
They need to learn healthy conflict resolution

This might sound silly at first, but consider establishing a “pause” word or signal for when fights get too heated or when one of you is retreating. For example, if one partner says “Time-out” or a random word like “blue,” it means, “We’re spiraling or shutting down; let’s take a break and come back to this.” 

Agree that whoever calls the time-out will also indicate when they’re ready to resume talking, and that you WILL resume instead of just sweeping the issue under the rug. This can prevent prolonged sulking or the infamous cold wars. It’s essentially a way of saying, “I care about you and this issue, but I need a breather to not say/do something hurtful.” 

Related Reading: 7 Zodiac Signs That Are Known To Make The Best Partners

3. Reassure each other frequently

Both Scorpio and Cancer secretly, or not so secretly, crave reassurance, even in a long-term relationship. It’s like watering a plant. Do it regularly, and the relationship blooms. There are several ways you can do this. Such as, 

  • Sending “I love you” texts in the middle of the day
  • Scorpio bringing home Cancer’s favorite dessert as a surprise treat
  • Cancer slipping a sweet note in Scorpio’s work bag
  • Giving each other a long hug or, a spontaneous kiss on the forehead
  • Snuggling while watching TV

These small gestures have a big impact on the sense of emotional security in the relationship. Lanyadoo says, “For water signs, love is like oxygen. You need to keep supplying it or they feel like they’re suffocating.” Keep each other emotionally oxygenated with affection and compliments, and you’ll see your relationship blossom.

4. Respect each other’s “me time”

It might seem counterintuitive given how much these two love being together, but ensuring each person has some personal space and time is vital. Scorpio, especially, sometimes needs solitary time to decompress or pursue an interest. Maybe he likes woodworking in the garage or reading alone. Cancer might enjoy her long baths or crafting or just watching her favorite show solo. Because they’re so close, they might feel guilty taking alone time, but they shouldn’t. In fact, both partners should encourage a healthy amount of personal space in the relationship. 

Absence, even a short one, can make the heart grow fonder and maintain a sense of individuality. It prevents codependence and gives you more to share with each other. Plus, time apart gives perspective and may just help both partners see more clearly how much they value each other. 

More on zodiac

5. Harness your strengths in conflict

Believe it or not, this pair has some advantages in conflict. They’re not prone to hurling cruel insults or being dismissive of each other’s feelings. They actually care too much about each other’s feelings, which can be a strength if used well. So, in an argument, even if you’re angry, try to remember that softness you have for your partner. One technique: speak as if you’re explaining your feelings, not attacking the person. One great way of doing that is to use “I” statements. 

This helps because Cancer won’t feel personally attacked and thus won’t retreat into her shell as fast, and Scorpio won’t feel accused of wrongdoing in a way that triggers his defensiveness. Given their empathy, both partners will care about and take steps to address relationship issues, as long as they’re phrased gently. 

Another core strength of a Scorpio man and Cancer woman pair is their loyalty. This can come to their aid when resolving conflict as well. They’re prepared to take on the world to defend each other. Remembering this “team spirit” can help lower the temperature of the conflict.

Final Thoughts 

The relationship between a Scorpio man and a Cancer woman is one of profound emotional depth, mutual respect, and unwavering loyalty. Their connection is built on a strong foundation of trust and shared values, making them a natural and harmonious pair. While their emotional intensity and occasional mood swings can present challenges, their ability to understand and support each other’s needs allows them to navigate these hurdles effectively. With open communication, patience, and a willingness to embrace both their similarities and differences, this couple can create a loving, lasting bond that grows stronger over time, filled with passion, security, and a deep emotional connection.

7 Zodiac Signs With Expensive Taste Who Love The High Life

7 Zodiac Signs That Are Known To Be Master Manipulators

Your True Zodiac Spirit Animal – Find Out Here

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

This OS Is Actually the Better Windows Replacement

Everyone says Linux is the natural replacement for Windows, but between software headaches and endless tweaking, Linux always felt like work. This OS, though, just lets me use my computer without fighting it. It wasn’t the switch I planned, but it’s the one that finally stuck. Yes, I’m talking about macOS.

4

App Support Is Miles Better on macOS

Before you start comparing features, it’s worth asking whether the apps you rely on will even run on your operating system. That’s where Linux stumbles, since a lot of everyday workflows break down due to limited app support.

For example, Microsoft Office and Adobe’s Creative Suite aren’t available, and while alternatives like LibreOffice or DaVinci Resolve exist, they’re not true replacements. For people like me who have been using the same apps for years, relearning software just to get work done is a dealbreaker.

Image by Raghav
Raghav Sethi/MakeUseOf

The reality is that most industry-standard apps are available on macOS or Windows, and since I’m trying to move away from the latter, a Mac is my only real option. With macOS, I don’t need to worry about whether the tools I use will run or not, because the answer is almost always yes.

To Linux’s credit, it is actually miles better than macOS at gaming. I remember trying to game on Ubuntu years ago, and it was a complete disaster, but these days I run SteamOS on my Asus ROG Ally, and it suprisingly performs better than Windows in most games. I just wish the same effort that went into making games work flawlessly also went into broader app compatibility, because that’s still where Linux falls short.

3

Linux Still Has a Huge Learning Curve

There are tons of distros Windows users can try out to get started, but I’ve had to open the terminal every single time to get something working. I don’t mind it personally, since I’m a developer, and I’m comfortable typing out commands, but I can’t imagine telling an average user to do the same.

Like it or not, the terminal is still a necessity in pretty much every Linux distro, and that alone makes the learning curve steeper than most people would be willing to deal with. With so many distributions, package managers, and desktop environments, it’s often difficult to even find the right solution to a problem. A quick Google search might point you to instructions that are completely irrelevant to your setup, leaving you stuck and wasting time.

Linux Mint desktop on a ThinkPad laptop, with a mouse and USB stick nearby
Image by Jayric Maning –no attributions required
Jayric Maning / MakeUseOf

Apple, on the other hand, is the complete opposite. Because it controls both the hardware and the software, macOS doesn’t suffer from the same fragmentation issues. You do give up the freedom Linux offers, but in exchange you get a system where things usually just work.

In fact, I’d say that out of the three major operating system families, macOS offers the best out-of-the-box experience. If someone asked me to recommend a laptop today, my default choice would be the MacBook Air for most people.

2

Hardware Support Can Be Very Hit or Miss

I’ve installed Linux on countless devices at this point and I have run into hardware issues almost every single time. As I mentioned earlier, I usually end up opening the terminal just to get basic functionality working.

A great example of this would be my secondary laptop which would refuse to boot Linux on a fairly standard Western Digital M.2 SSD. It took me hours of searching around on Google to figure out a solution, which was to add a specific boot argument in the bootloader. Even though I was able to fix this, I would never expect an average user to be able to figure it out.

Even secondary things like fingerprint readers or printers can be very hit-or-miss, and you might have to settle for living without hardware that you have already paid for.

M4 MacBook Pro screen tilted back on wooden table Zarif Ali / MakeUseOf

That’s exactly why Macs stand out. macOS is built for Apple’s hardware, and the second I boot it up for the first time, everything just works. There is no need to go through forums and typing out weird commands just to get basic stuff working.

Unless more devices like the Steam Deck start showing up, where Linux comes preinstalled and already tuned for the hardware, this is always going to be a massive headache.

1

Most People Don’t Want to Install Another OS

The truth is most people don’t want to bother with installing another operating system. Creating a bootable USB, wiping their drive, and digging into the BIOS might sound simple enough to someone who has been using Linux for a while, but for the average person, even getting into the BIOS feels uncomfortable.

Dell XPS 13 running Ubuntu with a monitor in the background
Image by Raghav Sethi – no attribution required
Raghav Sethi/MakeUseOf

Even the creator of Linux has admitted this is one of the main reasons Linux has struggled to gain market share on desktops. It rarely comes preinstalled on devices, and that alone puts it out of reach for most people.

Most users are not looking to tinker with their computers. They just want something that turns on and works right away. And as long as Linux continues to rely on people installing it themselves, it is always going to feel like a niche option.


Even though I use a Mac as my daily driver, I have ditched Windows on all my other devices in favor of Linux and I still believe it is a much better choice than staying on Windows.

Linux still has plenty of flaws for most average users, but if your workflow works well on it, I would definitely encourage you to stick with it because you also get the benefits of the freedom that Linux provides that isn’t there on macOS.

These grandparents are fitter than you

Forget the gym. If you want to see real strength, check out Tianjin’s Wangchuanchang Park. From swinging barbells to juggling kettlebells, to some of the most hardcore calisthenics out there, these senior citizens prove that age is just a number. 

‘KPop Demon Hunters’ might win the box office. Why Netflix won’t say

A wave of purple and hot pink hair and cartoon K-pop bops is taking over multiplexes.

With summer blockbusters in the rearview mirror and only a few new films out, movie theaters expected a bit of a lull at the box office this weekend.

Then Netflix dropped a bombshell. The streamer would release its hit animated film “KPop Demon Hunters” — already a viral phenomenon on streaming — in theaters Saturday and Sunday for sing-along screenings.

The movie will be shown on more than 1,750 screens in the U.S. and Canada, with 1,150 shows sold out as of Thursday, according to industry sources. It’s an unusually high-profile move by Netflix into cinemas, which is using the big screen experience to capitalize on and promote one of its biggest wins.

Packed houses include the theaters of Dallas-based Look Dine-In Cinemas, which has locations in Glendale, Redlands, Downey and Monrovia.

“This will be the dominant force for the weekend,” said Look Chief Executive Brian Schultz. “We could put it on every screen in our auditorium.”

But is this theatrical release really gonna be golden, to paraphrase one of the musical’s most infectious earworms? We won’t know for sure. Or at least how golden.

Los Gatos-based Netflix will not release box office figures, sticking with the company’s long-standing policy that has long frustrated industry pros. All the same, based on presale numbers, the movie could haul in $16 million to $22 million, according to estimates from analysis site Box Office Theory. That total, if Netflix reported it, would unseat the expected official No. 1 domestic movie, “Weapons.”

The release is a welcome surprise for theater owners — particularly in the doldrums of summer, when even late breakout hits like Warner Bros.’ horror film “Weapons” have been out for weeks. But it also underscores the tricky relationship between exhibitors and Netflix, which has famously eschewed traditional theatrical film releases.

The streamer has briefly put films in theaters for Oscar consideration, as it did with “Roma” and “The Irishman,” and did give director Rian Johnson’s 2022 comedy “Glass Onion: A Knives Out Mystery” a short window in cinemas. (It will also have a three-week exclusive theatrical run for Guillermo del Toro’s “Frankenstein” in October.)

But the streamer has long been adamant that its focus is on growing its subscriber base — not on developing a theatrical business. Earlier this year, Netflix co-CEO Ted Sarandos said the theatrical movie experience was “outdated” for most people. When the company does theatrical releases, it views them as marketing efforts.

That has led to long-standing complaints from theater owners, who argue that streaming has lessened their business and trained audiences to wait until films are available at home.

“Netflix and a sizable share of theatrical exhibition have spent so many years toeing the line as frenemies, if not outright adversaries,” Shawn Robbins, director of movie analytics at ticket seller Fandango and founder of Box Office Theory, said in an email. “This is a weekend that again highlights how they could, and perhaps should, start working together more often to the benefit of both sides.”

The film, produced by Culver City-based Sony Pictures Animation, is the most-watched original animated movie in Netflix’s history, according to the streamer.

It’s also now the second-most-watched film ever on Netflix behind the 2021 action-comedy “Red Notice” starring Dwayne Johnson, Ryan Reynolds and Gal Gadot. The movie’s soundtrack has also been a hit, with the song “Golden” peaking at No. 1 on the Billboard Hot 100 charts and continuing to hold onto a high ranking.

“KPop Demon Hunters” focuses on a popular girl group called Huntr/x that uses its music and dance moves to battle evil, including a demon boy band. The movie has spawned a number of memes, including close-ups of the characters’ expressive faces.

The music, as well as the film’s strong female characters, were a draw for Heather Hollingsworth and her 10-year-old daughter, Kayleigh, who have now watched “KPop Demon Hunters” multiple times and are planning to see a screening this weekend with Kayleigh’s best friend and her mom. “Golden” is Hollingsworth’s favorite song from the film, and the one that gets stuck in her head most.

“The songs are really catchy,” said Hollingsworth, 41, a speech language pathologist who lives in Littleton, Colo. “Also the characters’ vulnerability being their strength — that strong friendship — it’s a very powerful message.”

Though they could continue watching “KPop Demon Hunters” at home on Netflix, Hollingsworth said the appeal of the theatrical screening was the social experience.

“There’s something about having it in a movie theater that is way more fun for the kids, especially,” she said.

The sing-along screenings follow similar showings for “Wicked,” as well as concert films such as Taylor Swift’s “Eras Tour” and Beyonce’s “Renaissance World Tour.” Unlike “KPop Demon Hunters,” those films were exclusively in theaters first, resulting, in the case of “Wicked” and Swift, in hundreds of millions of dollars in ticket sales.

For Look Cinemas, sing-alongs have long been big business and often result in a demand for party bookings, Schultz said. Indeed, tickets for “KPop Demon Hunters” have been selling in large groups.

“It’s going to make for a very fun weekend,” he said.

Times staff writer Kaitlyn Huamani contributed to this report.

BMW Group India Becomes 1st to Achieve Milestone of 5,000 Electric Car Deliveries, Inaugurates 4,000-km High-Power Charging Corridor

New Delhi, August 22: German luxury automobile maker BMW Group India on Friday announced it has raced past 5,000 electric car deliveries, becoming the first Indian luxury car company to achieve this milestone. The automaker also said it has inaugurated a high-power charging corridor, running 4,000 kms from North to South across the nation. The corridor, a step towards progress of charging infrastructure, will cover a stretch of 4,000 kms with chargers every 300 km, ensuring smooth electric movement without any concerns for range or charging availability.

The route strategically covers national highways and major cities like Delhi-Jaipur-Ahmedabad-Mumbai-Pune-Hubbali-Bengaluru-Coimbatore-Madurai, the carmaker said. To promote higher adoption and convenience of e-mobility, BMW Group India has opened access to customers of all EV brands in the country. “BMW Group India is immensely proud to become the first luxury carmaker to cross the remarkable milestone of 5,000 electric vehicle deliveries. Tata Motors Issues Statement After Man Dies as Harrier EV in Summon Mode Allegedly Malfunctions in Tamil Nadu’s Avinashi (Watch Video).

This achievement is not just a number; it represents our unwavering commitment to e-mobility and pioneering spirit in the premium EV landscape,” said Vikram Pawah, President and CEO, BMW Group India. At BMW, luxury and performance are delivered seamlessly with sustainability, and our electric products embody this philosophy, he added. In-app and in-car digital integration will offer live charger status, setting charging partner preferences, filtering chargers based on capacity, information on nearby amenities and more.

The station capacity will range from 120kW to up to 720kW. “The locations have been chosen mindfully, where customers can make a quick stop for a coffee or hot meal at nearby public spaces while their vehicle is charged or simply enjoy the in-car entertainment features of BMW EVs,” BMW India stated. Rapido Slapped INR 10 Lakh Penalty by CCPA for Misleading Advertisement and Unfair Trade Practices.

The charging stations will be operated in partnership with leading operators like Statiq and Zeon. Combined with close to 300 BMW destination chargers at premium hotels, resorts and malls, this new corridor will offer a perfect blend of BMW’s public charging ecosystem for inter-city and intra-city travel. Overall, BMW Group India offers more than 6,000 convenient charging points through strategic partnerships with some of the largest public charging networks in India.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 22, 2025 02:59 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

The Trump-Intel Deal Is Official

The United States government is making an $8.9 billion investment in Intel, representing a 9.9 percent stake in the company, according to a press release the company published on Friday.

The investment will be funded by $5.7 billion in grants Intel was awarded under the 2022 CHIPS Act and $3.2 billion the company was awarded as part of the Secure Enclave program, the press release says.

The news comes shortly after President Trump touted the deal in a White House press conference with reporters. “I said, ‘I think you should pay us 10 percent of your company.’ And they said yes—that’s about $10 billion,” Trump said. “And I think it’s a great deal for them.”

Trump added that Intel’s CEO, Lip-Bu Tan, “walked in wanting to keep his job” and “ended up giving us $10 billion for the United States.” He was seemingly referring to a situation earlier this month where he called for Tan’s resignation due to the CEO’s reported financial ties to China. Trump later softened his stance after meeting with Tan in Washington.

Both Trump and US commerce secretary Howard Lutnick have said the deal is meant to revitalize the struggling chip giant and bring more chipmaking back to the United States. The move is part of a broader strategy to lessen the country’s reliance on China.

Brian Quinn, a professor at Boston College Law School, says it’s confounding that the government has negotiated for common stock in Intel, as opposed to preferred stock.

“It strikes me as a colossal waste of time,” he said. “The government said that it wanted to ensure that taxpayers get something back from this, but it’s unclear how this investment will do that. If it was preferred shares, it could have included mandatory dividends and ensured that the government gets paid back.”

While public-sector/private-sector partnerships are not entirely uncommon in the US, legal experts say this type of government intervention is unusual.

“The reason the government injected capital into the auto industry and insurers [post-2008] was to get them through the crisis,” says Timothy Meyer, a professor in international business law at Duke University. “This is not a broader financial crisis situation. This is a company that dramatically needs to boost its market share.”

Meyer added that he’s interested to see “to what extent the US government will use its leverage across the tech industry to shift purchase orders to Intel.”

When asked for comment, the White House referred WIRED to President Trump’s Truth Social account. “The United States paid nothing for these Shares, and the Shares are now valued at approximately $11 Billion Dollars. This is a great Deal for America and, also, a great Deal for INTEL,” Trump posted. “Building leading edge Semiconductors and Chips, which is what INTEL does, is fundamental to the future of our Nation. MAKE AMERICA GREAT AGAIN! Thank you for your attention to this matter.”

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/bitcoin-ether-price-today-trading-india-international-exchange-solana-avalanche-6734030” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755922006.43c9b35c

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755922006.43c9b35c

The Price Increases That Should Cause Americans More Alarm

Wary of inflation, Americans have been watching the prices of everyday items such as eggs and gasoline. A less-noticed expense should cause greater alarm: rising premiums for health insurance. They have been trending upward for years and are now rising faster than ever.

Consider that, from 2000 to 2020, egg prices fluctuated between just under $1 and about $3 a dozen; they reached $6.23 in March but then fell to $3.78 in June. Average gas prices, after seesawing between $2 and $4 a gallon for more than a decade starting in 2005, peaked at $4.93 in 2022 and recently fell back to just over $3.

Meanwhile, since 1999, health insurance premiums for people with employer-provided coverage have more than quadrupled. From 2023 to 2024 alone, they rose more than 6% for both individuals and family coverage — a steeper increase than that of wages and overall inflation.

For many people who have the kind of insurance plans created by the Affordable Care Act (because they work for small companies or insure themselves), rates have probably risen even more drastically. In this market, state regulators scrutinize insurers’ proposed rate increases, but only if they exceed 15%.

And the situation is about to get worse: For 2026, ACA marketplace insurers have proposed eye-popping new prices: In New York, UnitedHealthcare has proposed a 66.4% rise. HMO Colorado has asked for an average increase of more than 33% in that state. In Washington, the average proposed increase across all insurers is 21.2%, and in Rhode Island it’s 23.7%.

According to Business Group on Health, a consortium of major employers, “actual health care costs have grown a cumulative 50% since 2017.” In a separate survey published in 2021, 87% of companies said that in the next five to 10 years, the cost of providing health insurance for their workers would become “unsustainable.”

And insurers in the ACA marketplace are increasing premiums by an average of 20% for next year, according to a new analysis. Imagine if tens of millions of Americans’ rent or mortgage payments were to suddenly increase by that amount.

Insurance regulators theoretically could demand that these proposed rates be lowered — and this often happens. But some states are more active than others in this regard. And all are wary that too much regulatory interference could drive insurers from their markets.

Insurers offer many explanations for their calculations, some of which are tied to recent actions by Congress and President Donald Trump. New tariffs on America’s trading partners, for example, are expected to push up the cost of drugs and medical supplies.

Meanwhile, reductions in health care spending included in the GOP budget bill, along with the expiration of some Biden-era premium subsidies at the end of this year, will cause many people to lose their health insurance. About 16 million Americans are expected to become uninsured by 2034, in many cases because keeping insurance will become unaffordable.

Because most of these people are likely to be young and/or healthy, the “risk pool” of those remaining insured will become older and sicker — and therefore more expensive to cover.

“Ultimately, we believe the ACA market will likely be smaller and higher acuity-driven next year,” Janey Kiryluik, vice president of corporate communications for Elevance Health (formerly known as Anthem), wrote in an email. She added: “Our position reflects early disciplined action.”

Remember, most insurers in the United States are public, for-profit companies; as such, they tend to act in the interests of their shareholders, not the patients whose health care they cover.

Large employers that manage their own health care plans might be able to negotiate better deals for their workers. But smaller companies, for the most part, will need to accept what’s on offer.

Premiums are not the only part of health insurance that’s getting more expensive. Deductibles — the money that beneficiaries must spend out-of-pocket before insurance kicks in — are also rising. The average deductible for a standard ACA silver plan in 2025 was nearly $5,000, about double what it was in 2014. (For those with employer-based insurance, the average number is just under $2,000.)

A few states are trying to stem the tide by offering a state-run “public option,” a basic affordable insurance plan that patients can choose. But they have struggled because a lower payment rate for workers generally means fewer participating providers and reduced access to care.

If voters paid as much attention to the price of health insurance as they do to the cost of gas and eggs, maybe elected officials would respond with more action.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

Battlefield 6’s Movement Changes Are “Not Drastic,” Says Dev

If you’ve been using the jump button a little too often in the Battlefield 6 beta, then you’re going to notice some changes upon launch. DICE has announced that there’s now a penalty for making consecutive jumps that lowers the jump height. Momentum carried from a slide into a jump has also been tweaked to reduce its speed. Nevertheless, Battlefield 6 principal game designer Florian “DRUNKKZ3” Le Bihan wants players to know that the movement changes “are not drastic.”

“Movement is also getting more responsive in general in places that have felt a bit clunky before. so there is a lot more that is getting quality improvements [and] polish in this same area,” wrote Le Bihan on X. “Adding diminishing returns to jumping is what we’re actually doing, an initial slide or an initial jumps will not be affected. We’re still trying to retain depth to movement with some skill curve to it, just making sure it doesn’t become insane.”

The Battlefield 6 devs also recently defended the changes to Rush mode in the beta, including smaller lobbies of 24 players for 12v12 matches. According to the programing team, Rush mode doesn’t work as well with more than 24 players at a time.

Another upcoming change change before for launch is the nerfing of the M87A1 shotgun, which was overpowered in the beta. Now, the shotgun will “[require] more pellets to secure a kill.”

According EA, the recent play test was the biggest beta in Battlefield’s history in terms of players. Research firm Oppenheimer estimated that the beta reached more than 20 million people.

Battlefield 6 launches on October 10 for Xbox Series X|S, PlayStation 5, and PC.

Mysterious “little red dots” could reveal how the first black holes formed

Astronomers at the Center for Astrophysics | Harvard & Smithsonian have proposed a new explanation for some of the universe’s most puzzling early galaxies, nicknamed “little red dots.”

In the study, published in The Astrophysical Journal Letters, Authors Fabio Pacucci and Abraham (Avi) Loeb suggest that these galaxies are the result of very slowly spinning dark matter halos, an extremely rare cosmic structure.

These faint, compact objects, discovered in deep space images from the James Webb Space Telescope (JWST), have challenged scientists’ understanding of how galaxies and black holes formed in the early universe.

Their paper, “Cosmic Outliers: Low-Spin Halos Explain the Abundance, Compactness, and Redshift Evolution of the Little Red Dots,” offers a physical explanation for the dots’ distinctive properties.

“Little red dots are very compact and red distant galaxies that were completely undetected before the James Webb Space Telescope,” said Pacucci. “They are arguably the most surprising discovery by JWST to date. Our work shows that these could naturally form in dark matter halos with very low spin.”

A Puzzle in the Early Universe

These galaxies are primarily visible when the Universe was just one billion years old, but likely formed much earlier, Pacucci said, during a time known as the cosmic dawn. Despite being about one-tenth the size of typical galaxies, astronomical observations show them to appear unusually bright. Astronomers believe their striking red color suggests they are shrouded in dust or filled with older stars.

For years, astronomers have debated whether the light we observe from these objects is generated by stars or central supermassive black holes.

“It’s a fundamental mystery,” said Pacucci. “If they contain black holes, those black holes are enormous for such small galaxies. But if they only contain stars, the galaxies are too compact to contain all of them, reaching central stellar densities that are unthinkable.”

Rather than focusing on what powers the luminous dots, Pacucci and Loeb took a different approach: they examined how such objects might form in the first place.

The Low-Spin Cycle

Dark matter halos are the invisible, spinning scaffolding around which galaxies form. In their paper, the authors show that the luminous dots formed in halos that are in the lowest 1% of the spin distribution. In other words, 99% of all halos spin faster than those. These low-spin halos would naturally create extremely compact galaxies. Much like the swings ride at a carnival, the faster the halo spins, the further out the swings stretch, causing the galaxy forming at its center to expand; likewise, a slow spin keeps the swings’ radius smaller.

This hypothesis also explains why luminous dots are relatively rare: they represent just 1% of the abundance of typical galaxies, but are more common than quasars, the extremely bright centers supermassive black holes that shine at the center of some galaxies.

In addition, the theory helps clarify why luminous dots are only observed during a brief 1-billion-year period in the early universe. As the universe evolves, dark matter halos grow larger and gain more angular momentum, making it more difficult to form compact, low-spin galaxies.

“Dark matter halos are characterized by a rotational velocity: some of them spin very slowly, and others spin more rapidly,” Loeb said. “We showed that if you assume the little red dots are typically in the first percentile of the spin distribution of dark matter halos, then you explain all their observational properties.”

Prime Environments for Black Holes

While the paper does not resolve whether little red dots are powered by stars or black holes, it suggests they are prime environments for rapid stellar or black hole growth.

“Low-spin halos tend to concentrate mass in the center, which makes it easier for a black hole to accrete matter or for stars to form rapidly,” said Pacucci.

Some of the dots show broad emission lines in their spectra, which are possible signs of active black holes, but they lack the X-ray emission typically associated with them. Pacucci is leading new programs to understand better the nature of these peculiar astrophysical sources. For example, finding similar nearby galaxies will clarify what they evolve into further out in space.

“Our work is a step toward understanding these mysterious objects,” he said. “They might help us understand how the first black holes formed and co-evolved with galaxies in the early universe.”

Online 1st Geeta International Moot Court Competition 2025

About the Institute

Geeta Institute of Law holds the unique distinction of being one of the most prestigious law institutes in the country. It is strategically located on NH-44, G.T. Road, Panipat, just a 50-minute drive from Delhi. The Institute has been affiliated with Kurukshetra University, Kurukshetra since 2007 and is duly approved by the Bar Council of India.

About the Event

Geeta Institute of Law, as part of its continuous endeavor to promote legal excellence and provide a platform for budding legal minds, is pleased to announce the 1 Geeta International Moot Court Competition, 2025. The competition is scheduled to be held from 24th November to 13th December 2025.

This prestigious event aims to bring together law students from around the globe to engage in compelling legal debate and critical legal analysis, tested through innovative and intellectually stimulating moot problems.

Eligibility

The Competition is open for bonafide students pursuing law undergraduate program.

Team Composition

Each participating team shall comprise of two members only. The two-member team composition is mandatory. In the team, both the members will be designated as the Speaker-1 and Speaker-2. In each of the oral rounds, both members of the team will be the Oralists Only those participants registered as Oralists in the registration form, shall be allowed to speak.

Once registered, a team will not be permitted to vary the composition of the team in any manner. Changes, if any, may only be made with the express permission of the Organizing Committee. Any changes with respect to the contact details shall be notified to the Organizing Committee with immediate effect.

How to Register?

  • The teams should provisionally register through e-mail by sending a mail to [email protected], with the subject line “Provisional Registration for 1 GIL International Moot Court Competition, 2025 By 20 September 2025 (Please mention your name, college name, city, country, contact details in provisional registration.”)
  • No change in the names of the participants shall be permitted unless the same has been approved by the Organizers of the Moot Court a week prior to the event.
  • No e-certificates shall been provided until the completion of the Competition. The same shall be provided only after the final round on 13 December 2025.

Fee

$25 (USD Twenty five only) for each participating team consisting of 2 members.

Payment Mode:
The mode of payment shall be online transaction.
Bank Account Detail:
Name- “Geeta Institute of Law” Bank: HDFC BANK
Branch: SAMALKHA, PANIPAT, HARYANA (132101)
Account Number: 13251450000062 SWIFT Code: HDFCINBB

Important dates

  • Deadline for Provisional Registration.Note:- For provisional registration, an email stating the institution’s name, email id & concerned person’ s phone number shall be sent to [email protected]: 20th Sept 2025.
  • Deadline for Registration (Soft Copy): 30th Sept 2025
  • Deadline for seeking clarification to moot problem: 7-13 Oct 2025
  • Release of clarification (If Any): 18 Oct 2025
  • Deadline for Memorial Submission (Soft Copy): 31 Oct 2025
  • Release of Preliminary Round Schedule: 20 Nov 2025
  • Preliminary Round I & Preliminary Round II: 24 Nov- 5 Dec, 2025
  • Quarter Final Round: 8 Dec 2025
  • Semi Final Round: 10 Dec 2025
  • Final Round: 13 Dec 2025.

General Rules

  • Each team must prepare memorials for both sides.
  • Once the memorials have been submitted, no revision, supplements or additions will be allowed.
  • One advance soft copy in PDF format must reach the organizers latest by 31 October 2025 on [email protected]
  • Identity of the Institution should not be revealed anywhere in the memorial as well as in any Annexure. Violation of this provision will result in penalty including disqualification. The Organizer’s decision shall be final in this regard.
  • Each team shall submit the soft copy of the memorials. The memorials must be sent as an email attachment in both Word Format and PDF Format at [email protected].

Memorial Format

  • Written submissions shall be typed on white standard A4 size paper.
  • The font and size of the text used in all parts of the submissions (except the covers) shall be in Times New Roman, size 12 & line spacing 1.5. The font of the footnotes shall be in Times New Roman, size 10.
  • Memorials should have one inch margin on all sides of each page.
  • Body of Memorial shall include:
  • The Cover Page: The cover page shall contain the case title, side of the written submission, Name & Year of competition, and team Code on top right corner;
    • Table of Contents
    • List of Abbreviations
    • Index of Authorities
    • Statement of Jurisdiction
    • Statement of Facts
    • Statement of Issues
    • Summary of Arguments
    • Arguments advanced/detailed arguments.
    • Prayer
    • Compendium, if any
    • Exhibits (Optional)
  • Pages should be numbered at the bottom middle.
  • The memorial shall not contain any photographs/sketches.

Awards

  • Winning Team Award:
    Prize – $300 (Three hundred dollars)
  • Runner up Team Award
    Prize – $200 (Two hundred dollars)
  • Best Memorial Award
    Prize – $100 (One hundred dollars)
  • Best Speaker Award
    Prize – $100 (One hundred dollars)

Contact

Competition E-mail: [email protected]
Competition Mobile No: 72064 38316, 70233 06770

Cardiologist explains ‘most heart attacks happen after this 1 daily habit and it is not stress’ | Health

Published on: Aug 23, 2025 08:24 am IST

Dr Sanjay Bhojraj highlighted that, according to a study, heart attacks and sudden cardiac deaths peak, especially between 7 am and 11 am. Here’s what to know.

Dr Sanjay Bhojraj, a cardiologist, took to Instagram on August 22 to highlight how ‘your mornings are a high-alert window for your heart’. According to Dr Bhojraj, mornings can be a high-risk time for heart health due to the body’s natural response to waking up. Also read | Cardiologist reveals 6 morning habits that keep his heart strong: Protein-rich breakfast, 5-minute meditation and more

Dr Bhojraj shared that a healthy morning routine can set a positive tone for the rest of the day. (Pexels)

What happens when you wake up

In his post titled ‘Most heart attacks happen after this 1 daily habit (and it is not stress)’, the cardiologist explained that the surge in cortisol, increased platelet stickiness, and rise in blood pressure can contribute to a higher risk of heart attacks and sudden cardiac deaths. He went on to add that by adopting a gentle morning routine, you can help protect your heart and reduce the risk of cardiovascular events.

Dr Bhojraj said, “Your mornings are a ‘high-alert’ window for your heart. Here’s why: when you wake up, your body triggers a surge in cortisol, platelets get stickier, and blood pressure rises.” He added, “Now — what makes this worse? Going from 0 → 100 the second you wake up. A landmark study found that heart attacks and sudden cardiac deaths peak — especially between 7 am and 11 am, with a smaller afternoon spike around 5 pm to 6 pm.”

Here’s how to start your day

Dr Bhojraj shared that a healthy morning routine can set a positive tone for the rest of the day. According to him, here is what you should not and should be doing: “If you’re firing on all cylinders the moment you wake — coffee on empty stomach, skipping hydration and meds, diving into work — that’s exactly when your heart needs protection the most. But there’s a better way. Hydrate first. Take your medications on time. Eat or sip a protein-forward breakfast. Give yourself 10–15 minutes of light movement before ‘hitting the gas’. If your mornings feel like a sprint, your heart feels it too.”

A well-rounded morning routine can improve your physical health, mental clarity, and overall well-being. Need some tips? Click here to learn some cardiologist-approved morning habits that can help keep your heart healthy.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Gilead dives into ‘in vivo’ cell therapy with $350M buyout of Interius

Dive Brief:

  • Gilead Sciences is deepening its investment in cancer cell therapy, announcing Thursday a deal to pay $350 million to buy privately held Interius BioTherapeutics for a technology designed to reprogram immune cells in patients’ bodies.
  • If successful, Interius’ “in vivo” approach could yield a simpler alternative to the CAR-T therapies Gilead’s Kite Pharma division have brought to market, each of which includes extravagant production processes that involve manipulating cells in a lab. 
  • Gilead spent $12 billion to buy Kite nearly a decade ago and, since then, has become a leader in CAR-T therapies. That business has sputtered recently amid declining demand and competition from other developers. But Gilead is still investing through acquisitions and partnerships, such as a collaboration with Arcellx in multiple myeloma.

Dive Insight:

Cell therapies are something of a double-edged sword. They can powerfully drive cancers into a deep and long-lasting remission, but carry potentially serious safety risks and a burdensome chemotherapy “conditioning” step. A complex manufacturing process in which a patient’s cells are shipped to a lab, modified, and reinfused, limits CAR-T’s reach, too. 

Drugmakers have long tried to simplify the process in one way or another, with limited success. But one approach that’s gained traction is so-called in vivo cell therapy, through which companies use technological tools like gene editing or messenger RNA to rewire cells inside the body. 

Several in vivo cell therapy developers have sprung up in recent years. While their work remains early, they’ve started to draw the interest of large pharmaceutical companies. AstraZeneca bought startup EsoBiotech in March and, in June, AbbVie followed with a deal for another privately held company, Capstan Therapeutics. 

Now Gilead has embraced the approach in acquiring Interius, which uses engineered viruses to deliver into certain immune cells instructions for cancer-targeting protein receptors. An experimental drug called INT2104 it’s developing is among the first in vivo cell therapies to be tested in humans. An ongoing Phase 1 study is evaluating it in certain blood cancers. The company has also been conducting early research in autoimmune diseases, as well as a third, undisclosed project. 

The deal “marks a pivotal step for Interius and the future of in vivo therapy, which has the potential to reduce treatment timelines, broaden access to care and improve outcomes for patients with aggressive or advanced disease,” said Interius CEO Phil Johnson, in a statement. 

Interius spun out of the University of Pennsylvania in 2021 and raised a $76 million Series A round that year. Gilead will use cash to purchase Interius’ shares, which the company said will reduce its 2025 per-share earnings by 23 to 25 cents.

The Truth About Australia’s Wealthiest

Key takeaways

334,800 High-Net-Worth Individuals (HNWIs) now live in Australia, a 0.5% increase year-on-year, per Capgemini’s 2024 report.

They collectively control over AUD $1.6 trillion in assets, with 2,450 “ultra-rich” Australians holding more than US$30 million each.

In 2024 alone, HNWIs in Australia saw their wealth grow 3.3%, significantly outpacing Australia’s 1.3% economic growth rate.

The total wealth of Australian HNWIs rose by 7.9% in 2023, far exceeding the global average of 4.7%.


Australia’s wealth landscape is undergoing a significant transformation.

The number of high-net-worth individuals (HNWIs) is on the rise, and a substantial intergenerational wealth transfer is underway.

These shifts present both opportunities and challenges for wealth management, estate planning, and economic equity.

The surge in high-net-worth individuals

High net worth individuals (HNWI) in Australia are worth more than ever, according to Capgemini research, overseeing a pool of more than AUD$1.6 trillion in assets.

According to Capgemini’s World Wealth Report 2024, Australia now has 334,800 HNWIs, marking a 0.5% increase from the previous year.

Number Of Hnwi For Australia 2023 2024

Notably, 2,450 of these individuals possess investable assets exceeding US$30 million.

Collectively, Australian high-net-worth individuals (HNWIs) saw their wealth grow by 3.3% in 2024, outpacing the national economic growth rate of 1.3%.

The total wealth of Australian HNWIs has surpassed US$1.05 trillion, reflecting a 7.9% increase in 2023, which is significantly higher than the global average of 4.7%.

Hnwi Financial Wealth For Australia 2023 2024

The imminent intergenerational wealth transfer

Australia is on the brink of its largest intergenerational wealth transfer, with an estimated $4 trillion expected to pass from Baby Boomers to younger generations over the next two decades.

In fact, some estimates suggest this figure could be as high as $5 trillion

However, the transition of wealth is fraught with challenges.

Statistics indicate that 70% of families lose their wealth by the second generation, and 90% by the third.

Only 12% of family businesses in Australia make it to the third generation, highlighting the need for effective succession planning and financial education.

Women are poised to be significant beneficiaries of this wealth transfer, with projections indicating they will inherit approximately 65% of the total wealth, amounting to around $3.2 trillion in the next decade.

The rise of Australia’s wealthiest

Forbes’ 2025 list of Australia’s 50 richest individuals reveals a combined wealth of $243 billion, a nearly 10% increase from the previous year.

Gina Rinehart tops the list with a net worth of $29 billion, followed by property magnate Harry Triguboff at $18.8 billion, and tech entrepreneurs Mike Cannon-Brookes and Scott Farquhar with $18.3 billion and $17.9 billion, respectively.

Oxfam reports that the number of Australian billionaires has doubled over the past decade to 161, with the combined wealth of the nation’s top 200 richest individuals soaring by 160% to $667 billion.

Unsurprisingly, this growing wealth disparity has raised concerns about economic inequality and its potential social implications.

Australias Wealth Boom

 From spectator to participant, building your own financial legacy

While the headlines are dominated by Australia’s richest families and the trillion-dollar wealth transfer on the horizon, the most important story might be the one still waiting to be written – yours!

My Windows 11 Hasn’t Slowed Down Once Because I Follow These 7 Proven Steps

The truth is, even the most powerful Windows 11 system can slow down if you don’t give it some attention. From clearing temporary files to keeping software up to date, there are simple and effective ways to keep your PC running like it did the day you got it.

7

Scan for Corrupt System Files

Your PC relies on certain system files to run smoothly, and if any of these files become corrupt, it can impact performance. Unexpected errors, crashes, or slowdowns often occur due to damaged system files that quietly disrupt Windows behind the scenes.

Windows 11 comes with a built-in tool called System File Checker (SFC) that can help with this. Running it with administrative privileges allows Windows to scan critical system files and repair them automatically.

For more complex problems, the Deployment Image Servicing and Management (DISM) tool can be helpful. It can repair the system image itself and ensure all core files are intact.

Screenshot by Pankil Shah — No attribution required

Similarly, you can run the Check Disk scan to examine every sector of your hard drive or SSD. If it detects errors or bad sectors, it will try to repair them and prevent future slowdowns or data loss. Running these scans regularly is like giving your PC a health check-up, so make sure you don’t skip them.

6

Clear Temporary Files

Think of your computer like a kitchen. You might be able to cook amazing meals, but if you never take out the trash, it’s only a matter of time before things get messy. Temporary files on Windows 11 are exactly that for your PC: digital trash.

These files keep piling on in the background every time you install software, browse the web, or even just update your system. Deleting temporary files is one of the easiest yet most effective ways to keep your PC running well.

Windows provides a built-in tool called Disk Cleanup that makes this process simple. All you have to do is run it every few weeks, and you’ll free up space you didn’t even know was missing.

Disk Cleanup tool in Windows
Screenshot by Pankil Shah — No attribution required

You can also enable the Storage Sense feature to let Windows handle this for you. This way, Windows will clean temporary files at regular intervals, and you don’t have to worry about managing them manually.

5

Regularly Free Up Storage Space

Your PC could have the best specifications, but even the fastest processor and biggest RAM won’t save performance if your storage is nearly full. As your personal files, downloads, and apps pile up, Windows 11 has less breathing room to work, which can slow everything down.

That’s why keeping your PC’s storage in check is essential. Freeing up space regularly ensures Windows can run apps, install updates, and perform background tasks without slowdowns or unexpected errors.

Windows drive storage showing an almost full drive.
Screenshot by John Awa-abuon

The good news is that reclaiming storage on your PC doesn’t mean losing anything important. Simple steps like emptying the Recycle Bin, removing old restore points, and deleting duplicate files can make a noticeable difference. Deleting unused user accounts and compressing large files can also free up space.

If you’re looking for a more long-term solution, though, you can move some of your less frequently used files to an external drive or back them up to the cloud. This will keep your main storage clear and also keep your data accessible in case you need them.

4

Clean Browser Cache

Between all the things we do on our PCs, it’s easy to overlook one app we rely on the most: the browser. Whether it’s streaming videos, shopping online, or logging into accounts, most of our daily activity happens there—so keeping it running smoothly is important.

One of the simplest ways to do that is by clearing its cache regularly. Although cached data is meant to help pages load faster, it can build up over time and slow things down. Clearing it will not only improve your browsing experience but also ensure websites display correctly.

Clear Cookies and cached images files in Chrome
Screenshot by Digvijay Kumar – No attribution

While you’re at it, make sure you review your installed browser extensions. Removing the ones you don’t use will free up system resources. Also, watch out for extensions that are no longer updated, as they can pose security risks.

Using extensions is a great way to add extra functionality, but keeping only the essential, trusted ones will ensure your browser remains fast and secure.

Even if you have a strong antivirus running on your PC, it’s still a good idea to run manual virus scans from time to time. Automated protection is great, but manual scans help you catch threats that might have slipped through.

With Windows 11, you don’t need a third-party antivirus to run manual scans. Windows Security makes it quick and easy. You can choose a quick scan to check the most vulnerable areas of your system, or a full scan for a more thorough inspection of every file and folder.

Full Scan Option Selected in Windows Security App

Screenshot by Pankil Shah — No attribution required

 

It’s best to run these scans when your PC isn’t busy with other demanding tasks. This way, the scan can run efficiently without affecting your system’s performance.

2

Keep Your Software and Drivers Up to Date

Even a well-maintained PC can run into slowdowns or errors if you’re running an outdated version of Windows. Software updates are not all about new features. Often, they include crucial performance improvements, bug fixes, and security patches that keep Windows 11 running in top shape.

Getting update prompts every few weeks can feel annoying, but you should not ignore them. If you don’t want updates interrupting you at the wrong time, you can set Active Hours on Windows, which prevents automatic restarts during the times you typically use your PC.

Pause and Resume Updates on Windows
Screenshot by Pankil Shah — No attribution required

Keeping your system up to date isn’t just about Windows updates. Drivers, which enable your hardware to communicate properly with Windows, also need regular updates. Outdated drivers can often cause crashes or compatibility problems with apps and connected devices.

The same goes for your browser, apps, and other software. Regularly updating them is one of the simplest ways to prevent performance problems, boost system stability, and improve security.

1

Dust Off Your Hardware to Prevent Overheating

It’s not only the software that needs care—your PC’s hardware also needs some attention. Even a powerful Windows PC can struggle with everyday tasks if it overheats. Dust and debris can build up inside your computer, blocking fans, vents, and heatsinks. This can end up restricting the airflow and causing the internal temperatures to rise.

If you ignore it, overheating can also reduce the lifespan of your PC’s internal components. Regularly cleaning vents and fans helps maintain proper airflow and keeps your system running efficiently.

Clean Dusty Desktop PC Featured
Image Credit: SunnyToys/Shutterstock
SunnyToys / Shutterstock

A soft brush and a can of compressed air work well for removing dust from fans, vents, and hard-to-reach areas. If you’re comfortable, you can also remove the panels to reach hidden areas and give your PC a thorough clean. Make sure the PC is powered off and unplugged before doing this.


Ideally, as long as you’re running Windows 11 on supported hardware, you shouldn’t run into performance issues. However, that’s usually not the reality. The good news is that keeping your system running fast doesn’t have to be complicated.

Performing all the above steps regularly might not be exciting, but the results are well worth it. Plus, keeping up with these maintenance tasks doesn’t take much time. Stick to them, and you’ll enjoy a Windows 11 experience that is smooth, secure, and hassle-free every day.

Sculpting the soul of Tianjin

The documentary “Sculpting the Soul of Tianjin” follows Zhang Yu, the sixth-generation inheritor of the renowned Clay Figure Zhang family. It traces his lineage back to his ancestor Zhang Mingshan, who arrived in Tianjin from Shaoxing in the 19th century and transformed the local clay into lifelike figurines.

Tianjin, with its historic concessions, bustling old towns, and modern skyline, has long been a city where East meets West, and tradition meets innovation. Through the lens of the Clay Figure Zhang family, we see a microcosm of this dynamic. The release of this episode comes at a moment of global attention for the city, which coincides with the 2025 Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) summit in Tianjin. Just as the summit highlights the city as a hub of diplomacy, commerce, and international exchange, “Sculpting the Soul of Tianjin” showcases another facet of the city – its deep-rooted cultural traditions and enduring artistic heritage.

Through intimate reflections, Zhang Yu invites viewers into the meticulous craft of clay sculpting and the challenges of maintaining tradition amidst urban transformation. He recounts the early days of the family museum, where even as a child he was captivated by the lifelike expressions and vivid colors of the clay figurines, a fascination that would shape his life and career. Zhang thinks the highest form of respect for tradition is to preserve it in museums, then allow future generations the freedom to create anew. “The Clay Figure Zhang style may fade, but clay art won’t disappear,” he shares.

Cracker Barrel changes its logo. The right-wing media flips out

Cracker Barrel’s new logo reveal is MAGA’s latest manufactured crisis. But what if a biscuit really just is a biscuit and not an LGBTQ+ gateway drug?

Masked goons are terrorizing American cities. U.S. inflation is persisting. Gaza is starving to death. The Cracker Barrel unveils a new logo.

If you guessed which crisis is not like the others, then you’ve spotted the latest source of outrage fueling the right-wing media universe, where trivial distractions from Trump’s failures and the Epstein files are the name of the game.

In a kerfuffle as layered as the eatery’s hash-brown casserole ($4.79 for a side dish, $15 and upward for an entree-sized portion), the folksy-themed establishment, which first opened its doors in 1969, is once again fodder in a one-sided culture war.

The crime? The chain’s classic gold and brown logo now features the chain’s name in a more minimalistic font. Gone is the eatery’s unofficial mascot, that folksy fellow in coveralls who enjoys leaning on a wooden barrel.

“WTF is wrong with @CrackerBarrel??!” said Cracker Barrel regular-in-spirit-only Donald Trump Jr. when responding to a post on X where the user shockingly blamed DEI for the restaurant’s monstrous decision.

“Cracker Barrel is done,” wrote the Federalist’s Sean Davis. “Woke executives killed it, wrapped the corpse in a rainbow flag, and then made it do a little puppet show in New York City for the entertainment of all their woke little friends.”

Not exactly a puppet show, but the Cracker Barrel did host its “A Taste of Country, Anytime” event Thursday in New York City with country music star Jordan Davis. The chain purported to bring a “country hospitality experience to the big city,” complete with “entertainment on the front porch, rocking chairs, classic Cracker Barrel games and crave-worthy food.”

Clearly a ruse for yet another Pride parade or Latin American gang invasion.

The deception started on Aug. 19, when the Tennessee-based chain in a press release announced changes to its logo and menu as part of a campaign titled “All the More.” The rebrand features new menu items, restaurant remodels and an “enhanced brand look and feel.”

“We believe in the goodness of country hospitality, a spirit that has always defined us. Our story hasn’t changed,”  said Cracker Barrel Chief Marketing Officer Sarah Moore in a statement. “Our values haven’t changed.”

But their signage has changed, and that in itself signaled a threat to a way of life that we need to rediscover, you know, in order to make America great again.

Nostalgia for a time that most of us weren’t even alive to see is part of Cracker Barrel’s appeal. Renowned for its Southern comfort food and down-home appeal, generations of Americans have wandered through the establishment’s general store decor and dined on its Southern comfort food. But like any business, it needs to keep up with the tastes and demands of new generations, and apparently Gen Z, millennials and even Gen Xers aren’t buying black licorice and candy corn like their predecessors once did.

It’s hardly the first time the dubiously-named dining establishment has faced accusations that it’s going gay. As the Bulwark pointed out, there was 2023 e-outrage over Cracker Barrel’s acknowledgment of Pride month, which included a rainbow-themed rocking chair and some corporate-speak about “diversity, equity, inclusion and belonging at Cracker Barrel.”

“We take no pleasure in reporting that Cracker Barrel has fallen,” the organization Texas Family Project wrote at the time. “A once family friendly establishment has caved to the mob.”

When the country is in chaos and entangled in man-made catastrophes abroad, it’s easier to rail, risk-free, against a manufactured crisis. Fox Business News led its Friday news lineup with a Cracker Barrel report, but not about the logo redesign: “Cracker Barrel over the past decade has worked closely with the Human Rights Campaign (HRC), changing its company culture to be more inclusive and LGBT-friendly ahead of its controversial store rebrand,” reads the lede.

It’s yet to be seen if a sizable swath of America will forgo the Signature Saucy Chicken Sandwich in protest, constituting another national crisis to chew on.

Hyundai Exter Pro Pack Launched at INR 7.98 Lakh With New Features and Upgrades; Check All About New Accessory Package for Hyundai’s Micro SUV

New Delhi, August 22: Hyundai Exter Pro Pack has been launched in India at INR 7.98 lakh, offering new exterior design enhancements, a dashcam feature and various other upgrades. Hyundai Motor India also added a new colour and the Pro pack for the Exter Micro SUV. Customers interested in buying the Hyundai Exter Pro pack can visit the company’s official website or go to an authorised Hyundai dealership. The company will announce deliveries soon.

Hyundai has introduced some notable upgrades in its Exter Pro pack. Customers must pay an extra INR 5,000 to get this accessory package. Various Hyundai Exter variants will get the latest package, including the S+, SX, SX Knight, SX (O), SX Tech and SX AMT series. BMW Group India Becomes 1st to Achieve Milestone of 5,000 Electric Car Deliveries, Inaugurates 4,000-km High-Power Charging Corridor.

Hyundai Exter Pro Pack: Here’s What’s Added in New Accessory Package

The Hyundai Exter Pro Pack includes a wheel arc cladding over the standard variant, making it appear bolder. The kit also consists of a grey side sill garnish. The company has introduced a new ‘Titan Matte Grey’ colour option for the Exter micro SUV. A significant change was the addition of a dashcam for the SX (O) AMT variant. Earlier, the dashcam was available only on the SX Tech and SX Connect variants. 

The top variant of the Hyundai Exter Pro Pack includes an 8.0-inch infotainment with support from Apple Car Play and Android Auto, an electric sunroof, 15-inch alloy wheels, cruise control, a digital instrument cluster, and more. The safety features include six airbags, ISOFIX, reverse camera with sensors, ABS, TPMS, hill hold assist, EBD and more. The car continues to have a 1.2-litre four-cylinder NA petrol engine to produce up to 83 bhp power and 114 Nm of peak torque. Tata Motors Issues Statement After Man Dies as Harrier EV in Summon Mode Allegedly Malfunctions in Tamil Nadu’s Avinashi (Watch Video).

Hyundai Exter Pro Pack Variants Availability 

The Hyundai Exter Pro Pack starts at INR 7.89 lakh (ex-showroom) for the S+ MT variant. It is available for the following other variants – S+ AMT, SX Smart, SX Smart AMT, SX, SX AMT, SX Knight, SX Knight AMT, SX Tech, SX Tech AMT, SX (O), SX (O) AMT, SX (O) Connect, SX (O) Connect AMT, SX (O) Connect Knight and SX (O) Connect Knight AMT.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 22, 2025 05:13 PM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Astronomer’s New CEO Speaks—Yes, About That

The only people from Astronomer attending the Coldplay concert in Foxborough, Massachusetts, on July 16 were CEO Andy Byron and his head of HR, Kristin Cabot. They were swaying in mid-hug when the roving kiss cam, a staple at the band’s performances, zeroed in on them. You have probably seen the clip of what happened next. The two of them scrambled like kids caught raiding a cookie jar. Even Coldplay’s anodyne frontman Chris Martin couldn’t ignore their response. “They’re either having an affair, or they’re just very shy,” he remarked. The CEO and his subordinate are no longer with the company. Astronomer, a billion-dollar startup you’d likely never heard of until last month, will never be the same.

“We found out the way the rest of the world found out,” says Pete DeJoy, who cofounded the company and took over as chief executive when Byron left. He’s speaking to me from Astronomer’s new headquarters in the Flatiron district of New York City. Until our conversation, his main public statement following the concert had been a LinkedIn post thanking his employees for their resilience and conspicuously omitting any mention of why a “surreal” spotlight was suddenly trained on the company. DeJoy, a self-described nerd, can still hardly believe what happened last month. But don’t be fooled. The kiss-cam incident created a rare opportunity to call attention to the company’s accomplishments, and show off a bit of corporate savvy in how to handle the situation. The most entertaining thing that has ever happened at a Coldplay concert turned out to be weirdly rhapsodic for the company it supposedly humiliated. (Though maybe not so much for Byron and Cabot.) But it still makes DeJoy cringe.

That’s why, in our extensive conversation, DeJoy made a point of distancing himself from the events at Gillette Stadium. He managed to twist every question about the presumably sizzling goings-on in the corporate suite into a tribute to the heads-down, stick-to-business ethos of the firm’s 300 workers.

Cosmic Mess

DeJoy insists that within the company, there was no inkling of any hanky-panky in the C-suite. Still, I wonder, could the company have been in any way lax in allowing its frisky executives to shatter the bounds? “Look, we’re reviewing all of our policies,” he tells me. “It’s really important to me that we make sure that we prohibit relationships between employees that create real or perceived conflicts of interest.” So there’s an outside investigation? “I’m just going to say all of our workplace policies are being reviewed no matter what. It’s important to get this one right.” He won’t say whether the “review” entails Astronomer hiring an outside firm to investigate the scandal. Nor did he answer my question about whether Byron got a severance package upon his untimely departure.

I asked him directly: Is DeJoy pissed at his former boss for embarrassing the company? “No, no, I don’t think I can say I am,” he insists. “People make mistakes. We really just want to continue focusing on what matters here, which is our customers and our business.” (See what I mean about messaging?) I ask when he last spoke to Byron. “A long time ago,” he says. “Before the event.” Wait, you haven’t talked to him since the Jumbotron? “That’s correct,” he says. Now that’s cold play.

On the other hand, Astronomer’s outsourced response to the incident will go into the marketing hall of fame. While employees were working overtime to assure customers that the kiss-cam drama wouldn’t impact the company’s services, its executives hired Ryan Reynolds’ cheeky media firm Maximum Effort. The result was a 60-second ad with Gwyneth Paltrow (Martin’s ex), who displayed Oscar-level deadpan when she promised the internet she’d answer their questions about the incident. The joke was that her responses to queries about the concert were bromides about the firm’s geeky business. (Kind of like my interview with DeJoy.) Responding to “OMG! What the actual f!” she said. “Yes, Astronomer is the best place to run Apache Airflow.” The absurdity of Paltrow, who is more often associated with organic skin-care products and jade eggs, talking about “data workflow automation” was priceless. It successfully shifted the narrative, at least a bit, to a question that many people were suddenly asking: What the actual f is Astronomer?

DeJoy, who says he never got to meet his famous (albeit temporary) spokesperson, is more than happy to answer the question. The company was started by a small group of techies in Cincinnati in 2017. The original idea involved data tracking. That’s sort of why they named their firm Astronomer. “Astronomers were the first data engineers, because they were making sense of how the world worked by intuiting how the stars were moving in the night sky,” says DeJoy. “That’s very much the job of a data engineer these days, right?” If you say so!

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-bitcoin-ethereum-ether-jerome-powell-btc-eth-9138730” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755878755.3f15a031

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755878755.3f15a031

Native Americans Want To Avoid Past Medicaid Enrollment Snafus as Work Requirements Loom

Jonnell Wieder earned too much money at her job to keep her Medicaid coverage when the covid-19 public health emergency ended in 2023 and states resumed checking whether people were eligible for the program. But she was reassured by the knowledge that Medicaid would provide postpartum coverage for her and her daughter, Oakleigh McDonald, who was born in July of that year.

Wieder is a member of the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes in Montana and can access some health services free of charge through her tribe’s health clinics. But funding is limited, so, like a lot of Native American people, she relied on Medicaid for herself and Oakleigh.

Months before Oakleigh’s 1st birthday, the date when Wieder’s postpartum coverage would come to an end, Wieder completed and returned paperwork to enroll her daughter in Healthy Montana Kids, the state’s version of the Children’s Health Insurance Program. But her paperwork, caught up in the lengthy delays and processing times for applications, did not go through.

“As soon as she turned 1, they cut her off completely,” Wieder said.

It took six months for Wieder to get Oakleigh covered again through Healthy Montana Kids. Before health workers in her tribe stepped in to help her resubmit her application, Wieder repeatedly called the state’s health department. She said she would dial the call center when she arrived at her job in the morning and go about her work while waiting on hold, only for the call to be dropped by the end of the day.

“Never did I talk to anybody,” she said.

Wieder and Oakleigh’s experience is an example of the chaos for eligible Medicaid beneficiaries caused by the process known as the “unwinding,” which led to millions of people in the U.S. losing coverage due to paperwork or other procedural issues. Now, tribal health leaders fear their communities will experience more health coverage disruptions when new federal Medicaid work and eligibility requirements are implemented by the start of 2027.

The tax-and-spending law that President Donald Trump signed this summer exempts Native Americans from the new requirement that some people work or do another qualifying activity a minimum number of hours each month to be eligible for Medicaid, as well as from more frequent eligibility checks. But as Wieder and her daughter’s experience shows, they are not exempt from getting caught up in procedural disenrollments that could reemerge as states implement the new rules.

“We also know from the unwinding that that just doesn’t always play out necessarily correctly in practice,” said Joan Alker, who leads Georgetown University’s Center for Children and Families. “There’s a lot to worry about.”

Wieder is a member of the Confederated Salish and Kootenai Tribes. Like a lot of Native American people, she relied on Medicaid — for herself and daughter Oakleigh McDonald — before she lost coverage in 2023.(Tommy Martino for KFF Health News)

The new law is projected to increase the number of people who are uninsured by 10 million.

The lessons of the unwinding suggest that “deep trouble” lies ahead for Native Americans who rely on Medicaid, according to Alker.

Changes to Medicaid

Trump’s new law changes Medicaid rules to require some recipients ages 19 to 64 to log 80 hours of work or other qualifying activities per month. It also requires states to recheck those recipients’ eligibility every six months, instead of annually. Both of these changes will be effective by the end of next year.

The Congressional Budget Office estimated in July that the law would reduce federal Medicaid spending by more than $900 billion over a decade. In addition, more than 4 million people enrolled in health plans through the Affordable Care Act marketplace are projected to become uninsured if Congress allows pandemic-era enhanced premium tax credits to expire at the end of the year.

Wieder said she was lucky that the tribe covered costs and her daughter’s care wasn’t interrupted in the six months she didn’t have health insurance. Citizens of federally recognized tribes in the U.S. can access some free health services through the Indian Health Service, the federal agency responsible for providing health care to Native Americans and Alaska Natives.

But free care is limited because Congress has historically failed to fully fund the Indian Health Service. Tribal health systems rely heavily on Medicaid to fill that gap. Native Americans are enrolled in Medicaid at higher rates than the white population and have higher rates of chronic illnesses, die more from preventable diseases, and have less access to care.

Medicaid is the largest third-party payer to the Indian Health Service and other tribal health facilities and organizations. Accounting for about two-thirds of the outside revenue the Indian Health Service collects, it helps tribal health organizations pay their staff, maintain or expand services, and build infrastructure. Tribal leaders say protecting Medicaid for Indian Country is a responsibility Congress and the federal government must fulfill as part of their trust and treaty obligations to tribes.

Lessons Learned During the Unwinding

The Trump administration prevented states from disenrolling most Medicaid recipients for the duration of the public health emergency starting in 2020. After those eligibility checks resumed in 2023, nearly 27 million people nationwide were disenrolled from Medicaid during the unwinding, according to an analysis by the Government Accountability Office published in June. The majority of disenrollments — about 70% — occurred for procedural reasons, according to the federal Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

CMS did not require state agencies to collect race and ethnicity data for their reporting during the unwinding, making it difficult to determine how many Native American and Alaska Native enrollees lost coverage.

The lack of data to show how the unwinding affected the population makes it difficult to identify disparities and create policies to address them, said Latoya Hill, senior policy manager with KFF’s Racial Equity and Health Policy program. KFF is a health information nonprofit that includes KFF Health News.

The National Council of Urban Indian Health, which advocates on public health issues for Native Americans living in urban parts of the nation, analyzed the Census Bureau’s 2022 American Community Survey and KFF data in an effort to understand how disenrollment affected tribes. The council estimated more than 850,000 Native Americans had lost coverage as of May 2024. About 2.7 million Native Americans and Alaska Natives were enrolled in Medicaid in 2022, according to the council.

The National Indian Health Board, a nonprofit that represents and advocates for federally recognized tribes, has been working with federal Medicaid officials to ensure that state agencies are prepared to implement the exemptions.

“We learned a lot of lessons about state capacity during the unwinding,” said Winn Davis, congressional relations director for the National Indian Health Board.

Nevada health officials say they plan to apply lessons learned during the unwinding and launch a public education campaign on the Medicaid changes in the new federal law. “A lot of this will depend on anticipated federal guidance regarding the implementation of those new rules,” said Stacie Weeks, director of the Nevada Health Authority.

Staff at the Fallon Tribal Health Center in Nevada have become authorized representatives for some of their patients. This means that tribal citizens’ Medicaid paperwork is sent to the health center, allowing staff to notify individuals and help them fill it out.

Davis said the unwinding process showed that Native American enrollees are uniquely vulnerable to procedural disenrollment. The new law’s exemption of Native Americans from work requirements and more frequent eligibility checks is the “bare minimum” to ensure unnecessary disenrollments are avoided as part of trust and treaty obligations, Davis said.

A photo of young toddler walking in her front yard.
Wieder and daughter Oakleigh McDonald’s experience is an example of the chaos for eligible Medicaid beneficiaries caused by the process known as the “unwinding,” which led to millions of people in the U.S. losing coverage due to paperwork or other procedural issues.(Tommy Martino for KFF Health News)

Eligibility Checks Are ‘Complex’ and ‘Vulnerable to Error’

The GAO said the process of determining whether individuals are eligible for Medicaid is “complex” and “vulnerable to error” in a 2024 report on the unwinding.

“The resumption of Medicaid eligibility redeterminations on such a large scale further compounded this complexity,” the report said.

It highlighted weaknesses across state systems. By April 2024, federal Medicaid officials had found nearly all states were out of compliance with redetermination requirements, according to the GAO. Eligible people lost their coverage, the accountability office said, highlighting the need to improve federal oversight.

In Texas, for example, federal Medicaid officials found that 100,000 eligible people had been disenrolled due to, for example, the state system’s failure to process their completed renewal forms or miscalculation of the length of women’s postpartum coverage.

Some states were not conducting ex parte renewals, in which a person’s Medicaid coverage is automatically renewed based on existing information available to the state. That reduces the chance that paperwork is sent to the wrong address, because the recipient doesn’t need to complete or return renewal forms.

But poorly conducted ex parte renewals can lead to procedural disenrollments, too. More than 100,000 people in Nevada were disenrolled by September 2023 through the ex parte process. The state had been conducting the ex parte renewals at the household level, rather than by individual beneficiary, resulting in the disenrollment of still-eligible children because their parents were no longer eligible. Ninety-three percent of disenrollments in the state were for procedural reasons — the highest in the nation, according to KFF.

Another issue the federal agency identified was that some state agencies were not giving enrollees the opportunity to submit their renewal paperwork through all means available, including mail, phone, online, and in person.

State agencies also identified challenges they faced during the unwinding, including an unprecedented volume of eligibility redeterminations, insufficient staffing and training, and a lack of response from enrollees who may not have been aware of the unwinding.

Native Americans and Alaska Natives have unique challenges in maintaining their coverage.

A photo of a water tower in rural Montana. Mountains are seen behind it.
Wieder lives in St. Ignatius, Montana, a community on the Flathead Indian Reservation.(Tommy Martino for KFF Health News)

Communities in rural parts of the nation experience issues with receiving and sending mail. Some Native Americans on reservations may not have street addresses. Others may not have permanent housing or change addresses frequently. In Alaska, mail service is often disrupted by severe weather. Another issue is the lack of reliable internet service on remote reservations.

Tribal health leaders and patient benefit coordinators said some tribal citizens did not receive their redetermination paperwork or struggled to fill it out and send it back to their state Medicaid agency.

The Aftermath

Although the unwinding is over, many challenges persist.

Tribal health workers in Montana, Oklahoma, and South Dakota said some eligible patients who lost Medicaid during the unwinding had still not been reenrolled as of this spring.

“Even today, we’re still in the trenches of getting individuals that had been disenrolled back onto Medicaid,” said Rachel Arthur, executive director of the Indian Family Health Clinic in Great Falls, Montana, in May.

Arthur said staff at the clinic realized early in the unwinding that their patients were not receiving their redetermination notices in the mail. The clinic is identifying people who fell off Medicaid during the unwinding and helping them fill out applications.

Marlena Farnes, who was a patient benefit coordinator at the Indian Family Health Clinic during the Medicaid unwinding, said she tried for months to help an older patient with a chronic health condition get back on Medicaid. He had completed and returned his paperwork but still received a notice that his coverage had lapsed. After many calls to the state Medicaid office, Farnes said, state officials told her the patient’s application had been lost.

Another patient went to the emergency room multiple times while uninsured, Arthur said.

“I felt like if our patients weren’t helped with follow-up, and that advocacy piece, their applications were not being seen,” Farnes said. She is now the behavioral health director at the clinic.

Montana was one of five states where more than 50% of enrollees lost coverage during the unwinding, according to the GAO. The other states are Idaho, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah. About 68% of Montanans who lost coverage were disenrolled for procedural reasons.

A photo of Jonnell Wieder holding her daughter outside.
(Tommy Martino for KFF Health News)

In Oklahoma, eligibility redeterminations remain challenging to process, said Yvonne Myers, a Medicaid and Affordable Care Act consultant for Citizen Potawatomi Nation Health Services. That’s causing more frequent coverage lapses, she said.

Myers said she thinks Republican claims of “waste, fraud, and abuse” are overstated.

“I challenge some of them to try to go through an eligibility process,” Myers said. “The way they’re going about it is making it for more hoops to jump through, which ultimately will cause people to fall off.”

The unwinding showed that state systems can struggle to respond quickly to changes in Medicaid, leading to preventable erroneous disenrollments. Individuals were often in the dark about their applications and struggled to reach state offices for answers. Tribal leaders and health experts are raising concerns that those issues will continue and worsen as states implement the requirements of the new law.

Georgia, the only state with an active Medicaid work requirement program, has shown that the changes can be difficult for individuals to navigate and costly for a state to implement. More than 100,000 people have applied for Georgia’s Pathways program, but only about 8,600 were enrolled as of the end of July.

Alker, of Georgetown, said Congress took the wrong lesson from the unwinding in adding more restrictions and red tape.

“It will make unwinding pale in comparison in terms of the number of folks that are going to lose coverage,” Alker said.

This article was published with the support of the Journalism & Women Symposium (JAWS) Health Journalism Fellowship, assisted by grants from The Commonwealth Fund.

Related Topics

Contact Us

Submit a Story Tip

The Next Era Of Metal Gear Solid Is Being Entrusted To A New Generation Of Developers, If It’s Made

A decade is a long period of time, but for Metal Gear Solid fans, it’s an eternity. Fortunately, Metal Gear Solid Delta: Snake Eater launches at the end of the month, bringing a classic from the original series into the modern age of gaming. But beyond that? Expect the future of Metal Gear Solid to be handed over to a new generation of developers.

Metal Gear veterans Noriaki Okamura and Yuji Korekado recently spoke about how they were preparing to hand over the franchise to a younger team if Konami ever decides to produce a brand-new Metal Gear Solid game.

Now Playing: Metal Gear Solid Delta: Snake Eater Review

“One of the reasons why we brought in a lot of fresh meat–all the new, younger developers–is because, not only did we want to give them a chance to figure out how to create and develop a Metal Gear game, but also give them a chance to experience the game themselves,” Okamura said to Rolling Stone. “And we’ll still be here for a while, but right now the goal is to build a team that could carry on the legacy on our behalf and could produce, hopefully in the future, more exciting games.”

Metal Gear Solid Delta: Snake Eater is designed to be a bridge for that idea, as Okamura and Korekado view it as having the potential to reenergize the franchise and draw in new creators. Korekado explained that the seasoned developers working on the game were able to incorporate feedback from younger members on the team that would help modernize the game, while still retaining the original elements that made this entry in the series so captivating when it was first released in the 2000s.

The future of Metal Gear Solid is also one that will likely not involve series creator Hideo Kojima, as following his exit from Konami, the industry legend has been busy with multiple projects at his studio, like Death Stranding and its sequel, OD, and a spiritual successor to Metal Gear Solid, Phsyint.

Kojima has also spoken about how all the demanding work of creating a video game has begun to take a mental and physical toll on him as he grows older, but he still plans to remain as creative for as long as possible–or at least until he becomes the first person to make a game in space. He’s also not planning to play Metal Gear Solid Delta.

Metal Gear Solid Delta: Snake Eater launches for PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X|S on August 28, and we gave it a 9/10 in our review. “Konami’s Metal Gear Solid 3 remake is a safe but successful modernization of a beloved classic,” Tamoor Hussain wrote in GameSpot’s Metal Gear Solid Delta: Snake Eater review.

A startling omega-3 deficiency may explain women’s Alzheimer’s risk

Omega fatty acids could protect against Alzheimer’s disease in women, new research has found.

Analysis of lipids – fat molecules that perform many essential functions in the body – in the blood found there was a noticeable loss of unsaturated fats, such as those that contain omega fatty acids, in the blood of women with Alzheimer’s disease compared to healthy women.

Scientists found no significant difference in the same lipid molecule composition in men with Alzheimer’s disease compared to healthy men, which suggests that those lipids have a different role in the disease according to sex. Fats perform important roles in maintaining a healthy brain, so this study could indicate why more women are diagnosed with the disease.

The study, published on August 20 in Alzheimer’s & Dementia: The Journal of the Alzheimer’s Association by scientists from King’s College London and Queen Mary University London, is the first to reveal the important role lipids could have in the risk for Alzheimer’s between the sexes.

Senior author Dr Cristina Legido-Quigley, from King’s College London, said: “Women are disproportionately impacted by Alzheimer’s Disease and are more often diagnosed with the disease than men after the age of 80. One of the most surprising things we saw when looking at the different sexes was that there was no difference in these lipids in healthy and cognitively impaired men, but for women this picture was completely different. The study reveals that Alzheimer’s lipid biology is different between the sexes, opening new avenues for research.”

The scientists took plasma samples from 841 participants who had Alzheimer’s Disease, mild cognitive impairment and cognitively health controls and and were measured for brain inflammation and damage.

They used mass spectrometry to analyze the 700 individual lipids in the blood. Lipids are a group of many molecules. Saturated lipids are generally considered as ‘unhealthy’ or ‘bad’ lipids, while unsaturated lipid, which sometime contains omega fatty acids, are generally considered ‘healthy’.

Scientists saw a steep increase in lipids with saturation – the ‘unhealthy lipids’ – in women with Alzheimer’s compared to the healthy group. The lipids with attached omega fatty acids were the most decreased in the Alzheimer’s group.

Now, the scientists say there is a statistical indication that there is a causal link between Alzheimer’s Disease and fatty acids. But a clinical trial is necessary to confirm the link.

Dr Legido-Quigley added: “Our study suggests that women should make sure they are getting omega fatty acids in their diet – through fatty fish or via supplements. However, we need clinical trials to determine if shifting the lipid composition can influence the biological trajectory of Alzheimer’s Disease.”

Dr Asger Wretlind, first author of the study from King’s College London, said: “Scientists have known for some time that more women than men are diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease. Although this still warrants further research, we were able to detect biological differences in lipids between the sexes in a large cohort, and show the importance of lipids containing omegas in the blood, which has not been done before. The results are very striking and now we are looking at how early in life this change occurs in women.”

Dr Julia Dudley, Head of Research at Alzheimer’s Research UK says: “In the UK, two in three people living with dementia are women. This could be linked to living longer, or other risk factors like social isolation, education, or hormonal changes from the menopause being at play.

“While this study shows that women with Alzheimer’s had lower levels of some unsaturated fats compared with men, further work is needed. This includes understanding the mechanisms behind this difference and finding out if lifestyle changes, including diet could have a role. Future research should also be carried out in a more ethnically diverse population to see if the same effect is seen.

“Understanding how the disease works differently in women could help doctors tailor future treatments and health advice. Alzheimer’s Research UK is proud to be funding this work that will bring us a step closer to a cure.”

The research was supported by funding from LundbeckFonden and Alzheimer’s Research UK.

Virtual Internship Opportunity 2025 by NyayaSarthak

About the NyayaSarthak

At NyayaSarthak, we believe that justice should be accessible to all, regardless of one’s socio-economic background. To turn this belief into a reality, we are launching an ambitious pro bono initiative aimed at providing legal assistance to those who are in dire need but cannot afford legal representation.

Under the expert guidance of Advocate, all interns will be indulged in various activities related to Law so that one can widen his/her knowledge base.

It is expected from all the interns to do all the works assigned in the due time and anyone not complying with the rules will be terminated.

Duration

1 month

Mode

Virtual

Benefits

  • Virtual Mode: Participate from anywhere in the country.
  • Expert Sessions: Learn directly from seasoned legal professionals.
  • Comprehensive Support: We are committed to addressing every query you have as you embark on your legal career.
  • Empowering First-Generation Lawyers: We aim to boost legal aid for the underprivileged while supporting first-generation law students in their academic journey.
  • Unpaid

How to Apply?

Interested candidates can apply online via the link given at the end of the post.

Important date

Applicants will get confirmation mails by 31st August!

Click here to apply.

Disclaimer: Charging money from students for internships or from job applicants is unethical and can result in blacklisting. We strongly discourage requesting any kind of payment from interns, including processing fees or charges for certificates. If you have any concerns, please contact us at [email protected]

Physician says ‘first sign of weight gain isn’t what you think’: It’s not your belly or face, but this surprising spot | Health

It’s easy to assume that weight gain is only noticeable when your clothes feel snug or the numbers on the scale rise. But sometimes, our body gives early warning signals in ways we never expect. Dr. William Li, physician and scientist, shared on August 21 podcast with Mel Robbins how subtle changes in the body can be the first signs that weight is creeping on, long before the scale reflects it. (Also read: Woman who went from 78 kg to 65 kg in 6 months shares her weight loss secrets: ‘Low-intensity walking burns calories’ )

Dr. William Li reveals surprising first sign of weight gain.

Where does weight gain start before you notice it

“Weight gain does not start with your muffin top. Weight gain starts in a very subtle way, and this has been studied with clinical research. It’s the visceral fat, the fat that’s inside our body that you can’t see, that starts to grow early. So when you have too many calories and overflow your fuel tank, the first fat that grows inside your body is invisible,” says Dr. William.

He adds, “Can you guess where you start accumulating fat first? It’s not the obvious places. The first place anybody starts to gain body fat is in the tongue. The human tongue is made of three parts: the tip of the tongue, which is like a Cirque du Soleil acrobat, the middle of the tongue, which is really strong and packed with muscle and the back of the tongue, which is a big fat pillow. It is mostly fat to allow food you have chewed to slide all the way back down into your stomach.”

How can snoring reveal early weight gain

“So the back of your tongue is mostly visceral fat. When you gain weight and start to accumulate extra body fat, one of the first places it grows is in the back of your tongue. Now, how do you know this? Your bed partner, who is sleeping with you, might start to notice that you snore. You didn’t snore before, but now you do. This has been studied in Scandinavia with thin people who are gaining weight,” he explains.

“When body fat grows in the back of the tongue, your tongue gets fatter. Now, when you sleep, your muscles relax, including the fat tongue, which starts to block your airway. That’s why you start snoring. So the telltale sign of early weight gain is snoring. It’s the first place the fat accumulates, and your sleeping partner is usually the first to notice,” concludes Dr. William.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

FDA cancels adcomm on Biohaven drug; Catalent lays off staff

Today, a brief rundown of news involving Biohaven and Catalent, as well as updates from Stealth Biotherapeutics, Jazz Pharmaceuticals and Celldex Therapeutics that you may have missed.

The Food and Drug Administration no longer plans to hold a meeting with outside experts to help evaluate an approval application for a Biohaven medicine called troriluzole. According to a regulatory filing, the agency informed Biohaven of this change on Thursday, but still expects to issue an approval verdict sometime late in the year. Canceling the advisory committee meeting “likely indicates that the FDA feels it has sufficiently resolved any difficulties in interpreting data pertaining to the safety or efficacy of the drug — though whether their conclusion is positive or negative is difficult to determine,” wrote RBC Capital Markets analyst Leonid Timashev in a note to clients. Timashev also highlighted how the history of these cancellations is “modestly encouraging” for Biohaven, since, in roughly two-thirds of cases, the FDA subsequently green lit the drugs under review.Jacob Bell

Contract manufacturer Catalent has laid off 350 employees working at its Baltimore gene therapy facility due to “an unexpected shift in demand from a large customer,” a company spokesperson confirmed to BioPharma Dive. “Our gene therapy business continues to see strong growth and we look forward to working on behalf of customers to deliver novel therapies for patients with genetic diseases,” the spokesperson added. Catalent is now owned by Novo Holdings, the parent company of Novo Nordisk. — Ned Pagliarulo

The FDA has accepted a revised approval submission for a rare disease drug developed by Stealth BioTherapeutics. According to Stealth, the agency considers its new application a “class 2 response” to a prior rejection, meaning its treatment, a Barth syndrome therapy called elamipretide, would typically undergo a six-month review ending in February. The FDA, though, intends to make a decision by Sept. 26, Stealth said Thursday. The review of elamipretide has been flagged by conservative outlets as evidence of biotech innovation slowing down under the leadership of commissioner Martin Makary. — Ben Fidler

Jazz Pharmaceuticals has bought rights to an experimental epilepsy medicine in a heavily back-loaded deal that could ultimately surpass $1 billion in value. Jazz gave Denmark-based Saniona almost $43 million upfront for an exclusive license to “SAN2355,” a small molecule drug designed to activate certain so-called potassium ion channels. While not yet in human testing, SAN2355 looks to be a “highly promising” asset with the potential to be the best in its drug class, said Robert Iannone, Jazz’s head of research and development. TD Cowen analyst Joseph Thome wrote in a note to clients how the deal “brings in a familiar, closely watched target” that “should fit in nicely with Jazz’s current neuroscience portfolio.” Thome added that Saniona’s molecule is somewhat de-risked due to the clinical advancement of rival therapy from Xenon Pharmaceuticals. — Jacob Bell

An experimental drug from Celldex Therapeutics didn’t alleviate signs and symptoms of the inflammatory condition eosinophilic esophagitis in a Phase 2 trial, the company said Wednesday. The drug, barzolvolimab, is currently in late-stage testing in people with skin hives called urticaria. Celldex had been hoping the drug’s ability to deplete levels of mast cells — immune cells implicated in multiple immune conditions — might be beneficial in eosinophilic esophagitis too. While that didn’t happen, barzolvolimab still had “clean safety” in the study, which “bodes well” for its ongoing Phase 3 trials in urticarias, wrote Leerink Partners analyst Thomas Smith. — Ben Fidler

The great mismatch: Smaller households, bigger homes

Key takeaways

Most homes don’t match most households: New analysis shows 61% of households are just one or two people, but three- and four-bedroom homes dominate the housing stock.

Couples without kids and people living alone now make up the majority of households, yet policy and planning still focus on families.

Two-person households are more likely to occupy three-bedroom homes than families of four, revealing why tax and housing reform are urgently needed.


More than 60% of Australian households are made up of just one or two people, yet the bulk of our housing stock is built for families.

New analysis from Cotality shows a stark mismatch between who lives in our homes and the kinds of homes we’re building.

Who really makes up Australia’s households?

When most Australians picture the “Great Australian Dream”, they see a family with kids in a three-or-four bedroom house. But data shows that dream does not match reality.

Couples without children and people living alone make up the majority of households, raising questions about how well our housing market is serving real demand.

While families are an extremely important consideration for our housing system, demographic data from the ABS reminds us that there are different kinds of households and housing needs.

In fact, only around 30% of Australian households are families with dependants.

A notable 31% are couple families without dependants, and 27% are people living alone.

When you look at households purely by number of people, it may be surprising to learn that 61% of Australian households are made up of just one or two people.

Figures 1 and 2 show the make-up of Australian households according to an experimental dataset from the ABS, released as part of the ‘Labour Force Status of Families’ publication.

Composition Of Households By Type In Australia

Of the lone-person households in Australia, the data suggests around 40% are aged 65 and over.

Couple households without dependents had an average of 0.8 people aged 65 or over, so it’s reasonable to assume that just under half would be older couples.

Households By Count Of People In Australia

When comparing the number of people in each household (Figure 2) with Cotality data on housing by number of bedrooms (Figure 3), there is a clear mismatch.

The highest share of households is two people, but the highest share of housing has three bedrooms.

Dwelings By Bedroom

The next-highest share is of one-person households at 27%, but one-bedroom and studio homes together make up just 6% of Australia’s housing stock.

Figure 4 shows a similar situation across the states and territories, with larger housing dominating housing stock, despite most households having just one or two people in them.

Households Vs Housing Across The States

Why bigger homes still dominate

There is nothing inherently wrong about a dwelling having more bedrooms than people.

A Surprisingly Heartfelt Sequel on Netflix

Adam Sandler is not one of my favorite actors, and the original Happy Gilmore has never been one of my favorite films. And yet, the newly released Netflix sequel, Happy Gilmore 2, worked for me.

There are spoilers regarding the Happy Gilmore 2 plot below.

Another Sequel?

Arriving 29 years after the original film, Happy Gilmore 2 once again features Sandler as a hockey player who became a successful golfer. However, this is not the same Happy Gilmore that we last saw at the end of the original. This one is an out-of-shape alcoholic and decidedly ex-golfer who continues to spiral after the death of his beloved wife, Virginia.

The movie centers on Happy Gilmore slowly picking himself up with the help of his kids and many of the beloved characters from the first movie. Along the way, he runs into a new nemesis or two, who try to wreak havoc in interesting, sometimes funny ways.

Call Me Skeptical

Movie sequels either succeed or fail. It’s been my experience that they are often big misses for a multitude of reasons. Most of the time, the stories in sequels are either tired rehashes of the original or ones that make no sense. Most sequels also tend to have a supporting cast that’s not as good as the one in the original movie, or worse, there’s a new star.

The first official trailer for Happy Gilmore 2 was released on Netflix’s YouTube channel, as well as on other platforms. My reaction was mixed. On the positive side, it was nice to see so many familiar faces from the original. Besides Sandler, this included Ben Stiller, Christopher McDonald, and Dennis Dugan. Julie Bowen, who was Gilmore’s love interest in the first film, Virginia, was also featured in the clip.

On the negative side, I quickly realized that several other cast members from the first film weren’t included in the trailer for an important reason: they had passed away. This included Carl Weathers, Bob Barker, Joe Flaherty, Richard Kiel, and, as Gilmore’s beloved grandma, Frances Bay.

Like the first film, Happy Gilmore 2 also included real-life golfers. In the trailer, seeing these folks left me flat, although I wanted to know whether the world’s number one player, Scottie Scheffler, could act.

Additionally, I was also unimpressed with the premise of the second film, as it was presented in the trailer. It was clear that something bad had happened in Gilmore’s life, and the sequel would spend a considerable amount of time showing him slowly recovering. This setup is often used in films, and it wasn’t something I was excited to see.

In the end, though I didn’t find Happy Gilmore 2 as inspiring as some of Netflix’s other films, it was a fun ride nonetheless.

Happy Gilmore 2 Mostly Worked

My plan was never to watch Happy Gilmore 2 based solely on my opinion of the trailer. And yet, on a quiet Sunday afternoon, my daughter and I decided to watch it. After all, it’s films like this that Netflix offers to justify its ever-rising monthly subscription price.

Almost immediately, I was surprised by the reason Sandler’s character was in such a bad state. It seems Virginia, who became Gilmore’s beloved wife off-screen, had died. She didn’t just die, however; a golf ball hit by Gilmore at a tournament did her in. The death scene (shown in a flashback) was one of those scenes only someone like Sandler could pull off. It was sad and funny all rolled into one.

Although it was unfortunate that Virginia’s death meant less screen time for Bowen, it set up a much better story than I had envisioned. With her death, Gilmore was left to raise five kids, the oldest of whom was hoping to go to college the following year. The problem? Gilmore was broke. Hence began a journey that saw Gilmore rise, and in doing so, become a better father, family man, and someone with a renewed love of the game of golf.

To get there, viewers had plenty of reasons to laugh, smile, and feel nostalgic throughout the journey. It was great seeing Sandler once again share the screen with people like Stiller and McDonald, as well as with newcomers like Bad Bunny, Benny Safdie, and Haley Joel Osment, who played the Gilmore universe’s new villain. The chemistry between Sandler and his real-life daughter, Sunny, also made for a fascinating story that had a lot of heart. And sure, new cameos by golfers like Scheffler, Jack Nicklaus, Rory McIlroy, and Nelly Korda sometimes felt forced, but they were fun nevertheless. I was also happy to see 86-year-old golf legend Lee Trevino return. And Travis Kelce’s cameo as a goofy waiter was also fun. The nicest addition was a scene near the end of the film when stars from the first who died were remembered through nostalgic clips. Well done.

Not everything about the sequel clicked. For example, though I enjoyed seeing Osment as a bad guy, little about the film’s big crescendo worked for me. The setup featured Gilmore and other real-life golfers competing against non-golfers in a fictional outdoor game called Maxi Golf, an exaggerated form of the game that incorporated elements of extreme sports and mini-golf. These scenes were mostly stupid, even though the payoff was rewarding enough to make them bearable.

I was pleasantly surprised to find that Happy Gilmore 2 worked for me, despite my initial skepticism. The sequel successfully avoided the pitfalls of many follow-ups by crafting a fresh, heartfelt story that felt both new and nostalgic. It was a movie that made me laugh, smile, and feel something for the characters again. The film ultimately succeeded because it was more than just a rehash of the original; it was a touching continuation of a beloved character’s journey. It’s definitely a feel-good movie worth watching.

You can stream Happy Gilmore 2 on Netflix.

‘The Martians’ review: David Baron examines a century-ago alien craze

Book Review

The Martians: The True Story of an Alien Craze That Captured Turn-of-the-Century America

By David Baron
Liverlight: 336 pages, $30
If you buy books linked on our site, The Times may earn a commission from Bookshop.org, whose fees support independent bookstores.

In the early 20th century it was widely thought that there was intelligent life on Mars, and that we actually knew something about the inhabitants. Fringe theorists and yellow journalists spread this view, but so did respected scientists and the New York Times. The U.S. and much of the rest of the world had Martians on the brain. The mania could be summed up by the philosophy of Fox Mulder, the paranormal investigator played by David Duchovny on “The X-Files”: “I want to believe.”

How this came to pass is the subject of “The Martians.” David Baron’s deeply researched and witty book explores what happened when “we, the people of Earth, fell hard for another planet and projected our fantasies, desires, and ambitions onto an alien world.” As Baron writes, “This romance blazed before it turned to embers, and it produced children, for we — the first humans who might actually sail to Mars — are its descendants.”

Well before there was Elon Musk, there was Percival Lowell. A disillusioned, admittedly misanthropic Boston Brahmin, Lowell came to see himself as a scientist with the soul of a poet, or a poet with scientific instincts. He was also filthy rich, and he poured much of his money into equipment and research that might help him prove there was life on Mars.

David Baron, a Colorado-based science writer, approaches his subject with clarity, style and narrative drive.

(Dana C. Meyer)

He was hardly alone. Other movers and shakers in the Martian movement included French astronomer and philosopher Camille Flammarion, who brought missionary zeal to the task of convincing the world of extraterrestrial life; and Giovanni Schiaparelli, the colorblind Italian astronomer who observed “an abundance of narrow streaks” on Mars “that appeared to connect the seas one to another.” He called these “canali,” which in Italian means “channels.” But in English the word was translated as “canals,” and it was quickly and widely assumed that these canals were strategically created by agriculturally-inclined Martians. Lowell, Flammarion and Schiaparelli collaborated and communicated with one another throughout their lives, in the interest of spreading the word of life on Mars.

Baron, a Colorado-based science writer, approaches his subject with clarity, style and narrative drive, focusing on the social currents and major figures of his story rather than scientific concepts that might go over the head of a lay reader (including this one). The Mars craze unfolded during a period defined by the theory of evolution, which expanded our conception of gradualism and inexorable progress, and tabloid journalism, which was quick to present enthusiastic postulation and speculation as fact, whether the subject was the Spanish-American War or life on other planets. Science fiction was also taking off, thanks largely to a prolific Englishman named H.G. Wells, whose widely serialized attack-of-the-Martians story “War of the Worlds” piqued the Western imagination. All of the above contributed to Mars fever.

One by one Baron introduces his protagonists, including Musk’s hero Nikola Tesla. An innovator in wireless communication and what would now be called remote control, Tesla won over the press and public with his enigmatic charm, which led his pronouncements to be taken seriously and literally by those who should have known better. “I have an instrument by which I can receive with precision any signal that might be made to this world from Mars,” he told a reporter. Tesla briefly had a powerful benefactor in Wall Street king J.P. Morgan, who funded Tesla’s wireless research before deciding the Mars obsession was a bit much and cutting him off.

Baron comes not to bury the Mars mania, but to examine the reasons why we choose to believe what we believe. Lowell, spurned in his romantic life and treated as a black sheep by his dynastic family, found in Mars a calling, a raison d’être. As Baron writes, “Mars gave his life purpose; it offered him the means to prove himself a success worthy of the Lowell pedigree.” The Mars believers were dreamers and misfits, all with something to prove (or, in the case of some publishers, papers to sell).

As Baron points out, the scientific method often fell by the wayside amid the hullabaloo. An acquaintance of Lowell’s bemoaned the habit Lowell had of “jumping at some general idea or theorem,” after which he “selects and bends facts to underprop that generalization.” Lowell himself once advised an assistant, “It is better never to admit that you have made a mistake.” Or later, as he sought photographic evidence of the Mars canals: “We must secure some canals to confound the skeptics” — which, today, carries eerie echoes of “Find me the votes.”

None of which should denigrate the dreams of space exploration. Nobody, after all, imagined we would actually walk on the moon. Carl Sagan, the great science popularizer and member of the Mariner 9 team that captured groundbreaking images of Mars in 1971, concluded that those canals were, as Baron puts it, “mere chimeras, an amalgam of misperceptions due to atmospheric distortion, the fallible human eye, and one man’s unconstrained imagination.” But that imagination, Sagan added, had value of its own: “Even if Lowell’s conclusions about Mars, including the existence of the fabled canals, turned out to be bankrupt, his depiction of the planet had at least this virtue: it aroused generations of eight-year-olds, myself among them, to consider the exploration of the planets as a real possibility, to wonder if we ourselves might go to Mars.”

L.A. Times contributor Vognar recently joined the staff of the Boston Globe.

Kanye West Said Memecoins ‘Prey On Fans.’ Then He Apparently Launched One

Kanye West, the hip-hop artist who goes by Ye, appears to have launched his own cryptocurrency, YZY, sparking a riot of trading activity.

In February, West rejected the idea that he might launch a crypto coin. “I’M NOT DOING A COIN,” he wrote, in a since-deleted post on X. “COINS PREY ON THE FANS WITH HYPE.” He seems to have changed his mind.

On Wednesday evening, West’s X account announced the YZY coin in two posts. “The official Yeezy token just dropped,” said West, in a strangely deadpan video clip that some X users speculated was AI-generated.

As traders piled in, the coin’s paper value surged to $3 billion, then plummeted by two-thirds in the span of three hours as early investors cashed out. Since the start of trading, investors have placed more than $740 million worth of trades. The majority of traders have recorded losses, collectively losing more than $20 million, says blockchain analytics company Nansen.

Winner of more than 20 Grammy Awards, West has become increasingly unmoored and erratic in his behavior in recent years. Most infamously, West made a series of antisemitic remarks in 2022 that drew widespread condemnation and led Adidas to abandon a lucrative partnership with his design label. In May, he released a music video entitled “Heil Hitler.”

The YZY coin is supposedly part of a grander constellation of products called YZY Money, which also purports to include a crypto payments service and debit card. “YZY Money is a concept to put you in control, free from centralized authority,” the website claims.

According to the website, 20 percent of the YZY supply has been released, 10 percent has been pooled on exchanges to allow for smooth trading, while the remaining 70 percent is held by Yeezy Investments LLC. The company cannot gain access to those coins for at least three months, a common practice meant to prevent issuers from dumping their holdings and sinking the price of a coin.

It is unclear who controls Yeezy Investments, which is registered in Delaware and therefore not required to disclose its ownership structure. Yeezy Investments operates the YZY Money website under a licence granted by Ox Paha Inc., a company through which West manages his intellectual property, the terms and conditions state.

Typically, rookie crypto traders are warned away from coins whose supply is concentrated in the hands of a small number of parties, for fear they might sell off their holdings en masse, driving down the price of the coin.

“You have to consider longer down the line,” says Nicolai Søndergaard, research analyst at Nansen. “Let’s say all tokens unlock in two years, you might not want to be in a token at that point. You could fairly assume there would be a sell-off.”

Patterns in the trading activity in the minutes after the YZY coin announcement have led to further questions about the integrity of the launch.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/uae-crypto-transactions-vat-value-added-tax-cancelled-binance-predicts-influx-web3-businesses-6742496” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755835460.3a2f6dfd

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755835460.3a2f6dfd

Happy 60th, Medicare and Medicaid!

The Host

Julie Rovner
KFF Health News


@jrovner


@julierovner.bsky.social

Read Julie’s stories.

Julie Rovner is chief Washington correspondent and host of KFF Health News’ weekly health policy news podcast, “What the Health?” A noted expert on health policy issues, Julie is the author of the critically praised reference book “Health Care Politics and Policy A to Z,” now in its third edition.

On July 30, 1965, President Lyndon B. Johnson signed landmark legislation creating Medicare and Medicaid. Sixty years later, the programs represent a fifth of the federal budget and provide coverage to nearly 1 in 4 Americans. In addition, the way Medicare and Medicaid structure and pay for medical care has set the standard for the private sector as well.

On this week’s special episode of KFF Health News’ “What the Health?” podcast, host Julie Rovner interviews two experts on the history, development, impact, and future of Medicare and Medicaid.

First, Rovner talks with Medicare historian and University of North Carolina health policy professor Jonathan Oberlander. Oberlander is the author of the book “The Political Life of Medicare” and a former editor of the Journal of Health Care Policy, Politics and Law.

Then, Rovner chats with Sara Rosenbaum, professor emerita at George Washington University. Rosenbaum has spent nearly her entire career working on Medicaid policy and has helped shape key priorities at the federal and state levels.

Click to open the transcript

Transcript: Happy 60th, Medicare and Medicaid!

[Editor’s note: This transcript was generated using both transcription software and a human’s light touch. It has been edited for style and clarity.] 

Julie Rovner: Hello, and welcome back to this special episode of “What the Health?” I’m Julie Rovner, chief Washington correspondent for KFF Health News, and I’m usually joined by some of the best and smartest health reporters in Washington. But this week we’ve got something special for you. It’s an episode marking the 60th anniversary this summer of Medicare and Medicaid, the twin government health programs that have largely shaped the way the U.S. pays for and delivers health care for the past half-century. To bring us the story, I sat down with two of my favorite experts on the subject, University of North Carolina professor Jonathan Oberlander and George Washington University’s Sara Rosenbaum. Here are my chats, starting with Jonathan Oberlander on Medicare. 

I am so pleased to welcome Jonathan Oberlander to the podcast. He’s a professor of social medicine, professor of health policy and management, and adjunct professor of political science at the University of North Carolina School of Medicine in Chapel Hill and one of the nation’s leading experts on Medicare. John, welcome to “What the Health?” 

Jonathan Oberlander: Great to see you, Julie. 

Rovner: So Medicare, to me at least, remains the greatest paradox in the paradox that is the U.S. health care system. It is at once both so popular and so untouchable that it’s considered the third rail of politics, yet at its core, it’s a painfully out-of-date and meager benefit that nevertheless threatens to go bankrupt on a regular basis. How did we get here? 

Oberlander: Wow. Let’s talk about the benefits for a minute. And I think one of the things we can say about Medicare in 2025 as we mark this 60th anniversary is it still bears the imprint of Medicare in 1965. And when Medicare was designed as a program — and the idea really dates back to the early 1950s — it was not seen as a comprehensive benefit. It was intended to pay for the most consequential costs of medical care, for acute care costs. And so when it was enacted in 1965, the benefits were incomplete. 

And the problem is, as you know very well, they haven’t been added to all that much. And here we have, all of us know, as we get older, we generally don’t get healthier. I wish it was true, but it’s not. And older persons deal with all kinds of complex medical issues and have a lot of medical needs, and yet Medicare’s benefits are very limited, so limited that actually a very small percentage of Medicare beneficiaries have only Medicare. Most Medicare beneficiaries have Medicare plus something else, and that may be an individual private plan that they purchase, called a Medigap plan, or maybe a declining number of people have retiree health insurance that supplements Medicare. Some low-income Medicare beneficiaries have Medicaid as well as Medicare, and they’re dual-eligibles. And some Medicare beneficiaries have extra benefits through the Medicare Advantage program, which I’m sure we will have a lot to say. So the bottom line, though, is Medicare has grown. What, about 70 million Americans rely on Medicare. But the benefit package — with some intermittent exceptions that are significant, such as the addition of outpatient prescription drugs in 2006 — really has not kept pace. 

Rovner: So let’s go back to the beginning. What was the problem that Medicare set out to solve? 

Oberlander: Well, it was both a substantive problem and a political problem. The origins of Medicare are in the ashes, the failure, of the Truman administration proposals for national health insurance during the mid- and late 1940s. And after they had lost repeatedly, health reformers decided they needed a new strategy. So instead of national health insurance, what today we would call single-payer, a federal-government-run program for everybody, they trimmed their ambitions down to initially just hospital insurance, 60 days of hospital insurance for elderly Social Security beneficiaries. And that was it. And they thought if they just focused on older Americans, maybe they would tamp down the controversy and the opposition of the American Medical Association and charges of socialized medicine, all things that had really thrown a wrench into plans for national health insurance. 

It didn’t quite work out as they thought. It took about 14 years from the time Medicare was proposed to enacted, and there was a big, divisive, controversial debate about Medicare’s enactment. But it was fundamentally a solution to that political problem of: How do you enact government health insurance in the United States? You pick a more sympathetic population. Now, there was a substantive problem, which was in the 1940s and especially 1950s, private health insurance was growing in the United States for Americans who are working-age. And that growth of employer-sponsored health insurance really left out retirees. They were expensive. Commercial insurers didn’t want to cover them. And the uninsured rate, if you can believe it, for people over age 65 before Medicare was around 50% — not 15% but five-zero, 50%. And so here you had a population that had more medical needs, was more expensive, and they had less access to health insurance than younger people. And Medicare was created in part to end that disparity and give them access to reliable coverage. 

Rovner: So as you mentioned, Medicare was initially just aimed at elderly Social Security recipients. What were some of the biggest benefit and population changes as the years went by? 

Oberlander: So in terms of populations, in 1972, Medicare added coverage for persons who have end-stage renal disease. So people who need dialysis, no matter what the age — it’s a lifesaving technology — they can qualify for Medicare. It didn’t really make sense to add it to Medicare. It’s just it was there. So they added it to Medicare. And also a population we don’t talk nearly enough about, younger Americans with permanent disabilities who are recipients of Social Security Disability Insurance for a couple of years. They qualify for Medicare as well and are a very important part of the Medicare population. Beyond that, Medicare’s covered population has not really changed all that much since the beginning, which actually would be a great disappointment to the architects of Medicare, who thought the program would expand to eventually cover everybody. 

In terms of benefits, the benefit package has been remarkably stable for better and actually probably for worse, with the exception of, for example, the addition of outpatient prescription drug coverage, which came online in 2006, the addition of coverage for various preventive services such as mammography and cancer screenings. But Medicare still does not cover long-term stays in nursing homes. Many Americans think it does. They will be disappointed to find out it does not. Medicare does not cover, generally, hearing or vision or dental services. Traditional Medicare run by the government does not have a cap on the amount of money that beneficiaries can spend in a year on deductibles and copayments and so forth. So really its benefits remain quite limited. 

Rovner: Even to this day we keep hearing about “Medicare for All,” “Medicare for All,” “Medicare for All.” Why has this never happened? And might it? 

Oberlander: Medicare was never intended just to be for older persons. The original vision was enact federal health insurance for the elderly, demonstrate that it works, then expand it to children next. And that way you have people towards the end of life and at the beginning of life covered. And after you do that, carry out essentially a pincer movement and cover the rest, the middle ages, and bring them into Medicare until it’s Medicare for all. 

And so that was their aspiration, and it did not happen that way. Some of it has to do with the costs of Medicare and the unexpectedly high cost at the beginning of the Medicare program. And when Medicare was seen as a fiscal problem, there wasn’t a lot of political space to expand it. Some of that has to do with just history. If you look at the late 1960s when the Johnson administration was considering expanding Medicare to children, which might’ve changed the trajectory of Medicaid and actually of all of U.S. health care policy, the Vietnam War was raging and the costs were really high and they didn’t want to add the expense of that, so they chose not to do it. 

Part of it has to do with a shift in the political winds. And Medicare was enacted at a very liberal time in American political history. And in the 1970s, American politics shifted to the right, so that arguably Jimmy Carter, a Democrat who became president in 1976, he was arguably more conservative on a health policy than Republican Richard Nixon was, the president that preceded him. So as American politics shifted to the right, the idea of Medicare for all through this incremental strategy sort of vanished. And in fact, Democrats largely abandoned that, and they went in a different direction, which eventually culminates in the Affordable Care Act. They went to building on Medicaid and building on private insurance. 

What’s interesting is you have seen in the last decade this resurgence of “Medicare for All,” and of course pushed most famously by Bernie Sanders in the Senate and through his presidential campaigns. And it has a lot of appeal. You look at the public opinion polls, it actually polls pretty well. I think a lot of that is really an indictment of U.S. health care and dissatisfaction with all kinds of things about American health insurance. But it faces so many obstacles. If it was easy to do, it would’ve been done already. And interest group opposition, having to raise taxes, which is not easy in the United States, allegations of socialized medicine in a country that has a strong libertarian focus, dislodging around 160 million people with private insurance and putting them into Medicare — there are just enormous obstacles to Medicare for All. So I suspect it’s going to continue to be part of the debate, but we are a long way from it. 

Rovner: Medicare is also the biggest single payer in the nation’s health care system and for decades has set the standard for how private insurance covers and pays for health care. Is that still the case? 

Oberlander: It is in many ways. Medicare, at the beginning, had very permissive payment policies. It was essentially a blank check to the health care industry, to physicians and hospitals. And not surprisingly, as a result, Medicare’s cost ran up really high in its first decade. When you get into the 1980s, Medicare becomes an innovator in payment reform in the United States. And in the early 1980s, it starts with hospitals and adopts what we call prospective payment for hospitals in the early 1980s, and then a fee schedule for physicians later on at the end of the decade in the 1980s. And Medicare has continued to be an important innovator. It is the home today for experiments in accountable care organizations and other innovations that we would term value-based purchasing. 

And really, if you look at, for example, how many commercial insurers pay, they use Medicare’s physician fee schedule. Now they don’t pay the same amount, because they’re not as big as Medicare. They don’t have the same leverage. And in fact, hospitals on average are paid about twice as much by commercial insurers than Medicare and physicians about 20% to 30%. Commercial insurers use the fee schedule that Medicare has, and then they adjust the dollar amount because they simply don’t have the same kind of influence that Medicare does. 

Rovner: I was going to say we hear a lot about administrative costs for health insurance. Medicare actually has among the lowest administrative costs, right? 

Oberlander: Yeah, Medicare is fairly low in administrative costs. And of course administrative costs are one of the reasons American health care is so much more expensive than other countries. And if you think about it, once you enroll in Medicare, you’re generally enrolled for the rest of your life. And that contrasts with private insurance. It also contrasts with Medicaid, where people turn on and off and it creates all kinds of instability. Medicare is a program that is federally administered, although of course a large share of the program is now delegated out to private insurers, and that is changing the complexity of administrative arrangements in Medicare, among other things. 

Rovner: We should probably go back and talk about how Medicare has so many pieces, A and B and C and D. How did that happen? I mean, I like to say it was not made confusing on purpose, but it was definitely made confusing. 

Oberlander: Yeah. So at the beginning, Medicare was created with Part A and Part B. Part A really was insurance for inpatient services and hospitals, Part B for outpatient and physician services. And there were two reasons for that. One is they were marrying the standard and a lot of private insurance at the time. So we had Blue Cross for hospitals and Blue Shield for physicians, and that was just like Medicare Part A and Part B. The other reason is the original Medicare proposal was really just Part A, as we mentioned before, just for hospital insurance, funded by payroll taxes through the Social Security system. 

Part B, the idea that you would have this insurance that beneficiaries could obtain for physician services that was going to be funded by paying premiums and general revenues, that was added very, very late in the Medicare debate. And so it came at a different time. So it got it added on as Part B. And then eventually we added Part C, which are private plans that beneficiaries can choose now, called Medicare Advantage, HMOs [health maintenance organizations] and PPOs [preferred provider organizations], and the whole alphabet soup, as an alternative to traditional Medicare. And then Part D, and Part D is prescription drug coverage. So I think we may be running out of the letters. We certainly have enough to confuse everybody. 

Rovner: We certainly do. So we keep hearing about how Medicare is going broke. Is that true? And can it be fixed? And how hard would it be? 

Oberlander: People have been worried about Medicare going broke since about 1970. And my philosophy on this is if you’ve been worrying about something being unsustainable for a half a century and it’s still here, you’re probably worrying about the wrong thing. So the chances of Medicare literally ever going broke and going away are, if not zero, as close to zero as you can get. What this has to do with is the way that Medicare is funded. And so Medicare Part A, hospital insurance, is funded almost entirely by what we call an earmarked payroll tax, the payroll tax that workers and their employers pay just for that. 

Rovner: And it’s part of the Social Security tax, right? 

Oberlander: And it’s part of the Social Security tax that people pay. And each year, the actuaries from Medicare project: How much money are we taking in? How much do we have in balances for Part A? And what do the expenditures look like? And so when you hear people say the Medicare trust fund is going to go, quote, “bankrupt” in now it’s about a decade, I think, projected from now, what they really mean to say is: OK, when we get to 2036, Medicare right now is not projected to have 100% of the funds it needs to pay for Part A services. We’ve had multiple periods during Medicare’s political history when we’ve gotten down to seven years, five years, four years. And Congress has never let that trust fund go insolvent. Politically, think about it. If there’s one thing we know about members of Congress, they want to be reelected. There are 70 million people in Medicare. I’m pretty sure a good way not to get reelected would be to get to say, I don’t know, October in 2036 right before the 2036 midterm elections, and say: We’re sorry. Medicare is just going to stop paying. 

So the good news is things can change. Congress can adopt policies, which they have in the past, that extend Medicare’s finances and strengthen its finances. So I think there is good reason to be concerned about how do we stabilize Medicare financing. But in terms of what keeps me up at night, Medicare going bankrupt, I wouldn’t let that bother me, and I wouldn’t let it bother you. 

Rovner: So how have the politics of Medicare changed over the years? I mean, at the beginning it was very— it was supported by Democrats and opposed by Republicans, and now it’s President [Donald] Trump who says, Thou shalt not touch Medicare

Oberlander: There’ve been some twists and turns. If you look at the vote on Medicare enactment in 1965, it was not the vote on Obamacare in 2010. There were some Northern Republicans, moderate liberal Republicans, who voted for it, and conservative Democrats who voted against it. So it was mainly a partisan debate but not exclusively a partisan debate. And I would say in between 1965 and it passed in 1995, the politics of Medicare were consensual. There was a lot of bipartisanship. If you think about the payment reforms in Medicare that we have today and that shape Medicare today, the prospective payment system, the Medicare fee schedule, those were sponsored by Republican presidents and supported by bipartisan majorities in Congress. 

And as you will vividly remember, because I know that you covered this, the biggest benefit —attempted benefit — expansion in Medicare’s history at the time in 1988 was sponsored by [President] Ronald Reagan, a conservative Republican. In 2003, the expansion of prescription drug coverage was under a Republican president, George W. Bush. So the partisan tides have not flowed in predictable ways, but I do think it’s fair to say, since 1995, there has been an erosion of bipartisanship in Medicare and a real breakdown. And the reason I choose that year as a demarcation point is for the first three decades of Medicare’s life, it never lived under a Republican-majority Congress. And in 1995, after Republicans swept the ’94 elections that brought [Rep.] Newt Gingrich to the speakership in the House and a Republican majority in the Senate, was the first time you had Republicans in Congress as a majority governing Medicare, and they pursued ambitious Medicare reform plans. And in the decades since then, Democrats and Republicans have disagreed very sharply over Medicare and over the future of Medicare. 

Now, Donald Trump has thrown a wrench in the politics in Medicare, as he has in many things, because he is not a traditional Republican in many senses, including on Medicare. And he said explicitly when he ran for president the first time that the effort by [Rep.] Paul Ryan, who was chair of the Budget Committee, also speaker of the House, to really reform Medicare and accelerate privatization and make large cuts in Medicare, he said it was politically stupid. Why would Republicans want to do that? And so he has moved the Republican Party to a different place in Medicare, and you can see it in this budget bill that just passed that did all kinds of things to Medicaid and very little to Medicare. I think the question is whether that Trump effect is going to endure past Trump. And so when we get out to, oh, I don’t know, 2029, 2030, what is the Republican consensus in Congress going to be? Have they actually moved in that direction? Or, particularly with the soaring budget deficits, is it going to go back to really a debate between Democrats and Republicans about the future of Medicare? 

Rovner: So let’s talk about privatization. Medicare Advantage, the private health plan alternative to traditional Medicare, is now more than half the program, both in terms of people and in terms of budget. Is this the future of Medicare? Or will we look back in many years and see it as kind of a temporary diversion? 

Oberlander: I think it’s the present and probably the future. The future is always so hard to predict, Julie, because it’s unwritten. But, I mean, this is really a shocking outcome historically, because what Medicare’s architects expected was that the program was going to expand government health insurance to all Americans, first with the older population, then adding children, then adding everybody. Did not turn out that way. The original aspiration was Medicare for all through any incremental means. Instead, 60 years later, we don’t have Medicare for all, but Medicare is mostly privatized. It’s a hybrid program with a public and private component that increasingly is dominated by private insurance. And the fact that over half of Medicare beneficiaries are enrolled in these private plans is a stunning development historically, by the way with lots of implications politically, because that’s an important new political force in Medicare that you have these large private plans, and it’s changed Medicare politics. 

I don’t think Medicare Advantage is going anywhere. I think the question is: How big is it going to get? And I’m not sure any of us know. It’s been on a growth trajectory for a long time. And the question is: Given that all the studies show that Medicare Advantage plans are overpaid, and overpaid by a lot, by the federal government and it’s losing a lot of money on Medicare Advantage and it’s never saved money, is there going to come a point where they actually clamp down? There have been some incremental efforts to try and restrain payments. Really haven’t had much effect. Are we actually going to get to a place where the federal government says: We need savings, yeah. This 22% extra that you’re getting, no, we can’t do that anymore

So I think it’s an open question about: How big is it going to get? Is it going to be two-thirds of the Medicare program, three-quarters of the Medicare program? And if so, then what is the future, turning the question on its head, of traditional Medicare if it’s that small? And that’s one of the great questions about Medicare in the next decade or two. 

Rovner: So for all the needs that Medicare does pay for, one huge hole that remains is its lack of coverage for long-term care, which I think you mentioned at the outset. I wrote my first story on Medicare’s lack of a long-term care benefit in 1986 when I was in my 20s. Now I am in my 60s, and we still haven’t solved the long-term care dilemma. Why has this one thing been so very difficult to address? 

Oberlander: It is the issue that will not speak its name. It’s such a huge problem, and we don’t talk about it. And the way we organize and pay for long-term care in the United States is really terrible. The costs of long-term care in nursing homes has skyrocketed. It’s, as anybody who knows who’s had a family member deal with this, it is absolutely a staggering cost to pay for somebody to stay in a nursing home. And I think, paradoxically, one of the reasons we don’t talk about it is actually because of that cost, because the budgetary implications of this are so high that members of Congress and presidential administrations just don’t go there. And what we’ve done instead is we’ve created a kind of de facto nonsystem where people spend down, often in not very ideal ways, to qualify for Medicaid. So we’ve got Medicaid as a major payer for institutional long-term care. 

We have expanded home health, long-term care, both in Medicare and Medicaid, and that’s a growing part of the system. Private insurance has never really developed. It’s not very stable. The insurance is expensive and hard for people to afford and often not very good. And I think as the baby boomers age, of course the need for long-term care just keeps growing and growing, and yet we paid more attention to it when you were in your 20s. Not to date you, but you did it first. I mean, we paid much more attention, I think you would agree, to this issue on the national stage back when [Sen.] Claude Pepper was in Congress, what, 40 years ago, and it is not really talked about anymore. We’ve kind of swept it up under the rug. And the result of that is a lot of Americans are left with terrible situations when somebody needs a long-term care stay. 

Rovner: And 40 years later, people still don’t know that Medicare doesn’t cover most long-term care. 

Oberlander: And yes, people still don’t know. And yeah, they assume that: Medicare, of course, it’s a program for older persons. Of course it must cover long-term care. And unfortunately it does not. 

Rovner: So one other thing that Medicare does do that most people don’t realize is educate most of the health care workforce, certainly doctors. People don’t realize the way that Medicare subsidizes the training of doctors. Is that something that we’re going to have to look at going forward? 

Oberlander: Medicare does play a huge role in subsidizing medical education, and I think — you ask: Is it something we have to look at? It’s something that of course provides a lot of social value. I think that the issue for Medicare, and not just for graduate medical education but for all of Medicare, is this: We have a federal budget deficit that was already enormous. We just added to it and added to it a lot in the so-called One Big Beautiful Bill. So we have red ink as far as the eye can see. And my prediction, which I don’t think takes a lot of courage, is that sooner or later, probably sooner, members of Congress are going to look up and see: Wait a minute. We have this gargantuan deficit. And they’re going to say — it’s a deficit that is going to have exploded because of the tax cuts — but they’re going to say: Oh, look at this deficit. We’ve got to tame government spending. 

Well, OK. Where does the government spend money? And of course, why did Willie Sutton rob banks? That’s where the money was. That’s what he famously quipped. Well, where does Congress go for budgetary savings? And this has been true for 40 years now. They go to Medicare. So I think there is a reckoning coming where Congress will look for major savings in Medicare as a result of the broader fiscal picture in the United States, and that is going to have implications for all parts of Medicare. 

Rovner: So last question. I know you don’t want to predict the future. Is Medicare going to be around in another 60 years when you’re ready for it? 

Oberlander: I’m going to be ready for Medicare closer to six years than 60 years. I won’t be around in 60 years. Yes, yes. The most important thing to say about Medicare is that retirement in the United States today is unimaginable without Medicare. Medicare is a cornerstone of health security, of retirement security, in the United States. It is absolutely unthinkable that we wouldn’t have the Medicare program. And for all the problems and challenges that it has, it’s also important at the end of the day to remember the successes it’s had and the vital access to medical care that it’s provided. And to think about what the world would look like for older Americans and persons who have permanent disabilities who did not have Medicare, what would happen if Medicare was not there? So I think there’s no question that Medicare is going to be here in 60 years. The question is: What form is Medicare going to take? 

Rovner: Excellent. Jonathan Oberlander, thank you so much. 

Oberlander: It was great to be with you, Julie. 

Rovner: I am so pleased to welcome Sara Rosenbaum to the podcast. Sara is professor emerita of health, law, and policy at George Washington University, one of the, if not the, leading experts on Medicaid. She’s also the person who has taught me at least 80% of what I know about the program. So I am extra thrilled that she’s agreed to come be our guide. Sara, welcome. 

Sara Rosenbaum: Thank you for having me. It’s such a pleasure to be on the show. 

Rovner: Let’s start at the beginning. Medicaid was kind of an afterthought to Medicare when they were both created 60 years ago. How did Medicaid come to be? 

Rosenbaum: Yeah, it’s a really interesting question. This is, of course, the lore, that Medicaid was an afterthought. If you look at the original act — which of course was an outgrowth of an earlier law, the Kerr-Mills Act, which had been enacted about five years before — and you read the original statutory language, which we lawyers revel in doing, you are amazed. This was not such a big afterthought. I would say that Wilbur Cohen and Wilbur Mills and Lyndon Johnson and everybody else had a good idea of what they were doing. They knew that they were planting the seeds for a program that ultimately would come to be the foundation of health insurance for low-income people across the United States, as well as, of course, specific categories such as people with very severe disabilities. 

Rovner: Why don’t you remind us what Kerr-Mills was? 

Rosenbaum: Yeah. So Kerr-Mills was an earlier, a limited, federal grant program, very much structured the way Medicaid is structured today, open-ended grants, but it really focused on the elderly. And of course it predated Medicare. And Kerr-Mills kind of helped make the case for Medicare, because it was obvious that it was such a limited program in its reach. It could not do what a universal insurance program for people who had attained a certain age, and ultimately also who become disabled, would do. 

Rovner: So what was the difference between Medicare and Medicaid supposed to be when they were signed into law 60 years ago? 

Rosenbaum: Yeah. So Medicaid was very much structured in the classic style of a state grants program. It has come, of course, to be so much more than that. But it was a grant to states, and states would set up state plans. This is all language that has become very familiar to us. And they would provide medical assistance, as it was called, to certain categories of poor people. And the theory was that the program would start with these people, but tucked into the — the categories were cash welfare recipients — but tucked in there were a group of people known as the medically needy, in the early days. 

And the medically needy, I always felt, was sort of the first seeds of something much bigger, because the point was that it was a program for people who were low-income, who couldn’t afford their medical care, but didn’t get cash welfare. So the theory was exactly the theory that has carried the program for 60 years now. And originally the thought was that it would really — and of course this has turned out to be the case — that that would enable people who had very serious health care costs for things that Medicare did not cover — nursing home care, home health benefits ultimately, those kinds of really big-ticket long-term care items outside of Medicare, because Medicare was really sort of like Blue Cross Blue Shield for old people like me. 

Rovner: You weren’t old at the time, though. 

Rosenbaum: I was not. I was just a kid. But the program was meant to replicate what folks had had through, during their working years. And so it was very important and very profound, but limited. 

Rovner: So Medicare’s long been the more politically popular of the two programs— 

Rosenbaum: Yes. 

Rovner: —primarily because of the political clout of older voters, which is how it was created. How was it that Medicaid became the program that grew so much? 

Rosenbaum: Well, I believe that Medicaid, and this is I think what Wilbur Cohen understood— 

Rovner: And you might remind us who Wilbur Cohen was. 

Rosenbaum: Wilbur Cohen was the genius behind so much of the early social welfare thinking who sort of was a bridge between the academic thinking about assistance, the legal thinking about assistance. By then, by the time Wilbur Cohen was working his magic in the Johnson administration, maybe the single most important article on social welfare policy ever written had been written by Charles Reich, “The New Property.” That sort of spelled out how Americans had come to expect help from the government as a right. So he was the brain trust, the one-man band behind thinking through, with members of Congress, what Medicare and Medicaid would look like. He was really the architect. 

Rovner: He was the secretary of health, education, and welfare at that point, right? 

Rosenbaum: Yeah. Well, I think he was actually the deputy, but you could be correct. I don’t remember whether he ever assumed the top position or whether he in fact was second in command. It’s worth checking. But he was the guy. He knew that what would propel Medicaid forward is that, unlike Medicare, which is tied to a premium structure, Medicare is funded through premium payments, which is great, but premium payments are quite unique because they are actuarially based. They are sort of a very tightly controlled form of financing, because you’re asking — whether it’s the government or now, of course, private insurers that contract with the government — you’re asking them to take on a lot of financial risk. And so everybody wanted the — like it was really going to work that way — wanted the assurance of premium structure. 

Well, Medicaid was not. Medicaid is a classic public health statute. It’s general revenue. And so every time something happened that required an intervention by the federal government where health care was concerned, you could just add a few pages to the Medicaid statute and end up with, voilà, a fix. So I was very privileged. I began my career in the first decade of Medicaid’s existence, shortly after the first great leap had happened when we created, in 1972, the Supplemental Security Income program, for people with profound disabilities or the elderly who were very, very poor. And that, of course, was accompanied pretty much by Medicaid. People were entitled to Medicaid. 

And by the time I came along, everybody was looking at another great leap. And that great leap, under the Carter administration, because of a lot of people’s work along the way, was children. Interestingly, the original statute — and this is what I mean when I say, “You go through the statute” — there’s all kinds of stuff that tells you where everybody knew this thing was going. There was the used-to-be-famous Ribicoff Amendment. Sen. [Abraham] Ribicoff of Connecticut offered an amendment to give states the flexibility to cover low-income children without regard to whether they lived in families that received cash welfare. And not too many years later, along comes the Department of Health and Human Services, based at HEW, that says, You know what? And of course this is way before the reproductive health politics of today. Somebody said, You know, if we added an unborn component to the Ribicoff child option, then you could cover poor pregnant women. 

And the original Ribicoff child program, therefore, including its the-unborn component, which was regulatory, were incredibly important. But they were tied to cash welfare assistance, and of course cash welfare assistance began to sink and sink and sink and sink. And by the mid-’70s, people said, Well, what if we decoupled this category from cash welfare funding levels and just let poor children have Medicaid? And there then ensued essentially a decade-long effort to add poor children and pregnant women as groups in their own right to the Medicaid program. And— 

Rovner: That was when I started covering it. 

Rosenbaum: Yes. 

Rovner: I was going to say it was almost sort of a stealth expansion, because it happened bit by bit by bit. But that was the strategy. 

Rosenbaum: That was the strategy. And of course the architect of that strategy — there were many, many parents of that strategy — but the true hero of that strategy was Congressman Henry Waxman and his extraordinary staff, who were so brilliant, not only in thinking through what they would be able to get done in the House — he was of course a chair of the [Energy and Commerce] health subcommittee at that point in the House — but also what those of us working outside of government would have to do by way of delivering support in the Senate. And so every year became sort of, at the beginning of the year, a strategy session with the singular Karen Nelson, who was the staff director for the health subcommittee. And we would all sit and say: OK, this year we’re going to do X. And so we’ve got to round up — this is what you could move in the House, and this is what we have to go round up in the Senate, and these are the outside groups. 

It was, they were amazing that way — I mean, political athletes. And their political athleticism was used to achieve this extraordinary breakthrough, not just for children but later on for long-term services and supports for the elderly, for people with disabilities. We all have that kind of amazing legislative prowess to thank, and they sent the program on its way. So by the turn of the 21st century, we had a Medicaid program in which it was a given that low-income children and pregnant women would have coverage. It was a given that the program was propelled — of course, there were many other things along the way — but would be a much more robust responder to long-term care needs, and to adults, to working-age adults, because we recognized parents as a group of people who could be helped. 

So all these seeds were here. And Medicaid had done amazing other work in the early 21st century, like enabling a response to the catastrophe of New Orleans, because it’s a general revenue program, or the World Trade Center attacks, where suddenly thousands of people needed health insurance. And so Medicaid was constantly the first responder, whether it was a structural first responder like coverage for poor people or whether it was a first responder to naturally occurring or man-made disasters. And that was the brilliance of the early years. 

Rovner: I was going to say also, Medicaid was used, I know in the last 30 or so years, to basically give states more money during economic downturns. 

Rosenbaum: Absolutely. This is one of the things that everybody was so sensitive to, that as the program was building, building, building, what the federal government could — now see, just how much debt the federal government can manage to work under — what the federal government could absorb in the way of spending in order to advance social welfare policy. States, because their economies are very differently structured, as are their political and legal systems, could not. And so, many times — many times — preferred financing has been used to make it possible for states to do all kinds of things. And look, we could go back to Sen. Russell Long, not exactly a civil rights icon, who was the father of Medicaid’s extraordinary family planning benefit, who made sure, along with Sen. [Herman] Talmadge, who similarly was not exactly a civil rights pioneer— 

Rovner: Couple of Southerners. 

Rosenbaum: Yes. That the family planning benefit not only would be expansive but would be paid to the states at 90% federal financing. So this idea goes all the way back to the early years, and you’re absolutely right that the financing has been used to make it possible for states to do things, to make it possible for states to maintain their programs during downturns, right up through the covid pandemic, of course. And that’s been a tremendously important part of the story, just like Medicaid has been used to support the health care safety net, both hospitals through its disproportionate-share hospital payment program, its other elements that give states the ability to fund their public health systems, county-operated public health systems, through Medicaid, and of course one of the most interesting stories of all, which is the extent to which Medicaid literally took a few dozen experimental clinics from the Great Society years that were struggling to survive — there were a few hundred by the time it happened — and created the financing system that today has created community health centers which serve 32 million people. So, I mean, Medicaid is the powerhouse. It is the powerhouse. 

Rovner: Today we think of Medicaid, as you were saying, in terms of this major population — seniors in nursing homes, low-income moms and kids, people with disabilities. But Medicaid’s also become the nation’s leading provider of things like drug treatment and rehabilitation and mental health care. How much has that been overlooked in the modern Medicaid discussions? 

Rosenbaum: Well, I think all of these things tend to get overlooked until they’re threatened, right? So all of a sudden, for the past six months, everybody’s had a 101 into what Medicaid does, because every few years we find we go through the same thing. This year was tougher than any we’ve faced before. But I put all of Medicaid’s contributions to mental health and addiction treatment in the category of long-term services and supports that Medicaid, because of its financing structure, has been able to essentially wrap around of a terribly deficient private insurance system and Medicare system that just do not, they’re not structured to fund these things. Somebody’s got to fund these things. And Medicaid has stepped up each time. And that’s why I think the battle over Medicaid that we have all been living through since January of this year is so profound, because the achievements of the program sort of reach into everything — chronic health, public health, insurance coverage. I always tried to explain to my students that there was no one thing that Medicaid does. You can’t just describe Medicaid as insurance. It’s way more than that. So you are absolutely right to point this out. 

Rovner: I feel like in 2017 in the fight over the repeal of the Affordable Care Act, that was sort of a big change for Medicaid. I think people had finally realized that Medicaid had grown larger than Medicare, that it was not just a program for the poorest of the poor, that it did all of these other things that you’re talking about, and that really a lot of, I guess, the stigma had been taken away. And yet this Congress felt comfortable — I don’t know if I’d say “comfortable” — but a majority of them voted to make these really deep, profound changes. I mean, what is that going to mean going forward both to the health care system and to the political system? 

Rosenbaum: Well, I’ve spent a lot of time thinking in the post-enactment period about: When was the die cast? When was the die cast that set everybody spinning? And I think they, congressional leaders and the White House leadership, understood the fatal error they’d made in 2017, which was separating the tax reforms from the spending reforms, because of course we were then able to battle the spending reforms on our own turf, right? Here, because of the decision that was made back, I’m sure, almost a year ago— 

Rovner: Literally the idea to do one “big, beautiful” bill. 

Rosenbaum: Yes. And that meant that Medicaid, along with food stamps, or SNAP [the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program], along with everything else, just became pay-fors. They just became offsets. And the name of the game then became beating back every attempt to deprive Congress of pay-fors to do the thing that it really wanted to do, which was tax reform. And so we were all reduced to — “we” in the sense of people who worked on social welfare policy, including a lot of my friends who work on tax policy but as a social welfare concern — we were all reduced to bystanders in this effort to get to a trillion dollars. 

Rovner: A trillion dollars in cuts. 

Rosenbaum: A trillion dollars in cuts. And therefore it opened the door to extraordinary things. I mean, for example, if I could take just a second on it, on the work requirements. The experiments from Arkansas and New Hampshire and other states, that formed the basis for so much of the opposition to work requirements, were very destructive. But the way they worked was people who were on Medicaid would then have to report in if they were working, which was not good, because they couldn’t navigate the red tape and fell off. But the model that has been passed, that’s been enacted, is like dropping a hydrogen bomb, because you will no longer be able to enroll in Medicaid if you cannot navigate the red tape. And so many of us kept pointing out that this was a terrible idea in any event, but to impose this at the point of enrollment meant that you were not just simply destabilizing coverage for people who had it, you were preventing people from getting it. 

And the way the statute is written, literally every person on Medicaid today who’s an affected person, the working-age adults in expansion states, is going to have to reapply for the benefits. It is huge. Huge. And because you can’t have Medicaid at the point of enrollment unless you could meet these requirements. And so I had many, many disputes along the way with people who thought it would be 3 million or 4 million or 5 million people losing their coverage. It’s potentially 20 million people, 20-plus million, the expansion population, because while there are exemptions, you’re going to have to prove an exemption. And some of the exemptions will be easier than others. But interestingly, the way Medicaid works in expansion states, people just enroll as low-income people. 

So whether you’re a parent, whether you have a disability and you’re waiting for Social Security to make the determination and you’re sort of on as a poor person while that’s happening, it doesn’t show up. What shows up is you’re a low-income person. And you’re going to be confronted with having to prove your worth to get health care. And when we tried to confront this, we were told quite bluntly that people were told: No, no, it’s the enrollment that’s going to remove everybody. That’s where the savings come from. And so it lost all of its humanity, and I think it drove home to me the point that this was all about the money and that’s why they were able to succeed. 

Rovner: So obviously, I mean, I know a big source of enrollment for Medicaid is health care providers themselves. People show up, they’re uninsured, and there’s somebody smart there who says, Hey, you’re eligible for Medicaid, so we can get paid. This is going to have a huge impact on the provider community, isn’t it?” 

Rosenbaum: Yes. And those providers that have, say, experience in trying to help their patients enroll in or keep their coverage will struggle mightily, because they’re losing huge amounts of revenue. We did a couple of quick analyses of just how much money, for example, community health centers stood to lose, and it’s over a five-to-seven-year period. It’s in the tens of billions of dollars. A friend of mine in Georgia told me that they’re about to lay off their entire — this is, We’re not affecting children, we were told. They’re about to lay off their entire child outreach staff, who help families with children all over Georgia enroll in and keep their coverage — for the children. And so they can’t afford them anymore. 

Rovner: So what happens next? Does this happen? And if it happens, does it take out the underpinnings of the entire health care system? Or does Congress eventually realize what it’s done and change its mind? 

Rosenbaum: Well, yeah, I mean, I think people are saying, Well, the two-year runway. It’s like two years until it becomes effective. The two-year runway is going to sort of make people forget about this, and then, boom, it’ll be upon us. I don’t think so. I think the two-year runway will end up shining a huge light on the fact that states cannot implement the whole system. I mean, while we are very focused on the number of people who will lose their coverage, the states are confronting an insurmountable problem here. They’ve never had to link Medicaid to work records. And Congress did everything it could to make matters so much worse. For example, they could have just said that: We’re going to import the same requirements that apply to SNAP to Medicaid. And so if you’re getting SNAP in your working age, then you automatically enroll in Medicaid. They didn’t do that. They didn’t do that. It’s a different-enough set of eligibility criteria and exemption categories. For example, SNAP ends, I think, at about 60, and the Medicaid work requirements go all the way to 65. 

Rovner: Age 60 and 65. Yeah. 

Rosenbaum: Yes, exactly. But I mean, the exemptions are different. The requirements are different. And so people are talking about, Oh, we’ll just align reporting systems. No, no, no, no. You are liable for all kinds of error rate penalties. If you just rely on SNAP, you can’t. So states have no way to deal with this, health care providers that will be called upon to literally provide the documentation. My guess is that Russell Vought, the head of OMB [the Office of Management and Budget], who is really the person in charge of implementing all of this, is not going to take attestations as evidence. They’re going to require documentary evidence and files about health exemptions and continuing health exemptions. This is all just to get some health care. It’s not like you can eat with your Medicaid card or pay your rent with your Medicaid card. 

So the astonishingness, I don’t think that’s a word, but the astonishingness of this all, I think, is only going to build and build. And of course so much attention was paid to rural hospitals, and so they tucked in this little teeny-tiny rural hospital program. And quite frankly — I just did a post with my colleague Anne Reid about this at HealthAffairs — if you read the fine print — and Carole Johnson has an excellent one — if you read the fine print — we’re not so fine print — if you read the print of the statute, we noted that offsetting lost revenue is only one of 15 different activities. In fact, you can’t just go to the government and say, you can’t go to Russell Vought and say, Please give us our allotment so that we can offset, the way the fund worked back during covid. You have to spend your money. My favorite is that you have to spend your money on things like consultants to help you design payment reform strategies, payment reform strategies for people who are no longer injured. So there’s no mitigation strategy for this, and I think the hope is that Congress will call it back 

Rovner: If it doesn’t, is this, I mean, the one sort of silver lining that I’d been sort of thinking about is, well, maybe if we tear down the health care system we’ll have to start again and build a better one. Is it possible that we could get there? Or are we just going to limp along? 

Rosenbaum: I have those thoughts often, and then I stop and think, well, those of us with health insurance could sit there and say, Yeah, maybe we just tear down the health system to start again. Meanwhile, of course, we will have millions of people without health care. So interestingly, the Affordable Care Act, of course, was designed not to tear down the health care system but to strengthen the health care system. But it was the brilliance of the Affordable Care Act was that it saw the holes and it sort of tried to fix them. And if we’d left it alone, with everybody in this, what I consider to be, sort of an intermediate arrangement, we could have done exactly what you are talking about, with just about everybody in the United States covered. We could have begun to really do the serious work of moving to something more unified, better, and of course cheaper and more efficient. That’s right — far easier to use. But we have decided instead to tear the Affordable Care Act apart, both the access to the marketplace by rolling back the assistance and of course the Medicaid reforms. 

Rovner: Well, happy birthday, Medicaid. 

Rosenbaum: Happy birthday, Medicaid. Today’s the day. 

Rovner: I know. 

Rosenbaum: Yeah. 

Rovner: Thank you so much, Sara Rosenbaum. 

Rosenbaum: Thank you for having me. It was a — it was both uplifting and sad. 

Rovner: OK. That’s this week’s show. I hope you enjoyed it. Thanks as always to our editor, Emmarie Huetteman, and our producer-engineer, Francis Ying. If you enjoy the podcast, you can subscribe wherever you get your podcasts. We’d appreciate it if you left us a review. That helps other people find us, too. Also, as always, you can email us your comments or questions. We’re at [email protected]. Or you can find me on X, @jrovner, or on Bluesky, @julierovner. We’re going to take a short break to let our hardworking staff have some rest. We’ll be back in your feed the Thursday after Labor Day. Until then, be healthy. 

Credits

Francis Ying
Audio producer

Emmarie Huetteman
Editor

To hear all our podcasts, click here.

And subscribe to KFF Health News’ “What the Health?” on SpotifyApple PodcastsPocket Casts, or wherever you listen to podcasts.

Best Delta Force Settings To Use

Delta Force, the PC and mobile free-to-play shooter, is also now on Xbox Series X|S and PlayStation 5. The game does feature full controller support, but the aiming and movement can feel a bit weird on console. Here, we recommend the best settings to help you improve your aim, sensitivity, and movement when playing Delta Force on console and with a controller. Audio and graphics recommendations are also included.

Delta Force also features cross-play, but this is limited depending on which platform you play one. Make sure to check out our full Delta Force cross-play guide on how to play the game with friends on other platforms.

Currently, the game features a roster of 11 class-based operators, and here’s how to unlock and use all operators in Delta Force.

Controller settings

Delta Force started out as a PC and mobile game before being released on console. If you’re coming from another popular shooter like a Call of Duty or Battlefield game, you might find Delta Force’s controls on console to feel a bit awkward and stiff when it comes to movement and aiming.

A lot of game settings you likely won’t need to tweak, but you’ll definitely want to adjust some of the controller sensitivity settings. Settings are often personal preference, so you might want more or less sensitivity when hip firing or aiming, but for the most part, these settings will help you better refine your movement and aiming.

You’ll likely want to adjust the sensitivity when using ground vehicles and tanks as well. Try boosting these sensitivity levels to around the same vertical and horizontal sensitivities you use for your operator. Personally, I only use ground vehicles and never fly the aircraft, but I assume those will need similar adjustments.

Controller sensitivity

Controller sensitivity

Controller Deadzone

Right Stick Center Deadzone – 10

Right Stick Maximum Input – 80

Left Stick Center Deadzone – 10

Right Stick Maximum Input – 80

Input Sensitivity

Stick Response Curve – Standard

Sensitivity Preset – Custom

  • Hip Fire Horizontal Sensitivity – 450
  • Hip Fire Vertical Sensitivity – 300
  • Hip Fire Horizontal Outer Deadzone Acceleration – 50
  • Hip Fire Vertical Outer Deadzone Acceleration – 50
  • Hip Fire Turning Activation Time – 30
  • Hip Fire Turn Delay – 0
  • ADS Horizontal Sensitivity – 200
  • ADS Vertical Sensitivity – 150
  • ADS Horizontal Outer Deadzone Acceleration – 20
  • ADS Vertical Outer Deadzone Acceleration – 20
  • ADS Turning Activation Time – 50
  • ADS Turn Delay – 0

Set Sensitivity Per Zoom – Off (You can turn this on and manually set different zooms for all your scope types, but the default setting works fine here.)

Sensitivity Transition Mode – ADS Transition

Scope Magnification Adapts Automatically – On

Invert All Vertical Input – Off

Invert All Infantry Vertical Input – Off

Invert All Ground Vehicle Driver Vertical Input – Off

Invert All Aircraft Vertical Input – Off

Invert All Gunner Vertical Input – Off

Turret Locked While Vehicle Turning – Off

Controller Vibration – Off

Adaptive Triggers (PS5) – Off

Adaptive Trigger effect is something you definitely want to turn off for PS5. The immersion might feel cool, but for more precise aiming, you want to have this effect turned off.

Ground Vehicle Sensitivity

First-Person Horizontal Sensitivity – 400

First-Person Vertical Sensitivity – 300

Third-Person Horizontal Sensitivity – 300

Third-Person Vertical Sensitivity – 250

Set Sensitivity Per Zoom – Off

Aircraft Sensitivity

First-Person Horizontal Sensitivity – 400

First-Person Vertical Sensitivity – 300

Third-Person Horizontal Sensitivity – 300

Third-Person Vertical Sensitivity – 250

Set Sensitivity Per Zoom – Off

Gunner Sensitivity

First-Person Horizontal Sensitivity – 400

First-Person Vertical Sensitivity – 250

Set Sensitivity Per Zoom – Off

Aim Assist Switch

This is your aim assist, and you definitely want to keep this on while playing with a controller.

Controller layout
Controller layout

Controller Controls

Controller layout and combat sections

This section is mostly personal preference. You can use these settings to adjust whether or not you want to use the bottom triggers or the top bumpers for shooting. You can also choose to swap your crouch and melee buttons, to allow you to crouch, dive, and go prone faster with the right thumbstick.

Movement

Auto Run / Tactical Sprint – Close or Auto Run

Run /Tactical Sprint Control – Toggle

Tactical Sprint Activation – Press While Sprinting

Slide/ Dive Activation – Press to Slide/ Hold to Dive

The only change needed here is the Auto Run / Tactical Sprint setting. This will be based on personal preference. Keep it on Auto Run if you’re someone who is always looking to charge toward the fight. Change this to “Close” if you want to use the thumbstick to adjust your speed. This means that slight pressure will let you walk, and you’ll start running with more pressure applied. This is preferred if you’re someone who wants to walk around and be more stealthy and tactical about your movements.

Controls And Combat

Leave this section all default unless you want to remap various movement controls.

Aim

Leave this section all default unless you want to remap various aiming controls.

Vehicle

Leave this section all default unless you want to remap various vehicle controls.

Screen Settings

Screen settings
Screen settings

General

Show Performance Parameters – On

Operations

Show Detailed Item Pickup Tips – On

Close Backpack /Pick up Tab When Being Attacked – On

Close Backpack / Pick up Tab When Sprinting – Off

Warfare

Minimap

Rotating Perspective – Off (This is personal preference and can be turned on if preferred)

Infantry View Distance – 100

Ground Vehicle View Distance – 150

Aircraft View Distance – 240

Minimap Icon Scale – 100%

Language

Text – English by default, but set this to whatever your preferred language is

Graphics

Graphics settings
Graphics settings

Display

Brightness – Default

V-Sync – Off

Performance Mode – Frame Rate

Turning off V-Sync and prioritizing frame rates over graphics will be most beneficial in this game, as well as most online multiplayer shooters.

Combat Perspective

Default (field of view) FOV – Set this somewhere around 100 to 120.

Audio

Audio settings
Audio settings

Audio is generally a personal preference as well. For me, the game audio is way too loud, and it becomes difficult to hear friends in a party chat. I’ve dropped my Master Volume setting to 60, but you might want to adjust yours more or less. I also turn the music volume down really low to prioritize important in-game audio and chat, but maybe you want to rock out with it.

Another setting to highlight is the streamer setting that allows you to remove the copyrighted music playback. If you’re not streaming, you can just leave this on for the music.

Master Volume

Master Volume – 60

Audio Output mode – Speakers or Headphones

HRTF – Default

Mute When Minimized – On

Individual Volume

Music Volume – 25

Sound Effects Volume – 100

UI Volume – 100

Voice Volume – 100

Copyrighted Music Playback – On by default

Voice*

Chat Channel – Squad

  • Mic Mode Switch – Choose between Always On, Push to Talk, or Off
  • Mic Volume – 100

Channel – All

Voice – English or your preferred language

Scientists solve 30-year mystery of a hidden nutrient that shields the brain and fights cancer

An international team of scientists, co-led by researchers at the University of Florida and Trinity College Dublin, has cracked a decades-old mystery in human biology: how our bodies absorb a micronutrient that we rely on for everything from healthy brain function to cancer defense.

Queuosine – pronounced “cue-o-scene” – is a vitamin-like micronutrient that we can’t make ourselves but can only get from food and our gut bacteria. It’s vital to our health, yet its importance went unnoticed for decades.

Now, in a study published this week in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, researchers have discovered the gene that allows queuosine to enter the cells, a discovery that opens the door for potential therapies to be created to leverage the micronutrient’s role in cancer suppression, memory and how the brain learns new information.

“For over 30 years, scientists have suspected that there had to be a transporter for this nutrient, but no one could find it,” said Valérie de Crécy-Lagard, a UF/IFAS microbiology and cell science distinguished professor and department associate chair, as well as one of the study’s principal investigators. “We’ve been hunting for it for a long time. This discovery opens up a whole new chapter in understanding how the microbiome and our diet can influence the translation of our genes.”

The study was funded by various nations’ health entities, including the National Institutes of Health , Research Ireland (formerly Science Foundation Ireland), and Health and Social Care in Northern Ireland.

Queuosine modifies the molecules that help make proteins, called transfer RNA, which is essential in decoding your body’s DNA.

“It’s like a nutrient that fine-tunes how your body reads your genes,” she said. “The idea that this small compound, which people have barely heard of, plays such an important role, is fascinating.”

The gene that allows access to the cell has also been shrouded in medical mystery. The identification of the long-sought gene, SLC35F2, lays the groundwork for future studies that could lead to new medications, given that the gene has previously been studied regarding how viruses and cancer drugs get into cells, but scientists didn’t know what the gene did in a healthy body until now, de Crécy-Lagard said.

“We have known for a long time that queuosine influences critical processes like brain health, metabolic regulation, cancer and even responses to stress, but until now we haven’t known how it is salvaged from the gut and distributed to the billions of human cells that take it in,” said Vincent Kelly, professor in Trinity College Dublin’s School of Biochemistry and Immunology, and joint senior author of the article.

Queuosine is a microscopic molecule first discovered in the 1970s, but for years its role in human health flew under the radar until recently, and researchers from across the world involved in this study hope others take notice about this micronutrient’s role in the body’s bigger health picture.

The research united experts from UF, San Diego State University, the Ohio State University and partner institutions in Ireland and Northern Ireland.

“We don’t think we could have cracked it without the full team,” de Crécy-Lagard said. “It’s a perfect example of what international collaboration can achieve.”

Conference on Technology, Crime and Transformative Justice

About MNLU

Maharashtra National Law University Mumbai (MNLU Mumbai) is a prestigious legal education institution in India. Established in 2014, it operates as an autonomous law school, following the model of other National Law Universities in the country. Situated in Mumbai, a bustling metropolis, MNLU Mumbai offers a conducive environment for learning and growth.

About the Conference

The conference aims to bring together students, scholars, and professionals to explore critical issues surrounding women’s and LGBTQIA+ rights. Through thought-provoking panel discussions, it will delve into key themes such as progressive legal reforms, gender justice, role of technology in detection, awareness and education, intersectional approaches to feminism and LGBTQIA+ advocacy, and the need for inclusive policies.

The event aspires to generate impactful policy suggestions, raise awareness on pressing gender-related challenges, and create meaningful networks to drive long-term change and collaboration in the pursuit of equality and justice.

Important dates

  • Conference Dates: 3 and 4 October 2025
  • Last date for Abstract submission: 31st August 2025
  • Date for communication of Abstract selection: 8 September 2025
  • Last date for payment of registration fees for selected abstracts: 22 September 2025
  • Date for presentation of papers: 3 &4 October
  • Submission of final draft of selected papers after presentation: 13th October 2025.
  • Date for beginning of peer review process: 20 October 2025

Main themes

  • Role of Technology and AI in gender inclusivity
  • Legal and Social Reforms for Women’s and Children’s Rights
  • Gender neutrality in sexual violence
  • Gendered harassment on social media and associated cyber crimes
  • Inclusivity and Gender Neutrality in Policy and Governance

General Guidelines

  • The conference permits participation from academicians, Ph.D. Scholars and students.
  • Mode of the Conference: Online
  • Mode of Submission: Online
  • Mode of Presentation: Online
  • Any request to postpone the registration date and submission date will not be considered.
  • Please note that all correspondence must be made with the email address [email protected]
  • Failure to adhere to any guidelines may result in disqualification.

Abstract Guidelines

  • Language: Participants are permitted to choose only English as the language for the abstract.
  • Formatting Guidelines: Font: Times New Roman, Size 12 (Main Body); Size 10 (Footnotes). Line Spacing and Alignment: 1.5 (Main Body), 1 (Footnotes); Justified.
  • Citation style to be followed is the 21st Edition Blue Book format.
  • Submission made by the participants is to be titled ABSTRACT.
  • All clarification requests must be submitted via the email on [email protected]
  • Similarity beyond 10% shall not be allowed.
  • Cross plagiarism is not permitted. Cross plagiarism occurs when two or more drafts share 40% or more similarity, whether intentional or unintentional. This includes copying or reproducing substantial content across submissions and will result in the disqualification of all involved participants.
  • Written submissions will be screened for AI-related plagiarism.
  • Any submission found to be predominantly AI-generated without sufficient human input or originality will be disqualified.
  • File submission must be made in only Word-Docx Format.
  • Guidelines for selected papers after presentation shall be mailed to the respective candidates.

How to Register?

Interested candidates can register online via the link given at the end of the post.

Fee

  • The registration fees for Students/Research Scholars is ₹1000 and registration fees for Academicians is – ₹1500. The same shall be non-refundable.
  • Registration fees for international participants: $25 USD

Contact

Samruddhi Nanoskar: 99870 11602
Samyak Deshpande: +90281 39678
Hrishikesh Mandlik: + 84509 87430

Click here to register.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

Cardiologist explains why you must do some aerobic activity in the morning; shares best fat burning exercise to do | Health

Updated on: Aug 22, 2025 08:25 am IST

Cardiologist Dr Alok Chopra highlights the significance of morning aerobic exercises, explaining how they aid fat burning and muscle growth. 

Cardiologist and functional medicine expert Dr Alok Chopra explains why it is important to include some aerobic activity in our morning schedule every day. In a video shared on August 20, he also explains the concept of a natural body clock, an inherent system within our DNA that regulates various bodily functions. Let’s find out what the cardiologist said:

Once you wake up, it is best to include some high-density workout in your routine. (Shutterstock)

Also Read | Medanta cardiologist says ‘almost every 4th person has high blood pressure’; why resistant hypertension is silent killer

Body clock and aerobic activities

In an Instagram video shared by DeKoder, Dr Chopra explained what the body clock is, the importance of morning aerobic activity, and how incorporating both aerobic and anaerobic activities in your routine can be most effective for fat burning and muscle building. This can be achieved through various forms of exercise, such as running, swimming, or using a treadmill, the cardiologist stressed.

Sharing his thoughts on the body clock, the cardiologist explained, “Most people don’t know that we have a body clock in our system. It doesn’t mean that there’s a ghadi (clock) sitting inside there, but the body clock actually is there forever. It is part of our DNA.”

The best fat-burning activity

According to the cardiologist, once you wake up, it is best to include some high-density workout in your routine, which includes warming up for 1 minute, running like a mad dog for 3 to 6 minutes, slowing down for 1 minute, then repeating this.

“So, this interchange between aerobic and anaerobic actually causes fat burning and muscle building. If you go for a long walk, do it this way. You can also swim, or you can also walk on the treadmill. But you must do some aerobic activity in the morning,” he adds.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.

Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.

FDA approves Ionis’ hereditary angioedema drug

The Food and Drug Administration on Thursday approved a drug Ionis Pharmaceuticals developed for the rare genetic disease hereditary angioedema, making the therapy, known as donidalorsen, the third new medicine to reach market this year for the rare genetic condition.

Donidalorsen, which Ionis will sell under the brand name Dawnzera, is approved to prevent the swelling attacks associated with hereditary angioedema in adults and children at least 12 years of age. Dawnzera has a list price of $57,462 per dose, company executives said in a conference call.

The price is “based on the efficacy, the data and the supporting evidence,” Chief Global Product Strategy Officer Kyle Jenne told analysts on the call. “The payers, we believe, will be very accepting of the price, since it’s in line with the other products that are in the HAE space today.”

HAE is a rare, inherited condition estimated to affect about 1 in every 50,000 people worldwide. The disease is characterized by recurrent swelling attacks that can last for days if untreated, and most commonly affect the limbs, face, gastrointestinal tract and throat. These episodes can be life-threatening.

Despite its rarity, HAE has become a crowded area of drug research. Prior to Dawnzera’s approval, several therapies were already available to treat or prevent these attacks. Two — Kalvista Pharmaceuticals’ Ekterly and CSL Behring’s Andembry — made it to market this year. A gene editing medicine is in late-stage testing, too.

That competition will likely “limit the size of Dawnzera’s opportunity,” wrote BMO Capital Markets analyst Kostas Biliouris, in a Thursday note to investors. Biliouris projects about $520 million in peak yearly sales. 

Ionis, though, believes Dawnzera could become the preferred choice for patients looking to prevent swelling attacks. Current options, like the once-monthly injection Andembry and Biocryst Pharmaceuticals’ pill Orladeyo, reduce the rate of attacks, but don’t ward them off completely. In a poll Ionis conducted this year, a majority of patients contacted hadn’t yet found their best preventive option.

“Patients are looking for better efficacy, better convenience and better tolerability,” said CEO Brett Monia, in an interview. “At least one of those boxes are not checked with existing treatments,” he added, noting as evidence how people with HAE often “bounce around from one treatment to another” over the course of a year.

Dawnzera is different. It’s the first RNA-targeting medicine for HAE, and works by reducing levels of prekallikrein, a protein implicated in the onset of swelling attacks. Phase 3 results published in The New England Journal of Medicine last year showed that, among patients who received injections every four weeks, monthly attack rates were on average 81% lower than among those who received placebo. An every-other-month dose was associated with a 55% reduction versus placebo.

Monia also pointed to results from a study testing Dawnzera in patients who switched from another preventive therapy. That study found further reductions in swelling attack frequency among those who changed to Dawnzera. About 84% of trial participants also said they preferred Ionis’ treatment, citing convenience and better symptom management.

“We don’t see any reason why [Dawnzera] would not be the preferred first-line treatment for those patients who are newly diagnosed,” Monia said. However, given the majority of patients are already taking preventive therapies, the company will focus its marketing efforts there, hoping the results it’s accrued will convince people to switch medications.

Australians Could Slash Their Power Bills by 90% – But Will They?

Key takeaways

Households could slash annual energy bills from ~$3,000 to $300 by fully electrifying their homes—installing rooftop solar, electric appliances, electric vehicles (EVs), and improving insulation.

That’s a $2,700 annual saving, with added benefits of resilience to energy price hikes and potential blackouts.


If you could cut your power bills by 90%, would you?

A new report by Rewiring Australia, reported in the Guardian, says that’s exactly what’s possible for the average Australian household, if we fully embrace energy efficiency and electrification.

But while the numbers are promising, the real challenge lies in making it happen.

Let’s look at the opportunity, the obstacles, and what this could mean for Aussie homeowners and investors.

Chatgpt Image Jul 16, 2025, 11 49 28 Am

The $3,000-a-year question

According to the Household Electrification Survey by Rewiring Australia, if households took a comprehensive approach, installing solar panels, switching to electric vehicles, electrifying heating and cooking, and retrofitting homes for energy efficiency, they could reduce their annual energy bills from about $3,000 to just $300.

No -that’s not a typo. A 90% reduction. And the benefits don’t stop there.

The report suggests that fully electrified homes powered by rooftop solar are not only cheaper to run, they’re also more resilient in the face of future energy price hikes and grid instability.

But here’s the rub: the average cost to electrify everything in the home and garage? Around $40,000.

Clearly that’s a significant upfront investment, especially in a time when cost-of-living pressures are biting.

The long-term payoff is undeniable

Rewiring Australia’s co-founder Dr Saul Griffith puts it like this:

“If we act now, we can save money, slash emissions, and improve the comfort of our homes.”

It’s hard to argue with the math.

The report estimates that over 10 years, fully electrified households could save over $20,000 in energy and fuel costs, even after repaying the initial $40,000 investment through low-interest green loans.

pencil icon

Note: But here’s the catch: most households don’t have the $40,000 cash, and many still see electrification as a complex or risky move.

So the real question becomes: how do we unlock this opportunity for the masses?

Policy needs to catch up with the potential

The report calls on governments to roll out more generous subsidies, better finance options (like zero-interest green loans), and stricter minimum energy performance standards for rental properties.

This isn’t just about saving money. It’s about achieving Australia’s emission reduction goals.

Fully electrified homes with solar and EVs can cut household carbon emissions by 70–80%.

That’s a game-changer.

For landlords, this presents a clear opportunity, and risk.

If minimum energy standards are introduced, rental properties that aren’t upgraded could become obsolete or command lower rents.

On the other hand, energy-efficient rentals could become a strong point of differentiation in a competitive market, particularly for long-term tenants concerned about bills.

Property investors: here’s what you should be thinking about

As an investor, you can’t ignore the writing on the wall.

True Crime, Thrillers & More

My watchlist goes up and down, depending on the week and month. This week, I have some absolute corkers to get stuck into on Disney+—none of which you’ll want to miss.

Amanda Knox’s part in the murder of Meredith Kercher enraptured global news outlets in 2007; it didn’t end when she was (wrongfully) convicted alongside her then boyfriend, Raffaele Sollecito, in 2009. And even after Knox and Sollecito were acquitted once, retried, convicted again, and then pardoned, the story still didn’t end.

That’s what this eight-part true-crime miniseries explores: a dramatized set of events surrounding Knox, Sollecito, her trial, and eventual wrongful conviction. The series is co-produced by Knox and Monica Lewinsky (yes, that Monica Lewinsky), and it dives into coercive interrogations, media sensationalism, and judicial missteps.

Critics have praised the performance of Grace Van Patten (who plays Knox), and I’m interested to see how this series handles an emotionally charged story that was swamped by media at the time.

The Amateur slipped me by earlier in 2025, but it’s my kind of perfect background noise, Saturday evening film when playing board games or similar.

It features Rami Malek as a CIA operative who goes rogue in an attempt to avenge the death of his wife. So far, so normal. Through some coercion, he manages to become a highly-trained assassin with the help of Laurence Fishburn, who plays Colonel Henderson.

The Amateur has all the hallmarks of a classic action-thriller, packed with murders, personal grief, and the lust for retribution.

This three-part docuseries recounts the 2017 murders of two teenage girls in Delphi, Indiana. Using archival footage, interviews with victims’ families, and local officials, it paints an intimate portrait of a crime that haunted a community and the long road to justice.

I’d not heard about this horrific crime until this series appeared on Disney+, but the story’s central pillar—the haunting phone footage captured by one of the young victims—is a really sobering yet intriguing part of the story.

I know; we’re on a bit of a dark bent this week, but I promise it gets better next.

The Simpsons Season 37 is just around the corner, launching in September 2025. So, what better time for me to get back up to speed with what’s going on down in Springfield and catch up with one of America’s favorite families?

Like many of us, I started watching The Simpsons when I was very young. I also carried on for a long time, even after the quality of the show began its slow demise after Season 15, popping up with the odd 8.x rating here and there.

The first episode of Season 36 I watched, Bart’s Birthday, is one of the best in recent years, and one that was well-received by long-time fans of The Simpsons. But I must admit, I haven’t watched more than that yet, so I’m eager to get stuck into the rest of the series.

Hopefully, it has more than this one highlight and the traditional Treehouse of Horror spectacular.

See—I told you that we’d be ending the weekend with a slightly calmer focus. Ryan Reynolds narrates Underdogs, a series focusing on the “weird and unsung heroes of the animal kingdom.”

It’s packed full of amazing cinematography with Reynolds’ trademark sarcasm, though it adds in a considerable amount of toilet humor (with some veering into really rude) that makes it unsuitable for really young children. In that, Underdogs has a very mixed set of age reviews on Common Sense Media, ranging from 18+ down to 8+ (it’s rated 16+ on UK Disney+).

So, yes, while Underdogs definitely bring some comedy to the nature documentary genre, it’s not one you’ll be sitting down to watch with your smallest kids—unless you want to field some rather interesting questions based on Reynolds’ commentary. Don’t say you haven’t been warned!

Mongolian Bökh wrestlers showcase spirit of the steppe

Mongolian Bökh, honored as a Chinese intangible cultural heritage, is a traditional wrestling sport that has been passed down for thousands of years. Wrestlers wear a distinctive open-front leather jacket known as the “zodog” and a colorful “jangaa” around their necks to symbolize honor. More than a contest of physical prowess, Bökh embodies the courage and spirit of the steppe warriors.

How to have the best Sunday in L.A., according to Zack Fox

Long before Zack Fox was making scene-stealing appearances in “Abbott Elementary,” releasing music and amassing millions of views on his sweat-inducing DJ sets, he was best known for his Twitter jokes.

Fox, a graphic artist and emcee for Atlanta-based indie label Awful Records at the time, was posting absurdly funny tweets under the alias “Bootymath,” raking in tens of thousands of followers. His undeniable social media presence and comedic chops are what ultimately brought him to Los Angeles in 2017 when filmmaker, artist and producer Flying Lotus tapped him to co-write and star in his body-horror comedy “Kuso.”

“Then I just got stuck and then I got married,” says Fox, who tied the knot with Mayumi “Kat” Fox, a DJ and entrepreneur who launched the popular Mayumi Market AAPI marketplace. Thankfully, he’s enjoying living in L.A., which he says has a similar Southern hospitality charm as his Atlanta hometown.

Fox’s latest adventure? Starring in writer-director Alex Russell’s “Lurker,” a gripping psychological thriller that explores the insidious parasocial bond between a rising pop star and a seemingly meek retail employee, which is out in theaters Friday.

He’s also gearing up to unleash his “creative sandbox concept” called UWAY, which is hosting its first rave in collaboration with the L.A.-based record label and jazz community Minaret on Sept. 6 in New York.

Fox takes us along for his highly caffeinated Sunday in L.A., which involves losing track of time at a Yemeni cafe, taking his dogs Kiwi and Pepper for a walk at Kenneth Hahn State Recreation Area and having dinner at a plant-based Thai spot with all of his friends.

This interview has been lightly edited for length and clarity.

10 a.m.: Doomscroll on TikTok
I’ll be generous to myself and say I might get up at 10 a.m. Even if I say I’m going to get up at 9 a.m., you know I’m going to do the TikTok ingestion at the top of the day so let’s pad it with 30 to 60 minutes of just doomscroll.

10:30 a.m.: A calisthenics workout at home
We have a third room in the crib where we keep workout equipment, so I’ve become a calisthenics freak. I never was like that before, but something about having it in the house makes me want to do that more. So I’m really getting into pull-ups and dips. I’m getting kind of scary good at the dips, and if you’re a fan of me you know Shemar Moore is my muse, so I’m trying to do whatever I can in life to look like that. So Sunday, it’s my free day, I’m going to get in there [and] get that work in.

11:30 a.m.: Have a guilty, delicious breakfast
Usually by that time, Kat is already up and she’s Filipino, so she’s going to start making food that you are existentially required to eat or the relationship is gonna turn bad. All I know is I just have to eat it whether I’m hungry or not, so I guess we’ll call that a guilt-trip breakfast [laughs]. A guilty breakfast that has a 100% hit rate of being delicious. That’s the cool trade off. One time she made this savory waffle with rice, eggs, green onions and other stuff. She put the sweet and savory ingredients and eggs in the waffle maker. It honestly sounds super illegal, like a way that you summon a troll or something.

12 p.m.: Walk Kiwi and Pepper
We’d probably take our dogs around the neighborhood. We like to give Kiwi and Pepper their red carpet at least twice a day. We have a very social dog network out here.

2 p.m.: Lose track of time at Jalsah
After that, I’m probably doing the thing where I pretend like I don’t have a caffeine addiction, but really, really want to go to a cafe and have multiple caffeinated beverages. I have been going to this Yemeni cafe downtown called Jalsah. Usually I’m going down there because I have a couple other caffeine crackheads in my social group and we go there. I love it because it feels like a little slice of Yemen like there’s Yemeni jazz and they have the right smells going on, the right vibe [and] the right people. You know you go to a bar and order a pitcher of beer that you’re just going to have the whole day? You can get this sort of pitcher of hot coffee for the table and pour it for yourself. It’s got cardamom and the coffee has like stone fruit notes and it’s sweet. I didn’t realize that Yemenis make coffee the way that Black moms make coffee where it’s strong but very sweet. Caffeine has a time dilation on it so it could be hours that I’m in there or 30 minutes. Who knows?

4 p.m.: Get fresh at Nepenthes
Because I’m downtown and if I’m with friends, then we might have to go get fresh. We might have to take it on down to Nepenthes and get a really expensive pair of socks that we’re gonna lose immediately. Maybe a pair of shorts or something that looks exactly like the other clothes that I already have.

5 p.m.: Take the dogs on another walk
Now that I have the bag of clothes, we gotta take that back home. We’re going to have to think about where we’re going to [take] these dogs again because they are the star of the show. In this family, Kat is the lead singer, Kiwi is on the keyboard, Pepper is the drummer and I’m way off to the side playing bass. Usually, if it’s a regular day, I would say Kenneth Hahn park would be the spot. Or we’d go to Huntington garden. It’s a ways out because once you’re there, you’re like, “Why am I not doing this every single day?”

7 p.m.: Plantbased dinner with the homies
We love going to this spot called Salaya in Thai Town. It is plant-based Thai food. Most of it is on par with what you’re going to get at a typical non-vegan Thai spot. A lot of it is actually beating the Thai spots that I love because I’m plant-based when I’m with Kat, but when I’m out in the world, I just eat whatever. I’ll eat a bald eagle if you fry it right [laughs].

9 p.m.: Go to the movies
After that, we’d probably go see a movie at Alamo Drafthouse or New Beverly [Cinema]. During Black History Month, the New Beverly did a double feature of “CB4” and “Don’t Be a Menace to South Central While Drinking Your Juice in the Hood.” We had that b— crackin’. I brought everybody I know.

11 p.m.: Work on music
At this point, I’ll probably wrap up the day by working on music with friends. Maybe we’ll go to Pirate Studios or we’ll go to a friend’s home studio and make music. Honestly, I think making beats is a good way to wrap up the day. It’s very low pressure and I think it’s good to work out the brain muscles a little bit before bed.

1 a.m.: More caffeine to power through the night
If we start making beats late, sometimes I like to hit a late-night cafe if things get too social. Sometimes we’ll hit M3 or About Time in Koreatown. At About Time, we’ll sit out back by the fire.

8 a.m.: A caffeinated, low BPM rave
Drinking coffee that late ruins my week [laughs]. Everything’s messed up now. I’m missing calls. I’m missing the email. I’m panicking at the meeting Monday. I’m walking in looking like Nicolas Cage in “Leaving Las Vegas.” On this caffeine Sunday, I’m going to sleep Monday. I’m a raver and I think a group of three or more Black people talking with a substance involved does qualify as a rave. It’s a low BPM rave. It’s about 40 BPM and there’s no CDJs involved, but it is a rave.

Africa Is Buying a Record Number of Chinese Solar Panels

While overall sales to African countries are still small compared to these traditional export markets, the Global South appears to be at a turning point in how it thinks about energy. For decades, energy-starved countries largely had one default option when they wanted to add new power supply: import coal and gas. Now, for the first time, solar energy is emerging as the cheaper and greener way forward, so there’s no need to sacrifice the environment for development.

Familiar Story

What’s happening in Africa right now might sound familiar, especially if you know anything about the global green energy industry. We’ve seen several versions of this story before, most notably in Pakistan last year.

In 2024, Pakistan installed about 15 Gigawatts of solar panels; for context, the country’s total peak electricity demand is about 30 Gigawatts. Households put so many panels on their rooftops that Pakistani cities now look visibly different on satellite maps. The trend is threatening the future of Pakistan’s national grid because people are using their own panels to generate power, reducing the need to buy electricity from the grid. And almost all of this happened because the country was mass-importing solar panels from its neighbor and ally, China.

A similar trend happened in South Africa in 2023. The utility infrastructure in both countries is not resilient enough to meet peak demand, causing consistent blackouts that pushed consumers to look for alternative energy sources. The government introduced policies that made solar especially attractive, like tax breaks for buying panels or paying people for transmitting excess energy to the grid.

But across the board, the main thing driving the popularity of solar is simple: the cost to purchase and install Chinese panels has gotten so low that the world has reached an inflection point. Even if a country isn’t particularly worried about climate change, it simply makes economic sense to generate energy from solar, says Anika Patel, China analyst at Carbon Brief, a climate policy publication.

“A lot of African nations right now just need more electricity. And the fact that there is this option to install solar plants at a fraction of the cost of building a new coal or gas plant is attractive,” she says.

Price is an especially important factor for African countries, because it’s harder to get a loan to fund a solar power plant project there than in developed countries, says Léo Echard, policy officer at the Global Solar Council and the author of a report on Africa’s solar market. Since Chinese solar companies have significant price advantages over manufacturers in other countries, they are always the go-to option for supplying Africa’s solar demand.

From Massive Plants to Rooftops

There are two types of demand driving the solar boom in African countries, Echard says. In North Africa, countries like Algeria and Egypt are building massive utility-scale solar power plants that require large numbers of panels. But in Sub-Sahara Africa, the panels are being imported by more rural communities in places that traditionally haven’t been connected to the grid at all.

Just like in Pakistan, this network of distributed rooftop solar panels is transforming the energy landscape. People are getting access to energy, and that access isn’t dependent on government spending or foreign loans. Instead, it spreads organically, household by household, as long as the panels are cheap enough.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/crypto-bitcoin-ethereum-ether-jerome-powell-btc-eth-9131195” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755792217.3550ea0a

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755792217.3550ea0a

Try This When Your Doctor Says ‘Yes’ to a Preventive Test but Insurance Says ‘No’

“My son was diagnosed with congenital CMV, a virus that can cause hearing loss. As part of this diagnosis, he will be required to have routine hearing tests every few months until he is 10 years old. I reached out to you because I wanted to know why my son’s hearing tests weren’t covered by our insurance and why we needed to pay for it.”

— Anna Deutscher, 29, from Minnesota, writing about her infant son, Beckham

Trying to figure out why her claim was denied took Anna Deutscher a lot of time and work.

Baby Beckham’s hearing screenings were preventive care, which is supposed to be covered by law. Every hearing test cost them about $350 out-of-pocket. Between those bills and Beckham’s other health costs, the family maxed out two credit cards.

“Everything just immediately goes right to trying to pay that debt off,” Deutscher said.

At times, she felt overwhelmed by her son’s medical needs, on top of working. Deutscher said she “didn’t know what else to do” when her insurance company kept saying no to her requests that it pay for the hearing tests.

No one wants to spend time fighting their health insurance company. Many people feel they don’t have the knowledge or stamina to do it. But if, like Deutscher, you’re denied for a preventive service, it may be worth it.

Here are a few tips — a slingshot and a few stones, so you can be David when facing a health care Goliath.

1. Check Your Policy

Read your plan documents to confirm whether the treatment or service is covered. Pay attention to any exclusions or limitations. Deutscher’s plan documents say hearing tests are not covered. But even when a sought-after benefit is excluded, that might not be the end of the line.

2. Is the Service Preventive?

Many types of preventive care are supposed to be covered without additional cost under the Affordable Care Act. If you receive a recommended preventive screening and have private insurance, including through the Affordable Care Act marketplace, there should be no copayment at the time of service, and you shouldn’t get a bill later. A small number of insurance plans are “grandfathered in,” which means you may not have the same rights and protections as the ACA provides. Check with your employer’s human resources benefits manager to find out for sure.

Here’s a list of preventive services health plans must cover and the list specific to children and young adults.

A physician recommended regular hearing screenings for the Deutschers’ baby, which the healthcare.gov list indicates should be considered preventive and covered by insurance. But JoAnn Volk, an insurance expert and a research professor at Georgetown University, said real life often doesn’t match what the law requires.

“It really does come down to everyone sort of being on their best behavior on the provider and plan side to truly interpret and follow what should be covered,” Volk said.

3. Peel Apart the Denial

If you’ve been denied coverage, you need to know why. Health insurance companies are required to explain every denial. The denial letter or your explanation of benefits should state the reason, which may be a coverage exclusion, incorrect coding, or a determination that the service was deemed not medically necessary. Follow up and ask for specific details about the denial and the criteria used, and request an explanation of benefits. Then use that information to build an appeal, being sure to address the reason for the denial.

4. File the Appeal

There are a few steps to know, but you don’t have to be a lawyer to figure them out. Usually there’s an appeal form to fill out. Visit your insurer’s website, check your explanation of benefits, or call your insurer and ask how to get started. The process typically includes writing a letter saying why you disagree with the denial. Include any medical records or test results that support your case and a copy of the federal guidelines that show the care is a covered, preventive service. If you can, ask your physician to write a letter explaining why the service is preventive and necessary.

Your insurance company has 30 to 60 days to respond, depending on your state and health plan. If your appeal is denied, try again. Some people win on the second go-round.

If your appeal is denied a second time, you can request an external medical review. That process is led by a medical professional who is supposed to make an unbiased decision. In California, for instance, many health plans fall under the jurisdiction of the Department of Managed Health Care.

“In 2023, 72% of health plan members that came to us and filed an independent medical review ended up getting the service that they requested,” said Mary Watanabe, who leads the department.

Keep deadlines in mind. How much time you have to file should be on your explanation of benefits. Your insurer is required by law to accept the external reviewer’s decision.

For more help starting an appeal or asking for an external review, visit healthcare.gov or your state insurance department.

5. Ask Human Resources for Help

If you get coverage through your job and you’re hitting roadblocks, consider emailing your human resources department. HR folks have contacts with the insurance companies you don’t and may save you a few calls to the 800 number on the back of your insurance card. Legally, HR is under no obligation to help, and covering a health service may not be in your employer’s financial interest. But sending HR the documents you prepared for the insurance appeal may prompt them to push the insurance company to take another look.

“The whole point of employers offering benefits is to attract and retain a solid workforce, right?” Volk said.

Making a case to HR may be a ramp toward getting the treatment or service covered the next time your company revises its health plan offerings, said Rhonda Buckholtz, a consultant who advises businesses on medical billing.

She said consumers can do a quick online search to see whether other large insurance companies in their area cover the health care service they need. That information can give you leverage, Buckholtz said.

Going to HR helped Deutscher. Eventually, her employer said it would cover the cost of hearing tests for baby Beckham for the current plan year. Deutscher’s employer has a self-funded plan, which gives companies the ability to customize benefits. It ultimately decided to add hearing tests as a standard benefit for all employees.

“It’s been like this constant cloud hanging over my head, so for that to suddenly be lifted, it didn’t feel real. I also have never gone to my HR for something like this before. I didn’t even know this was an option,” Deutscher said.

Health Care Helpline helps you navigate the health system hurdles between you and good care. Send us your tricky question and we may tap a policy sleuth to puzzle it out. Share your story. The crowdsourced project is a joint production of NPR and KFF Health News.

KFF Health News is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues and is one of the core operating programs at KFF—an independent source of health policy research, polling, and journalism. Learn more about KFF.

USE OUR CONTENT

This story can be republished for free (details).

Elden Ring’s Switch 2 Performance Isn’t That Great, Reports Say

When the Nintendo Switch 2 was properly revealed, a perhaps-unsurprising reveal was the fact that Elden Ring would be coming to the platform. The console is more powerful than the original Switch after all, though there was still the question of how it might run given just how big Elden Ring is. Well, as it currently stands, performance might be quite bad, as a demo for the port of the game at Gamescom is reportedly running at a low frame rate. Not only that, but Bandai Namco staff running the demo apparently weren’t letting people record footage of the game either.

Nintendo Life shared a video featuring video producer Felix Sanchez in which he detailed his experience with Elden Ring on Switch 2. “It’s really bad, and I understand why they don’t want you to see this, because wowie zowie, it is terrible,” Sanchez explained, also claiming that no gameplay could be recorded through direct capture or even over the shoulder.

Now Playing: The Complete ELDEN RING Timeline Explained!

“Of course, you’re never going to see the light of this–maybe it will just release in that state, but I can’t imagine they will do that. It was like playing Ocarina of Time. It was like 20 frames per second. Sometimes I was like, ‘This has dropped [to] 15 frames per second.'”

It’s worth noting that Sanchez played the game in handheld mode, and during the tutorial section of the game it ran well for the most part, but it was when he arrived at the full open-world section where performance nosedived.

As it stands, Elden Ring doesn’t currently have a Switch 2 release date, though it is supposed to be releasing this year. That does give it some time to improve upon these reported performance issues, but you’ll have to wait until the game is out to see how the Switch 2 really handles it.

A safe painkiller? New research raises concerns about Tylenol’s safety in pregnancy

Researchers at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai have found that prenatal exposure to acetaminophen may increase the risk of neurodevelopmental disorders, including autism spectrum disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), in children. The study, published on August 14 in BMC Environmental Health, is the first to apply the rigorous Navigation Guide methodology to systematically evaluate the rigor and quality of the scientific literature.

Acetaminophen (often sold under the brand name Tylenol®, and known as paracetamol outside the United States and Canada) is the most commonly used over-the-counter pain and fever medication during pregnancy and is used by more than half of pregnant women worldwide. Until now, acetaminophen has been considered the safest option for managing headache, fever, and other pain. Analysis by the Mount Sinai-led team of 46 studies incorporating data from more than 100,000 participants across multiple countries challenges this perception and underscores the need for both caution and further study.

The Navigation Guide Systematic Review methodology is a gold-standard framework for synthesizing and evaluating environmental health data. This approach allows researchers to assess and rate each study’s risk of bias, such as selective reporting of the outcomes or incomplete data, as well as the strength of the evidence and the quality of the studies individually and collectively.

“Our findings show that higher-quality studies are more likely to show a link between prenatal acetaminophen exposure and increased risks of autism and ADHD,” said Diddier Prada, MD, PhD, Assistant Professor of Population Health Science and Policy, and Environmental Medicine and Climate Science, at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai. “Given the widespread use of this medication, even a small increase in risk could have major public health implications.”

The paper also explores biological mechanisms that could explain the association between acetaminophen use and these disorders. Acetaminophen is known to cross the placental barrier and may trigger oxidative stress, disrupt hormones, and cause epigenetic changes that interfere with fetal brain development.

While the study does not show that acetaminophen directly causes neurodevelopmental disorders, the research team’s findings strengthen the evidence for a connection and raise concerns about current clinical practices.

The researchers call for cautious, time-limited use of acetaminophen during pregnancy under medical supervision; updated clinical guidelines to better balance the benefits and risks; and further research to confirm these findings and identify safer alternatives for managing pain and fever in expectant mothers.

“Pregnant women should not stop taking medication without consulting their doctors,” Dr. Prada emphasized. “Untreated pain or fever can also harm the baby. Our study highlights the importance of discussing the safest approach with health care providers and considering non-drug options whenever possible.”

With diagnoses of autism and ADHD increasing worldwide, these findings have significant implications for public health policy, clinical guidelines, and patient education. The study also highlights the urgent need for pharmaceutical innovation to provide safer alternatives for pregnant women.

The study was conducted in collaboration with the University of California, Los Angeles; University of Massachusetts Lowell; and Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health.

Funding for this study was provided by the National Cancer Institute (U54CA267776), the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (R35ES031688), and the National Institute on Aging (U01AG088684).

Book on Cultural Boundaries and Tragedies

About

The twin concepts of honour and shame have deeply rooted cultural significance within South Asian communities, profoundly impacting social behaviour, family dynamics, and individual actions. These cultural constructs, while traditionally viewed as mechanisms to uphold social order, often precipitate various forms of violence, manifesting as hidden crimes both within South Asia and internationally. The rigid adherence to these norms can lead to severe consequences, including honour-based violence, forced marriages, and even honour killings.

These crimes are frequently underreported due to the stigma and fear associated with dishonour, creating significant barriers for victims seeking support or protection. The need for recognizing these acts as criminal offences and addressing the societal and legal challenges faced by victims is paramount. An exploration into the police response, legal protections available, and the efficacy of support systems is crucial for a comprehensive understanding of these issues.

Objectives

The book aims to provide a multidisciplinary examination of honour and shame within South Asian contexts, focusing on:

  • The sociocultural underpinnings of honour and shame.
  • The manifestation of honour-based violence and its various forms.
  • Barriers faced by victims in accessing justice and support.
  • Legal frameworks and their effectiveness in protecting victims.
  • Police responses and the role of law enforcement.
  • Strategies for raising awareness and fostering societal change.

Target Audience

The target audience includes:

  • Scholars and Researchers: Academics from disciplines such as law, sociology, gender studies, and anthropology.
  • Policymakers and Legal Practitioners: Individuals involved in developing and implementing policies and laws.
  • Law Enforcement Officials: Police officers, investigators, and legal professionals dealing with honour-based crimes.
  • NGOs and Activists: Organizations and individuals advocating for victim support and legal reforms.

Topics

  • Historical and cultural perspectives on honour and shame in South Asia.
  • Honour-based violence: Case studies and comparative analyses.
  • Legal recognition and criminalization of honour-based crimes.
  • Victims’ barriers: Cultural, social, and legal challenges.
  • Police response and the effectiveness of law enforcement.
  • Support mechanisms: Shelters, counselling, and legal aid.
  • International perspectives on honour and shame: Diaspora communities.
  • Role of media in shaping perceptions of honour and shame.
  • Psychological impact of honour and shame on individuals and communities.

How to Submit?

Researchers and practitioners are invited to submit on or before September 14, 2025, a chapter proposal of 1,000 to 2,000 words clearly explaining the mission and concerns of his or her proposed chapter. Authors will be notified by September 28, 2025 about the status of their proposals and sent chapter guidelines.

Full chapters of a minimum of 10,000 words (word count includes references and related readings) are expected to be submitted by December 7, 2025, and all interested authors must consult the guidelines for manuscript submissions at the link given at the end of the post prior to submission.

All submitted chapters will be reviewed on a double-anonymized review basis. Contributors may also be requested to serve as reviewers for this project.

Note: There are no submission or acceptance fees for manuscripts submitted to this book publication, SDG Frameworks for Poverty Alleviation. All manuscripts are accepted based on a double-anonymized peer review editorial process.

Important dates

  • September 14, 2025: Proposal Submission Deadline
  • September 28, 2025: Notification of Acceptance
  • December 7, 2025: Full Chapter Submission
  • January 18, 2026: Review Results Returned
  • February 15, 2026: Final Acceptance Notification
  • February 22, 2026: Final Chapter Submission

Contact

Amit Anand REVA University: [email protected]
Jyothis Mary Hume Institute for Postgraduate Studies: [email protected]
Ummul Waraah Woxsen University: [email protected]

Click here to submit.

Disclaimer: WEF April, 2021, Lawctopus will not publish any ‘Call for Papers/Blogs’ by journals that charge money at the time of submission. If you find any journal doing so, please intimate us at tanuj.kalia[at]lawctopus.com

HT City Delhi Junction: Catch It Live on 22 August 2025

#Staged

What: Patte Khul Gaye ft Rakesh Bedi, Avijit Dutt, Kishwer Merchant & Anant Mahadevan

Catch It Live on Friday, 22 August 2025.(Photo: Sanchit Khanna/HT)

Where: Shri Ram Centre for Performing Arts, 4, Safdar Hashmi Marg, Mandi House

When: August 22

Timing: 4pm & 7pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Mandi House (Blue & Violet Lines)

#ArtAttack

What: Echoes of the Earth – Solo exhibition of Ranjeeta Kant

Where: Main Gallery, Bikaner House, Pandara Road

When: August 21 to 25

Timing: 11am to 7pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: Khan Market (Violet Line)

#Staged

What: Krishnaangi – The Unexplored Shades of Draupadi

Where: Lok Kala Manch, 20, Lodhi Road (Behind Sai Baba Mandir)

When: August 22

Timing: 6.30pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Jor Bagh (Yellow Line) & JLN Stadium (Violet Line)

#TuneIn

What: Gabru Boys Performing Live

Where: Moriva, 25-B, Pusa Road, Block-11, Rajinder Nagar

When: August 22

Timing: 10pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Rajendra Place (Blue Line)

#CineCall

What: Goa Film Festival | Mogacho Korar (Directed by Silverio Cardoza)

Where: CD Deshmukh Auditorium, India International Centre (IIC), Lodhi Road

When: August 22

Timing: 6pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: Jor Bagh (Yellow Line)

#LitTalk

What: Mere Paas Maa Hai – The Journeys of Bollywood’s Most Iconic Mothers ft Sohaila Kapur & Anuradha Kapur

Where: The Theatre, India Habitat Centre, Lodhi Road

When: August 22

Timing: 7pm

Entry: Free

Nearest Metro Station: JLN Stadium (Violet Line)

#JustForLaughs

What: The Duo ft Onkar & Kushagra Srivastava

Where: The Laugh Store, CyberHub, DLF Phase II, Sector 24, Gurugram

When: August 22

Timing: 5pm

Entry: www.bookmyshow.com

Nearest Metro Station: Cyber City (Rapid Metro)

Sarepta pushes off debt payments in bid to regain financial footing

Dive Brief:

  • Sarepta on Thursday said it’s reached agreements that remove about $700 million from a pile of debt due in 2027.
  • The private agreements with debt holders will allow Sarepta to exchange the 1.25% convertible senior notes due in 2027 for $602 million worth of 4.875% convertible senior notes due in 2030, up to 6.7 million shares of Sarepta stock and about $123 million in cash. Separately, the company entered into a private placement of about 1.4 million shares.
  • The transaction “significantly enhances our balance sheet flexibility and strengthens our financial position,” Sarepta CEO Doug Ingram said in a statement. Sarepta will still have $450 million in existing convertible notes due in 2027.

Dive Insight:

Sarepta’s fortunes have dramatically changed over the course of the last year. In June 2024, the company was riding high on an expanded approval for its Elevidys gene therapy treatment for Duchenne muscular dystrophy. Its shares soared, topping $160 that month. 

But the trajectory for Elevidys sales changed when the company reported a patient death in March of this year and then another in June. The Food and Drug Administration in July asked Sarepta to stop shipping the therapy, a request that Sarepta initially refused.

While the FDA allowed Elevidys shipments to resume for certain patients in the U.S. in late July, the sales outlook for the therapy is uncertain, and investors have punished Sarepta’s stock. The shares were trading at less than $20 apiece early Thursday.

The questions about Elevidys sales also raised new concerns about whether Sarepta could repay looming debt and make hundreds of millions of dollars in milestone payments to its partner, Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals. Even after laying off more than a third of its staff, analysts questioned whether Sarepta would need to make more cuts to meet its commitments.

Sarepta is answering those questions with a series of financial transactions. In addition to the latest refinancing of 2027 debt, Sarepta last week announced that it planned to sell its entire equity stake in Arrowhead. After both moves, “we are well positioned to fully fund our pipeline and meet our near-term obligations,” Sarepta CEO Ingram said in the company’s statement Thursday.

The transactions will help ease investors’ immediate concerns about Sarepta’s balance sheet, Leerink Partners analyst Joseph Schwartz wrote in a Thursday note to investors. “With the near-term overhang removed, we think investor focus will remain squarely on how demand for Elevidys trends following the safety events and regulatory saga,” he wrote.

Stamp Duty is Holding Australia Back – Why We Need Bold Reform

Key takeaways

Stamp duty is one of the most damaging taxes in Australia, it distorts housing decisions, penalises mobility, and locks people out of home ownership.

The burden has skyrocketed: In Sydney, stamp duty on a median-priced home rose from 45% of annual income in 2000 to 120% in 2024. Similar trends exist in Melbourne and Brisbane, where stamp duty has grown 2.7–3.4 times faster than incomes.

Australians are staying put longer: The average hold period for houses has stretched from 6 years to 9 years, driven by the high cost of moving.

Replacing stamp duty with a broad-based land tax is one of the clearest reforms available to improve affordability, mobility, and productivity.


For years, stamp duty has been the elephant in the room when we talk about housing affordability and economic reform.

Everyone knows it’s a problem; economists, buyers, sellers, and investors alike.

Yet, despite endless reviews and repeated calls for reform, we’re still stuck with a tax that almost no one is willing to defend.

Dr Nicola Powell, Domain’s Chief of Research and Economics, puts it plainly:

“It’s hard to find an economist who will defend stamp duty. It is one of the most damaging taxes in Australia,  distorting housing decisions, penalising mobility, and locking people out of home ownership.”

And she’s right.

If we want to build a more dynamic property market and a stronger economy, stamp duty has to go.

The growing burden on homebuyers

Stamp duty was never meant to be such a massive barrier.

Once upon a time, it was just another upfront cost: annoying, yes, but manageable.

That’s no longer the case.

In Sydney, the stamp duty on a median-priced home has exploded from 45% of annual household income in 2000 to 120% in 2024.

In Melbourne and Brisbane, the story is similar, with stamp duty costs growing 2.7 to 3.4 times faster than incomes since 2000. 

Difference In Cumulative Growth Of Stamp Duty And Household Income

Source: Domain

Dr Powell highlights what this means in practice:

“What was once a relatively manageable upfront expense is now a significant barrier, forcing buyers to save for longer and pay more, on top of already steep deposits.”

This growing burden explains why Australians are staying in their homes longer.

The average hold period for houses has stretched from six years in the mid-2000s to around nine years today.

And that stickiness has consequences: fewer downsizers selling, fewer families upgrading, and fewer workers relocating for job opportunities.

Stamp Duty On A Median Price House

Source: Domain

The ripple effects across the economy

Stamp duty doesn’t just hurt individual buyers,  it undermines the whole housing market and economy.

According to economic modelling, for every $1 raised in stamp duty, around 70 cents of potential economic activity is lost.

By contrast, raising the same amount via a broad-based land tax costs the economy less than 10 cents.

That’s a staggering inefficiency.

In a recent Domain report, “Why replacing stamp duty with a fairer, more efficient land tax should be top of the Economic Roundtable’s agenda” Dr Powell points out, the impact is far-reaching:

  • It blocks first-home buyers: Stamp duty adds a significant upfront cost, especially for first-home buyers who already face high deposit hurdles.

  • It reduces housing mobility: People stay put rather than moving to be closer to jobs, schools, or family.

  • It exacerbates mismatches: Large homes remain in the hands of downsizers who’d like to move, while families squeeze into smaller dwellings. In fact, research suggests stamp duty deters nearly 25% of potential downsizers. 

  • It discourages investment: Buyers are penalised for upgrading or renovating, as improved values mean higher stamp duty on the next move.

  • It weakens productivity: Workers are less likely to move to where their skills are most needed, which drags on both wages and economic growth.

  • It makes state revenues volatile: Because stamp duty is tied to the property cycle, revenues swing wildly, making state budgets less stable.

  • It deepens inequities: It falls hardest on younger Australians and frequent movers, while long-term owners pay nothing more despite huge windfalls in property value.

Put simply, stamp duty locks people into the wrong homes, distorts decision-making, and stifles opportunity.

7 Signs You Should Not Marry Him

Before you walk down the aisle, it’s crucial to listen to that inner voice and look at your relationship with clear eyes. Love can cloud judgment, but recognizing red flags now can save you from heartache later. Many people in love tend to overlook warning signs, hoping things will magically improve after the wedding. In reality, marriage often amplifies existing dynamics, for better or worse. If certain behaviors or feelings are already causing you pain or doubt, they likely won’t vanish with a ring. In this article, we sum up the most problematic behaviors and patterns in 7 signs you should not marry him. 

Recognizing these warning signs early on is far kinder to yourself and to him because it accords you the option to address them now or change your mind about a lifelong partnership with someone who is right for you rather than having to suffer through a troubled marriage or an eventual divorce. Let’s get into these red flags before marriage and understand what to do next.

7 Signs You Should Not Marry Him

When it comes to deciding on a lifelong partner, both emotional red flags and behavioral red flags are equally important. Sometimes the signs are in how you feel around your partner. If your partner stirs up constant anxiety, doubt, or resentment, these are reasons to not marry him.  At other times, the red flags may manifest through his actions such as lying, disrespect, or controlling behavior. Pay attention to both. 

These problematic behaviors and feelings inevitably boil down to the following 7 signs you should not marry him. If you recognize any of these in your relationship, take them seriously. They don’t necessarily mean that your partner is a bad person, they are just indicators that marrying him could be a mistake.

Related Reading: Resentment In A Relationship – Signs, Causes, And How To Let Go

1. You feel resentment and contempt instead of respect

Healthy relationships are built on mutual respect and kindness. If you find that you resent your partner or feel a sense of contempt toward him, that’s a glaring warning sign. Contempt is toxic to a marriage. In fact, renowned psychologist Dr. John Gottman identifies contempt as the single biggest predictor that a couple will split. Think about your interactions: do you roll your eyes, sneer, or think “ugh, here we go again” when he speaks? Gottman explains that contempt conveys a feeling of “I’m better than you, I don’t respect you,” and it makes the target feel despised and worthless. Over time, this erodes any love or friendship in the relationship.

Resentment erodes love over time

On the flip side, maybe he is the one treating you with contempt or constant criticism. Perhaps he belittles your opinions, makes sarcastic jokes at your expense, or calls you names when you argue. These behaviors are not normal or a sign of a “rough patch”. They are indicators of deep disrespect. One bride-to-be shared that she decided to call off her marriage after realizing her fiancé’s condescending attitude was something she could no longer tolerate.

Every sarcastic dig left her feeling small and angry. If you’re already struggling to remember why you admired him in the first place, it’s a sign you should step back. As Dr. Gottman puts it, “When contempt begins to overwhelm your relationship, you tend to forget entirely your partner’s positive qualities.” A marriage cannot thrive (or even survive) in a climate of disdain.

2. Communication always breaks down between you

Do your talks about important issues turn into shouting matches or silent treatment? Do you feel unheard or unable to express yourself with him? Poor communication now is a strong sign of trouble ahead. Marriage means facing life’s stresses together, and that requires being able to talk openly and respectfully. If instead you two argue in circles, avoid discussing problems, or can’t resolve even small disagreements, these are glaring red flags before marriage.

Think about how he reacts during serious conversations. Does he listen to your feelings or simply tune you out? Relationship coach Stephan Labossiere notes a few classic signs of a poor communicator: 

  • He doesn’t truly listen when you’re expressing yourself
  • He interrupts you when you bring up something important,
  • He gets defensive and dismissive when you voice a concern

For example, let’s say you try to discuss feeling upset about something he did, and his response is to cut you off with “I don’t want to hear this,” or to sigh and say, “You’re overreacting, let it go.” That’s a warning sign. Good partners make an effort to understand each other; bad communication now bodes poorly for the future.

Related Reading: 15 Things That Happen When There Is No Trust In A Relationship

3. There’s no trust—he lies, cheats, or keeps secrets

Trust is the foundation of any lasting relationship. If you constantly question his honesty or fidelity, this is one of the most potent 7 signs you should not marry him. At least not until trust is rebuilt, if ever. Perhaps he’s given you reasons to doubt: you caught him in significant lies, or he was unfaithful in the past. Maybe he’s very secretive about his phone and whereabouts, leaving you with a gnawing gut feeling that something’s off. A lack of trust will eat away at both of you. It creates anxiety, jealousy, and insecurity that only grow worse over time. Labossiere says, “Without trust, it’s nearly impossible for any relationship to last.”

There are many real-life examples of it. This Reddit user, for instance, shared that she ignored her ex-boyfriend’s long history of cheating, hoping he’d change once they were married. He didn’t, and the marriage collapsed. Another person, on the same thread, said they overlooked constant little lies, only to realize later that those “small” lies masked bigger betrayals. 

emotional signs you shouldn’t marry him
A relationship without trust cannot last

If your partner has already broken your trust, don’t bank on marriage fixing that. Trust isn’t magically granted by a wedding vow; it’s earned through consistent honesty and transparency. Likewise, if you find yourself snooping through his messages or feeling the need to “catch” him in something, step back and ask why. A marriage cannot be healthy if one partner is playing detective or living in fear of betrayal.

Likewise, if he is the one who doesn’t trust you and often accuses you of things you haven’t done or is irrationally jealous, that’s also a giant red flag that hints at controlling behavior. Never marry a guy who has these habits.

4. He is controlling or abusive

A partner with temper issues or a controlling streak will likely get worse, not better, after marriage. It’s your cue to step away if, 

  • Your boyfriend tries to control where you go, what you wear, or who you can talk to
  • He explodes in anger over small things
  • He calls you names in the heat of the moment
  • He makes you feel afraid to disagree with him

Don’t excuse these frightening or manipulative behaviors. These are huge red flags that you should not marry this man. Controlling and abusive behaviors tend to escalate over time. In healthy love, partners encourage each other’s freedom and individuality. In a controlling relationship, one person tries to dominate and diminish the other and that is not love.

Gopa Khan banner

Controlling behavior isn’t always shouting or visible violence; sometimes it starts subtly. For example, he might isolate you by discouraging you from seeing your friends or family, maybe by constantly bad-mouthing them or pouting when you spend time apart. Over time, you find you’ve given up your support network just to keep the peace.

He might also monitor your activities,  wanting to know who you texted, getting angry if you don’t respond immediately, or even snooping through your personal messages. These actions are attempts to increase your dependence on him. It’s not “because he cares so much.” It’s control, plain and simple, and one of the strongest reasons to not marry him.

5. Your core values or future goals are polar opposites

Opposites might attract in the short term, but if you and your partner have major incompatibilities in life goals or values, think twice about marriage. Marriage is more than romance. It’s a practical partnership for the life you’re building together. Do you agree on the big stuff like whether or not to have children, how to handle money, where to live, or what faith/traditions to follow? If you have fundamental differences in your vision of the future and neither of you is willing to compromise, these are signs you are not compatible with your partner and he might not be the right husband for you. 

For instance, if you dream of traveling the world or living abroad but he insists on staying in his hometown near his parents indefinitely, that could breed resentment. Or if he envisions a house full of kids and you absolutely don’t want children (or vice versa), one of you will be sacrificing a core life desire for the other, a recipe for future regret. Another common clash is about money. Perhaps you’re a saver with plans to buy a home and invest, but he’s a spender who racks up debt or doesn’t believe in budgeting. Financial habits are a leading cause of conflict in marriage

Mismatched values can also include differences in culture, ethics, lifestyle, religious beliefs, or how you expect to handle extended family. These differences, if irreconcilable, will only intensify and drive a wedge between you and your partners. So, don’t assume marriage will make him change his stance on a core issue, and remember, love alone is not enough to guarantee a happy marriage.

6. He doesn’t support your happiness and individuality

In a healthy relationship, your partner would uplift you, celebrate you, and support your personal growth. If you’ve been second-guessing, “Should I marry him?”, ask yourself, does he truly support who you are and who you aspire to be? Or do you feel like you have to shrink, hide, or sacrifice your happiness to keep him comfortable? If it’s the latter, that’s a sign you should not marry him. 

Your spouse is ideally your biggest cheerleader, someone who delights in your successes and stands by you in your struggles. If instead he’s dismissive of your goals, jealous of your achievements, or tries to make you feel guilty for pursuing your own interests, it reveals selfishness that will only cause you misery.

signs he’s not ready for marriage
If he’s not your biggest cheerleader, he cannot be your life partner

Consider a few scenarios. Perhaps you got a big promotion or decided to go back to school, and rather than being excited for you, he makes snide comments like, “Why do you need that? Don’t you have enough already?” Or maybe you have hobbies and friends outside the relationship, and he resents anything that doesn’t revolve around him. These are not the actions of a loving, secure partner. They are signs he may be trying to undermine your independence. 

Also reflect on whether he embraces all of you, including your quirks, your family, your passions, or whether he tries to mold you into someone else. If he frequently says things like, “You’d be prettier if you lost weight” or “I wish you were more like so-and-so,” that’s not a sign of a healthy relationship that can pave the way for marriage. 

Related Reading: 7 Reasons You Feel Uneasy In Your Relationship And 3 Things You Can Do

7. You have persistent doubts and a gnawing gut feeling something’s wrong

Maybe on paper, everything looks fine. He’s nice, your family likes him, there are no obvious deal-breakers. Yet in your gut, you feel something is off. You find yourself asking, “Should I marry him?” Ask yourself where this doubt stems from? There has to be an underlying reason for it, even if it is one you can’t articulate. Don’t dismiss it. 

Recurring doubt is a sign in itself. So many people who went through with a wedding despite inner warnings later say, “I knew deep down it wasn’t right, but I ignored it.” In fact, research backs this up: in a study of 464 couples, researchers found that 47% of husbands and 38% of wives had premarital doubts, and those who had doubts were far more likely to divorce within four years. Lead researcher Justin Lavner, Ph.D., notes, “People think everybody has premarital doubts and you don’t have to worry about them. We found they are common but not benign.”

Marrying out of fear or pressure, whether pressure from your partner, family, or even the ticking of your biological clock, is not a healthy reason to marry. While feeling nervous is normal before a wedding, feeling deep doubt or doom is not. Don’t confuse cold feet with an inner alarm. Cold feet might be general nerves about a big life change.

An inner alarm is a persistent thought of “something isn’t right here” or visualizing an unhappy future. Trust yourself. It’s far better to pause, postpone, or even cancel a wedding than to go through with it and endure a bad marriage or a messy divorce later. Your future self will thank you for honoring your true feelings now.

What To Do When You Notice The Signs You Should Not Marry Him

Recognizing these signs can be scary and overwhelming, especially if you’ve invested a lot in the relationship. You might be asking, “Okay, I see some of these red flags before marriage, what now?” The good news is you have options and agency. The first step is to acknowledge what you’re seeing without sugarcoating it. 

Denial is easy in love, but bravery and honesty will serve you better in the long run. It’s important to know that ending an engagement or demanding change is not a failure. It’s an act of self-respect and care. Here are some practical steps and supportive tips for moving forward:

1. Acknowledge the red flags and trust yourself

Give yourself permission to feel what you feel. If something feels wrong, honor that feeling instead of dismissing it. Often we try to talk ourselves out of our instincts and forget that these emotions and gut reactions exist for a reason. Journaling can help clarify what exactly is bothering you. Write down incidents that made you feel hurt, scared, or uneasy. Seeing it on paper can validate that you’re not “making it up”, there may be a pattern. It can be as straightforward as, “Every time I bring up our future, he makes a joke and changes the subject, and it makes me feel ignored and anxious.” Those feelings matter. Acknowledging the problems is the first step to dealing with them.

It can also help to confide in a trusted friend or family member about your doubts. Sometimes an outside perspective reinforces what you already know deep down. Don’t worry about being judged or “looking bad” if you back out of a wedding. The people who truly care about you will support you. In fact, you might be surprised to hear them say, “Honestly, we were worried about you and him, but didn’t want to interfere.” 

When you’re struggling with the dilemma of, “Should I marry him despite it all?”, remember, it’s better to disappoint some people now than live with lifelong regrets. Being truthful with yourself is hard, but it’s an act of courage. Take a deep breath, remind yourself that you deserve a loving, healthy partnership, and prepare to face the situation head-on.

Marriage-problem

2. Have an honest conversation with your partner 

If you believe the issues in your relationship might be fixable with effort, consider talking openly with your partner about your concerns. Choose a calm moment, not in the heat of an argument, and gently explain what’s weighing on you and observe how he responds. His reaction will tell you a lot about the seriousness of the issue at hand. A mature, caring partner will listen, even if it’s uncomfortable, and engage in the conversation. 

Perhaps he truly wasn’t aware of how you felt and is willing to work on it. On the other hand, if he immediately gets angry, defensive, or mocks your feelings, that reaction itself is a confirmation of the very issues you’re worried about. For example, if you say you’re concerned about how often fights turn nasty and suggest working on communication, a positive sign would be him saying, “I didn’t realize I was doing that. I don’t want to hurt you. We will find a better way to talk things through.” 

A bad sign would be him firing back, “So you’re saying it’s all my fault? You’re the one who starts the fights!” or worse, laughing it off and refusing to discuss it. If he agrees to work on things, great. This means your relationship has a shot at survival. However, you should still hold off on the wedding until you actually see consistent improvement. If he stonewalls you or invalidates your concerns, then you have to recognize that you’ve hit a wall. 

Note: Only attempt a deep conversation if you feel safe doing so. If your partner has a temper or abusive tendencies, skip it. You don’t owe an abuser a courtesy convo; your safety comes first. 

3. Seek professional help or outside support

You don’t have to figure this out all by yourself. A licensed therapist or couples counselor can provide guidance in sorting through these problems. If your partner is open to it, premarital counseling can be a game-changer. In fact, research shows that good premarital counseling or education can reduce the risk of divorce by up to 30%. It can also bring to light issues that you absolutely need to address before marrying or confirming that marriage would be unwise. 

Encourage your partner to give it a try by framing it positively: “I want us to be as strong as possible going into marriage. Why not get a little coaching on the tough stuff now?” If he values the relationship, he should be willing to put in the effort. And if he refuses outright to go to counseling or to work on things, take that as a major sign of his lack of commitment to change. 

Neha Anand

Aside from couples therapy, consider talking to a therapist on your own. An individual counselor can help you process your feelings, build up your self-confidence to make hard decisions, and plan your next steps. Sometimes we need someone to ask the right questions: “Why do you feel you don’t deserve better?” or “What’s the best outcome for you here?” Therapy provides a safe space to unravel any fear or guilt that might be keeping you in an unhealthy situation.

You can also reach out to support groups or communities. There are online forums like subreddits for relationship advice, or support groups for those leaving abusive partners, where people share experiences and coping strategies. Hearing from others who left a fiancé or fixed a relationship can be comforting and instructive. 

4. Be ready to pause, postpone, or cancel the wedding

This is a tough one, but it must be said: if the red flags are serious and unresolved, consider postponing the wedding or canceling it outright if needed. I know this is scary and may feel extreme. You might worry about what people will think, about money lost, or about breaking his heart. But remember, it’s far better to deal with temporary discomfort or embarrassment now than to go through a divorce or years of unhappiness later. As painful as it is to call off a wedding, picking the wrong life partner is much more painful.

If you’re unsure about whether canceling the wedding is the right step, you can start with a pause. You might tell him, “I think we need to postpone the wedding while we work through some issues.” See how he responds and how you feel with a bit of breathing room. His reaction to a reasonable request for time speaks volumes. A loving partner might be saddened or surprised but will understand that it’s important to get things right. An unhealthy partner might explode in anger or try to guilt-trip you, which ironically just confirms you’re doing the right thing by not proceeding under pressure.

Related Reading: How To Love Yourself In A Relationship – 21 Practical Tips

5. Take care of yourself

Finally, focus on you. Deciding not to marry someone or to step back until issues are fixed can be emotionally exhausting. You might feel grief, confusion, or even guilt. That’s normal. You’re mourning the loss of an imagined future, and that hurts even if you know it’s for the best. Be very kind to yourself during this time. Practice self-care in whatever ways work for you, be it spending time with supportive friends, engaging in hobbies you love, exercising to blow off steam, or seeking solace in journaling or meditation. Remind yourself that choosing not to marry him or insisting on major changes before you do is an act of self-love. It’s you choosing not to settle for a life that doesn’t bring out the best in you.

It may help to visualize your future if you did go through with a marriage full of red flags that likely leads to stress, fighting, loneliness, and regret. Then visualize an alternate future: perhaps you leave this relationship and eventually meet someone truly compatible who cherishes you… or maybe you thrive on your own for a while, discovering new strengths and happiness without the constant conflict. Many people who left an unhealthy engagement later met a partner who treated them a thousand times better, and they often say, “I shudder to think what if I hadn’t had the courage to leave.” 

Key Pointers

  • If your relationship is marked by contempt, constant arguments, or the inability to have healthy discussions, it’s a major red flag for marriage
  • Persistent lying, jealousy, secrecy, or any signs of control or abuse—verbal, emotional, or physical—signal an unhealthy and potentially dangerous dynamic
  • If your life visions, values, or future plans (e.g., children, money, lifestyle) clash fundamentally, and neither of you is willing to compromise, marriage will likely amplify the disconnect
  • If your partner stifles your individuality, or you feel a persistent gut feeling that something is off, even without clear reasons, it’s crucial to listen to those inner warnings before taking the leap

Final Thoughts

It takes courage to confront red flags and even more courage to walk away or demand change. But marriage is one of the biggest decisions of your life – it’s worth every ounce of courage you can muster. If he truly loves you and is right for you, he will step up and work with you to address these issues. If not, letting go now will open up the opportunity for a healthier love to enter your life when you’re ready. Either way, by acknowledging these seven signs and taking action, you are respecting yourself and your future. Remember, you’re not alone, and ultimately you know what’s best for you. Trust yourself, be strong, and never settle for a relationship that doesn’t bring you the peace, respect, and happiness you deserve.

When To End A Relationship—18 Valid Scenarios

23 Signs Of An Unhealthy Relationship

22 Bad Habits That Have The Potential To Ruin A Relationship

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

I Used to Hate Cleaning Excel Data—Now I Look Forward to It

Spreadsheet data never arrives clean. Between missing values, inconsistent formatting, and merged cells, I used to spend hours wrestling with messy datasets. Then I stumbled into Power Query, and suddenly those boring cleanup tasks felt less like punishment and more like flipping switches.

Power Query Makes Data Cleaning Effortless

Power Query is Excel’s built-in data transformation engine that automates tedious data tasks. Instead of manually cleaning each cell, you teach Power Query what you want once, and it applies those same steps to any dataset. You can remove duplicates, split columns, change data types, and handle missing values with just a few clicks.

It has a step-by-step approach and a visual interface, which makes it easy to follow. Every action that you perform is recorded as a step that can be modified or deleted later. Mainly, you’re manipulating data, not writing code—though it generates M code behind the scenes if you’re curious.

Power Query connects to virtually any data source, including Excel files, CSV documents, databases, web pages, and even cloud services. Simply add a file to the same folder, and Power Query will automatically fetch and tidy up that messy Excel sheet.

How to Set Up PowerQuery in Excel

Power Query comes built into Excel 2016 and later versions. So you don’t need a separate installation.

Take a look at the following products’ sales spreadsheet—it’s a mess. It has mixed date formats, inconsistent product names, missing values, and extra spaces everywhere. This is the kind of dataset that makes me want to quit Excel altogether.

Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

But it’s easy to fix it with Power Query. Here’s how to set up your first transformation:

  1. Select your data range or click anywhere within your dataset.
  2. Go to Data, then click From Table/Range.
  3. Excel will detect your data boundaries and create a table.
  4. Click OK to open the Power Query Editor.
  5. Make your transformations using the ribbon tools.
  6. Click Close & Load to apply changes back to Excel.

The Power Query Editor opens in a separate window. This isolated environment lets you experiment without affecting your original data—think of it as a sandbox for data cleanup.

Your transformations get saved as queries in the Queries panel. These queries are reusable and refreshable. When new data arrives, simply right-click and select Refresh to apply the same cleaning steps automatically.

I find this automation handy when building lightning-fast lookup formulas, as clean, consistent data makes table relationships work well instead of breaking on minor formatting differences.

These Cleaning Steps Handle Most Data Problems

After loading the data into the Power Query Editor, the next step is to clean it. Let’s tackle the Sales Data file using Power Query’s transformations. The following steps solve 90% of common data issues.

Merged headers break everything. Power Query can’t properly detect column types with “SALES INFORMATION” spanning multiple columns. Follow these steps to fix it.

  1. Select the merged header row in Power Query Editor.
  2. Right-click and choose Remove Rows > Remove Top Rows.
  3. Enter 1 to delete the merged header row.
  4. Click OK. Now your real column headers are properly positioned.
Dialog box in Power Query Editor to remove top rows.
Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

Step 2: Standardize Date Formats

Our spreadsheet has eight different date formats, including problematic entries like “16/01/2024”. Power Query defaults to US date format (MM/DD/YYYY), so “16/01/2024” triggers an error since 16 can’t be a valid month. Unfortunately, you’ll have to replace these values manually or use Excel Date functions.

To standardize the dates:

  1. Select the Date column.
  2. Go to Transform > Data Type > Date.
  3. Power Query detects most formats automatically—including “January 15, 2024” and “15-Jan-24”.
  4. Check the preview to confirm all dates converted correctly.

When dealing with mixed international date formats, always preview your transformations. Power Query’s automatic detection works well for unambiguous formats but fails on DD/MM/YYYY when day values exceed 12.

To properly handle international date formats in Power Query, you must explicitly set the data type with the correct locale (e.g., English (United Kingdom) for DD/MM/YYYY) when changing the column type.

You can do this by right-clicking the column, selecting Change Type > Using Locale, then choosing Date and the desired locale. This is more precise than just during “initial data import.”

Step 3: Clean Up Text Inconsistencies

Product names like “surface laptop” need to be capitalized, and “iPhone 15,” “iphone15,” and “iPhone-15” need standardization. That is where Power Query really shines:

  1. Select the Product Name column.
  2. Go to Transform > Format and select the proper case to fix capitalization.
  3. Then again, click Transform > Replace Values to standardize variations.
Format menu dropdown in Excel Power Query editor.
Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

Those leading and trailing spaces in sales rep names create lookup failures—one of those Excel blunders that can cost you time during analysis. To fix that:

  1. Select the Sales Rep column.
  2. Go to Transform > Format > Trim.

The spaces disappear from entries like ” sarah johnson ” and ” Emma Taylor”. This single click fixes spacing issues that would otherwise break pivot tables and VLOOKUP formulas.

Step 5: Handle Missing Values Intelligently

Empty cells in the Category and Units Sold columns need attention. Power Query offers several approaches.

For Categories:

  1. Select the Category column.
  2. Then go to Transform > Replace Values.
  3. Replace null values with “Uncategorized” or leave blank for manual review.
Replace values dialog box in Excel Power Query editor.
Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

For numeric columns like Units Sold, replacing nulls with zero might skew averages. Consider marking these as “Data Missing” instead.

Step 6: Standardize Currency Formats

Revenue values appear as “$1,200,” “1200,” and “$1.2K”—each requires different handling.

  1. Select the Revenue column.
  2. Use Replace Values to convert “$1.2K” to “1200”.
  3. Then go to Transform > Data Type > Currency, which automatically handles dollar signs and commas.
  4. Preview the results to ensure proper conversion.
Data type dropdown menu in Excel Power Query editor.
Screenshot by Yasir Mahmood

The “K” abbreviation needs manual replacement since Power Query doesn’t automatically recognize this notation.

Step 7: Create Consistent Categories

“Electronics,” “electronics,” and “ELECTRONICS” should be identical. Power Query’s text functions solve this quickly.

  1. Select the Category column.
  2. Click Transform > Format and select the proper case to fix capitalization.

These seven steps handle the majority of data cleaning scenarios. These transformations become repeatable steps. You just have to apply the same process to next month’s messy sales data with a single refresh.

Each transformation appears in the Applied Steps panel. You can modify, delete, or reorder steps without starting over. This flexibility makes Power Query forgiving when you need to adjust your cleaning process.


Power Query won’t solve every data problem you encounter, but it handles most of the repetitive cleanup tasks that consume hours of manual work. Sure, the learning curve exists if you work on complex worksheets, yet the time savings become apparent quickly. Whether you’re dealing with monthly reports or one-off datasets, these transformation techniques provide a solid foundation for cleaner, more reliable data analysis.

Dazzling light show in Tianjin features SCO landmarks and culture

The Haihe River in Tianjin was illuminated with a dazzling light show ahead of the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) summit from August 31 to September 1. The dynamic light display turned buildings, bridges, and piers along the river into a sweeping nightscape scroll, telling stories of China and the world throughout history and into the future.

Landmarks and cultural icons from the SCO member states were displayed in illuminated visuals, symbolizing nations working together for shared development and a brighter future.

The light show has become a regular feature since August 19.

Domhnall Gleeson isn’t Superman. But in ‘The Paper,’ he can be Clark Kent

Could Domhnall Gleeson be the savior of local journalism?

OK, maybe that’s a sensational oversell — but his latest character knows that news stories need a hook to draw readers in fast. We’re trying.

The 42-year-old Irish actor has built an impressive and diverse career, often playing people entangled in precarious situations: a young man with the ability to time travel who tries to change his past in hopes of improving his future in the heartfelt and whimsical “About Time”; the leader of a group of fur trappers working in unsettled territory in the Midwest who gets caught up in a gruesome fight for survival in “The Revenant”; or a software programmer selected to be part of an experiment with a female robot with humanlike qualities in “Ex Machina.”

Now, he’s stepping into the turbulent, you-have-to-laugh-to-keep-from-crying experience of being in the newspaper biz.

Fall Preview 2025

The only guide you need to fall entertainment.

In Peacock’s “The Paper,” Gleeson plays Ned Sampson, a nerdy, well-meaning and enviably hopeful guy who has just been installed as editor in chief of the Toledo Truth Teller. His qualifications? Well, he used to sell cardboard and toilet paper, and he’s a nepo baby with a journalism degree. And he’s coming in with earnest intentions: to motivate a small staff that has grown restless and dissatisfied with its their profession — succumbing to the unsavory demands of the job in 2025, like selecting a wire story about Elizabeth Olsen’s nighttime skin routine only to discover it exceeds the allotted print space — and revive, or in some cases kick off, their desire to do responsible local journalism that delivers useful and effectual information to the community.

“When I was a kid, I didn’t want to be Superman; I wanted to be Clark Kent,” Ned says in the first episode. “Because to me, Clark is the real superhero. He’s saving the world, too, by working at a newspaper. And that, to me, is much more noble and much more achievable, and I love that.”

A man in a suit jacket and tie looks at another man in a suit holding a newspaper cover

Scenes from “The Paper”: Domhnall Gleeson as Ned, left, the new editor in chief of the Toledo Truth Teller, and Tim Key as Ken, an out-of-touch corporate boss at Enervate, the paper‘s owner. (Aaron Epstein / Peacock)

A woman stands in front of a white board while a man watches on

Sabrina Impacciatore as Esmeralda, a nemesis of sorts for Gleeson’s Ned. (John P. Fleenor / Peacock)

It’s a romantic — some might say naive — ideal that hasn’t been squeezed dry by cynicism. And as someone in an industry as handcuffed to budgets and the bottom line as any, Gleeson can relate to that wide-eyed objective to do meaningful work even when it’s been overpowered by economic forces.

“The first time you do something, the wonder of it is huge,” Gleeson says on a recent day. “You only see the good stuff — or I did, at least. Then as you get older, you do get a little more tired. It’s a little harder to get up in the morning. The industry that I’m in, I’m constantly amazed at the people, older than me, who’ve retained their youthful enthusiasm for it. I find that very aspirational. I think, despite some of the cliches that there are around acting — and around journalism — that you’ll find a lot of people who really, really believe in it into their 50s, 60s, 70s.”

But “The Paper” is a spinoff of “The Office” — in the loosest sense — so this isn’t a soapbox. Still, it tugs on a topical issue within its comedy. (We’ll get to that.) First, though, it’s important to understand the connective tissue to its predecessor: the same mockumentary crew that filmed the mundane, silly and often completely relatable 9-to-5 lives of the staff at Scranton’s Dunder Mifflin has now set its sights on a newsroom of uninspired misfits trying to keep the ship above water as it navigates the wrecking waves of modern journalism. And to help bridge “The Office” to this workplace, former Dunder Mifflin accountant Oscar Martinez (played by Oscar Núñez) now works as an accountant at the paper.

A black and white photo of a man leaning against a wall with his hands clasped behind his head.

Domhnall Gleeson enters the journalism world in Peacock’s “The Paper”: “The press has always been under threat to some degree. There are always people in power who don’t want the thing printed that doesn’t make them look good or they don’t like.”

(Jennifer McCord / For The Times)

As a fan of “The Office,” Gleeson says playing in the mockumentary format brought a unique layer to how he thought about his character: “How does he [Ned] feel about them being in this place where he’s trying to do well as a new boss? You start to think … he’ll want the good stuff on the record. If he does something that he feels is good, he’ll probably want to make sure they got it. And if something’s not going as planned, he will try to hide away. When we were shooting, it was interesting because I’d find myself between our two camera operators and almost looking to them from time to time in a similar way — like, ‘What did they think?’”

Gleeson is beaming in from Scotland, where he’s been for the last month filming an as-yet-unannounced independent film. He quickly apologizes for his hair — in all of its shaggy, slightly curled glory — as he combs his fingers through it: “I’ve got a perm. Life is good.”

He says he wasn’t necessarily looking to do a TV series right now, but when “The Paper” came along, he was eager to dive into its comedic trenches.

But he first made sure to check in with at least two of the original cast members from “The Office” : Steve Carell and John Krasinski. Carell, who played the show’s bumbling boss Michael Scott for seven seasons, starred opposite Gleeson in FX’s 2022 psychological thriller “The Patient,” about a troubled man with homicidal urges (Gleeson) who holds his therapist (Carell) captive. And Krasinski, whose role as the show’s dry-witted paper salesman Jim Halpert propelled him to stardom, starred alongside Gleeson in this year’s heist action-adventure film, “Fountain of Youth,” directed by Guy Ritchie.

“What’s great about both those guys,” he says, “is it wasn’t like, ‘You should do this, you should do that.’ They each said, ‘I think it would be great. I think you would have loads of fun. I think you could do something really good.’ And that was it. I jumped.”

He adds: “And don’t forget, when they did the show, they were under a lot of scrutiny because the U.K. ‘Office’ was such a masterpiece and had been so heralded, and they still found their space. It took a little time, but they found it. I’m just hoping for the same for us — that we find our space.”

Still, he’s aware fans of the U.S. “Office,” which ran for nine seasons and is one of the most streamed series today, might be reluctant to give “The Paper” a try. And that those who do, might be quick to make comparisons or feel the impulse to see whether these new characters fit the archetypes of the original — for example, is Ned more like a Michael or more like a Jim?

“I feel like what we have is different enough to be its own thing,” he says. “My belief is Ned’s different to both of those characters. He is a new boss in a job he is unqualified for to a certain degree, and he carries a different eternal ambition and optimism about it that sets him apart. There will always be overlaps, but it’s different enough that people will, hopefully, take him on his own merits.”

Created by Greg Daniels, who adapted the American version of “The Office,” and Michael Koman (“How to With John Wilson,” “Nathan for You”), the series arrives at a particularly fraught and existential moment in journalism. Each passing week brings a sobering headline about how news organizations are either adapting or shuttering because of rapid economical, technological and cultural shifts, as well as responding to political pressure.

“First and foremost, the show needs to work in terms of comedy,” Gleeson says. “I also think that the press has always been under threat to some degree. There are always people in power who don’t want the thing printed that doesn’t make them look good or they don’t like. But right now feels full-on extreme.”

However, he believes Daniels and Koman care deeply about journalism and journalists. So how do you make something funny without being too satirical or negative?

“They show both sides of it — the idealism and the difficulty to live up to those ideals,” Gleeson says. “If it was a show where everybody did good journalism, I don’t know how funny people are going to find it. I think what’s funny about this is people trying to do good journalism and not really living up to it all the time.”

A smiling man in a blue button-down shirt and tie stands next to a smiling woman in a pink button-down blouse.

Scenes from “The Office”: John Krasinski as Jim Halpert and Jenna Fischer as Pam Halpert in “The Office”; the duo had a will-they, won’t-they dynamic in the series. (Byron Cohen / NBC)

A man in a suit stands before a group of people with his hands crossed at his mid-section.

Steve Carell, who played bumbling boss Michael Scott, and the cast. (Justin Lubin / NBC Universal)

Daniels and Koman, who spoke together on a separate video call, say that if “The Office” was a story of people who were very uninspired in their work, “The Paper” is a story of how people can be inspired in their work. And the key was finding someone to be the leader of a bleak endeavor who was a decent person and could boost morale.

“To me, he’s in that category of people like Jimmy Stewart — he can be so funny, but he’s brimming with humanity and emotion,” Koman says, pointing to Gleeson’s performance in “Black Mirror” as a man brought back to life as an android using his social media posts. “I just thought, ‘Oh my gosh’ — that he could play the same person basically, but still there are subtle differences between these two people. I have no idea how he does it. But I thought, if he could do that, he can do anything.”

Plus, Gleeson had comedic chops, and you want somebody who is simultaneously funny and emotionally available, Koman says. Daniels adds that he’d be happy to have someone like the actor as a boss.

“I was in a job, at one point, that everybody thought was cool, but it was very dysfunctionally run. I remember telling people that I thought it would have been more fun to work at, say, Enterprise car rental if the boss was fun and the spirit was good,” Daniels says. “We needed someone who seems like a fun guy and a very sincere person and has a sense of mission. And the thing is, it’s a very hard mission — it’s almost impossibly hard to imagine he’s [Ned] going to turn the clock backwards and restore this grand institution. But he’s trying, and it’s a valuable thing to do. When he says, ‘I want to be Clark Kent’ — that was one of his [Gleeson‘s] things; he added that notion when he was thinking about the character.”

Because Gleeson is nothing if not intentional about comedy.

The son of actor Brendan Gleeson, Domhnall describes himself as a shy kid growing up; but seeing people not be shy who could really make him laugh “loudly in a way that was embarrassing,” he says, was a feeling he craved. He names funnymen like Peter Sellers and Jim Carrey and British sketch shows like “Smack the Pony” and all-things “Monty Python” as favorites. His first job as an actor was in Martin McDonagh’s unruly black comedy “The Lieutenant of Inishmore,” with a plot that hinges on a mangled cat. In his 20s, he wrote and starred in the Irish sketch comedy show “Your Bad Self” — one memorable skit involved a group of friends en route to a concert and one guy (Gleeson) in the backseat has drunk too much lemonade. Short on time and believing he only has to pee, a friend hands him a soda bottle mid-drive, only to watch him drop his trousers and squat over the bottle.

A man stands with his face looking downward
A man stands with his legs wide and his left arm raised and clenched into a fist that covers his mouth.

Domhnall Gleeson spoke with young reporters ahead of his work on “The Paper”: “What I took away from my experience was the fact that young people are still getting into it … and that vibrancy, despite the odds, I found really cool.” (Jennifer McCord / For The Times)

“Now, Jim Carrey is a unicorn — I’m aware of my limitations,” he says, quick to let it be known that he is not an improv genius. “That’s not what I’m going for. I remember seeing ‘The Royal Tenenbaums’ and that making me laugh and sort of cry. You’ve got a bunch of amazing actors who do comedy and drama all the time, but then you’ve got Gene Hackman and Anjelica Huston doing something totally different and just full of pathos. That’s a different sort of class of acting that’s also comedic. All those things made me fall in love with it.”

He’s brought that blend of pathos, uniqueness and nerve to the comedy turns he’s taken on over the years — including in the 2013 film “About Time,” HBO’s romance-thriller-comedy “Run” and Prime Video’s “Frank of Ireland,” which he created and starred in with his brother Brian. He approaches “The Paper” with the same level of intrigue for truth. He didn’t do any intensive shadowing of journalists ahead of filming the show, but he did do some shoe-leather reporting — he spoke to and observed young reporters in Cincinnati and Toledo, and he visited a college newspaper in Ohio.

“What I took away from my experience was the fact that young people are still getting into it,” he says. “I found that immensely heartening, even though they know that, not that the odds are stacked against journalism, but that it is a harder business to get into. It’s a harder business to last in. It’s a harder business to make a living in than it used to be and there are fewer positions available. Despite all that, people are still going into it because they care about it — and that vibrancy, despite the odds, I found really cool.”

We’re sure Clark Kent would agree.

Do Large Language Models Dream of AI Agents?

During sleep, the human brain sorts through different memories, consolidating important ones while discarding those that don’t matter. What if AI could do the same?

Bilt, a company that offers local shopping and restaurant deals to renters, recently deployed several million agents with the hopes of doing just that.

Bilt uses technology from a startup called Letta that allows agents to learn from previous conversations and share memories with one another. Using a process called “sleeptime compute,” the agents decide what information to store in its long-term memory vault and what might be needed for faster recall.

“We can make a single update to a [memory] block and have the behavior of hundreds of thousands of agents change,” says Andrew Fitz, an AI engineer at Bilt. “This is useful in any scenario where you want fine-grained control over agents’ context,” he adds, referring to the text prompt fed to the model at inference time.

Large language models can typically only “recall” things if information is included in the context window. If you want a chatbot to remember your most recent conversation, you need to paste it into the chat.

Most AI systems can only handle a limited amount of information in the context window before their ability to use the data falters and they hallucinate or become confused. The human brain, by contrast, is able to file away useful information and recall it later.

“Your brain is continuously improving, adding more information like a sponge,” says Charles Packer, Letta’s CEO. “With language models, it’s like the exact opposite. You run these language models in a loop for long enough and the context becomes poisoned; they get derailed and you just want to reset.”

Packer and his cofounder Sarah Wooders previously developed MemGPT, an open-source project that aimed to help LLMs decide what information should be stored in short-term vs. long-term memory. With Letta, the duo has expanded their approach to let agents learn in the background.

Bilt’s collaboration with Letta is part of a broader push to give AI the ability to store and recall useful information, which could make chatbots smarter and agents less error-prone. Memory remains underdeveloped in modern AI, which undermines the intelligence and reliability of AI tools, according to experts I spoke to.

Harrison Chase, cofounder and CEO of LangChain, another company that has developed a method for improving memory in AI agents, says he sees memory as a vital part of context engineering—wherein a user or engineer decides what information to feed into the context window. LangChain offers companies several different kinds of memory storage for agents, from long-term facts about users to memories of recent experiences. “Memory, I would argue, is a form of context,” Chase says. “A big portion of an AI engineer’s job is basically getting the model the right context [information].”

Consumer AI tools are gradually becoming less forgetful, too. This February, OpenAI announced that ChatGPT will store relevant information in order to provide a more personalized experience for users—although the company did not disclose how this works.

Letta and LangChain make the process of recall more transparent to engineers building AI systems.

“I think it’s super important not only for the models to be open but also for the memory systems to be open,” says Clem Delangue, CEO of the AI hosting platform Hugging Face and an investor in Letta.

Intriguingly, Letta’s CEO Packer hints that it might also be important for AI models to learn what to forget. “If a user says, ‘that one project we were working on, wipe it out from your memory’ then the agent should be able to go back and retroactively rewrite every single memory.”

The notion of artificial memories and dreams makes me think of Do Androids Dream of Electric Sheep? by Philip K. Dick, a mind-bending novel that inspired the stylishly dystopian movie Blade Runner. Large language models aren’t yet as impressive as the rebellious replicants of the story, but their memories, it seems, can be just as fragile.


This is an edition of Will Knight’s AI Lab newsletter. Read previous newsletters here.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/bitcoin-price-today-profits-ether-dogecoin-solana-shiba-inu-6750280” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755748914.30cb976a

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755748914.30cb976a

Resident Evil’s Jill Valentine Is Back For Crossover With Stellar Blade Dev’s Goddess Of Victory

Goddess of Victory: Nikke–the sci-fi-RPG gallery shooter on mobile and PC from the developer of Stellar Blade–is adding one of the most famous heroines in video game history to its roster. As teased during Gamescom, the Goddess of Victory: Nikke × Resident Evil collaboration will feature Jill Valentine, one of the original RE game’s main characters.

The initial teaser features a cult as it prepares to take part in a gruesome ritual. Poli–one of the characters from Goddess of Victory–is briefly seen when she is grabbed by someone with a bloodstained hand. The initial trailer hid Jill’s debut, but developer Shift Up subsequently confirmed it was her.

Jill Valentine in Goddess of Victory: Nikke x Resident Evil.

Shift Up also hinted that Jill may not be the only RE character to appear during this crossover. Further details about the collaboration’s story and launch date are being withheld for now. But this isn’t the first time that Goddess of Victory has been given a prominent crossover. Previous collaborations have included characters from Evangelion and Nier: Automata. There was even a collaboration between Stellar Blade and Goddess of Victory earlier this summer.

As for Resident Evil, Capcom is gearing up for the 30th anniversary of the original game next year. Although Jill doesn’t appear to be featured in the next game, Resident Evil: Requiem, Capcom’s latest trailer for the sequel offers a more complete introduction to the new heroine, Grace Ashcroft. That game will be released February 27, 2026. Additionally, a new Resident Evil movie by Weapons director Zach Cregger will hit theaters on September 18, 2026.

Why listening may be the most powerful medicine

When you visit a doctor, you expect them to listen. But in today’s fast-paced health care system, real listening — the kind that makes you feel seen, heard and understood — can be the first thing to go.

A new article, co-authored by Dr. Leonard Berry of Texas A&M University’s Mays Business School, argues that listening isn’t just a nice gesture, it’s a powerful tool that can improve your care and even help heal the health care system itself.

Berry and colleagues at the Institute for Healthcare Improvement in Boston and Henry Ford Health Detroit published their findings in Mayo Clinic Proceedings.

The Case Of The Norwegian Nurse

The team identified what it calls “values-driven listening.” It’s about more than asking questions, it’s about asking the right questions, being present and showing genuine curiosity and compassion.

“Listening is the gateway to healing,” Berry said. “It’s how we connect, understand and ultimately serve better.”

One story in the article shows just how transformative listening can be. A nurse in a Norwegian nursing home asked a patient, “What would make a good day for you?”

The patient responded: “I want to wear my blue shirt.”

“Why the blue one?” the nurse asked.

“That was my wife’s favorite shirt,” the patient said. “She died two years ago today, and I want to honor her.”

The patient shared memories of his wife with the nurse, and afterward, he asked for a wheelchair so that he could tell other patients about her; it was the first time he’d ever asked to interact with other people at the facility.

“That’s not a medical breakthrough,” Berry said, “it’s a human one.”

Six Listening Strategies

The authors outline six types of listening that contribute to better care:

Listening That Is Proximate Being physically present matters. Your provider can learn far more from a quiet moment in the exam room than from a rushed message or chart note. When they’re close, focused and curious, you’re more likely to open up, and that kind of trust is essential for making decisions together about your care. Be sure your provider spends this focused time with you.

Listening That Is Curious Your provider’s curiosity can be just as important as their expertise. When they ask open-ended questions and pay attention to your words, body language and emotions, it creates space for honest conversation. That’s often when key details emerge informing the plan of care. “What are your concerns about the plan of care we’ve discussed?” creates a path for open dialogue in a way that “Do you have any questions?” does not.

Listening That Earns And Enables Trust Trust starts when you feel safe to speak candidly, and that happens when your provider listens without judgment, gives you their full attention and treats your input as essential. At Henry Ford Health, some doctors are using AI-powered tools to handle notetaking during appointments, so they can focus entirely on the conversation.

Listening Aided By Design The design of a clinic or hospital can affect how well you’re heard. Small, crowded spaces make private conversations harder, but simple changes — like your provider sitting down during a visit — can make you feel more cared for and listened to. Some health systems, like Southcentral Foundation in Alaska, have created “talking rooms” that feel less clinical and more personal, showing that listening isn’t just a skill, it’s something built into the space itself.

Listening That Empowers Listening should lead to action, and that includes listening to the people who care for you. When frontline staff are asked what’s wasting time or making care harder, they often have smart, simple fixes. At Hawaii Pacific Health, a program called “Getting Rid of Stupid Stuff” led to hundreds of suggestions, including one that saved nurses 1,700 hours a month by removing a pointless documentation rule. When staff are empowered to speak up, care becomes more efficient, less frustrating and better for everyone.

Listening That Fosters Resilience Caring for others is demanding, and when health care workers are supported, they’re better able to support you. Simple acts like sharing meals and stories with colleagues can help reduce burnout and build emotional strength in those who are caring for you. Some hospitals schedule time for these peer connections, creating space for reflection and support. Ask your provider how their health care system supports its workers.

Listening Is Kindness

Berry and his co-authors write that deep listening benefits all parties: clinician-to patient; clinician-to-clinician; leader-to-clinical and non-clinical staff. It’s a cultural shift that starts with values. “Do you care enough to listen?” they ask.

For patients, this means you should feel empowered to speak up and expect to be heard.

“Your experiences, concerns and insights are not just helpful, they’re essential,” Berry said. “And when your care team listens with empathy and curiosity, it leads to better decisions, stronger relationships and more personalized care.

“Kindness is not a luxury in health care, it’s a necessity. And true listening is one of its most powerful expressions.”

Harvard gastroenterologist shares 3 toxic bedroom items you should throw ASAP: Old pillows, air fresheners and… | Health

Did you know some everyday items inside your bedroom that you use daily could be causing you deadly harm? In a post shared on June 14, Dr Saurabh Sethi, MD, MPH, board-certified gastroenterologist, hepatologist, and interventional endoscopist trained at AIIMS, Harvard and Stanford, shared a list of 3 items that are toxic and why you should get rid of them as soon as possible (ASAP).

Many of the synthetic air fresheners release phthalates and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) linked to health issues. (Shutterstock)

Also Read | Cardiologist says 99% supplements are just ‘expensive urine’: ‘Propaganda I’m not falling for’

3 toxic things in your bedroom

Sharing a video featuring 3 toxic things in your bedroom you should throw out ASAP on Instagram, Dr Sethi wrote, “Did you know your bedroom might be silently affecting your gut, sleep, and long-term health? In this eye-opening video, Harvard and Stanford-trained doctor Dr Sethi breaks down 3 common items found in most bedrooms that you should throw out ASAP. From Air fresheners to old mattresses, these hidden dangers are often overlooked, but backed by science.”

Let’s find out what these items are:

1. Old pillows

Pillows accumulate dust mites, sweat, and allergens over time. If yours is over 1 to 2 years old, it is probably time to replace it, Dr Sethi suggested.

2. Synthetic air fresheners

Many of the synthetic air fresheners release phthalates and volatile organic compounds (VOCs) linked to respiratory issues and hormonal disruption. In one of the studies, 86 percent of air fresheners tested contain phthalates, which are chemicals associated with reproductive harm and asthma. Dr Sethi suggested using essential oils instead.

Per a September 2007 independent testing done by NRDC (Natural Resources Defense Council), phthalates were discovered in 86 percent (12 of 14) of air freshener products tested, including those marketed as “all-natural” or “unscented”. Phthalates are versatile chemicals, used as solvents in perfumes and fragrances, as softeners in plastics, as anti-foam agents in aerosols, and as sealants and adhesives.

3. Worn-out mattresses

Lastly, Dr Sethi advised that any mattress that is more than 7 to 10 years old can lower sleep quality and cause chronic back pain.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Xoma, a drug royalty specialist, buys another ‘zombie’ biotech

Xoma Royalty Corp. is acquiring another struggling biotechnology company in further sign of interest among certain firms in buying floundering drugmakers and shutting them down.

Xoma on Wednesday agreed to buy Mural Oncology, a cancer biotech once spun out of Alkermes. Per deal terms, a Xoma subsidiary will acquire Mural for $2.035 per share. Mural stockholders could get up to another $0.205 per share if the company’s net cash holdings at the deal’s closing exceeds $36.2 million.

The deal values Mural at the level of its cash reserves and represents a roughly 13% premium to the company’s closing share price of $1.80 on Tuesday. Xoma will wind down Mural’s business afterwards, according to the announcement.

In acquiring and liquidating Mural, Xoma is extending a pattern among certain firms and investors to shut down drug companies whose depressed share prices leave them worth less than their cash holdings. Historically, these biotech “zombies” would pivot to new projects or merge with another drug company. Of late, however, investors are heightening pressure on company boards to return cash to shareholders instead.

Through investment vehicle Concentra Biosciences, for instance, hedge fund Tang Capital has already bought several struggling companies in recent months, among them Elevation Oncology, iTeos Therapeutics and Kronos Bio. Others, like Pliant Therapeutics and Keros Therapeutics, have faced investor pressure. Investment funds have started up with the specific goal of liquidating flailing drug companies, too.

Xoma, which is known for acquiring drug royalty streams, is becoming an active “zombie” acquirer as well. Since June, the company has announced deals to buy Turnstone Biologics, Lava Therapeutics and HilleVax. All three companies had seen their share values collapse following disappointing study results or other setbacks, leading to deal searches and, ultimately, liquidation offers from Xoma.

Mural is in a similar position. It separated from Alkermes in 2023 to advance a trio of cancer medicines led by a drug called nemvaleukin. Mural hoped nemvaleukin would succeed where many therapies focused on an inflammatory cytokine called IL-2 had failed. But the drug fell short in multiple studies, leading the company to scrap development and lay off 90% of its workforce in April. It began a strategic search afterwards and, according to the statement Wednesday, found Xoma’s bid the “most effective route to deliver a timely return of value” to shareholders.

“We believe that this transaction, which is supported by our board, achieves the goal of this strategic review process, which was to maximize shareholder value,” said CEO Caroline Loew, in the statement.

[PODCAST] The Housing Time Bomb: Can Australia Keep Up with Its Population Boom?

Imagine inviting thousands of people to a party… but forgetting to organise enough food, chairs, or bathrooms.

That’s essentially what Australia is doing by ramping up migration while failing to plan for the housing and infrastructure to support it.

Today, Simon Kuestenmacher and I discuss why we can’t keep separating housing policy from migration policy.

The conversation around our housing crisis is often framed around interest rates, investors, or planning delays.

But there’s a critical dimension we keep avoiding: Australia’s housing and migration policies are completely out of sync, and this is causing systemic damage.

Takeaways

• Australia is experiencing a housing crisis due to rapid migration without adequate infrastructure.
• Every decision contributes to the future we build, akin to laying bricks in a house.
• The disconnect between housing and migration policies is creating significant challenges.
• Young people and low-income earners are increasingly priced out of the housing market.
• Government policies need to be proactive rather than reactive to address housing shortages.
• The current planning system is outdated and hinders timely housing development.
• Property taxes are a major contributor to housing unaffordability.
• A national housing target linked to migration levels could stabilize the market.
• Lessons from other countries show the importance of strategic migration policies.
• Long-term planning is essential for sustainable urban development and infrastructure.

 

Links and Resources:

Answer this week’s trivia question here- www.PropertyTrivia.com.au  

  • Win a hard copy of Michael Yardney’s Guide to Investing Successfully 
  • Every entry receives a copy of a fully updated Michael Yardney Property Report  

 Michael Yardney 

http://michaelyardney.com/ 

 Get the team at Metropole to help build your personal Strategic Property Plan Click here and have a chat with us 

https://metropole.com.au/ 

https://investor.metropole.com.au/strategic-property-plan/ 

https://investor.metropole.com.au/strategic-property-plan/clkg/https/investor.metropole.com.au/strategic-property-plan-enquiry/ 

 Simon Kuestenmacher: Australia’s leading demographer and partner in the Demographics Group 

https://demographicsdecoded.com.au/about-simon-kuestenmacher/ 

 Get a bundle of eBooks and Reports at www.PodcastBonus.com.au  

 Also, please subscribe to my other podcast, Demographics Decoded with Simon Kuestenmacher – just look for Demographics Decoded wherever you are listening to this podcast and subscribe so each week we can unveil the trends shaping your future. Or click here: https://demographicsdecoded.com.au/  

Secure Messaging & Privacy Tips for NYC Singles

Online dating in New York City can be a thrilling adventure given the sheer number of opportunities at your disposal. You come across an eclectic mix of people in your online dating journey, and that can be an enriching experience in more ways than one. As you soak up this experience, don’t forget to prioritize your privacy and safety for online dating. Meeting and connecting with so many people online brings in its wake some unique risks: scammers trying to steal your money, creeps misusing personal info, or worse. 

We have put together this guide on dating safety practices to help you thwart those risks, protect your privacy, and communicate securely on dating platforms. We’ll cover why safety is essential (spoiler: almost half of online daters have faced some form of harassment or scam) and then dive into practical online dating safety tips to keep your messages and personal data secure. Whether you’re swiping for casual fun or a long-term partner, a little precaution goes a long way toward a worry-free love life.

Why You Need to Prioritize Safety in Online Dating

First, let’s talk about why prioritizing safety for online dating is non-negotiable. Well, because a digital romance can quickly turn into a nightmare without proper safety measures, exposing you to scams, data leaks, and emotional heartbreak.

Online dating comes with real dangers that aren’t just urban legends. The statistics and stories are eye-opening. For starters, scammers are rampant. According to Pew Research, about half of Americans who’ve used dating sites (52%) think they encountered a scammer at some point. In fact, 64,000+ romance scam reports were filed with the FTC in 2023 alone, with victims losing $1.14 billion in total—the highest losses of any impostor scam category. These scams often involve someone pretending to fall in love, only to spin a sob story and ask for money. 

Beyond scams, harassment, and privacy abuses are disturbingly common in the online dating world. A Pew Research study found that 48% of dating app users have experienced at least one major unwanted behavior, like unsolicited explicit images, persistent stalking after they said no, or even threats of physical harm. Women, especially under 50, face the brunt of this—over 56% of young women have been sent unwanted sexual material on dating apps. 

These interactions aren’t just “annoying”; they can be traumatic and create a climate of fear. “We’ve learned that dating apps can be far from safe,” warns cybersecurity researcher Oded Vanunu, after finding severe security flaws in popular dating app, OkCupid. Yes, your personal data can be at risk: hackers and snoops target dating platforms because of the sensitive info on them. In one 2023 incident, a misconfigured database for a dating app exposed data on 2.3 million users, including names, emails, plain-text passwords, private photos (even intimate images), and sensitive health details like STD status. Cybersecurity experts note this trove could easily fuel identity theft, blackmail, or stalking attacks against users. It’s a chilling reminder that what you share online can fall into the wrong hands if the platforms you sign up for don’t safeguard it. 

https://youtube.com/watch?v=M9euT343P_c%3Ffeature%3Doembed

Finally, prioritizing safety is literally life and death in some cases. There have been real-world assaults linked to online dates, including in and around NYC. In one case, a New Jersey man posed as a nurse on dating apps to lure women, then kidnapped and attacked at least four victims when they tried to break things off; he was sentenced to 10 years in prison in 2025. And it’s not just one bad apple: police investigations and news reports have uncovered many instances of predators using dating apps to find targets for robbery or worse. These incidents, while rare, underline an important truth: once you move from messaging to meeting, the stakes become very high. Your safety and security at every step of the way, right from entering your details on a dating app to navigating dates with your matches, are in your hands. 

Taking online dating safety seriously isn’t overreacting; it’s essential self-care. From protecting your messages and photos to guarding your heart and bank account, a few smart steps can prevent a world of trouble. Below, we’ll cover secure messaging and privacy tips specifically tailored for NYC singles to help you swipe, chat, and meet more safely. Stay vigilant, and you can enjoy the fun parts of dating without the unnecessary risks.

8 Crucial Secure Messaging & Privacy Tips for NYC Singles

Protecting yourself online doesn’t mean killing the romance or being paranoid. It just means setting some healthy boundaries and using technology wisely. Here are eight crucial tips to boost your messaging security and privacy on dating platforms. Follow these, and you’ll be far less likely to become another dating horror story headline, and more likely to enjoy your NYC dating adventures with peace of mind.

1. Don’t share too many personal details early on

It’s tempting to open up to a charming new match, but oversharing personal information too soon can put your privacy at risk. The more details a stranger learns about you, the more easily they can find you outside the app or misuse that info. Scammers and creeps often fish for details that could help them manipulate or track you. Stay in control of your story: you can be authentic and real without divulging sensitive data in the first few chats.

  • Keep identifiers minimal: Use just your first name or even a nickname on your dating profile. Avoid listing your last name, exact workplace, or social media handles publicly. This makes it harder for someone to look you up or cross-reference you before you’re comfortable. As relationship therapist Sarah Kyle advises, “Don’t share personal details such as your workplace, home address, or information about your children before really getting to know the person.” Save those specifics for when you’ve built mutual trust
  • Hide clues in photos: Be mindful of what’s visible in your pictures. Family last names on graduation diplomas hanging on your wall, your street address visible on your house, or even a uniform that shows your company’s name can all give away more than you intend. Crop or blur out truly identifying details, or just pick different images
  • Use in-app calling or a secondary number: When you decide to talk or text outside the dating app, consider using a free Google Voice number or a messenger app like WhatsApp or Signal instead of your real cell number. This way, if things go south, you can cut off contact without the person having your primary phone number. It’s an easy layer of privacy, especially in NYC, where your phone number can be tied to payment apps or other info
  • Guard your social media until ready: Linking your Instagram or Facebook to your dating profile might seem normal, but remember that those accounts often have your full name, friends/family, and years of personal content. Think twice before connecting them. Once you truly trust someone, you can share your social media, but there’s no rush

2. Use secure networks and a VPN for dating apps and chats

One of the most effective online dating safety tips is to always use a secure internet connection, or better yet, a VPN when swiping or messaging. Public Wi-Fi at coffee shops, libraries, or subway stations can be hazardous to your privacy. These networks are usually unencrypted, meaning hackers on the same network can potentially “eavesdrop” on what you’re doing. The last thing you want is someone intercepting your login credentials or personal messages while you’re flirting online. Even at home, a nosy roommate or a weak router password could expose your activity.

  • Avoid public WiFi for sensitive tasks: If you’re out and about in NYC and just have to check that dating app, consider using your phone’s data plan rather than public WiFi. Or, if you must use public WiFi, never log in to your dating accounts or share personal info on it without extra protection
  • Use a trusted VPN: A VPN (Virtual Private Network) is a simple tool that encrypts your internet connection. It’s especially useful on public networks, essentially creating a secure “tunnel” for all the data from your device. This means even if someone intercepts traffic, they can’t read it. A tried and tested app like NordVPN on your phone and computer will scramble your data (messages, photos, and so on) and also hide your IP address, which conceals your approximate location and identity online
  • Secure your home WiFi: Don’t forget about your own network. Make sure your home Wi-Fi router has a strong password and up-to-date security with WPA2 or WPA3 encryption. This prevents strangers in your vicinity from snooping. While it’s unlikely someone’s wardriving outside your Brooklyn apartment for your dating app chats, good WiFi hygiene protects all your online activities
  • Keep apps and OS updated: Using secure networks won’t help if your device itself has vulnerabilities. Always install the latest updates for your dating apps and your phone’s operating system – those patches often fix security issues that hackers could exploit. For instance, older versions of Android had known flaws that could let attackers access stored data like saved messages. Staying updated is an easy safety win.

3. Protect your dating accounts with strong security

internet dating safety tips

Your dating profile, like any other account, can be hacked or misused if you don’t secure it properly. Imagine a criminal gaining access to your dating account: they could see private messages, personal photos, or even impersonate you to scam others. In worst cases, if you reuse passwords, a breach of your dating app could open the door to your email or bank accounts. Treat your dating app logins with the same care as online banking. A few precautions will keep the only person logging in you.

  • Use a unique, strong password: Don’t ever reuse the password from your email, social media, or any other account on your dating app. Use a completely unique passphrase that’s hard to guess, like a string of random words or an alphanumeric mix. Password managers can help generate and store these. This way, even if the dating app’s database gets compromised, hackers can’t use that password to try to get into your other accounts
  • Enable two-factor authentication: Check if your dating platform offers 2FA via SMS code or an authenticator app. Enabling it means even if someone somehow steals your password, they still can’t log in without the second factor (like a code sent to your phone). It’s an extra 10-second step for you, but a huge roadblock for attackers. Given how many fake profiles and bots float around, 2FA also ensures it’s really you accessing your account.
  • Beware of phishing and fake logins: Be cautious of emails or messages claiming to be from the dating app that ask you to “verify your account” or “log in” via a link. Scammers sometimes send phishing emails that look legitimate to steal your credentials. Always log in through the official app or website, not via emailed links. And never give your login info to someone else. No genuine date or “customer support” will ever need your password
  • Log out on shared devices: If you ever use a public computer or a friend’s phone to check your dating profile, log out when done. Also, use your phone’s lock screen security. You wouldn’t want a nosy friend or a thief who snatches your phone to have instant access to your dating app. A PIN, fingerprint, or face lock on your device adds a barrier in case of physical snooping

4. Stay on the dating app for chatting until you trust your match

We get it, once you hit it off with someone, there’s often a rush to move off the dating app and text on WhatsApp or exchange numbers. But there’s safety in staying on the app’s messaging platform, at least for the early stages of getting to know someone. Dating apps have built-in protections: you can easily block or report someone abusive, and they have limited info about you. The moment you move to a personal channel, you’re more exposed. Scammers also often try to migrate conversations off-platform quickly because it’s harder for them to be detected or banned there. So,

  • Don’t be rushed off-app: A genuine person will understand if you say you prefer to keep chatting in-app for a bit. If someone immediately insists on taking the conversation off-app, consider why. It’s often a red flag. Perhaps they’ve been kicked off the app before or have ill intentions. Take your time; a real connection won’t evaporate just because you haven’t swapped numbers on day one
  • Use app features like video chat: Many dating services offer in-app video call or voice call features. This is a great way to verify someone’s identity and vibe without giving out your phone number or social media. Schedule a quick video date through the app. It not only confirms that the person looks and sounds like who they claim to be, but it also keeps the communication within a safer, moderated environment
  • Leverage safety tools: Apps are increasingly adding safety features. For example, some apps let you blur explicit images by default or use AI to detect harassing language. Others partner with services for background checks on matches, or have panic buttons if a date goes bad. When you stay on the app, you benefit from these tools. If you shift to regular texting, you’re on your own
  • When you do switch, still protect info: Eventually, you might feel comfortable enough to move to phone/text or another chat app. Even then, consider using a secondary number like Google Voice or a chat app that doesn’t reveal your personal details 

5. Watch out for scams, catfishing, and red flags

online dating safety tips

Not everyone on dating apps is who they say they are. Scammers often create fake profiles to exploit people looking for love. They might steal photos from a model or a real person’s account, fabricate a life story, and then play on your emotions. The end goal is usually money, but some may seek compromising photos or personal data for blackmail. Apart from scammers and catfish, there is also the risk of coming across toxic or manipulative behavior on these apps. It’s crucial to keep your guard up and recognize the warning signs before you get hurt.

  • Never send money or gifts: This is worth stating loud and clear. No matter how sweet or genuine someone seems, if they ask for money, don’t do it. The FTC reports that 24% of romance scam reports involved lies about illness, injury, or jail. Do not wire money, send gift cards, or transfer crypto to someone you’ve never met. If you feel compelled to help, talk to a friend first; outside perspectives help break the emotional spell
  • Verify with a reverse image search: If you suspect a profile might be fake because their behavior is sketchy or they seem too good to be true, do a quick reverse image search of their profile picture. Tools like Google Images or TinEye can show if that photo is all over the internet or tied to someone else’s identity. Many scammer profiles use stolen images. If you find the same photo on a stock photo site or linked to a different name on Facebook, run the other way. Then, there are apps like Social Catfish that can simplify this process for you and give you the lowdown on a person’s background in a matter of minutes
  • Beware of malicious links or files: Another scam red flag – your chatmate sends you a file to “view my private pics” or a link like “check out this funny video.” These could be malware or phishing links. Do not click on unfamiliar links sent by a dating app match, no matter how curious you are. They might lead to pages that steal your login or infect your device. If a link is ever necessary, have them tell you the account name or something you can navigate to yourself safely

6. Be careful with what you share 

In the heat of a flirty conversation, you might be tempted to share spicy photos or divulge deeply personal things. It’s important to remember that anything you send to someone could potentially be saved, shared, or used against you later. This isn’t meant to scare you off from intimacy, but to ensure you only share what you’re prepared to live with being public. Even on apps that promise “disappearing” messages or photos, screenshots or other devices can capture that info. And if your relationship sours, an unscrupulous person might misuse what you shared. To protect your digital footprint and reputation, follow these simple internet dating safety tips:

  • Think twice before sending explicit content: Once a nude or intimate photo leaves your phone, you lose control over it. The person on the other end might respect your privacy… or they might not. Leaked intimate images (sometimes called “revenge porn”, when an ex shares them) are unfortunately common. If you do choose to sext or send revealing pics, only do it with someone you trust deeply and preferably on a platform that at least has strong privacy controls. Even better, consider using apps like Snapchat or Signal that have self-destruct timers and notify you of screenshots, though these aren’t foolproof either. If you feel uneasy at all, don’t send it. You can always flirt via text in suggestive ways without camera involvement
  • Use encryption for sensitive conversations: If you’re discussing very personal topics like mental health, past traumas, or finances with a new partner online, it might be wise to use an end-to-end encrypted messaging app. This means even if someone intercepts the data or if the service is breached, your actual conversation content stays safe. Dating apps themselves vary in security; assume that your messages on them could be seen by the company, at least if not others. An encrypted app adds extra privacy for important conversations
  • Don’t share documents or passwords: This might sound obvious, but needs to be reiterated—never share things like your SSN, credit card numbers, bank info, passport scans, with someone you met online. Scammers aside, even a well-meaning partner doesn’t need those in the early stages. Also, don’t hand over passwords to any accounts. Sometimes catfishers will ask for your social media login “to prove you’re real” – that’s a trap. Keep all such info to yourself
  • Be mindful of long-term record: The internet never forgets. That lengthy email you wrote, pouring your heart out, or the cloud backup of your chat, could be sitting somewhere indefinitely. It’s wise to periodically clean up. Delete old conversations from your devices if you don’t need them. If you break up or stop talking to someone, consider clearing that chat history. Less data stored means less data that can leak. Also, check if the dating app lets you delete or download your data when you’re done with it.

7. Adjust privacy settings and use app features to your advantage

dating site rules

Every major dating app has some settings you can tweak for privacy, and it’s worth digging into those menus. By default, platforms might expose more info than you realize. For instance, showing your profile to everyone in a 50-mile radius, or indicating when you’re online. In a city as large as New York, you might want to refine who can even see you on these apps. Moreover, new features are constantly being added, focused on safety. Make them work for you.

  • Turn off location precision if possible: Some apps allow you to hide your exact distance. If you’re a woman in Manhattan, do all users really need to know you’re “within 1 mile”, which could pinpoint you to a particular neighborhood? Check if the app lets you blur or approximate your location. If not, you might consider setting your location to a general area or a neighboring location. This prevents random people on the app from figuring out exactly where you live or work
  • Use Incognito or private modes: Certain services let you browse profiles invisibly or only show your profile to people you “like” first, often as a premium feature. If you’re concerned about privacy or you have a public-facing job and don’t want clients stumbling on your profile, these modes can be a boon. It means you’re not visible to everyone by default. You can take charge of who sees you
  • Disable account linking and address book matching: Many apps try to get you to link your Facebook or contacts to “find friends” or show mutual connections. Avoid this if you can. It can leak info both ways. You might inadvertently show your profile to colleagues or Facebook friends. Unless you explicitly want that, keep accounts separate. Also, most apps have an option to prevent others from finding you by phone number or name; use those settings for extra privacy
  • Opt-out of data sharing: Some free apps make money by sharing some user data with third-party advertisers. Poke around in settings for any privacy or ad preferences. You might be able to limit ad tracking or data usage. It’s also good to periodically purge your profile of info that’s not needed
  • Set messaging filters or preferences: If the app allows, adjust who can message you. For instance, Bumble allows only women to initiate contact in hetero matches, which cuts down on random, creepy DMs. Others have filters for certain keywords or the ability to auto-block messages from people much older/younger than your range. Use these tools so you see more of what you want, less of what you don’t. Your mental peace will improve when your inbox isn’t full of unwanted advances

8. Prioritize your emotional safety and set boundaries

Last but arguably most important safety for online dating tip: protect your emotional well-being throughout the online dating process. Dating, especially in a fast-paced scene like NYC, can take a serious emotional toll if you’re not mindful. The rush of new connections can sometimes cloud judgment, and the sting of ghosting or betrayal can hurt deeply. Feeling unsafe or violated online can trigger anxiety, stress, or even trauma. So, as you practice digital safety, also practice self-care and boundary-setting. You deserve to feel secure both physically and emotionally.

  • Trust your gut feelings: If someone you’re chatting with makes you uncomfortable, even if you can’t articulate exactly why, give yourself permission to take a step back or cut it off. You do not owe anyone endless patience or explanations if you feel uneasy. Your intuition is a product of subtle cues; listen to it. Ending a chat or unmatching early can save you from bigger problems later. In the words of therapist Tracie Zinman-Ibrahim, “Thinking is only productive if there’s an attainable goal, and the goal is something that makes sense, like safety. Anything else is just extra…”
  • Set boundaries on communication: It’s okay to set limits like “I don’t respond to messages after midnight” or “I won’t send certain photos.” Communicate your boundaries when needed. A respectful match will accept them; an abusive or pushy person will try to bulldoze them, and then you know they’re trouble. Boundaries also include pacing: you don’t have to meet in person until you’re ready, and you don’t have to share anything you’re not comfortable with. No true connection will demand you betray your comfort for them
  • Take breaks to avoid burnout: The sheer volume of people and chats on dating apps can be overwhelming. If you find yourself exhausted, anxious, or jaded from swiping, step away for a while. It could be a few days off the app, or limiting yourself to a couple of chats at a time. Burnout can weaken your resolve and make you ignore red flags. By staying mentally fresh, you’ll make better decisions and also present your best self
  • Seek support if something goes wrong: If you do experience harassment, stalking, or any form of abuse through online dating, reach out for help. This could mean reporting the user to the app, telling friends/family, or even involving law enforcement if you feel threatened. There are also organizations and hotlines for victims of online abuse. You should never feel like you have to deal with it alone. Talking to a therapist can help if an incident leaves you shaken

Takeaway

To navigate the online dating scene in NYC successfully, you need to balance openness with caution. Applying these secure messaging, privacy, and online dating safety tips can help you strike that delicate balance. Remember, you’re not being overly careful, you’re valuing your safety above all else. You have every right to protect your personal information, your digital accounts, and your emotional well-being as you meet new people. 

Scammers, hackers, and creeps will always be out there, but with smart habits and tools like a trusted VPN, strong passwords, and a good dose of common sense, you can enjoy the adventure of online dating with far less risk. Stay safe, keep your guard and your heart balanced, and happy swiping! 

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

I Didn’t Realize My AirPods Could Do This—Now I Use Them Differently

At first, AirPods seem just like any other true wireless earbuds. And that was my impression too, until I discovered a couple of little-known features. Notably, Conversation Awareness and Live Listen have become game-changers in my daily routine.

Stay Aware of Conversations Without Removing AirPods

When you have your AirPods on, you probably just want to enjoy your music or podcast without being disturbed by the surrounding noise. The noise cancellation feature surely helps with that. However, there are times when you need to be aware of what’s happening around you.

Perhaps you want to have a quick chat with someone, or you’re at the airport and don’t want to miss announcements. In such cases, you don’t need to remove your AirPods or keep pausing the media playback repeatedly.

https://www.apple.com/newsroom/2019/10/apple-reveals-new-airpods-pro-available-october-30/
Apple

Enabling the Transparency mode on your AirPods lets outside sounds in while keeping your audio playing. This way, you can stay aware of your surroundings without giving up your listening experience.

For instance, if someone calls your name from across the room or an announcement comes over the loudspeaker, you’ll hear it right away without fumbling to remove your AirPods.

Switching to Transparency mode is easy, and you don’t even have to pull out your iPhone for this. Simply press and hold the force sensor on the stem of either AirPod, and it will toggle between Active Noise Cancellation and Transparency mode.

underside of Apple Airpods Pro 2
Mahnoor Faisal/MakeUseOf
Mahnoor Faisal/MakeUseOf

While Transparency mode is great for staying aware of conversations, you may not find it ideal for enjoying your music or podcast, especially in places where there’s too much noise. The Conversation Awareness feature on AirPods can solve that.

This mode automatically lowers the volume of your media and amplifies nearby voices when you start speaking to someone. And it does this while reducing other background noise. Once you stop talking, it automatically switches your media back to the previous volume. You can enable Conversation Awareness by heading to AirPods settings on your iPhone.

Conversation Awareness is only available on AirPods Pro (2nd generation) and AirPods 4 (with Active Noise Cancellation).

The convenience of Conversation Awareness is quite remarkable. Imagine waiting in line at a coffee shop. When it’s your turn, you can give your order without pausing your music or removing your AirPods.

Turn Your iPhone and AirPods Into a Makeshift Baby Monitor

AirPods are great for music and calls, but that’s not all they can do. One clever use I’ve found is turning them into a baby monitor. It might sound unconventional, but it works—and, as other parents will know, quality baby monitors don’t come cheap.

When you have a little one napping in another room, you don’t have to stick nearby to make sure they’re okay. With just your iPhone and AirPods, you can keep an ear out while still going about your day. For this, you’ll need the Live Listen feature on your AirPods.

The way it works is simple. Your iPhone’s microphone picks up sounds and streams them directly to your AirPods in real time. To use it as a baby monitor, all you need to do is place your iPhone near your baby’s crib, connect your AirPods, and then enable the Live Listen feature. For the last part, you’ll need to use the Control Center on your iPhone.

  1. Open Control Center by swiping down from the top right corner of your iPhone’s screen.
  2. Tap the plus button in the top left corner and choose Add a Control.
  3. Go to the Hearing Accessibility section and tap Live Listen.

Now, with your AirPods in your ears, tap the Live Listen button in the Control Center to start listening. You’ll hear everything picked up by your iPhone’s microphone, loud and clear. Make sure your iPhone’s volume is turned all the way up.

You can even monitor your headphone audio levels in real time while listening. This feature doesn’t record the audio, but if you happen to miss something, there’s an option to replay the last ten seconds of audio. Live Listen also works when your iPhone is connected to an external wired microphone.

When I first got my AirPods, I had no idea the Live Listen feature even existed. Discovering it has been a game-changer. Now, I can move around the house, finish chores, or read my books, all while keeping an ear on my little one. It’s amazing how a simple feature can add such peace of mind.

It’s important to use the Live Listen feature responsibly. It’s designed to be helpful, not for spying or eavesdropping.


At a glance, most earbuds look the same and get the job done, but inexpensive ones often leave out extra features. If you’ve invested in a pair of AirPods, the real deal isn’t just in the sound quality. Knowing about its hidden features can transform how you use them every single day.

Conversation Awareness and Live Listen are just a couple of examples. AirPods pack in plenty of other features, from spatial audio to built-in hearing tests, that are worth checking out.

Exquisite phoenix coronet draws crowds at National Museum of China

The Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan is one of the most celebrated artifacts at the National Museum of China in Beijing, attracting long queues of visitors eager to admire and photograph its intricate beauty.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-20/Exquisite-phoenix-coronet-draws-crowds-at-National-Museum-of-China-1FZCoaoHmQE/img/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5.jpeg'
Visitors admire the Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan on display at the National Museum of China in Beijing. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-20/Exquisite-phoenix-coronet-draws-crowds-at-National-Museum-of-China-1FZCoaoHmQE/img/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5.jpeg'
Visitors admire the Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan on display at the National Museum of China in Beijing. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-20/Exquisite-phoenix-coronet-draws-crowds-at-National-Museum-of-China-1FZCoaoHmQE/img/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5.jpeg'
Visitors admire the Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan on display at the National Museum of China in Beijing. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-20/Exquisite-phoenix-coronet-draws-crowds-at-National-Museum-of-China-1FZCoaoHmQE/img/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5/f68a27c1948d46e8ab4c1a00be8314f5.jpeg'
Visitors admire the Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan on display at the National Museum of China in Beijing. /CGTN

The exquisitely crafted coronet features nine dragons and nine phoenixes, and is adorned with over 100 gemstones and more than 4,000 pearls. It dates back to the Wanli Era (1573-1620) during the Ming Dynasty, and was unearthed from Beijing’s Dingling Mausoleum in 1957.

<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-20/Exquisite-phoenix-coronet-draws-crowds-at-National-Museum-of-China-1FZCoaoHmQE/img/754a8074fc114ff5b824ed5346ec9dcc/754a8074fc114ff5b824ed5346ec9dcc.jpeg'
This photo shows some of the finer details of the Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan on display at the National Museum of China in Beijing. /CGTN
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2025-08-20/Exquisite-phoenix-coronet-draws-crowds-at-National-Museum-of-China-1FZCoaoHmQE/img/754a8074fc114ff5b824ed5346ec9dcc/754a8074fc114ff5b824ed5346ec9dcc.jpeg'
This photo shows some of the finer details of the Phoenix Coronet for Empress Xiaoduan on display at the National Museum of China in Beijing. /CGTN

The coronet has inspired some of the museum’s best-selling cultural products. Refrigerator magnets modeled after the coronet sold over 2 million units within a year of their release.

Fox News hosts were determined to help Trump stay in office after 2020 election, legal filing says

The 2020 presidential election is history, but a legal dispute over Fox News’ reporting on President Trump’s false claims of voter fraud is heating up.

A motion for summary judgment by voting equipment company Smartmatic filed Tuesday in New York Supreme Court laid out in detail how phony allegations that it manipulated votes to swing the election to Joe Biden were amplified on Fox News.

The motion also described how the Fox News Media hosts who are defendants in the suit — the late Lou Dobbs, Jeanine Pirro and Maria Bartiromo of Fox Business — were allegedly committed to helping Trump prove his fraud theories so he could remain in office.

“I work so hard for the President and the party,” Pirro wrote in a text to Ronna McDaniel, then chair of the Republican National Committee.

Pirro left Fox News in May to become U.S. attorney for the District of Columbia.

Smartmatic is suing Fox News for $2.7 billion in damages, claiming that the network’s airing of the false statements hurt the London-based company’s ability to expand its business in the U.S.

Fox News settled a similar suit from Dominion Voting Systems for $787.5 million in 2023.

The motion alleged that on-air hosts repeated the fraud claims even though executives and producers were told they were false.

The Fox News research department, known as the “Brainroom,” allegedly informed network producers that Smartmatic’s role in the 2020 election was limited to Los Angeles County and that the company’s software was not used in Dominion voting machines, another false claim made on the air.

Fox News maintains the network’s reporting on President Trump’s false claims were newsworthy and protected by the 1st Amendment. But part of the company’s legal strategy has been focused on minimizing the damage claims.

Fox News has asserted that any problems Smartmatic has experienced in attracting new business are rooted not in its reporting but in the federal investigation into the company’s activities with overseas governments.

Last year, Smartmatic’s founder, Roger Alejandro Piñate Martinez, and two other company officials were indicted by the U.S. attorney’s office and charged with bribing Philippine officials in order to get voting machine contracts in the country in 2016.

While the Trump camp’s assertions that the election was fixed were not believed throughout Fox News and parent company Fox Corp., the conservative-leaning network gave continued to give them oxygen to keep its audience tuned in, the motion alleged.

The motion described a “pivot” that occurred on Nov. 8, 2020, when then-Fox News Executive Chairman Rupert Murdoch and his son Lachlan asked Fox News Media Chief Executive Suzanne Scott to address the decline in the network’s ratings after Biden was declared the winner of the election. The network also looked at research to evaluate why viewers were leaving.

“The conclusion reached based on performance analytics: give the audience more election fraud,” the court document stated.

Such thinking, the filing said, permeated the company, already in a panic over losing viewers to right-leaning network Newsmax. The upstart outlet saw a ratings surge after Biden’s win due to its unwavering support of Trump’s claims.

“Think about how incredible our ratings would be if Fox went ALL in on STOP THE STEAL,” Fox News host Jesse Watters said in a text to his colleague Greg Gutfeld.

Throughout November and December 2020, the three hosts named in the suit, Dobbs, Pirro and Bartiromo, repeatedly featured Trump’s attorneys Rudolph Giuliani and Sidney Powell as guests. They spread the falsehoods that Smartmatic software was used in Dominion voting machines and altered millions of votes.

Smartmatic’s work in Los Angeles during the 2020 election was meant to be an entry point for the company to expand its domestic business. The company’s defamation suit claims that Fox News obliterated those efforts by presenting the false fraud claims.

But Fox News believes that issues with Smartmatic’s $282-million contract with Los Angeles County could help advance its case.

On Aug. 1, federal prosecutors filing a legal brief alleging that taxpayer funds from the county went into a slush fund held by a shell company to help pay for its illegal activities.

Federal prosecutors handling the case involving Smartmatic’s business in the Philippines said they plan to detail similar alleged schemes out of L.A. County and Venezuela to show that the bribery fits a larger pattern.

Fox News attorneys have filed a brief asking for county records that they believe will help bolster their case. The network is also expected to try to get the Smartmatic indictments in front of the court to raise doubts about the company’s reputation.

A Smartmatic representative said Fox News’ records request is a diversion tactic.

“Fox lies and when caught they lie again to distract,” a Smartmatic representative said in a statement. “Fox’s latest filing is just another attempt to divert attention from its long-standing campaign of falsehoods and defamation against Smartmatic.”

The company added that it abided with the law in Los Angeles County and “every jurisdiction where we operate.”

Smartmatic’s Tuesday court filing also included information that contradicted public statements Fox News made at the time.

The document alleged that Fox News fired political analyst Chris Stirewalt and longtime Washington bureau executives Bill Sammon for their involvement in calling the state of Arizona for Biden on election night. The early call of the close result in the state upset the Trump camp and alienated his supporters.

At the time, Fox News said Stirewalt departed as part of a reorganization and Sammon retired.

But the motion said Rupert Murdoch himself signed off on the decision to sever Stirewalt and Sammon from the company in an effort to assuage angry viewers who defected.

The motion cited a communication from Dana Perino, co-host of Fox News show “The Five,” describing a phone call with Stirewalt after his dismissal.

“I explained to him — you were right, you didn’t cave, and you got fired for doing the right thing,” Perino said.

Both Sammon and Stirewalt now work in the Washington bureau of NewsNation, the cable news network owned by Nexstar Media Group.

Hero Glamour X Price, Specifications and Features Revealed, Know All About Latest Hero MotoCorp Bike With Cruise Control Launched in India

New Delhi, August 20: Hero Glamour X is launched in India. Hero MotoCorp’s new 125 cc bike comes with advanced specifications and features. The new Glamour X includes Advanced Electronic Ride Assist and introduces three ride modes, which include Eco, Road, and Power. It also introduces a first-in-segment cruise control feature for smooth, steady rides, along with a 10.7 cm multicolour all-LED console. The Hero Glamour X price in India starts at INR 89,999 (ex-showroom, Delhi).

The Hero Glamour X 125 comes with a panic brake alert and an aerodynamic visor. The bike is available in 5 colours, which include Black Pearl Red, Black Teal Blue, Candy Blazing Red, Matt Metallic Silver, and Metallic Nexus Blue. Hero Glamour X 125 features an H-shaped LED headlamp and tail lamp with LED turn indicators. BMW 330Li M Sport ‘50 Jahre’ Edition, BMW M340i ‘50 Jahre’ Edition Launched in India, Limited Units Available; Check Price, Specifications and Features of Latest BMW 3 Series.

Hero Glamour X Specifications and Features

The Hero Glamour X 125 Disc brake variant exclusively offers features like Cruise Control, Panic Brake Alert, an LED Tail Lamp, and LED Winkers. The latest bike from Hero MotoCorp comes with a telescopic front suspension and a 5-step adjustable hydraulic shock absorber at the rear. Glamour X is powered by an air-cooled, 4-stroke 124.7 cc Sprint EBT engine producing a maximum power of 8.5 kW at 8,250 rpm and a peak torque of 10.5 Nm at 6,500 rpm, which is paired with a 5-speed gearbox. The bike features a 10-litre fuel tank, a seat height of 790 mm, a wheelbase of 1,267 mm, and a ground clearance of 170 mm. Royal Enfield Himalayan 750 Spotted Testing in India; Check Expected Launch Timeline, Price and Specifications.

Hero Glamour X Price in India

The Hero Glamour X has been launched in India with two variants. Hero Glamour X Drum variant is priced at INR 89,999 (ex-showroom, Delhi), while the Hero Glamour X Disc brake variant is available at INR 99,999 (ex-showroom, Delhi). As per reports, bookings for the bikes will begin today, and the deliveries will be rolling out gradually, initially limited to select cities.

(The above story first appeared on LatestLY on Aug 20, 2025 11:29 AM IST. For more news and updates on politics, world, sports, entertainment and lifestyle, log on to our website latestly.com).

Chinese ‘Virtual Human’ Salespeople Are Outperforming Their Real Human Counterparts

The salesperson hawking Brother printers on Taobao works hard—like, really hard. At any time of the day, even when there’s no audience on the Chinese ecommerce platform, the same woman wearing a white shirt and black skirt is always livestreaming, boasting about the various features of different office printers. She has a phone in one hand and often checks it as if to read a sales script or monitor the viewer comments coming in.

“My friends, I’ve gotta plug this game-changing office tool that can double your workplace efficiency, ” the salesperson said during one recent broadcast, trying to achieve the delicate balance between friendliness and precision that has come to define the billion-dollar livestream ecommerce industry in China. Occasionally, she greeted the invisible audience. “I’m seeing a lot of friends coming into the livestream hello this is Brother printer’s official flagship store,” she told them.

Unless you pay close attention, it can be hard to catch her glitches. But every few minutes, the salesperson will suddenly freeze her body for several seconds while her lips keep moving—it looks out of sync. That glitch, and some of the salesperson’s other stilted movements, are telltale signs that she’s not a human, but instead a “virtual human” AI-powered salesperson avatar that streams 24/7. Her Taobao broadcast includes a disclosure that it’s an “AI streamer” in the lower half of the screen, but it’s easy to miss because it’s almost entirely covered by the comment features in the app.

The AI salesperson was created by a Shanghai-based marketing company called PLTFRM, which says it has deployed around 30 similar avatars across Chinese ecommerce sites like Alibaba’s Taobao and Pinduoduo, the sister site of Temu. These avatars, which rely on AI video models from Baidu and large language models from DeepSeek to generate scripts, sell everything from printers to wet wipes. They are programmed to share basic information about what they’re selling, as well as greet the audience and respond to questions.

Alexandre Ouairy, the cofounder of PLTFRM, says that its virtual sales bots are consistently outselling human salespeople for the companies who use them. Brother claimed in a press release that its AI avatar sold $2,500 worth of printers in its first two hours online, and that its livestream sales since switching to AI avatars are up 30 percent. “Every morning, we check the data to see how much our AI host sold while we were asleep,” Brother said in the release. “It’s now part of our daily routine.”

The deployment and early success of these AI avatars raises questions about whether they will displace people who make a living by selling products while livestreaming on platforms like TikTok or by doing affiliate marketing on TikTok Shop. PLTFRM’s AI avatars are currently not allowed on Douyin, China’s version of TikTok, which has been more reluctant to adopt AI-generated salespeople than platforms more squarely focused on shopping.

But in the United States, AI-generated influencers have already become wildly popular, AI-generated videos regularly go viral across the internet, and deepfaked and AI-generated ads are all over YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok. It’s not hard to imagine a future where social media becomes an endless stream of AI-generated content interspersed with always-on, AI-generated avatars selling us stuff. Over the last few years, the technology required to make “virtual humans” like this has become far better, more accessible, and cheaper.

Access Denied

Access Denied

You don’t have permission to access “http://www.gadgets360.com/cryptocurrency/news/bitcoin-ether-crypto-ethereum-btc-eth-etf-cryptocurrency-exchange-9124257” on this server.

Reference #18.4f1e1202.1755705670.2bc1ae1f

https://errors.edgesuite.net/18.4f1e1202.1755705670.2bc1ae1f

PS5 Price Hikes Announced For The US As Trump’s Tariffs Continue To Take Their Toll

Sony is raising PS5 prices in the US, with every system going up by $50. The company said it is continuing to “navigate a challenging economic environment” and will pass the cost on to consumers in the form of higher prices. The new prices go into effect on August 21.

The new prices can be seen below:

  • PlayStation 5 – $550 (previously $500)
  • PlayStation 5 Digital Edition – $500 (previously $450)
  • PlayStation 5 Pro — $750 (previously $700)

The price points for PS5 accessories are not changing, Sony said, adding that the PS5 console price hikes apply only to the US market. Other markets saw PS5 console price hikes earlier this year.

Analyst Daniel Ahmad said Sony is raising prices against the backdrop of higher tariff rates on countries where the PS5 is produced, including China (30%), Japan (15%), Vietnam (20%), and Malaysia (19%).

Before this, Microsoft announced price hikes for its Xbox consoles. Nintendo, meanwhile, has said it cannot rule out raising the price of the Switch 2 due to tariffs. The company has already raised prices on a number of Switch 2 accessories.

On August 1, US President Donald Trump announced new tariffs that led to some market turmoil. This followed on from the initial “Liberation Day” tariffs that were announced back in April.

Sony is raising prices on the PS5 just after the company disclosed that the system has reached 80 million units sold worldwide. While Sony hasn’t spoken about a hardware successor yet, a few recent developments have given us a few clues on what we can expect from a potential PlayStation 6 console.

Scientists just found a protein that reverses brain aging

Aging is particularly harsh on the hippocampus — the brain region responsible for learning and memory.

Now, researchers at UC San Francisco have identified a protein that’s at the center of this decline.

They looked at how the genes and proteins in the hippocampus changed over time in mice and found just one that differed between old and young animals. It’s called FTL1.

Old mice had more FTL1, as well as fewer connections between brain cells in the hippocampus and diminished cognitive abilities.

When the researchers artificially increased FTL1 levels in young mice, their brains and behavior began to resemble that of old mice.

In experiments in petri dishes, nerve cells engineered to make lots of FTL1 grew simple, one-armed neurites — rather than the branching neurites that normal cells create.

But once the scientists reduced the amount of FTL1 in the hippocampus of the old mice, they regained their youth. They had more connections between nerve cells, and the mice did better on memory tests.

“It is truly a reversal of impairments,” said Saul Villeda, PhD, associate director of the UCSF Bakar Aging Research Institute and senior author of the paper, which appears in Nature Aging on Aug. 19. “It’s much more than merely delaying or preventing symptoms.”

In old mice, FTL1 also slowed down metabolism in the cells of the hippocampus. But treating the cells with a compound that stimulates metabolism prevented these effects.

Villeda is optimistic the work could lead to therapies that block the effects of FTL1 in the brain.

“We’re seeing more opportunities to alleviate the worst consequences of old age,” he said. “It’s a hopeful time to be working on the biology of aging.”

Authors: Other UCSF authors are Laura Remesal, PhD, Juliana Sucharov-Costa, Karishma J.B. Pratt, PhD, Gregor Bieri, PhD, Amber Philp, PhD, Mason Phan, Turan Aghayev, MD, PhD, Charles W. White III, PhD, Elizabeth G. Wheatley, PhD, Brandon R. Desousa, Isha H. Jian, Jason C. Maynard, PhD, and Alma L. Burlingame, PhD. For all authors see the paper.

Funding: This work was funded in part by the Simons Foundation, Bakar Family Foundation, National Science Foundation, Hillblom Foundation, Bakar Aging Research Institute, Marc and Lynne Benioff, and the National Institutes of Health (AG081038, AG067740, AG062357, P30 DK063720). For all funding see the paper.

GNLU National Legal Ideathon 3.0, 2025 [Sept 12-13]

About the University

GNLU is a premier institution of legal education in India, dedicated to academic excellence, interdisciplinary research, and innovation. Through various initiatives, the University fosters a culture of critical thinking, entrepreneurship, and real-world problem-solving among its students and stakeholders.

As part of this vision, the GNLU Legal Incubation Council (GLIC) – a Section 8 Company promoted by GNLU, serves as an incubation platform supporting legal-tech and interdisciplinary ventures. GLIC has mentored and supported over 35+ start-ups and Proofs of Concept, bridging the gap between academic innovation and market application by providing mentorship, funding access, and a thriving community of legal entrepreneurs.

About the Event

The GNLU National Legal Ideathon 3.0 (न्याय नवीनीकरणोत्सव 3.0) is GLIC’s flagship ideathon and prototype competition that seeks to drive meaningful innovation in the legal domain. The competition invites students and aspiring entrepreneurs to present impactful solutions to contemporary legal challenges.

Participants may register under one of the following tracks:

  • Ideation Track – for original, actionable ideas and proposals
  • Prototype Track – for demonstrable products or solutions (tech-enabled or otherwise)

Theme

Participants may choose from diverse themes, including but not limited to:

  • Access to Justice
  • Digitized Judiciary & ODR (Online Dispute Resolution)
  • AI & Data-Driven Justice
  • Legal Compliance Tools
  • ESG & IP Tech
  • Legal Education Tech

Important dates

  • Registration Deadline: 26 August 2025
  • PPT Submission Deadline: 6 September 2025
  • Event Dates: 12–13 September 2025

Eligibility

  • Team Size: Minimum 2 – Maximum 3 Members
  • Eligibility: Open to undergraduate and postgraduate students across disciplines, aged 16 years and above.

How to Register?

Interested candidates can register online via the link given at the end of the post.

Fee

  • Ideation Track: ₹1500 per team
    • Early Bird (first 10 teams): ₹1300
  • Prototype Track: ₹2500 per team
    • Early Bird (first 10 teams): ₹2100

Prizes

Prizes Worth ₹1.25 Lakh:

  • Prototype Track
    • Winner – ₹50,000
    • Runner-up – ₹35,000
  • Ideation Track
    • Winner – ₹25,000
    • Runner-up – ₹15,000

Contact

Daksh Dhariwal: +91 94608 23500
Harsh Mishra: +91 81888 69854
Siddhanth Singhi: +91 96015 61432
Ishita Ghughariwala: +91 76238 44778
Email: [email protected]

Click here to register.

Click here to Pay.

Surgeon shares 5 life-saving immune tips after seeing 19-year-old lose both parents to bone cancer: ‘Prevention starts…’ | Health

A strong immune system does more than just fight off everyday colds, it plays a crucial role in protecting your body from serious illnesses, including cancer. Obaidur Rahman, Ortho and Sports Surgeon, shares in his August 5 Instagram post 5 simple, science-backed hacks to strengthen immunity and support long-term health. (Also read: Surgeon says ‘high blood pressure often has no symptoms’; lists 5 early warning signs to watch before it gets serious )

Dr. Rahman shares immune hacks for cancer prevention and long-term health.(Freepik)

How did 19-year-old survive after losing both parents to cancer

Sharing a case study of his 19-year-old patient, Dr. Rahman mentions, “He was 19 when he lost both his parents, within eight months of each other. Both to bone cancer. Both were far too young to go. The hospital room still smelled of antiseptic when he asked me, ‘Am I next, doc?'”

He adds, “I didn’t have an answer then. Just a hand on his shoulder and a silent promise: Not if we can help it. We screened him. Clean. But here’s what was unforgivable: His parents never even got the chance to prevent it. No screening. No lifestyle audit. No immune support.”

“Because no one told them that the fight against cancer doesn’t start at stage one. It starts years earlier, inside your immune system. So we built him a new routine, one grounded in anti-inflammatory science, cellular detox, and immune repair. And today, he’s 24, thriving, and spreading his parents’ legacy of prevention,” says Dr. Rahman.

5 immune hacks to boost your body’s defence

He further shares 5 immune hacks he lives by:

1. Daily sunlight + grounding: 15–20 minutes barefoot on natural ground to reset circadian rhythm, boost melatonin, and enhance immunity.

2. Cruciferous vegetables daily: Broccoli, cauliflower, kale, and other cruciferous veggies are rich in sulforaphane, a powerful anti-cancer compound.

3. Anti-inflammatory cleanse: One week every two months, avoid seed oils, refined sugar, and dairy to support immune health.

4. Immuno-adaptogens: Herbs like Ashwagandha, Reishi mushroom, and Curcumin are scientifically backed for immune modulation.

5. Sleep like it’s sacred: 7–8 hours of uninterrupted, cool, dark sleep when NK cells are most active in fighting pre-cancerous cells.

Note to readers: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.

Rocket can resume gene therapy trial after FDA lifts hold

Dive Brief:

  • Rocket Pharmaceuticals plans to restart a Phase 2 gene therapy trial for a rare heart disease after working with the Food and Drug Administration to resolve questions around a study participant’s death earlier this year.
  • The FDA ordered a hold on the research in May after the patient suffered from capillary leak syndrome, a condition characterized by plasma and protein seeping from blood vessels into surrounding tissue. At the time, Rocket zeroed in on a new medicine it had added into the pre-treatment regimen as a possible cause of the deadly complication.
  • Rocket said Wednesday that the FDA lifted its hold and allowed the study to proceed with a lower dose of the company’s RP-A501 gene therapy and the discontinuation of the added medicine, called a C3 complement inhibitor. Rocket shares jumped by as much as 40% in early trading Wednesday before falling back.

Dive Insight:

The end of the clinical hold is good news for the company. But Rocket still has a long way to go to win approval of what could be the first gene therapy for a cardiovascular condition. Analysts said they will be particularly focused on the efficacy of the lower dose, the impact of the new pre-treatment regimen and whether the FDA will demand any more changes to the study as it progresses.

Rocket was one of the industry’s highest-profile companies four years ago; its shares traded above $64 and its market value topped that of then more well-established competitors, including Bluebird bio and Sangamo Therapeutics. But an unexpected clinical hold in 2021 — due to FDA demands for “additional risk mitigation methods” — and the patient’s death this year caused Rocket shares to crater.

The end of the latest clinical hold is a “meaningful positive for the stock,” Leerink Partners analyst Mani Foroohar wrote in a note to clients Wednesday. The Phase 1 data suggest that a lower dose could be effective enough to win approval to treat Danon disease and puts the heart condition “back on the table as a central pillar of the story,” with a possible launch in 2029, he wrote.

Currently, the only available treatment for Danon disease is a heart transplant. The condition affects between 15,000 and 30,000 patients in the U.S. and Europe, Rocket said.

Rocket highlighted the fact that the FDA’s clinical hold was resolved in less than three months. That could be a good sign that the head of the agency’s biologics division, Vinay Prasad, is fostering a “collaborative and understanding” unit, Jefferies analyst Andrew Tsai wrote in a note to clients.

The Housing Revolution That Could Change Gen Z’s Gloomy Outlook

Key takeaways

Gen Z is the smallest generation in decades, entering the workforce in a period of low unemployment.

Employers are competing for staff, giving young workers bargaining power for higher wages and better conditions.

Over the next 10–15 years, baby boomers will leave their large family homes, many in desirable middle-ring suburbs.

These properties will often be redeveloped into townhouses, increasing housing supply in well-located areas.

If current demographic trends hold, Gen Z may find housing more accessible, wages stronger, and opportunities broader than expected.

Compared globally, Australia remains stable, well-managed, and desirable—making its young people some of the “luckiest” in the world.


Right now if you talk to many young Australians, particularly Gen Z, you’ll hear a common refrain: “I’ll never own a home.”

They feel locked out of the market.

Prices have surged far beyond what their parents paid, yet wages haven’t kept pace, and every time they scroll social media, they’re bombarded with reminders of what they don’t have, as TikTok and Instagram parade images of peers living picture-perfect lives.

It’s no surprise then, as demographer Simon Kuestenmacher points out in our latest Demographic Decoded episode, “This is the most pessimistic, misanthropic generation out there to ever walk the Australian continent.”

Gen Z (born between 2000 and 2017) are also the first generation to grow up with smartphones in their formative years.

Global news, climate anxiety, lifestyle comparisons, and relentless beauty standards have been part of their everyday mental diet.

The data is clear: mental health concerns, especially among young women, are at record highs.

And for young men, rising suicide rates suggest we’re simply under-diagnosing the problem.

Add to that the seemingly impossible dream of home ownership, and you get a generation feeling deeply disheartened.

But here’s the thing: while their pessimism is understandable, the outlook for Gen Z’s housing prospects over the next decade might actually be brighter than they think.

In fact, a series of demographic, economic, and societal shifts could swing things in their favour, if they know how to position themselves.

For weekly insights subscribe to the Demographics Decoded podcast, where we will continue to explore these trends and their implications in greater detail.

Subscribe now on your favourite Podcast player:

A Small Generation with Big Opportunities in the Job Market

One of Gen Z’s secret advantages? There just aren’t that many of them.

They’re the children of Gen X, a small generation born in the 1960s and 1970s, when the contraceptive pill and shifting cultural norms kept birth rates low.

And a smaller generation means less competition, especially in the labour market.

“Gen Z is entering the workforce at a time when employers are desperate for staff,” says Simon. “They can ask for higher wages, better working conditions… that’s a good starting point for your career.”

They’re launching into their working lives in a period of historically low unemployment.

And the demographic math is on their side: as baby boomers retire in droves over the next decade, jobs will keep opening up.

Even if Gen Z won’t be stepping straight into those senior positions, they’ll benefit from the “trickle-down effect”: Gen X moves up, millennials take middle management, and Gen Z steps into the junior roles that open up.

Crucially, they’ll be starting on higher wages than previous generations – meaning their lifetime earnings potential is stronger.

The Baby Boomer Property Shift

There’s another demographic change coming, this time in property ownership.

Over the next 10-15 years, baby boomers will start exiting their family homes at scale.

It’s a sensitive subject, but it’s an inevitable reality: as they downsize, move into care, or pass away, a huge amount of property will hit the market.

“Those prime homes will often be redeveloped into multiple townhouses, increasing supply in highly desirable areas,” Simon explains.

That’s going to trigger a ripple effect:

  • Millennials, who have been pushed to the urban fringe for family housing, will move into these well-located middle-ring suburbs.
  • Gen Z will then find more affordable housing options opening up on the fringe, right as they’re reaching the stage of starting families.

It’s not that houses will suddenly become “cheap” in nominal terms, but proportionally, relative to incomes, they may become more accessible than they are today.

The Gender Pay Gap May Disappear

Another quiet revolution is underway.

For Australians under 50 (excluding parents), the gender pay gap is already non-existent.

Women are now outperforming men at every level of education and increasingly out-earning their male peers.

When & How to Take Your NYC Romance to the Next Level

Relationships often progress through recognizable stages, though not everyone moves at the same pace. New York City couples might feel pressure to zoom through different relationship stages because of hectic lives, and this can make it hard to discern where you stand with a romantic partner and whether or not you’re ready to take things to the next level, especially during the early stages of dating. In this article, we help simplify that for you with a breakdown on different stages of dating, how to identify where you stand, and ways to decide if you’re ready for the next step.

What are the Different Relationship Stages?

Relationships tend to evolve through a series of stages, each with its own dynamics, emotions, and expectations. While not every couple follows the same timeline, most will pass through key phases—starting from the early talking stage, where interest and attraction spark, to casual dating, exclusive dating, and eventually forming a committed relationship. As things deepen, you may move into more serious territory like partnership, long-term planning, or living together. 

Understanding these stages helps you identify where you are, where your partner stands, and what conversations may be necessary to keep things aligned. In fast-paced places like NYC, it’s especially important to recognize these transitions so you don’t blur boundaries or skip steps that matter. Each stage offers a chance to check in, reflect, and decide together what comes next. Let’s break down the typical relationship stages so you can move forward with clarity, not confusion.

1. Talking stage

This is the very beginning—you’ve connected (often via text or an app) but haven’t defined anything. People in the talking stage might chat all day, learn trivial details about each other, and even go on casual hangouts, yet still have that uneasy, undefined feeling. Hinge’s Logan Ury notes a trend toward comfort with ambiguity in young daters and says, “Many now have less attachment to titles.” In practice, talking means you’re getting to know each other without labels. You’re not sure if you’re “officially dating” yet, so everything is a little casual and open-ended.

2. Dating casually

Once you move beyond texting, you may start dating one another in a casual way. You plan actual dates but neither of you has explicitly said “exclusively dating.” You might still meet others or keep options open. This stage is more intentional than talking. You’re spending significant time together and there’s mutual interest, but it’s still agreed, either explicitly or implicitly, that you could see other people too. This dating phase is about exploration. You’re gauging the connection while still enjoying NYC’s vibrant singles scene.

3. Exclusive dating

When you decide you want to date only each other, you enter exclusive dating. This means you’re no longer seeing other people. You haven’t necessarily labeled yourselves “girlfriend and boyfriend,” but you’ve agreed on one partner at a time. At this point, you might introduce each other as someone “special” or an exclusive date. 

You spend more weekends together, share your routines and maybe even your keys or favorite spots in the city, and don’t hit the dating apps. Exclusive dating is a commitment to test if you’re each other’s person, often just before becoming an official couple.

4. Relationship (official)

This is one of the most significant relationship stages as it indicates that things are taking a turn toward “serious”. Calling each other “boyfriend,” “girlfriend,” or “partner” usually happens here. You’ve agreed not only to date exclusively but you also see a genuine future together. 

This stage often involves planning ahead. You may be discussing moving in together or what to do on holidays. You have mutual support, know each other’s close friends, and are openly affectionate—public hand-holding, Instagram posts, the whole nine yards. This relationship stage means you’ve formalized the partnership emotionally and socially.

5. Partnership/Commitment

relationship milestone

This is when your lives start to merge more fully. It could involve serious steps like engagement, shared finances, or long-term living plans. You might refer to each other as a “life partner” and make joint decisions like one or both of you relocating jobs to stay together. It’s a deep commitment: you see yourselves as building a life together rather than just sharing dates.

6. Moving in

Cohabitation is a big relationship milestone. Many couples take on this step after they feel very secure in their relationship. In NYC, couples often move in after several months or a year of dating—one study found 50% moved in by about a year together. Living together means sharing routines and responsibilities daily, which is a significant shift from just dating. It can bring you closer but also requires patience and communication about chores, space, and finances.

How to Know Which Relationship Stage You’re Currently In

Now that we’ve talked about the different relationship stages, do you know which one you’re in? It’s usually easy to discern, especially in the early stages when the lines are more clearly defined but may get harder as the relationship progresses. For instance, it’s easy to tell whether you’re in the talking stage or casually dating, because the markers are well-defined. But are you just exclusive or in a committed relationship can be a little more complicated to answer. If you’re confused, paying attention to your behaviors and conversations can help you figure out which relationship stage you’re in. Here are some clues:

  • Talking stage: You mostly text or call. You’ve met a few times, but neither of you has defined it. You still might flirt with others. You often say things like, “We’re just talking, right?” There’s excitement but also ambiguity
  • Dating casually: You regularly go on dates, maybe once or twice a week. You enjoy spending time together, but you or they may still mention other people they’ve met. There’s no official “what are we” chat yet
  • Exclusive dating: You’ve discussed, or mutually assumed, that you will no longer be seeing other people. You might not use titles yet, but you act like a couple. For example, you introduce them to friends as “someone I’m seeing,” or you don’t mention other dates any more. Both of you have stopped using dating apps
  • Relationship: You call each other partner or girlfriend/boyfriend. You’ve met friends and family. You discuss future plans together like vacations or even engagement. There’s a shared sense of commitment
  • Partnership/commitment: You’re making joint life decisions, sharing bills, considering marriage, or merging social circles and goals. You definitely plan on being together long-term
  • Moving In: You physically live together with a shared lease or living space. You share a bedroom and daily routines. Your relationship runs like a “real” household partnership

Each stage has overlaps, but usually it’s how you talk about it and integrate lives. Trust your feelings. If you’re in doubt, a direct conversation can clarify where you stand. And if that doesn’t help and you’re both feeling lost about where you stand and where to go from here, talking to a certified relationship expert can offer clarity.  

Are You Ready to Take Your Relationship to the Next Level? 7 Factors to Help You Decide

Deciding whether you’re ready to take your relationship to the next level—whether that means becoming exclusive, moving in, or planning a future together—requires more than just good vibes and chemistry. You also need to factor in timing, emotional readiness, and shared values. 

In a city like NYC, where dating can move quickly and external pressures are high, it’s easy to feel uncertain about when to take that leap. We list seven crucial factors that can help you assess whether you and your partner are on solid ground and ready to explore the next chapter in your journey together. These aren’t rigid rules but guidelines to help you reflect on what’s working, what might need clarity, and whether both of you are truly in sync. Because making a relationship official—or more serious—should be a thoughtful decision, not just the next thing to do.

1. Depth of emotional connection

dating phases

Do you both feel a growing love and attachment? If you consistently support each other, open up emotionally, and genuinely look forward to time spent together, you’re probably building something worth investing in. Dr. Lisa Firestone, clinical psychologist and author, says, “When you can be vulnerable with your partner, you form a deeper emotional connection, and this kind of intimacy is often a precursor to long-term commitment.” A genuine emotional connection goes beyond constant closeness and is marked by feeling safe being yourself around each other, even in silence.

2. Open communication

Can you talk honestly about feelings and future plans? Can you talk honestly about feelings, goals, fears, and even conflict? Good communication means you don’t just talk—you listen, process, and respond without defensiveness. Relationship therapist Esther Perel explains, “The quality of your relationships depends on the quality of your conversations.” If you can openly talk about what’s working, what’s not, and what you both want next, that’s a sign you’re ready to grow as a team.

3. Aligned expectations

Are you both on the same page about what this relationship is and where it’s heading? You don’t need to agree on every relationship timeline, but you should agree on the direction. Psychologist Sherrie Allen says, “Clarify your intention before you start dating so that no one is surprised when questions come up regarding next steps.” If one of you is hoping for a serious commitment while the other is avoiding labels, it’s a mismatch, not a next step.

4. Mutual effort

NYC romance

Notice each other’s commitment signals. Look at how much you both invest emotionally, practically, and in planning. Are you included in their social world? Do they adjust their schedule for you? Mutual effort shows that this isn’t just a feel-good fling, it’s something deeper you’re both building. 

As relationship coach Logan Ury writes in How to Not Die Alone, “Consistency is the new sexy. Effort, follow-through, reliability—these are the traits that predict long-term potential.” For instance, one partner including the other in family events or planning together can indicate they want to deepen the relationship. If both of you are prioritizing time and energy for the relationship, not just on a casual whim, that bodes well for moving from one dating phase to the next.

5. Timing and stability

Life circumstances matter. Sometimes you may both want to invest more in a relationship, but life gets in the way. If one of you is in crisis mode—job loss, school stress, major health issue—it may not be the right time to level up. On the other hand, If your schedules allow for more time together and you aren’t under extreme stress, it might be a good time to take the relationship to the next level.

Allen suggests, “The right time is when you are both in agreement that you want to take your relationship to the next level—and when the logistics don’t make it impossible.” The next level should feel like a natural progression, not a pressure point.

6. Long-term vision

When you think about the future, do you both naturally envision each other in it? Do you both talk about the future and picture each other in it? If you find yourself saying “we” more than “me,” or talking about shared goals months ahead, that’s not casual, that’s foundational. If you catch yourselves planning months or years ahead and they’re in the picture, that’s a sign you’re ready to take the relationship to the next level. 

Long-term vision doesn’t mean planning marriage tomorrow. It means you’re already factoring each other into decisions about vacations, career shifts, or even where you want to live. Feeling excited about potentially introducing them to more of your world means you’re considering a shared future.

7. Trust and security

Exclusivity or deeper commitment only works when both people feel emotionally safe. That means trusting each other, confiding in one another, and knowing they’ll show up. Allen notes, “Exclusivity in a relationship brings security and intimacy, so if you’re already experiencing those, it’s likely you’re ready to formalize your connection.” If you feel calm, not anxious, about where you stand, if the foundation feels stable, you’re probably in a place where the next step makes sense.

Takeway

Taking your NYC romance to the next level is about moving with intention, clarity, and mutual understanding. Whether you’re navigating the shift from talking to dating, exclusivity to commitment, or even considering moving in, the key is to stay grounded in what feels right for both of you. The city’s pace may be fast, but your relationship doesn’t have to be. Pay attention to how you communicate, how you support each other, and whether your goals align. Use the stages and factors outlined in this guide as a compass, not a checklist. When you’re both ready, taking that next step—however big or small—should feel less like a risk and more like a natural evolution. In the end, the strongest relationships in NYC aren’t built overnight—they’re built with awareness, patience, and the willingness to grow together.

Your contribution does not constitute a charitable donation. It will allow Bonobology to continue bringing you new and up-to-date information in our pursuit of helping anyone in the world to learn how to do anything.

Firefox Was My Favorite Browser—Here’s Why I Finally Stopped Using It

I use Firefox primarily because I have always believed it’s the gold standard for privacy. This is more than an assumption—it’s how the browser markets itself. However, after many years of using the browser, I quit. It took some deep digging, but honestly, beyond the surface, the cracks begin to show.

3

Firefox Enhanced Tracker Protection is a Myth

Once you’re connected to the internet, websites use cookies, scripts, and pixels to track you. With these elements, websites and advertisers can follow your activity across the internet. What makes this scary for any privacy-conscious person is that a high level of information is gathered without consent. Your location, browsing habits, and other inferred personal traits become game in someone else’s hands.

Browsers can be a potent defense against this type of intrusive tracking. This is exactly what I expected from the Firefox Enhanced Tracker Protection, but its effectiveness is limited at best.

I ran the Browser Leaks Content Filters test on Firefox. This test shows if privacy-enhancing tools modify the browsing experience on a given browser. On Firefox, there was a conspicuous lack of privacy-enhancing tools: no Tor letterboxing, no canvas protection, no ad-blocking subscriptions.

Next, I ran the Cover Your Tracks fingerprinting test. This test by the Electronic Frontier Foundation (EFF) tells you if your browser is actively preventing fingerprinting across websites. Here, I got a unique fingerprint, proving that Firefox is not protecting me from being fingerprinted across the internet.

Firefox Cover Your Tracks Test

A randomized fingerprint is the ideal option for privacy. It implies that you do not stand out and can not be told apart from the next person using the same browser.

By default, Firefox was offering very weak privacy out of the box. For a privacy browser, it’s not doing the barest minimum. There may be many reasons to use Firefox, but privacy is not one of them, and that was the one factor that meant the most to me.

The Problem With Hardening a Browser

I know it’s possible to harden Firefox, but most people simply download a browser and start using it as it comes. I have used hardened Firefox and it really does well in many privacy tests; however, if this were to be the case, Firefox should have marketed the browser as a great data privacy option only after user hardening.

The second problem with tweaking your browser, especially for privacy or anonymity’s sake, is that the more hardening you do, the more you stand out. This is horrible because you become fingerprintable across the web and lose the benefits of going through the internet without sticking out like a sore thumb.

Do Any Other Browsers Perform Better Than Firefox in Privacy Tests?

If this abysmal privacy level is consistent across all browsers, there is no need to complain. So, I ran two browsers through some of the same privacy tests. The first was Librewolf.

On the Browser Leaks Content Filter test, Librewolf did better than Firefox. The test revealed adblock filters where Firefox had none. It also revealed that Librewolf was equipped with canvas protection, where Firefox again, had none.

The second browser I put to the test was Mullvad. This is a more recent browser, but just like Firefox, it’s marketed as a great privacy option. The results here were almost identical to Librewolf. The main difference was that, in addition to canvas protection, it also offers Tor letterboxing, which is additional protection against fingerprinting attacks.

At least now I have two alternatives that offer better privacy out of the box without the need for any hardening.

2

The Updated Terms of Use Was the Straw That Broke the Camel’s Back

If the lack of basic privacy enhancements were not enough to make me quit, Mozilla’s updated privacy notice was the final straw.

With regard to collected user data, part of the terms of use read:

…you hereby grant us a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license to use that information to help you navigate, experience, and interact with online content as you indicate with your use of Firefox.

For a company that claims not to be big tech, this update feels very much like what you would expect from big tech. Of course, there was a lot of backlash. So much so that they swiftly updated and deleted the part of the terms of use quoted above.

It’s too little, too late. Firefox is free and open-source but this level of control over my data is a price too steep to pay. I was not willing to grant Mozilla a nonexclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license to use my information.

1

The Firefox Warning Signs Had Always Been There

When the cracks start showing, you realize there is a lot you had overlooked. The wording of the terms of use made me realize that there is a lot I had ignored. They became more glaring and a reminder that Firefox was not the privacy browser I loved.

The now-discontinued Pocket Integration is an example. It included recommendation tracking, involved a third-party, and connected to external servers without consent. This should have raised red flags for anyone who values privacy over convenience.

Another thing that should have bothered me is its search deal with Google, Mozilla’s largest revenue source. Google is one of the biggest data harvesters—these kinds of collaborations are a conflict of interest.

To me, Firefox now feels like a regular browser, not one built for privacy. It boasts some great convenience features that rival those of Chrome or Edge. However, that is where it now truly belongs: the class of convenient, sleek browsers, with limited privacy options.

So yes, I quit using Firefox, but am I telling you to do the same? Not at all. It still serves a purpose, but if you are seeking true privacy, you should explore Mullvad or Librewolf. These are options that come with real privacy defaults out of the box.